Lennuamet · 19. juuli 2017
Sisu (failidest)
ANNEX I
to draft Commission Regulation (EU) …/… of XXX amending Commission Regulation (EU)
No 1178/2011 as regards a revision of the Annexes I, II and III as well as the introduction of loss of
control prevention and recovery training
1 of 262
1. Annexes I, II and III to Commission Regulation (EU) No 1178/2011 are replaced as follows:
ANNEX I
[PART-FCL]
SUBPART A
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
FCL.001 Competent authority
For the purpose of this Annex (Part-FCL), the competent authority shall be an authority designated by the
Member State to which a person applies for the issue of pilot licences or associated ratings or certificates.
FCL.005 Scope
This Annex (Part-FCL) establishes the requirements for the issue of pilot licences and associated ratings and
certificates and the conditions of their validity and use.
FCL.010 Definitions
For the purposes of this Annex (Part-FCL), the following definitions, appearing in alphabetical order below,
apply:
‘accessible’ means that a device can be used by:
— the approved training organisation (ATO) under whose approval a training course for a class or type
rating is being conducted; or
— the examiner conducting the assessment of competence, skill test or proficiency check for the purpose
of assessing, testing and checking.
‘aerobatic flight’ means an intentional manoeuvre involving an abrupt change in an aircraft’s attitude, an
abnormal attitude or abnormal acceleration, not necessary for normal flight or for instruction for licences,
certificates or ratings other than the aerobatic rating.
‘aeroplane’ means an engine-driven, fixed-wing, heavier-than-air aircraft which is supported in flight by the
dynamic reaction of the air against its wings.
‘aeroplane required to be operated with a co-pilot’ means a type of aeroplane which is required to be
operated with a co-pilot as specified in the flight manual or in the air operator certificate (AOC).
‘aeroplane upset prevention and recovery training (UPRT)’ means training consisting of:
— aeroplane upset prevention training: a combination of theoretical knowledge and flying training with
the aim of providing flight crew with the required competencies to prevent aeroplane upsets; and
— aeroplane upset recovery training: a combination of theoretical knowledge and flying training with the
aim of providing flight crew with the required competencies to recover from aeroplane upsets.
‘aircraft’ means any machine that can derive support in the atmosphere from the reactions of the air other
than the reactions of the air against the earth’s surface.
2 of 262
‘airmanship’ means the consistent use of good judgement and well-developed knowledge, skills and attitudes
to accomplish flight objectives.
‘airship’ means a power-driven, lighter-than-air aircraft, with the exception of hot-air airships, which, for the
purposes of this Annex (Part-FCL), are included in the definition of balloon.
‘angular operation’ means an instrument approach operation in which the maximum tolerable error/deviation
from the planned track is expressed in terms of deflection of the needles on the course deviation indicator or
equivalent display in the cockpit.
‘assessment of competence’ means the demonstration of skill, knowledge and attitude for the initial issue,
revalidation or renewal of an instructor or examiner certificate.
‘available FSTD’ means any flight simulation training device (FSTD) that is vacant for use of the FSTD operator
or of the customers irrespective of any time consideration.
‘balloon’ means a lighter-than-air aircraft which is not engine-driven and sustains flight through the use of
either gas or an airborne heater. For the purposes of this Annex (Part-FCL), a hot-air airship, although engine-
driven, is also considered a balloon.
‘basic instrument training device (BITD)’ means a ground-based training device which represents the student
pilot’s station of a class of aeroplanes. It may use screen-based instrument panels and spring-loaded flight
controls, providing a training platform for at least the procedural aspects of instrument flight.
‘category of aircraft’ means a categorisation of aircraft according to specified basic characteristics, for example
aeroplane, powered-lift, helicopter, airship, sailplane, free balloon.
‘class of aeroplane’ means a categorisation of single-pilot aeroplanes not requiring a type rating.
‘class of balloon’ means a categorisation of balloons taking into account the lifting means used to sustain
flight.
‘commercial air transport’ means the transport of passengers, cargo or mail for remuneration or hire.
‘competency’ means a combination of skills, knowledge and attitude required to perform a task to the
prescribed standard.
‘competency element’ means an action which constitutes a task that has a triggering event and a terminating
event that clearly defines its limits, and an observable outcome.
‘competency unit’ means a discrete function consisting of a number of competency elements.
‘co-pilot’ means a pilot operating other than as pilot-in-command, on an aircraft for which more than one pilot
is required, but excluding a pilot who is on board the aircraft for the sole purpose of receiving flight instruction
for a licence or rating.
‘cross-country’ means a flight between a point of departure and a point of arrival following a pre-planned
route, using standard navigation procedures.
‘cruise relief co-pilot’ means a pilot who relieves the co-pilot of their duties at the controls during the cruise
phase of a flight in multi-pilot operations above FL 200.
‘dual instruction time’ means flight time or instrument ground time during which a person is receiving flight
instruction from a properly authorised instructor.
3 of 262
‘error’ means an action or inaction by the flight crew which leads to deviations from organisational or flight
intentions or expectations.
‘error management’ means the process of detecting and responding to errors with countermeasures which
reduce or eliminate the consequences of errors, and mitigate the probability of errors or undesired aircraft
states.
‘full-flight simulator (FFS)’ means a full-size replica of a specific type or make, model and series aircraft flight
deck, including the assemblage of all equipment and computer programmes necessary to represent the
aircraft in ground and flight operations, a visual system providing an out-of-the-flight deck view and a force
cueing motion system.
‘flight time’:
— for aeroplanes, touring motor gliders and powered-lift, it means the total time from the moment an
aircraft first moves for the purpose of taking off until the moment it finally comes to rest at the end of
the flight;
— for helicopters, it means the total time from the moment a helicopter’s rotor blades start turning until
the moment the helicopter finally comes to rest at the end of the flight, and the rotor blades are
stopped;
— for airships, it means the total time from the moment an airship is released from the mast for the
purpose of taking off until the moment the airship finally comes to rest at the end of the flight and is
secured on the mast;
— for sailplanes, it means the total time from the moment the sailplane commences the ground run in the
process of taking off until the moment the sailplane finally comes to a rest at the end of flight; and
— for balloons, it means the total time from the moment the basket leaves the ground for the purpose of
taking off until the moment it finally comes to a rest at the end of the flight.
‘flight time under instrument flight rules (IFR)’ means all flight time during which the aircraft is being operated
under IFR.
‘flight training device (FTD)’ means a full-size replica of a specific aircraft type’s instruments, equipment,
panels and controls in an open flight deck area or an enclosed aircraft flight deck, including the assemblage of
equipment and computer software programmes necessary to represent the aircraft in ground and flight
conditions to the extent of the systems installed in the device. It does not require a force cueing motion or
visual system, except in the case of helicopter FTD levels 2 and 3, where visual systems are required.
‘flight and navigation procedures trainer (FNPT)’ means a training device which represents the flight deck or
cockpit environment, including the assemblage of equipment and computer programmes necessary to
represent an aircraft type or class in-flight operations to the extent that the systems appear to function as in
an aircraft.
‘flown solely by reference to instruments’ means that the pilots fly the aircraft without any external visual
references, in simulated or actual instrument meteorological conditions (IMC).
‘group of balloons’ means a categorisation of balloons, taking into account the size or capacity of the
envelope.
‘helicopter’ means a heavier-than-air aircraft supported in flight chiefly by the reactions of the air on one or
more power-driven rotors on substantially vertical axes.
4 of 262
‘instrument flight time’ means the time during which a pilot is controlling an aircraft in flight solely by
reference to instruments.
‘instrument ground time’ means the time during which a pilot is receiving instruction in simulated instrument
flight, in FSTDs.
‘instrument time’ means instrument flight time or instrument ground time.
‘linear operation’ means an instrument approach operation in which the maximum tolerable error/deviation
from the planned track is expressed in units of length, for instance nautical miles, for cross-track lateral
deviation.
‘LNAV’ means lateral navigation.
‘LPV’ means localiser performance with vertical guidance.
‘multi-pilot operation’:
— for aeroplanes, it means an operation requiring at least two pilots using multi-crew cooperation in
either multi-pilot or single-pilot aeroplanes;
— for helicopters, it means an operation requiring at least two pilots using multi-crew cooperation on
multi-pilot helicopters.
‘multi-crew cooperation (MCC)’ means the functioning of the flight crew as a team of cooperating members
led by the pilot-in-command.
‘multi-pilot aircraft’:
— for aeroplanes, it means aeroplanes certificated for operation with a minimum crew of at least two
pilots;
— for helicopters, airships and powered-lift aircraft, it means the type of aircraft which is required to be
operated with a co-pilot as specified in the flight manual or in the AOC or an equivalent document.
‘night’ means the period between the end of evening civil twilight and the beginning of morning civil twilight
or such other period between sunset and sunrise as may be prescribed by the appropriate authority.
‘other training devices (OTDs)’ means training aids other than FSTDs which provide means for training where a
complete flight deck environment is not necessary.
‘performance-based navigation (PBN)’ means area navigation based on performance requirements for aircraft
operating along an air traffic services (ATS) route, on an instrument approach procedure or in a designated
airspace.
‘performance criteria’ means a simple, evaluative statement on the required outcome of the competency
element and a description of the criteria used to judge if the required level of performance has been achieved.
‘pilot-in-command (PIC)’ means the pilot designated as being in command and charged with the safe conduct
of the flight.
‘pilot-in-command under supervision (PICUS)’ means a co-pilot performing, under the supervision of the PIC,
the duties and functions of a PIC.
‘powered-lift aircraft’ means any aircraft deriving vertical lift and in-flight propulsion/lift from variable
geometry rotors or engines/propulsive devices attached to or contained within the fuselage or wings.
5 of 262
‘powered sailplane’ means an aircraft equipped with one or more engines having, with engines inoperative,
the characteristics of a sailplane.
‘private pilot’ means a pilot who holds a licence which prohibits the piloting of aircraft in operations for which
remuneration is given, with the exclusion of instruction or examination activities, as established in this Annex
(Part-FCL).
‘proficiency check’ means the demonstration of skill to revalidate or renew ratings or privileges, and including
such oral examination as may be required.
‘renewal’ (of, e.g. a rating or certificate) means the administrative action taken after a rating or certificate has
lapsed for the purpose of renewing the privileges of the rating or certificate for a further specified period
consequent upon the fulfilment of specified requirements.
‘revalidation’ (of, e.g. a rating or certificate) means the administrative action taken within the period of validity
of a rating or certificate which allows the holders to continue to exercise the privileges of a rating or certificate
for a further specified period consequent upon the fulfilment of specified requirements.
‘RNP APCH’ means a PBN specification used for instrument approach operations.
‘RNP APCH operation down to LNAV minima’ means a 2D instrument approach operation for which the lateral
guidance is based on global navigation satellite system (GNSS) positioning.
‘RNP APCH operation down to LNAV/VNAV minima’ means a 3D instrument approach operation for which the
lateral guidance is based on GNSS positioning and the vertical guidance is provided either by the Baro VNAV
function or by the GNSS positioning including satellite-based augmentation system (SBAS).
‘RNP APCH operation down to LPV minima’ means a 3D instrument approach operation for which both lateral
and vertical guidance are based on GNSS positioning including SBAS.
‘RNP AR APCH’ means a navigation specification used for instrument approach operations requiring a specific
approval.
‘route sector’ means a flight comprising take-off, departure, cruise of not less than 15 minutes, arrival,
approach and landing phases.
‘sailplane’ means a heavier-than-air aircraft which is supported in flight by the dynamic reaction of the air
against its fixed lifting surfaces, the free flight of which does not depend on an engine.
‘single-pilot aircraft’ means an aircraft certificated for operation by one pilot.
‘skill test’ means the demonstration of skill for a licence or rating issue, including such oral examination as may
be required.
‘solo flight time’ means flight time during which a student pilot is the sole occupant of an aircraft.
‘student pilot-in-command (SPIC)’ means a student pilot acting as the PIC in a flight with an instructor where
the latter will only observe the student pilot and shall not influence or control the flight of the aircraft.
‘threat’ means events or errors which occur beyond the influence of the flight crew, increase operational
complexity and which must be managed to maintain the margin of safety.
‘threat management’ means the process of detecting and responding to the threats with countermeasures
which reduce or eliminate the consequences of threats, and mitigate the probability of errors or undesired
aircraft states.
6 of 262
‘three-dimensional (3D) instrument approach operation’ means an instrument approach operation using both
lateral and vertical navigation guidance.
‘touring motor glider (TMG)’ means a specific class of powered sailplane having an integrally mounted, non-
retractable engine and a non-retractable propeller. It is capable of taking off and climbing under its own power
according to its flight manual.
‘two-dimensional (2D) instrument approach operation’ means an instrument approach operation using lateral
navigation guidance only.
‘type of aircraft’ means a categorisation of aircraft requiring a type rating as determined in the operational
suitability data established in accordance with Annex I (Part-21) to Regulation (EU) No 748/2012 (OSD), and
which includes all aircraft of the same basic design including all modifications thereto except those which
result in a change in handling or flight characteristics.
‘Type rating and licence endorsement list’ means a list published by the Agency based on the result of the OSD
evaluation and containing classes and types of aircraft for the purpose of flight crew licensing.
‘VNAV’ means vertical navigation.
FCL.015 Application for the issue, revalidation or renewal of licences, ratings and certificates
(a) An application for the issue, revalidation or renewal of pilot licences and associated ratings and
certificates shall be submitted to the competent authority in a form and manner established by this
authority. The application shall be accompanied by evidence that applicants comply with the
requirements for the issue, revalidation or renewal of the licence or certificate as well as associated
ratings or endorsements, established in this Annex (Part-FCL) and in Annex IV (Part-MED).
(b) Any limitation or extension of the privileges granted by a licence, rating or certificate shall be endorsed
ion the licence or certificate by the competent authority.
(c) A person shall not hold at any time more than one licence per category of aircraft issued in accordance
with this Annex (Part-FCL).
(d) An application for the issue of a licence for another category of aircraft or for the issue of further ratings
or certificates, as well as an amendment, revalidation or renewal of those licences, ratings or certificates
shall be submitted to the competent authority which initially issued the pilot licence, except when pilots
haves requested a change of competent authority and a transfer of their licensing and medical records
to that authority.
FCL.020 Student pilots
(a) Student pilots shall not fly solo unless authorised to do so and supervised by a flight instructor.
(b) Before their first solo flight, student pilots shall be at least:
(1) in the case of aeroplanes, helicopters and airships: 16 years of age; and
(2) in the case of sailplanes and balloons: 14 years of age.
7 of 262
FCL.025 Theoretical knowledge examinations for the issue of licences and ratings
(a) Responsibilities of the applicants
(1) Applicants shall take the entire set of theoretical knowledge examinations for a specific licence or
rating under the responsibility of the same Member State’s competent authority.
(2) Applicants shall only take the theoretical knowledge examination when recommended by the
approved training organisation (ATO) responsible for their training, once they have completed the
appropriate elements of the training course of theoretical knowledge instruction to a satisfactory
standard.
(3) The recommendation by an ATO shall be valid for 12 months. If applicants have failed to attempt
at least one theoretical knowledge examination paper within this period of validity, the need for
further training shall be determined by the ATO, based on the needs of the applicants.
(b) Pass standards
(1) A pass in a theoretical knowledge examination paper will be awarded to applicants achieving at
least 75 % of the marks allocated to that paper. There is no penalty marking.
(2) Unless otherwise determined in this Annex (Part-FCL), applicants have successfully completed the
required theoretical knowledge examination for the appropriate pilot licence or rating when they
have passed all the required theoretical knowledge examination papers within a period of 18
months counted from the end of the calendar month when the applicant first attempted an
examination.
(3) If applicants for the ATP theoretical knowledge examination, or for the issue of a commercial pilot
licence (CPL), an instrument rating (IR) or an en route instrument rating (EIR) have failed to pass
one of the theoretical knowledge examination papers within four attempts, or haves failed to
pass all papers within either six sittings or the period mentioned in point (2), they shall retake the
complete set of theoretical knowledge examination papers.
(4) If applicants for the issue of a light aircraft pilot licence (LAPL), a private pilot licence (PPL), a
sailplane pilot licence (SPL) or a balloon pilot licence (BPL) have failed to pass one of the
theoretical knowledge examination papers within four attempts or have failed to pass all papers
within the period mentioned in point (2), they shall retake the complete set of theoretical
knowledge examination papers.
(5) Before retaking the theoretical knowledge examinations, applicants shall undertake further
training at an ATO. The extent and scope of the training needed shall be determined by the ATO,
based on the needs of the applicants.
(c) Validity period
(1) The successful completion of the theoretical knowledge examinations will be valid:
(i) for the issue of an LAPL, a PPL, an SPL or a BPL, for a period of 2 years;
(ii) for the issue of a CPL, an IR or an EIR, for a period of 3 years;
The periods in points (i) and (ii) shall be counted from the day when the pilots successfully
completes the theoretical knowledge examination, in accordance with point (b)(2).
8 of 262
(2) The completion of the airline transport pilot licence (ATPL) theoretical knowledge examinations
will remain valid for the issue of an ATPL for a period of 7 years from the last validity date of:
(i) an IR entered in a licence; or
(ii) in the case of helicopters, a helicopter’s type rating entered in a licence.
FCL.030 Practical skill test
(a) Before a skill test for the issue of a licence or rating is taken, applicants shall have passed the required
theoretical knowledge examination, except in the case of applicants completing a course of integrated
flying training.
In any case, the theoretical knowledge instruction shall always have been completed before the skill
tests are taken.
(b) Except for the issue of an ATPL, applicants for a skill test shall be recommended for the test by the ATO
or person responsible for the training, once the training is completed. The training records shall be
made available to the examiner.
FCL.035 Crediting of flight time and theoretical knowledge
(a) Crediting of flight time
(1) Unless otherwise specified in this Annex (Part-FCL), flight time to be credited for a licence, rating
or certificate shall have been flown in the same category of aircraft for which the licence, rating or
certificate is sought.
(2) Pilot-in-command (PIC) or under instruction
(i) Applicants for the issue of a licence, rating or certificate shall be credited in full with all
solo, dual instruction or PIC flight time towards the total flight time required for the
licence, rating or certificate.
(ii) Graduates of an airline transport pilot (ATP) integrated training course are entitled to be
credited with up to 50 hours of student pilot-in-command (SPIC) instrument time
towards the PIC time required for the issue of the ATPL, CPL and a multi-engine type or
class rating.
(iii) Graduates of a CPL/IR integrated training course are entitled to be credited with up to 50
hours of the SPIC instrument time towards the PIC time required for the issue of the CPL
and a multi-engine type or class rating.
(3) Flight time as co-pilot or PICUS
Unless otherwise determined in this Annex (Part-FCL), holders of a pilot licence, when acting as
co-pilots or PICUS, are entitled to be credited with all of the co-pilot time towards the total
flight time required for a higher grade of pilot licence.
(b) Crediting of theoretical knowledge
(1) Applicants having passed the theoretical knowledge examination for an ATPL shall be credited
with the theoretical knowledge requirements for the LAPL, the PPL, the CPL and, except in the
case of helicopters, the IR and the EIR in the same category of aircraft.
9 of 262
(2) Applicants having passed the theoretical knowledge examination for a CPL shall be credited
with the theoretical knowledge requirement for an LAPL or a PPL in the same category of
aircraft.
(3) Holders of an IR or applicants having passed the instrument theoretical knowledge examination
for a category of aircraft shall be fully credited towards the requirements for the theoretical
knowledge instruction and examination for an IR in another category of aircraft.
(4) Holders of a pilot licence shall be credited towards the requirements for theoretical knowledge
instruction and examination for a licence in the same or another category of aircraft in
accordance with Appendix 1 to this Annex (Part-FCL).
The credit shall also apply to applicants for a pilot licence who have already successfully
completed the theoretical knowledge examinations for the issue of a licence in another
category of aircraft, as long as it is within the validity period specified in FCL.025(c).
(5) Notwithstanding point (b)(3), holders of an instrument rating (aeroplanes) IR(A) who have
completed a competency-based modular IR(A) course or holders of an EIR shall only be credited
in full towards the requirements for theoretical knowledge instruction and examination for an
IR in another category of aircraft when also having passed the theoretical knowledge
instruction and examination for the IFR part of the course required in accordance with
FCL.720.A.(b)(2)(i).
FCL.040 Exercise of the privileges of licences
The exercise of the privileges granted by a licence shall be dependent upon the validity of the ratings
contained therein, if applicable, and of the medical certificate as appropriate to the privileges exercised.
FCL.045 Obligation to carry and present documents
(a) A valid licence and a valid medical certificate shall always be carried by pilots when exercising the
privileges of the licence.
(b) Pilots shall also carry a personal identification document containing their photo.
(c) Pilots or student pilots shall without undue delay present their flight time record for inspection upon
request by an authorised representative of a competent authority.
(d) Student pilots shall carry on all solo cross-country flights evidence of the authorisation required by
FCL.020(a).
FCL.050 Recording of flight time
Pilots shall keep a reliable record of the details of all flights flown in a form and manner established by the
competent authority.
FCL.055 Language proficiency
(a) Aeroplane, helicopter, powered-lift and airship pilots required to use the radio telephone shall not
exercise the privileges of their licences and ratings unless they have a language proficiency endorsement
on their licence in either English or the language used for radio communications involved in the flight.
The endorsement shall indicate the language, the proficiency level, and the validity date, and it shall be
10 of 262
obtained in accordance with a procedure established by a competent authority. The minimum
acceptable proficiency level is the operational level (Level 4).
(b) Applicants for a language proficiency endorsement shall demonstrate, in accordance with Appendix 2 to
this Annex (Part-FCL), at least an operational level of language proficiency both in the use of
phraseologies and plain language to a certified assessor or an approved language-testing body as
applicable. To do so, applicants shall demonstrate the ability to:
(1) communicate effectively in voice-only and in face-to-face situations;
(2) communicate on common and work-related topics with accuracy and clarity;
(3) use appropriate communicative strategies to exchange messages and to recognise and resolve
misunderstandings in a general or work-related context;
(4) handle successfully the linguistic challenges presented by a complication or unexpected turn of
events which occurs within the context of a routine work situation or communicative task with
which they are otherwise familiar; and
(5) use a dialect or accent which is intelligible to the aeronautical community.
(c) Except for pilots who have demonstrated language proficiency at an expert level, in accordance with
Appendix 2 to this Annex (Part-FCL), the language proficiency endorsement shall be re-evaluated every:
(1) 4 years, if the level demonstrated is operational; or
(2) 6 years, if the level demonstrated is extended.
(d) Specific requirements for holders of an IR or an EIR:
Without prejudice to the points above, holders of an IR or an EIR shall have demonstrated the ability to
use the English language at the appropriate proficiency level.
(e) The demonstration of language proficiency and of the use of English for IR or EIR holders shall be done
through a method of assessment established by any competent authority.
FCL.060 Recent experience
(a) Balloons
Pilots shall not operate a balloon in commercial air transport or carrying passengers unless they have
completed in the preceding 180 days:
(1) at least three flights as a pilots flying (PF) in a balloon, of which at least one shall be in a balloon of
the relevant class and group; or
(2) one flight in the relevant class and group of balloon under the supervision of an instructor
qualified in accordance with Subpart J.
(b) Aeroplanes, helicopters, powered-lift, airships and sailplanes
Pilots shall not operate an aircraft in commercial air transport or carrying passengers:
(1) as PIC or co-pilots unless they haves carried out, in the preceding 90 days, at least three take-offs,
approaches and landings in an aircraft of the same type or class or a full-flight simulator (FFS)
representing that type or class. The three take-offs and landings shall be performed in either
multi-pilot or single-pilot operations, depending on the privileges held by the pilots; and
11 of 262
(2) as PIC at night unless they:
(i) have carried out in the preceding 90 days at least one take-off, approach and landing at
night as PF in an aircraft of the same type or class or an FFS representing that type or class;
or
(ii) holds an IR;
(3) as cruise relief co-pilots unless they:
(i) have complied with the requirements in point (b)(1); or
(ii) have carried out in the preceding 90 days at least three sectors as a cruise relief pilot on the
same type or class of aircraft; or
(iii) have undergone recency and refresher flying skill training in an FFS at intervals not
exceeding 90 days. This refresher training may be combined with the operator’s recurrent
training prescribed in the relevant requirements of Annex III (Part-ORO (Subpart FC)) to
Commission Regulation (EU) No 965/2012.
(4) When a pilots haves the privilege to operate more than one type of aeroplanes with similar
handling and operation characteristics, the three take-offs, approaches and landings required in
point (1) may be performed as defined in the OSD.
(5) When a pilots haves the privilege to operate more than one type of non-complex helicopters with
similar handling and operation characteristics, as defined in the OSD, the three take-offs,
approaches and landings required in point (1) may be performed in just one of the types,
provided that they have completed at least 2 hours of flight in each of the types of helicopter,
during the preceding 6 months.
(c) Specific requirements for commercial air transport
(1) In the case of commercial air transport, the 90-day period prescribed in points (b)(1) and (2)
above may be extended up to a maximum of 120 days, as long as pilots undertakes line flying
under the supervision of a type rating instructor or examiner.
(2) When pilots do not comply with the requirement in point (1), they shall complete a training flight
with an instructor qualified in accordance with Subpart J to instruct for that aircraft type. The
training flight shall be performed in the aircraft or an FFS of the aircraft type to be used, and shall
include at least the requirements described in points (b)(1) and (2) before the pilots can exercise
their privileges.
FCL.065 Curtailment of privileges of licence holders aged 60 years or more in commercial air transport
(a) Age 6064. Aeroplanes and helicopters. Holders of a pilot licence who have attained the age of 60 years
shall not act as pilots of an aircraft engaged in commercial air transport except as members of a multi-
pilot crew.
(b) Age 65. Except in the case of holders of a BPL or an SPL, holders of a pilot licence who have attained the
age of 65 years shall not act as pilots of an aircraft engaged in commercial air transport.
(c) Age 70. Holders of a BPL or an SPL who have attained the age of 70 years shall not act as pilots of a
balloon or a sailplane engaged in commercial air transport.
12 of 262
FCL.070 Revocation, suspension and limitation of licences, ratings and certificates
(a) Licences, ratings and certificates issued in accordance with this Annex (Part-FCL) may be limited,
suspended or revoked by the competent authority when pilots do not comply with the requirements of
this Annex (Part-FCL), Annex IV (Part-MED) or the applicable operational requirements, in accordance
with the conditions and procedures laid down in Annex VI (Part-ARA).
(b) When pilots have their licence suspended or revoked, they shall immediately return the licence or
certificate to the competent authority.
13 of 262
SUBPART B
LIGHT AIRCRAFT PILOT LICENCE — LAPL
SECTION 1
Common requirements
FCL.100 LAPL — minimum age
Applicants for an LAPL shall be:
(a) in the case of aeroplanes and helicopters, at least 17 years of age; and
(b) in the case of sailplanes and balloons, at least 16 years of age.
FCL.105 LAPL — privileges and conditions
(a) Privileges
The privileges of holders of an LAPL are to act without remuneration as PIC in non-commercial
operations in the appropriate aircraft category.
(b) Conditions
Applicants for an LAPL shall have fulfilled the requirements for the relevant aircraft category and, when
applicable, for the class or type of aircraft used in the skill test.
FCL.110 LAPL — crediting for the same aircraft category
(a) Applicants for an LAPL who have held another licence in the same category of aircraft shall be fully
credited towards the requirements of the LAPL in that category of aircraft.
(b) Without prejudice to point (a), if the licence has lapsed, applicants shall have to pass a skill test in
accordance with FCL.125 for the issue of an LAPL in the appropriate aircraft category.
FCL.115 LAPL — training course
Applicants for an LAPL shall complete a training course within an ATO. The course shall include theoretical
knowledge and flight instruction appropriate to the privileges granted. For the training for the single-engine
piston aeroplanes — sea class rating (SEP(sea)) privilege, the elements of Appendix 9, point 7. shall be
considered.
FCL.120 LAPL — theoretical knowledge examination
Applicants for an LAPL shall demonstrate a level of theoretical knowledge appropriate to the privileges
granted, through examinations on the following:
(a) common subjects:
(1) air law and air traffic control (ATC) procedures;
(2) human performance;
14 of 262
(3) meteorology; and
(4) communications; and
(b) specific subjects concerning the different aircraft categories:
(1) principles of flight;
(2) operational procedures;
(3) flight performance and planning;
(4) aircraft general knowledge; and
(5) navigation.
FCL.125 LAPL — skill test
(a) Applicants for an LAPL shall demonstrate through the pass of a skill test the ability to perform, as PIC in
the appropriate aircraft category, the relevant procedures and manoeuvres with competency
appropriate to the privileges granted.
(b) Applicants for the skill test shall have received flight instruction in the same class or type of aircraft to be
used for the skill test. The privileges will be restricted to the class or type used for the skill test until
further extensions are endorsed on the licence, in accordance with this Subpart.
(c) Pass marks
(1) The skill test shall be divided into different sections, representing all the different phases of flight
as appropriate to the category of aircraft flown.
(2) Failure in any item of a section will cause applicants to fail the entire section. If they fail only one
section, they shall repeat only that section. Failure in more than one section will require
applicants to repeat the entire test.
(3) When the test needs to be repeated in accordance with point (2), failure in any section, including
those that have been passed on a previous attempt, will cause applicants to fail the entire test.
(4) Failure to achieve a pass in all sections of the test within two attempts will require further
practical training.
SECTION 2
Specific requirements for the LAPL for aeroplanes — LAPL(A)
FCL.105.A LAPL(A) — privileges and conditions
(a) Privileges
The privileges of holders of an LAPL for aeroplanes (LAPL(A) are to act as PIC in single-engine piston
aeroplanes (land) (SEP(land)), SEP(sea) or touring motor gliders (TMGs) with a maximum certificated
take-off mass of 2 000 kg or less, carrying a maximum of 3 passengers, such that there are never more
than 4 persons on board the aircraft.
(b) Conditions
15 of 262
(1) Holders of an LAPL(A) shall only carry passengers once they have completed 10 hours of flight
time as PIC in aeroplanes or TMGs after the issue of the licence.
(2) Holders of an ATPL(A), an MPL(A), a CPL(A) or a PPL(A) who also hold an LAPL(A), are exempted
from the requirements in point (b)(1).
FCL.110.A LAPL(A) — experience requirements and crediting
(a) Experience requirements
Applicants for an LAPL(A) shall have completed at least 30 hours of flight instruction in aeroplanes or
TMGs, including at least:
(1) 15 hours of dual flight instruction in the class in which the skill test will be taken; and
(2) 6 hours of supervised solo flight time, including at least 3 hours of solo cross-country flight time
with at least one cross-country flight of at least 150 km (80 NM), during which one full-stop
landing at an aerodrome different from the aerodrome of departure shall be made.
(b) Specific experience requirements for applicants holding an LAPL for sailplanes (LAPL(S)) with TMG
extension
Applicants for an LAPL(A) holding an LAPL(S) with TMG extension shall have:
(1) completed at least 21 hours of flight time in TMGs after the endorsement of the TMG extension;
and
(2) complied with the requirements in FCL.135.A(a) on aeroplanes.
(c) Crediting
Applicants with prior experience as PIC may be credited towards the requirements in point (a).
The amount of credit shall be decided by the ATO where pilots complete the training course, on the
basis of a pre-entry flight test, but shall not in any case:
(1) exceed the total flight time as PIC;
(2) exceed 50 % of the hours required in point (a)(1); and
(3) include the hours required in point (a)(2).
FCL.135.A LAPL(A) — extension of privileges to another class or variant of aeroplane
(a) The privileges of an LAPL(A) shall be limited to the class and variant of aeroplanes or TMGs in which the
skill test was taken.
The limitation to a class may be removed when pilots have completed in another class the requirements
below:
(1) 3 hours of flight instruction, including:
(i) 10 dual take-offs and landings; and
(ii) 10 supervised solo take-offs and landings.
16 of 262
(2) Pass of a skill test to demonstrate an adequate level of practical skill in the new class. During this
skill test, applicants shall also demonstrate to the examiner an adequate level of theoretical
knowledge for the other class in the following subjects:
(i) operational procedures;
(ii) flight performance and planning; and
(iii) aircraft general knowledge.
(b) In order to remove the limitation to a variant within a class, pilots shall undertake differences training or
do a familiarisation. The differences training shall be entered in the pilots’ logbook and signed by the
instructor.
FCL.140.A LAPL(A) — recency requirements
(a) Holders of an LAPL(A) shall only exercise the privileges of their licence when they have, in the last 2
years, as pilots of aeroplanes or TMGs either:
(1) completed at least 12 hours of flight time as PIC or flying dual or solo under the supervision of an
instructor, including 12 take-offs and landings, and refresher training of at least 1 hour of total
flight time with an instructor;. or
(2) passed an LAPL(A) proficiency check with an examiner. The proficiency check programme shall be
based on the skill test for the LAPL(A).
(b) When holders of an LAPL(A) hold both a SEP(land) and a SEP(sea) privilege, they may complete the
requirements in point (a)(1) in either class or a combination thereof, and achieve the fulfilment of these
requirements for both privileges. At least 1 hour of the required PIC time and 6 of the required 12 take-
offs and landings shall be completed in each class.
SECTION 3
Specific requirements for the LAPL for helicopters — LAPL(H)
FCL.105.H LAPL(H) — privileges
The privileges of holders of an LAPL for helicopters are to act as PIC in single-engine helicopters with a
maximum certificated take-off mass of 2 000 kg or less, carrying a maximum of 3 passengers, such that there
are never more than 4 persons on board the aircraft.
FCL.110.H LAPL(H) — experience requirements and crediting
(a) Experience requirements
Applicants for an LAPL(H) shall have completed 40 hours of flight instruction in helicopters. At least 35
out of the 40 hours of flight instruction shall be flown on the type of helicopter that is to be used for the
skill test. The flight instruction shall include at least:
(1) 20 hours of dual flight instruction; and
17 of 262
(2) 10 hours of supervised solo flight time, including at least 5 hours of solo cross-country flight time
with at least one cross-country flight of at least 150 km (80 NM), during which one full-stop
landing at an aerodrome different from the aerodrome of departure shall be made.
(b) Crediting
Applicants with prior experience as PIC may be credited towards the requirements in point (a).
The amount of credit shall be decided by the ATO where pilots complete the training course, on the
basis of a pre-entry flight test, but shall not in any case:
(1) exceed the total flight time as PIC;
(2) exceed 50 % of the hours required in point (a); and
(3) include the requirements in point (a)(2).
FCL.135.H LAPL(H) — extension of privileges to another type or variant of helicopter
(a) The privileges of an LAPL(H) shall be limited to the specific type and variant of helicopter in which the
skill test was taken. This limitation may be removed when pilots have completed in the new type:
(1) 5 hours of flight instruction, including:
(i) 15 dual take-offs, approaches and landings; and
(ii) 15 supervised solo take-offs, approaches and landings; and
(2) pass of a skill test to demonstrate an adequate level of practical skill. During this skill test,
applicants shall also demonstrate to the examiner an adequate level of theoretical knowledge for
the new type in the following subjects:
(i) operational procedures;
(ii) flight performance and planning; and
(iii) aircraft general knowledge.
(b) Before holders of an LAPL(H) can exercise the privileges of the licence in another variant of helicopter
than the one used for the skill test, they shall undertake differences training or do a familiarisation, as
defined in the OSD. The differences training shall be entered in the pilots’ logbook and signed by the
instructor.
FCL.140.H LAPL(H) — recency requirements
Holders of an LAPL(H) shall only exercise the privileges of their licence on a specific type when they have:
(a) completed on helicopters of that type in the last 12 months at least 6 hours of flight time as PIC, or
flying dual or solo under the supervision of an instructor, including six take-offs, approaches and
landings, and refresher training of at least 1 hour of total flight time with an instructor; or
(2) passed a proficiency check with an examiner on the specific type before they resume the exercise of the
privileges of their licence. The proficiency check shall be based on the skill test for the LAPL(H).
18 of 262
SECTION 4
Specific requirements for the LAPL for sailplanes — LAPL(S)
FCL.105.S LAPL(S) — privileges and conditions
(a) Privileges
The privileges of holders of an LAPL(S) are to act as PIC in sailplanes and powered sailplanes. In order to
exercise the privileges in a TMG, holders shall comply with the requirements in FCL.135.S.
(b) Conditions
(1) Holders of an LAPL(S) shall only carry passengers once they have completed 10 hours of flight
time or 30 launches as PIC in sailplanes or powered sailplanes after the issue of the licence.
(2) Holders of an SPL who comply with the requirements in FCL.205.S(b)(1) and to whom an LAPL(S)
was issued are exempted from the requirements in point (b)(1).
FCL.110.S LAPL(S) — experience requirements and crediting
(a) Experience requirements
(1) Applicants for an LAPL(S) shall have completed at least 15 hours of flight instruction in sailplanes
or powered sailplanes, including at least:
(i) 10 hours of dual flight instruction;
(ii) 2 hours of supervised solo flight time;
(iii) 45 launches and landings; and
(iv) one solo cross-country flight of at least 50 km (27 NM) or one dual cross-country flight of at
least 100 km (55 NM).
(2) Of the 15 hours required in point (1), a maximum of 7 hours may be completed in a TMG.
(b) Crediting
Applicants with prior experience as PIC may be credited towards the requirements in point (a).
The amount of credit shall be decided by the ATO where pilots complete the training course, on the
basis of a pre-entry flight test, but shall not in any case:
(1) exceed the total flight time as PIC;
(2) exceed 50 % of the hours required in point (1); and
(3) include the requirements in points (a)(1)(ii) to (a)(1)(iv).
FCL.130.S LAPL(S) — launch methods
(a) The privileges of the LAPL(S) shall be limited to the launch method included in the skill test. This
limitation may be removed when pilots have completed:
(1) in the case of winch launch and car launch, a minimum of 10 launches in dual flight instruction,
and 5 solo launches under supervision;
19 of 262
(2) in the case of aero-tow or self-launch, a minimum of five launches in dual flight instruction, and
five solo launches under supervision. In the case of self-launch, dual flight instruction may be
done in a TMG; and
(3) in the case of bungee launch, a minimum of three launches performed in dual flight instruction or
solo under supervision.
(b) The completion of the additional training launches shall be entered in the logbook and signed by the
instructor.
(c) In order to maintain their privileges in each launch method, pilots shall complete a minimum of five
launches during the last 2 years, except for bungee launch, in which case pilots shall have completed
only two launches.
(d) When pilots do not comply with the requirement in point (c), they shall perform the additional number
of launches flying dual or solo under the supervision of an instructor in order to renew the privileges.
FCL.135.S LAPL(S) — extension of privileges to TMG
The privileges of an LAPL(S) shall be extended to a TMG when pilots have completed in an ATO, at least:
(a) 6 hours of flight instruction in a TMG, including:
(1) 4 hours of dual flight instruction; and
(2) one solo cross-country flight of at least 150 km (80 NM), during which one full-stop landing at an
aerodrome different from the aerodrome of departure shall be performed; and
(b) pass of a skill test to demonstrate an adequate level of practical skill in a TMG. During this skill test,
applicants shall also demonstrate to the examiner an adequate level of theoretical knowledge for the
TMG in the following subjects:
(1) principles of flight;
(2) operational procedures;
(3) flight performance and planning;
(4) aircraft general knowledge; and
(5) navigation.
FCL.140.S LAPL(S) — recency requirements
(a) Sailplanes and powered sailplanes
Holders of an LAPL(S) shall only exercise the privileges of their licence on sailplanes or powered
sailplanes when they have completed on sailplanes or powered sailplanes, excluding TMGs, in the last 2
years, at least the following requirements:
(1) 5 hours of flight time as PIC, including 15 launches and two training flights with an instructor; or
(2) have passed a proficiency check with an examiner in a sailplane or powered sailplane. The
proficiency check shall be based on the skill test for the LAPL(S).
20 of 262
(b) TMGs
(1) Holders of an LAPL(S) shall only exercise the privileges of their licence in a TMG when they
have completed in TMGs in the last 2 years at least 12 hours of flight time as PIC, or flying dual or
solo under the supervision of an instructor including 12 take-offs and landings, and refresher
training of at least 1 hour of total flight time with an instructor or passed a proficiency check with
an examiner in a TMG. The proficiency check shall be based on the skill test for the LAPL(S).
(2) When holders of an LAPL(S) also have the privileges to fly aeroplanes, the requirements in point
(1) may be completed on aeroplanes.
(c) Holders of an LAPL(S) who do not comply with the requirements in points (a) or (b) shall, before they
resume the exercise of their privileges:
(1) pass a proficiency check with an examiner on a sailplane or a TMG, as appropriate; or
(2) perform the additional flight time or take-offs and landings, flying dual or solo under the
supervision of an instructor, in order to fulfil the requirements in points (a) or (b).
SECTION 5
Specific requirements for the LAPL for balloons — LAPL(B)
FCL.105.B LAPL(B) — privileges
The privileges of holders of an LAPL for balloons are to act as PIC in hot-air balloons or hot-air airships with a
maximum of 3 400 m3 envelope capacity or gas balloons with a maximum of 1 260 m3 envelope capacity,
carrying a maximum of 3 passengers, such that there are never more than 4 persons on board the balloon.
FCL.110.B LAPL(B) —experience requirements and crediting
(a) Experience requirements
Applicants for an LAPL(B) shall have completed on balloons of the same class at least 16 hours of flight
instruction, including at least:
(1) 12 hours of dual flight instruction;
(2) 10 inflations and 20 take-offs and landings; and
(3) one supervised solo flight with a minimum flight time of at least 30 minutes.
(b) Crediting
Applicants with prior experience as PIC in balloons may be credited towards the requirements in point
(a).
The amount of credit shall be decided by the ATO where pilots complete the training course, on the
basis of a pre-entry flight test, but shall not in any case:
(1) exceed the total flight time as PIC in balloons;
(2) exceed 50 % of the hours required in point (a); and
(3) include the requirements in points (a)(2) and (a)(3).
21 of 262
FCL.130.B LAPL(B) — extension of privileges to tethered flights
(a) The privileges of an LAPL(B) shall be limited to non-tethered flights. This limitation may be removed
when pilots have completed at least three tethered dual training flights.
(b) The completion of the additional training shall be entered in the logbook and signed by the instructor.
(c) In order to maintain this privilege, pilots shall complete a minimum of two tethered flights during the
last 2 years.
(d) When pilots do not comply with the requirement in point (c), they shall perform the additional number
of tethered flights flying dual or solo under the supervision of an instructor in order to renew the
privileges.
FCL.135.B LAPL(B) — extension of privileges to another balloon class
The privileges of an LAPL(B) shall be limited to the class of balloons in which the skill test was taken. This
limitation may be removed when pilots have completed in the other class, at an ATO, at least:
(a) five dual training flights; or
(b) in the case of holders of an LAPL(B) for hot-air balloons wishing to extend their privileges to hot-air
airships, 5 hours of dual flight instruction time; and
(c) a skill test, during which they shall demonstrate to the examiner an adequate level of theoretical
knowledge for the other class in the following subjects:
(1) principles of flight;
(2) operational procedures;
(3) flight performance and planning; and
(4) aircraft general knowledge.
FCL.140.B LAPL(B) — recency requirements
(a) Holders of an LAPL(B) shall only exercise the privileges of their licence when they have completed, in
one class of balloons in the last 2 years, at least:
(1) 6 hours of flight time as PIC, including 10 take-offs and landings; and
(2) one training flight with an instructor.
In addition, if pilots are qualified to fly more than one class of balloons, in order to exercise their
privileges in the other class, they shall have completed at least 3 hours of flight time in that class within
the last 2 years, including three take-offs and landings.
(b) Holders of an LAPL(B) who do not comply with the requirements in point (a), shall, before they resume
the exercise of their privileges:
(1) pass a proficiency check with an examiner in the appropriate class; or
(2) perform the additional flight time or take-offs and landings, flying dual or solo under the
supervision of an instructor, in order to fulfil the requirements in point (a).
22 of 262
SUBPART C
PRIVATE PILOT LICENCE (PPL), SAILPLANE PILOT LICENCE (SPL) AND BALLOON PILOT
LICENCE (BPL)
SECTION 1
Common requirements
FCL.200 PPL, SPL AND BPL — minimum age
(a) Applicants for the issue of a PPL shall be at least 17 years of age.
(b) Applicants for the issue of a BPL or an SPL shall be at least 16 years of age.
FCL.205 PPL, SPL AND BPL — conditions
Applicants for the issue of a PPL shall have fulfilled the requirements for the class or type rating for the aircraft
used in the skill test, as established in Subpart H.
FCL.210 PPL, SPL AND BPL — training course
Applicants for a BPL, an SPL or a PPL shall complete a training course at an ATO. The course shall include
theoretical knowledge and flight instruction appropriate to the privileges granted.
FCL.215 PPL, SPL AND BPL — theoretical knowledge examination
Applicants for a BPL, an SPL or a PPL shall demonstrate a level of theoretical knowledge appropriate to the
privileges granted, through examinations in the following subjects:
(a) common subjects:
(1) air law;
(2) human performance;
(3) meteorology; and
(4) communications; and
(5) navigation; and
(b) specific subjects concerning the different aircraft categories:
(1) principles of flight;
(2) operational procedures;
(3) flight performance and planning; and
(4) aircraft general knowledge.
FCL.235 PPL, SPL AND BPL — skill test
(a) Applicants for a BPL, an SPL or a PPL shall demonstrate through the pass of a skill test the ability to
perform, as PIC in the appropriate aircraft category, the relevant procedures and manoeuvres with
competency appropriate to the privileges granted.
23 of 262
(b) Applicants for the skill test shall have received flight instruction in the same class or type of aircraft, or in
one or more balloons within a group of balloons, to be used for the skill test.
(c) Pass marks
(1) The skill test shall be divided into different sections, representing all the different phases of flight
as appropriate to the category of aircraft flown.
(2) Failure in any item of a section will cause applicants to fail the entire section. If they fail only one
section, they shall repeat only that section. Failure in more than one section will require
applicants to repeat the entire test.
(3) When the test needs to be repeated in accordance with point (2), failure in any section, including
those that have been passed on a previous attempt, will cause applicants to fail the entire test.
(4) Failure to achieve a pass in all sections of the test in two attempts will require further training.
SECTION 2
Specific requirements for the PPL for aeroplanes — PPL(A)
FCL.205.A PPL(A) — privileges
(a) The privileges of holders of a PPL(A) are to act without remuneration as PIC or co-pilots of aeroplanes or
TMGs engaged in non-commercial operations and exercise all privileges of holders of an LAPL(A).
(b) Notwithstanding point (a), holders of a PPL(A) with instructor or examiner privileges may receive
remuneration for:
(1) the provision of flight instruction for the LAPL(A) or PPL(A);
(2) the conduct of skill tests and proficiency checks for these licences; and
(3) the training, testing and checking for the ratings or certificates attached to these licences.
FCL.210.A PPL(A) — experience requirements and crediting
(a) Experience requirements
Applicants for a PPL(A) shall have completed at least 45 hours of flight instruction in aeroplanes or
TMGs, 5 of which may have been completed in an FSTD, including at least:
(1) 25 hours of dual flight instruction; and
(2) 10 hours of supervised solo flight time, including at least 5 hours of solo cross-country flight time
with at least one cross-country flight of at least 270 km (150 NM), in the course of which full-stop
landings at two aerodromes different from the aerodrome of departure shall be made.
(b) Specific experience requirements for applicants holding an LAPL(A)
Applicants for a PPL(A) holding an LAPL(A) shall have completed at least 15 hours of flight time on
aeroplanes after the issue of the LAPL(A), of which at least 10 shall be flight instruction completed in a
training course at an ATO. This training course shall include at least 4 hours of supervised solo flight
time, including at least 2 hours of solo cross-country flight time with at least one cross-country flight of
24 of 262
at least 270 km (150 NM), in the course of which full-stop landings at two aerodromes different from
the aerodrome of departure shall be made.
(c) Specific experience requirements for applicants holding an LAPL(S) or an SPL with a TMG extension
Applicants for a PPL(A) holding an LAPL(S) or an SPL with a TMG extension shall have completed:
(1) at least 24 hours of flight time in TMG after the endorsement of the TMG extension; and
(2) 15 hours of flight instruction in aeroplanes in a training course at an ATO, including at least the
requirements in point (a)(2).
(d) Crediting
Applicants holding a pilot licence for another category of aircraft, with the exception of balloons, shall
be credited with 10 % of their total flight time as PIC in such aircraft up to a maximum of 10 hours. The
amount of credit given shall not in any case include the requirements in point (a)(2).
SECTION 3
Specific requirements for the PPL for helicopters — PPL(H)
FCL.205.H PPL(H) — privileges
(a) The privileges of holders of a PPL(H) are to act without remuneration as PIC or co-pilots of helicopters
engaged in non-commercial operations and exercise all privileges of holders of an LAPL(H).
(b) Notwithstanding point (a), holders of a PPL(H) with instructor or examiner privileges may receive
remuneration for:
(1) the provision of flight instruction for the LAPL(H) or the PPL(H);
(2) the conduct of skill tests and proficiency checks for these licences; and
(3) the training, testing and checking for the ratings or certificates attached to these licences.
FCL.210.H PPL(H) — experience requirements and crediting
(a) Experience requirements
Applicants for a PPL(H) shall have completed at least 45 hours of flight instruction in helicopters, 5 of
which may have been completed in a flight and navigation procedures trainer (FNPT) or an FFS, including
at least:
(1) 25 hours of dual flight instruction; and
(2) 10 hours of supervised solo flight time, including at least 5 hours of solo cross-country flight time
with at least one cross-country flight of at least 185 km (100 NM), in the course of which full-stop
landings at two aerodromes different from the aerodrome of departure shall be made.
35 of the 45 hours of flight instruction have to be completed on the same type of helicopter as the
one used for the skill test.
25 of 262
(b) Specific experience requirements for applicants holding an LAPL(H)
Applicants for a PPL(H) holding an LAPL(H) shall complete a training course at an ATO. This training
course shall include at least 5 hours of dual flight instruction time and at least one supervised solo cross-
country flight of at least 185 km (100 NM), in the course of which full-stop landings at two aerodromes
different from the aerodrome of departure shall be made.
(c) Crediting
Applicants holding a pilot licence for another category of aircraft, with the exception of balloons, shall
be credited with 10 % of their total flight time as PIC in such aircraft up to a maximum of 6 hours. The
amount of credit given shall not in any case include the requirements in point (a)(2).
SECTION 4
Specific requirements for the PPL for airships — PPL(As)
FCL.205.As PPL(As) — privileges
(a) The privileges of holders of a PPL(As) are to act without remuneration as PIC or co-pilot on airships
engaged in non-commercial operations.
(b) Notwithstanding point (a), holders of a PPL(As) with instructor or examiner privileges may receive
remuneration for:
(1) the provision of flight instruction for the PPL(As);
(2) the conduct of skill tests and proficiency checks for this licence; and
(3) the training, testing and checking for the ratings or certificates attached to these licences.
FCL.210.As PPL(As) — experience requirements and crediting
(a) Experience requirements
Applicants for a PPL(As) shall have completed at least 35 hours of flight instruction in airships, 5 of which
may have been completed in an FSTD, including at least:
(1) 25 hours of dual flight instruction, including:
(i) 3 hours of cross-country flight training, including one cross-country flight of at least 65 km
(35 NM); and
(ii) 3 hours of instrument instruction;
(2) eight take-offs and landings at an aerodrome, including masting and unmasting procedures; and
(3) 8 hours of supervised solo flight time.
(b) Crediting
Applicants holding a BPL and qualified to fly hot-air airships shall be credited with 10 % of their total
flight time as PIC in such airships up to a maximum of 5 hours.
26 of 262
SECTION 5
Specific requirements for the sailplane pilot licence — SPL
FCL.205.S SPL — privileges and conditions
(a) The privileges of holders of an SPL are to act as PIC in sailplanes and powered sailplanes and exercise all
privileges of holders of an LAPL(S). In order to exercise the privileges in a TMG, holders shall have to
comply with the requirements in FCL.135.S.
(b) Holders of an SPL shall:
(1) carry passengers only when having completed, after the issue of the licence, at least 10 hours of
flight time or 30 launches as PIC in sailplanes or powered sailplanes unless they are holders of an
LAPL(S) with the privilege to carry passengers;
(2) be restricted to act without remuneration in non-commercial operations until they have:
(i) attained the age of 18 years;
(ii) completed, after the issue of the licence, 75 hours of flight time or 200 launches as PIC in
sailplanes or powered sailplanes; and
(iii) passed a proficiency check with an examiner.
(c) Notwithstanding (b)(2), holders of an SPL with instructor or examiner privileges may receive
remuneration for:
(1) the provision of flight instruction for the LAPL(S) or the SPL;
(2) the conduct of skill tests and proficiency checks for these licences; and
(3) the training, testing and checking for the ratings or certificates attached to these licences.
FCL.210.S SPL — experience requirements and crediting
(a) Experience requirements
Applicants for an SPL shall have completed at least 15 hours of flight instruction in sailplanes or powered
sailplanes, including at least the requirements specified in FCL.110.S.
(b) Crediting
(1) Applicants for an SPL holding an LAPL(S) shall be fully credited towards the requirements for the
issue of an SPL.
(2) Applicants for an SPL who held an LAPL(S) within the period of 2 years before the application shall
be fully credited towards the requirements of theoretical knowledge and flight instruction.
(3) Applicants holding a pilot licence for another category of aircraft, with the exception of balloons,
shall be credited with 10 % of their total flight time as PIC in such aircraft up to a maximum of 7
hours. The amount of credit given shall not in any case include the requirements in points (a)(1)(ii)
to (a)(1)(iv) of FCL.110.S.
27 of 262
FCL.220.S SPL — launch methods
The privileges of the SPL shall be limited to the launch method included in the skill test. This limitation may be
removed and the new privileges exercised when pilots comply with the requirements in FCL.130.S.
FCL.230.S SPL — recency requirements
Holders of an SPL shall only exercise the privileges of their licence when complying with the recency
requirements in FCL.140.S.
SECTION 6
Specific requirements for the balloon pilot licence — BPL
FCL.205.B BPL — privileges and conditions
(a) The privileges of holders of a BPL are to act as PIC in balloons and exercise all privileges of holders of an
LAPL(B).
(b) Holders of a BPL shall be restricted to act without remuneration in non-commercial operations until they
have:
(1) attained the age of 18 years;
(2) completed 50 hours of flight time and 50 take-offs and landings as PIC in balloons; and
(3) passed a proficiency check with an examiner on a balloon in the specific class.
(c) Notwithstanding point (b), holders of a BPL with instructor or examiner privileges may receive
remuneration for:
(1) the provision of flight instruction for the LAPL(B) or the BPL;
(2) the conduct of skill tests and proficiency checks for these licences; and
(3) the training, testing and checking for the ratings or certificates attached to these licences.
FCL.210.B BPL — experience requirements and crediting
(a) Experience requirements
Applicants for a BPL shall have completed on balloons in the same class and group at least 16 hours of
flight instruction, including at least:
(1) 12 hours of dual flight instruction;
(2) 10 inflations and 20 take-offs and landings; and
(3) one supervised solo flight with a minimum flight time of at least 30 minutes.
(b) Crediting
(1) Applicants for a BPL holding an LAPL(B) shall be fully credited towards the requirements for the
issue of a BPL.
28 of 262
(2) Applicants for a BPL who held an LAPL(B) within the period of 2 years before the application shall
be fully credited towards the requirements of theoretical knowledge and flight instruction.
FCL.220.B BPL — extension of privileges to tethered flights
The privileges of the BPL shall be limited to non-tethered flights. This limitation shall be removed upon
application when pilots comply with the requirements in FCL.130.B.
FCL.225.B BPL — extension of privileges to another balloon class or group
The privileges of the BPL shall be limited to the class and group of balloons in which the skill test was taken.
This limitation shall be removed upon application when pilots have:
(a) in the case of an extension to another class within the same group, complied with the requirements in
FCL.135.B; and
(b) in the case of an extension to another group within the same class of balloons, completed at least:
(1) 2 dual training flights on a balloon of the relevant group; and
(2) the following hours of flight time as PIC in balloons:
(i) for balloons with an envelope capacity between 3 401 m3 and 6 000 m3, at least 100 hours;
(ii) for balloons with an envelope capacity between 6 001 m3 and 10 500 m3, at least
200 hours;
(iii) for balloons with an envelope capacity of more than 10 500 m3, at least 300 hours; and
(iv) for gas balloons with an envelope capacity of more than 1 260 m3, at least 50 hours.
FCL.230.B BPL — recency requirements
(a) Holders of a BPL shall only exercise the privileges of their licence when they have completed in one class
of balloons in the last 2 years at least:
(1) 6 hours of flight time as PIC, including 10 take-offs and landings; and
(2) one training flight with an instructor in a balloon within the appropriate class; and
(3) in addition, in the case of pilots qualified to fly more than one class of balloons, in order to
exercise their privileges in the other class, they shall have completed at least 3 hours of flight time
in that class within the last 2 years, including three take-offs and landings.
(b) Holders of a BPL shall only operate a balloon of the same a group of the balloon in which the training
flight is completed or a balloon of a group with a smaller envelope size;
(c) Holders of a BPL who do not comply with the requirements in point (a) shall, before they resume the
exercise of their privileges:
(1) pass a proficiency check with an examiner in a balloon within the appropriate class; or
(2) perform the additional flight time or take-offs and landings, flying dual or solo under the
supervision of an instructor, in order to fulfil the requirements in point (a).
29 of 262
(d) In the case of point (c)(1), holders of the BPL shall only operate a balloon of the same group in which the
proficiency check is completed or a balloon of a group with a smaller envelope size.
SUBPART D
COMMERCIAL PILOT LICENCE — CPL
SECTION 1
Common requirements
FCL.300 CPL — minimum age
Applicants for the issue of a CPL shall be at least 18 years of age.
FCL.305 CPL — privileges and conditions
(a) Privileges
The privileges of holders of a CPL are, within the appropriate aircraft category, to:
(1) exercise all the privileges of holders of an LAPL and a PPL;
(2) act as PIC or co-pilots of any aircraft engaged in operations other than commercial air transport;
(3) act as PIC in commercial air transport of any single-pilot aircraft subject to the restrictions
specified in FCL.060 and in this Subpart; and
(4) act as co-pilots in commercial air transport subject to the restrictions specified in FCL.060.
(b) Conditions
Applicants for the issue of a CPL shall have fulfilled the requirements for the class or type rating of the
aircraft used in the skill test.
FCL.310 CPL — theoretical knowledge examinations
Applicants for the issue of a CPL shall demonstrate a level of knowledge appropriate to the privileges granted
in the following subjects:
(a) air law;
(b) aircraft general knowledge — airframe/systems/power plant;
(c) aircraft general knowledge — instrumentation;
(d) mass and balance;
(e) performance;
(f) flight planning and monitoring;
(g) human performance;
(h) meteorology;
30 of 262
(i) general navigation;
(j) radio navigation;
(k) operational procedures;
(l) principles of flight; and
(m) communications.
FCL.315 CPL — training course
Applicants for the issue of a CPL shall have completed theoretical knowledge instruction and flight instruction
at an ATO, in accordance with Appendix 3 to this Annex (Part-FCL).
FCL.320 CPL — skill test
Applicants for the issue of a CPL shall pass a skill test in accordance with Appendix 4 to this Annex (Part-FCL) to
demonstrate the ability to perform, as PIC in the appropriate aircraft category, the relevant procedures and
manoeuvres with the competency appropriate to the privileges granted.
SECTION 2
Specific requirements for the aeroplane category — CPL(A)
FCL.325.A CPL(A) — specific conditions for MPL holders
Before exercising the privileges of a CPL(A), holders of an MPL shall have completed in aeroplanes:
(a) 70 hours of flight time:
(1) as PIC; or
(2) made up of at least 10 hours as PIC and the additional flight time as PICUS.
Of these 70 hours, 20 shall be of VFR cross-country flight time as PIC, or cross-country flight time
made up of at least 10 hours as PIC and 10 hours as PICUS. This shall include one VFR cross-country
flight of at least 540 km (300 NM), in the course of which full-stop landings at two aerodromes
different from the aerodrome of departure shall be flown as PIC;
(b) the elements of the CPL(A) modular course as specified in points 10(a) and 11 of Appendix 3, E to this
Annex (Part-FCL); and
(c) the CPL(A) skill test, in accordance with FCL.320.
31 of 262
SUBPART E
MULTI-CREW PILOT LICENCE — MPL
FCL.400.A MPL — minimum age
Applicants for the issue of an MPL shall be at least 18 years of age.
FCL.405.A MPL — privileges
(a) The privileges of holders of an MPL are to act as co-pilots of an aeroplane required to be operated with
a co-pilot.
(b) Holders of an MPL may obtain the extra privileges of:
(1) holders of a PPL(A), provided that the requirements for the PPL(A) specified in Subpart C are
met; and
(2) a CPL(A), provided that the requirements specified in FCL.325.A are met.
(c) Holders of an MPL shall have the privileges of their IR(A) limited to aeroplanes required to be operated
with a co-pilot. The privileges of the IR(A) may be extended to single-pilot operations in aeroplanes,
provided that the licence holders have completed the training necessary to act as PIC in single-pilot
operations exercised solely by reference to instruments and passed the skill test of the IR(A) as a single-
pilot.
FCL.410.A MPL — training course and theoretical knowledge examinations
(a) Course
Applicants for the issue of an MPL shall have completed a training course of theoretical knowledge
and flight instruction at an ATO in accordance with Appendix 5 to this Annex (Part-FCL).
(b) Examination
Applicants for the issue of an MPL shall demonstrate a level of theoretical knowledge appropriate to
the holders of an ATPL(A), in accordance with FCL.515, and to a multi-pilot type rating.
FCL.415.A MPL — practical skill
(a) Applicants for the issue of an MPL shall have demonstrated through continuous assessment the skills
required for fulfilling all the competency units specified in Appendix 5 to this Annex (Part-FCL), as PF
and pilot monitoring (PM), in a multi-engine turbine-powered multi-pilot aeroplane, under VFR and
IFR.
(b) On completion of the training course, applicants shall pass a skill test in accordance with Appendix 9
to this Annex (Part-FCL), to demonstrate the ability to perform the relevant procedures and
manoeuvres with the competency appropriate to the privileges granted. The skill test shall be taken in
the type of aeroplane used on the advanced phase of the MPL integrated training course or in an FFS
representing the same type.
32 of 262
SUBPART F
AIRLINE TRANSPORT PILOT LICENCE — ATPL
SECTION 1
Common requirements
FCL.500 ATPL — minimum age
Applicants for an ATPL shall be at least 21 years of age.
FCL.505 ATPL — privileges and conditions
(a) Privileges
The privileges of holders of an ATPL are, within the appropriate aircraft category, to:
(1) exercise all the privileges of holders of an LAPL, a PPL and a CPL; and
(2) act as PIC of aircraft engaged in commercial air transport.
(b) Conditions
Applicants for the issue of an ATPL shall have fulfilled the requirements for the type rating of the
aircraft used in the skill test.
FCL.515 ATPL — training course and theoretical knowledge examinations
(a) Course
Applicants for an ATPL shall have completed a training course at an ATO. The course shall be either an
integrated training course or a modular course, in accordance with Appendix 3 to this Annex (Part-
FCL).
(b) Examination
Applicants for the issue of an ATPL shall demonstrate a level of knowledge appropriate to the
privileges granted in the following subjects:
(1) air law;
(2) aircraft general knowledge — airframe/systems/power plant;
(3) aircraft general knowledge — instrumentation;
(4) mass and balance;
(5) performance;
(6) flight planning and monitoring;
(7) human performance;
(8) meteorology;
(9) general navigation;
33 of 262
(10) radio navigation;
(11) operational procedures;
(12) principles of flight; and
(13) communications.
SECTION 2
Specific requirements for the aeroplane category — ATPL(A)
FCL.505.A ATPL(A) — restriction of privileges for pilots previously holding an MPL
When holders of an ATPL(A) have previously held only an MPL, the privileges of the licence shall be restricted
to multi-pilot operations, unless holders have complied with FCL.405.A(b)(2) and (c) for single-pilot operations.
FCL.510.A ATPL(A) — prerequisites, experience and crediting
(a) Prerequisites
Applicants for an ATPL(A) shall hold:
(1) an MPL; or
(2) a CPL(A) and a multi-engine IR for aeroplanes. In this case, applicants shall also have received
instruction in multi-crew cooperation (MCC).
(b) Experience
Applicants for an ATPL(A) shall have completed, before the ATPL(A) skill test is taken, a minimum of
1 500 hours of flight time in aeroplanes, including at least:
(1) 500 hours in multi-pilot operations on aeroplanes;
(2) one of the following:
(i) 500 hours as PICUS; or
(ii) 250 hours as PIC; or
(iii) 250 hours, including at least 70 hours as PIC, and the remaining as PICUS;
(3) 200 hours of cross-country flight time, of which at least 100 hours shall be as PIC or as PICUS;
(4) 75 hours of instrument time, of which not more than 30 hours may be instrument ground time;
and
(5) 100 hours of night flight as PIC or co-pilots.
Of the 1 500 hours of flight time, up to 100 hours of flight time may have been completed in an
FFS or an FNPT. Of these 100 hours, only a maximum of 25 hours may be completed in an FNPT.
(c) Crediting
(1) Holders of a pilot licence for other categories of aircraft shall be credited with flight time up to a
maximum of:
(i) 30 hours flown as PIC for TMG or sailplanes;
34 of 262
(ii) 50 % of all the flight time requirements in point (b) for helicopters.
(2) Holders of a flight engineer licence issued in accordance with applicable national rules shall be
credited with 50 % of the flight engineer time up to a maximum credit of 250 hours. These 250
hours may be credited against the 1 500-hour requirement in point (b) and the 500-hour
requirement in point (b)(1), provided that the total credit given against any of these points does
not exceed 250 hours.
FCL.520.A ATPL(A) — skill test
Applicants for an ATPL(A) shall pass a skill test in accordance with Appendix 9 to this Annex (Part-FCL) to
demonstrate the ability to perform, as PIC of a multi-pilot aeroplane under IFR, the relevant procedures and
manoeuvres with the competency appropriate to the privileges granted.
The skill test shall be taken in the aeroplane or an adequately qualified FFS representing the same type.
SECTION 3
Specific requirements for the helicopter category — ATPL(H)
FCL.510.H ATPL(H) — prerequisites, experience and crediting
(a) Prerequisites
Applicants for an ATPL(H) shall hold a CPL(H) and a multi-pilot helicopter type rating and have
received instruction in MCC.
(b) Experience
Applicants for an ATPL(H) shall have completed, before the ATPL(A) skill test is taken, as pilots of
helicopters a minimum of 1 000 hours of flight time including at least:
(1) 350 hours in multi-pilot helicopters;
(2) one of the following:
(i) 250 hours as PIC; or
(ii) 100 hours as PIC and 150 hours as PICUS; or
(iii) 250 hours as PICUS in multi-pilot helicopters. In this case, the ATPL(H) privileges shall be
limited to multi-pilot operations only, until 100 hours as PIC have been completed;
(3) 200 hours of cross-country flight time, of which at least 100 hours shall be as PIC or as PICUS;
(4) 30 hours of instrument time, of which not more than 10 hours may be instrument ground time;
and
(5) 100 hours of night flight as PIC or as co-pilots.
Of the 1 000 hours, a maximum of 100 hours may have been completed in an FFS or an FNPT, of
which not more than 25 hours may be completed in an FNPT.
(c) Crediting
Flight time in aeroplanes shall be credited up to 50 % against the flight time requirements in point (b).
35 of 262
FCL.520.H ATPL(H) — skill test
Applicants for an ATPL(H) shall pass a skill test in accordance with Appendix 9 to this Annex (Part-FCL) to
demonstrate the ability to perform, as PIC of a multi-pilot helicopter, the relevant procedures and manoeuvres
with the competency appropriate to the privileges granted.
The skill test shall be taken in the helicopter or an adequately qualified FFS representing the same type.
36 of 262
SUBPART G
INSTRUMENT RATING — IR
SECTION 1
Common requirements
FCL.600 IR — general
Except as provided in FCL.825, operations under IFR on an aeroplane, helicopter, airship or powered-lift
aircraft shall only be conducted by holders of:
(a) a PPL, a CPL, an MPL and an ATPL; and
(b) except when undergoing skill tests, proficiency checks or when receiving dual instruction, an IR with
privileges appropriate to the applicable airspace requirements and to the category of aircraft.
FCL.605 IR — privileges
(a) Privileges
(1) The privileges of holders of an IR are to fly aircraft under IFR, including PBN operations, with a
minimum decision height of no less than 200 ft (60 m).
(2) In the case of a multi-engine IR, these privileges may be extended to decision heights lower
than 200 ft (60 m) when applicants have undergone specific training at an ATO and have passed
Section 6 of the skill test in accordance with Appendix 9 to this Annex (Part-FCL) in multi-pilot
aircraft.
(b) Conditions
(1) Holders of an IR shall exercise their privileges in accordance with the conditions established in
Appendix 8 to this Annex (Part-FCL).
(2) Helicopters only
To exercise privileges as PIC under IFR in multi-pilot helicopters, holders of an IR(H) shall have
at least 70 hours of instrument time, of which up to 30 hours may be instrument ground time.
FCL.610 IR — prerequisites
Applicants for an IR shall:
(a) hold:
(1) at least a PPL in the appropriate aircraft category, and if the IR privileges will be used at night:
(i) the privileges to fly at night in accordance with FCL.810; or
(ii) an ATPL in another category of aircraft; or
(2) a CPL, in the appropriate aircraft category; and
37 of 262
(b) have completed at least 50 hours of cross-country flight time as PIC in aeroplanes, TMGs, helicopters
or airships, of which at least 10 or, in the case of airships, 20 hours shall be in the relevant aircraft
category.
(c) Applicants for an IR(H) who have completed an ATP(H)/IR, an ATP(H), a CPL(H)/IR or a CPL(H)
integrated training course shall be exempted from the requirement in point (b).
FCL.615 IR — theoretical knowledge and flight instruction
(a) Course
Applicants for an IR shall have completed a course of theoretical knowledge and flight instruction at
an ATO. The course shall be:
(1) an integrated training course which includes training for the IR, in accordance with Appendix 3
to this Annex (Part-FCL); or
(2) a modular course in accordance with Appendix 6 to this Annex (Part-FCL).
(b) Examination
Applicants shall demonstrate a level of theoretical knowledge appropriate to the privileges granted in
the following subjects:
(1) air law;
(2) aircraft general knowledge — instrumentation;
(3) flight planning and monitoring;
(4) human performance;
(5) meteorology;
(6) radio navigation; and
(7) communications.
FCL.620 IR — skill test
(a) Applicants for an IR shall pass a skill test in accordance with Appendix 7 to this Annex (Part-FCL) to
demonstrate the ability to perform the relevant procedures and manoeuvres with the competency
appropriate to the privileges granted.
(b) For a multi-engine IR, the skill test shall be taken in a multi-engine aircraft. For a single-engine IR, the
test shall be taken in a single-engine aircraft. A multi-engine centreline thrust aeroplane shall be
considered a single-engine aeroplane for the purposes of this point.
FCL.625 IR — validity, revalidation and renewal
(a) Validity
An IR shall be valid for 1 year.
(b) Revalidation
38 of 262
(1) An IR shall be revalidated within the 3 months immediately preceding the expiry date of the rating
by complying with the revalidation criteria for the relevant aircraft category.
(2) If pilots choose to fulfil the revalidation requirements earlier than prescribed above, the new
validity period shall commence from the date of the proficiency check.
(23) Applicants who fail to pass the relevant section of an IR proficiency check before the expiry date
of the IR shall not exercise the IR privileges until they have passed the proficiency check.
(c) Renewal
If an IR has expired, in order to renew their privileges, applicants shall:
(1) go through refresher training if deemed necessary by the ATO, at an ATO to reach the level of
proficiency needed to pass the instrument element of the skill test in accordance with Appendix 9
to this Annex (Part-FCL);
(2) pass a proficiency check in accordance with Appendix 9 to this Annex (Part-FCL), in the relevant
aircraft category; and
(3) hold the relevant class or type rating unless otherwise specified in this Annex (Part-FCL).
(d) If the IR has not been revalidated or renewed within the preceding 7 years, holders will be required to
pass again the IR theoretical knowledge examination and skill test.
(e) Notwithstanding the requirements in points (c)(1) and (2) as well as (d), holders of a valid IR on a pilot
licence issued by a third country in accordance with Annex 1 to the Chicago Convention shall for the
renewal of their IR contained in their licence issued in accordance with this Annex (Part-FCL) pass a
proficiency check in accordance with Appendix 9 to this Annex (Part-FCL).
(f) The proficiency checks mentioned in points (c)(3) and (e) may be combined with a proficiency check
performed for the renewal of the relevant class or type rating.
SECTION 2
Specific requirements for the aeroplane category
FCL.625.A IR(A) — revalidation
(a) Applicants for the revalidation of an IR(A) shall hold the relevant class or type rating and:
(1) when combined with the revalidation of a class or type rating, shall pass a proficiency check in
accordance with Appendix 9 to this Annex (Part-FCL);
(2) when not combined with the revalidation of a class or type rating, shall:
(i) for single-pilot aeroplanes, complete Section 3b and those parts of Section 1 relevant to the
intended flight, of the proficiency check in accordance with Appendix 9 to this Annex
(Part-FCL);
(ii) for multi-engine aeroplanes, pass Section 6 of the proficiency check for single-pilot
aeroplanes in accordance with Appendix 9 to this Annex (Part-FCL) by sole reference to
instruments.
39 of 262
(3) An FNPT II or an FFS representing the relevant class or type of aeroplane may be used in the case
in point (2)(i) and (ii), but at least each alternate proficiency check for the revalidation of an IR(A)
in these circumstances shall be performed in an aeroplane.
(b) Cross-credit shall be given in accordance with Appendix 8 to this Annex (Part-FCL).
SECTION 3
Specific requirements for the helicopter category
FCL.625.H IR(H) — revalidation
(a) Applicants for the revalidation of an IR(H):
(1) when combined with the revalidation of a type rating, shall pass a proficiency check in accordance
with Appendix 9 to this Annex (Part-FCL), for the relevant type of helicopter;
(2) when not combined with the revalidation of a type rating, shall:
(i) pass only Section 5 and the relevant parts of Section 1 of the proficiency check in
accordance with Appendix 9 to this Annex (Part-FCL) for the relevant type of helicopter; and
(ii) hold the relevant valid type rating.
An FTD 2/3 or an FFS representing the relevant type of helicopter may be used in the case in point
(2)(i), but at least each alternate proficiency check for the revalidation of an IR(H) in these
circumstances shall be performed in a helicopter.
(b) Cross-credit shall be given in accordance with Appendix 8 to this Annex (Part-FCL).
FCL.630.H IR(H) — extension of privileges from single-engine to multi-engine helicopters
Holders of an IR(H) valid for single-engine helicopters wishing to extend for the first time the IR(H) to multi-
engine helicopters shall complete:
(a) a training course at an ATO comprising at least 5 hours of dual instrument instruction time, of which 3
hours may be in an FFS, an FTD 2/3 or an FNPT II/III; and
(b) Section 5 of the skill test in accordance with Appendix 9 to this Annex (Part-FCL) on multi-engine
helicopters.
SECTION 4
Specific requirements for the airship category
FCL.625.As IR(As) — revalidation
Applicants for the revalidation of an IR(As):
(a) when combined with the revalidation of a type rating, shall pass a proficiency check in accordance with
Appendix 9 to this Annex (Part-FCL) for the relevant type of airship;
(b) when not combined with the revalidation of a type rating, shall complete Section 5 and those parts of
Section 1 relevant to the intended flight of the proficiency check for airships in accordance with
40 of 262
Appendix 9 to this Annex (Part-FCL). In this case, an FTD 2/3 or an FFS representing the relevant type
may be used, but at least each alternate proficiency check for the revalidation of an IR(As) in these
circumstances shall be performed in an airship.
SUBPART H
CLASS AND TYPE RATINGS
SECTION 1
Common requirements
FCL.700 Circumstances in which class or type ratings are required
(a) Holders of a pilot licence shall not act in any capacity as pilots of an aircraft unless they have a valid and
appropriate class or type rating, except in any of the following cases:
(1) holders of an LAPL, SPL and BPL;
(2) when undergoing skill tests or proficiency checks for renewal of class or type ratings;
(3) when receiving flight instruction; and
(4) when they hold a flight test rating issued in accordance with FCL.820.
(b) Notwithstanding point (a), in the case of flights related to the introduction or modification of aircraft
types, pilots may hold a special certificate given by the competent authority, authorising them to
perform the flights. This special certificate shall have its validity limited to the specific flights.
FCL.705 Privileges of holders of a class or type rating
The privileges of holders of a class or type rating are to act as pilots of the class or type of aircraft specified in
the rating.
FCL.710 Class and type ratings — variants
(a) In order to extend their privileges to another variant of aircraft within one class or type rating, pilots
shall undertake differences training or familiarisation. In the case of variants within a type rating, the
differences training or familiarisation shall include the relevant elements defined in the OSD.
(b) When the ‘Type rating and licence endorsement list’ published by the Agency requires differences
training or when mandated in the OSD, this differences training shall be conducted at an ATO.
(c) Notwithstanding the requirement in point (b), differences training for TMG, single-engine piston (SEP)
and multi-engine piston (MEP) aeroplanes may be conducted by an appropriately qualified instructor
unless mandated otherwise in the OSD.
(d) If the variant has not been flown within a period of 2 years, further differences training or a proficiency
check in that variant shall be required to maintain the privileges, except for types or variants within the
SEP and TMG class ratings.
41 of 262
(e) The differences training or the proficiency check in that variant shall be entered in the pilots’ logbook or
equivalent record and signed by the instructor or examiner as appropriate.
FCL.725 Requirements for the issue of class and type ratings
(a) Training course
Applicants for the issue of a class or type rating shall complete a training course at an ATO. The type
rating training course shall include the mandatory training elements for the relevant type as defined in
the OSD.
(b) Theoretical knowledge examination
Applicants for a class or type rating shall pass a theoretical knowledge examination organised by the
ATO to demonstrate the level of theoretical knowledge required for the safe operation of the applicable
aircraft class or type.
(1) For multi-pilot aircraft, the theoretical knowledge examination shall be written and comprise at
least 100 multiple-choice questions distributed appropriately across the main subjects of the
syllabus.
(2) For single-pilot multi-engine aircraft, the theoretical knowledge examination shall be written and
the number of multiple-choice questions shall depend on the complexity of the aircraft.
(3) For single-engine aircraft, the theoretical knowledge examination shall be conducted verbally by
the examiner during the skill test to determine whether or not a satisfactory level of knowledge
has been achieved.
(4) For single-pilot aeroplanes that are classified as high-performance aeroplanes, the examination
shall be written and comprise at least 100 multiple-choice questions distributed appropriately
across the subjects of the syllabus.
(5) For single-pilot single-engine and single-pilot multi-engine aeroplanes (sea), the examination shall
be written and comprise at least 30 multiple-choice questions.
(c) Skill test
Applicants for the issue of a class or type rating shall pass a skill test in accordance with Appendix 9 to
this Annex (Part-FCL) to demonstrate the skill required for the safe operation of the applicable class or
type of aircraft.
Applicants shall pass the skill test within a period of 6 months after commencement of the class or type
rating training course and within a period of 6 months preceding the application for the issue of the
class or type rating.
(d) Applicants who already hold a type rating for an aircraft type, with the privilege for either single-pilot or
multi-pilot operations, shall be considered to have already fulfilled the theoretical requirements when
applying to add the privilege for the other form of operation on the same aircraft type. Applicants shall
complete additional flight training for the other form of operation at an ATO or an AOC holder
specifically authorised for such training by the competent authority. The form of operation shall be
entered in the licence.
42 of 262
(e) Notwithstanding the points above, pilots holding a flight test rating issued in accordance with FCL.820
who were involved in development, certification or production flight tests for an aircraft type, and have
completed either 50 hours of total flight time or 10 hours of flight time as PIC in test flights in that type,
shall be entitled to apply for the issue of the relevant type rating, provided that they comply with the
experience requirements and the prerequisites for the issue of that type rating, as established in this
Subpart for the relevant aircraft category.
FCL.740 Validity and renewal of class and type ratings
(a) Validity
The period of validity of class and type ratings shall be 1 year, except for single-pilot single-engine class
ratings, for which the period of validity shall be 2 years, unless otherwise determined in the OSD. If
pilots choose to fulfil the revalidation requirements earlier than prescribed in FCL.740.A, FCL.740.H,
FCL.740.PL and FCL.740.As, the new validity period shall commence from the date of the proficiency
check.
(b) Renewal
If a class or type rating has expired, applicants shall:
(1) complete refresher training at an ATO, if deemed necessary by the ATO, to reach the level of
proficiency necessary to safely operate the relevant class or type of aircraft except if they hold a
valid rating for the same class or type of aircraft on a pilot licence issued by a third country in
accordance with Annex 1 to the Chicago Convention; and
(2) pass a proficiency check in accordance with Appendix 9 to this Annex (Part-FCL).
Notwithstanding the points above, pilots holding a flight test rating issued in accordance with FCL.820
who were involved in the development, certification or production flight tests for an aircraft type, and
have completed either 50 hours of total flight time or 10 hours of flight time as PIC in test flights in that
type during the year prior to the date of their application, shall be entitled to apply for the revalidation
or renewal of the relevant type rating.
SECTION 2
Specific requirements for the aeroplane category
FCL.720.A Experience requirements and prerequisites for the issue of class or type ratings — aeroplanes
Unless otherwise determined in the OSD, applicants for the issue of a class or type rating shall comply with the
following experience requirements and prerequisites for the issue of the relevant rating:
(a) Single-pilot multi-engine aeroplanes
Applicants for the issue of a first class or type rating on a single-pilot multi-engine aeroplane shall have
completed at least 70 hours as PIC in aeroplanes.
(b) Single-pilot aeroplanes
Applicants for the issue of a first class or type rating on a single-pilot aeroplane seeking the privilege to
operate the aeroplane in multi-pilot operations shall meet the requirements in points (e)(4) and (e)(5).
43 of 262
(c) Single-pilot high-performance non-complex aeroplanes
Before starting flight training, applicants for the issue of a first class or type rating for a single-pilot
aeroplane classified as a high-performance aeroplane shall:
(1) have at least 200 hours of total flying experience, of which 70 hours as PIC in aeroplanes; and
(2) comply with one of the following requirements:
(i) hold a certificate of satisfactory completion of a course for additional theoretical
knowledge undertaken at an ATO; or
(ii) have passed the ATPL(A) theoretical knowledge examinations in accordance with this Annex
(Part-FCL); or
(iii) hold, in addition to a licence issued in accordance with this Annex (Part-FCL), an ATPL(A) or
CPL(A)/IR with theoretical knowledge credit for ATPL(A), issued in accordance with Annex 1
to the Chicago Convention.
(d) Single-pilot high-performance complex aeroplanes
Applicants for the issue of a first type rating for a complex single-pilot aeroplane classified as a high-
performance aeroplane shall, in addition to meeting the requirements in point (c), hold or have held a
single- or multi-engine IR(A), as appropriate and as established in Subpart G.
(e) Multi-pilot aeroplanes
Applicants for the issue of the first type rating course for a multi-pilot aeroplane shall be student pilots
currently undergoing training on an MPL training course or comply with the following requirements:
(1) have at least 70 hours of flight experience as PIC in aeroplanes;
(2) hold or have held a multi-engine IR(A);
(3) have passed the ATPL(A) theoretical knowledge examinations in accordance with this Annex (Part-
FCL);
(4) except when the type rating course is combined with an MCC course:
(i) hold a certificate of satisfactory completion of an MCC course in aeroplanes; or
(ii) hold a certificate of satisfactory completion of MCC in helicopters and have more than 100
hours of flight experience as pilots of multi-pilot helicopters; or
(iii) have at least 500 hours as pilots of multi-pilot helicopters; or
(iv) have at least 500 hours as pilots in multi-pilot operations on single-pilot multi-engine
aeroplanes, in commercial air transport in accordance with the applicable air operations
requirements; and
(5) have completed the training course specified in FCL.745.A.
(f) Notwithstanding point (e), a Member State may issue a type rating with restricted privileges for a multi-
pilot aeroplanes that allows holders of such rating to act as cruise relief co-pilots above Flight Level 200,
provided that two other members of the crew have a type rating in accordance with point (e).
44 of 262
(g) Additional multi-pilot and single-pilot high-performance complex aeroplane type ratings. Applicants for
the issue of additional multi-pilot type ratings and single-pilot high-performance complex aeroplanes
type ratings shall hold a multi-engine IR(A).
(h) When so determined in the OSD, the exercise of the privileges of a type rating may be initially limited to
flight under the supervision of an instructor. The flight hours under supervision shall be entered in the
pilots’ logbook or equivalent record and signed by the instructor. The limitation shall be removed when
pilots demonstrate that the hours of flight under supervision required in the OSD have been completed.
FCL.725.A Theoretical knowledge and flight instruction for the issue of class and type ratings — aeroplanes
Unless otherwise determined in the OSD:
(a) for single-pilot multi-engine aeroplanes:
(1) the theoretical knowledge course for a single-pilot multi-engine class rating shall include at least 7
hours of instruction in multi-engine aeroplane operations; and
(2) the flight training course for a single-pilot multi-engine class or type rating shall include at least 2
hours and 30 minutes of dual flight instruction under normal conditions of multi-engine aeroplane
operations, and not less than 3 hours 30 minutes of dual flight instruction in engine failure
procedures and asymmetric flight techniques.
(b) for single-pilot aeroplanes (sea):
(1) the training course for single-pilot aeroplane (sea) ratings shall include theoretical knowledge and
flight instruction; and
(2) the flight training for a class or type rating (sea) for single-pilot aeroplanes (sea) shall include at
least 8 hours of dual flight instruction if applicants hold the land version of the relevant class or
type rating, or 10 hours if applicants do not hold such a rating; and
(c) for single-pilot high-performance complex aeroplanes and multi-pilot aeroplanes, the training courses
shall include UPRT theoretical knowledge and flight instruction related to the specificities of the relevant
class or type.
FCL.730.A Specific requirements for pilots undertaking a zero flight time type rating (ZFTT) course —
aeroplanes
(a) Pilots undertaking instruction at a ZFTT course shall have completed, on a multi-pilot turbo-jet
aeroplane certificated to the standards of CS-25 or equivalent airworthiness code or on a multi-pilot
turbo-prop aeroplane having a maximum certificated take-off mass of not less than 10 tonnes or a
certificated passenger seating configuration of more than 19 passengers, at least:
(1) 1 500 hours of flight time or 250 route sectors if an FFS qualified to level ‘C grandfathered’ (CG), C
or interim C is used during the course; and
(2) 500 hours of flight time or 100 route sectors if an FFS qualified to level ‘D grandfathered’ (DG) or
D is used during the course.
(b) When pilots are changing from a turbo-prop to a turbo-jet aeroplane or from a turbo-jet to a turbo-prop
aeroplane, additional simulator training shall be required.
45 of 262
FCL.735.A Multi-crew cooperation training course — aeroplanes
(a) The MCC training course shall comprise at least:
(1) 25 hours of theoretical knowledge instruction and exercises; and
(2) 20 hours of practical MCC training or 15 hours in the case of student pilots attending an ATP
integrated course.
An FNPT II MCC or an FFS shall be used. When the MCC training is combined with initial type rating
training, the practical MCC training may be reduced to no less than 10 hours if the same FNPT II MCC or
FFS is used for both the MCC and type rating training.
(b) The MCC training course shall be completed within 6 months at an ATO.
(c) Unless the MCC training course has been combined with a type rating course, on completion of the MCC
training course, applicants shall be issued with a certificate of completion.
(d) Applicants having completed an MCC training course for any other category of aircraft shall be
exempted from the requirement in point (a)(1).
FCL.740.A Revalidation of class and type ratings — aeroplanes
(a) Revalidation of multi-engine class ratings and type ratings
(1) For the revalidation of multi-engine class ratings and type ratings, applicants shall:
(i) pass a proficiency check in accordance with Appendix 9 to this Annex (Part-FCL) in the
relevant class or type of aeroplane or an FSTD representing that class or type, within the 3
months immediately preceding the expiry date of the rating; and
(ii) complete during the period of validity of the rating, at least:
(A) 10 route sectors as pilots of the relevant class or type of aeroplane; or
(B) one route sector as pilots of the relevant class or type of aeroplane or FFS, flown with
an examiner. This route sector may be flown during the proficiency check.
(2) Pilots shall be exempted from complying with the requirement in point (1)(ii) in case they:
(i) are working for a commercial air transport operator approved in accordance with the
applicable air operations requirements; and
(ii) have passed the operator’s proficiency check combined with the proficiency check for the
revalidation of the class or type rating.
(3) The revalidation of an EIR or an IR(A), if held, may be combined with a proficiency check for the
revalidation of a class or type rating.
(b) Revalidation of single-pilot single-engine class ratings
(1) SEP aeroplane class ratings and TMG ratings
For the revalidation of single-pilot SEP aeroplane class ratings or TMG class ratings, applicants
shall:
46 of 262
(i) within the 3 months immediately preceding the expiry date of the rating, pass a proficiency
check in the relevant class in accordance with Appendix 9 to this Annex (Part-FCL) with an
examiner; or
(ii) within the 12 months immediately preceding the expiry date of the rating, complete 12
hours of flight time in the relevant class, including:
(A) 6 hours as PIC;
(B) 12 take-offs and 12 landings; and
(C) refresher training of at least 1 hour of total flight time with a flight instructor (FI) or a
class rating instructor (CRI). Applicants shall be exempted from this refresher training
if they have passed a class or type rating proficiency check, skill test or instructor
assessment of competence in any other class or type of aeroplane.
When applicants hold both a SEP (land) class rating and a TMG rating, they may complete the
requirements in points (i) and (ii) in either class or a combination thereof, and achieve
revalidation of both ratings.
(2) Single-pilot single-engine turbo-prop aeroplanes
For the revalidation of single-engine turbo-prop class ratings, applicants shall pass a proficiency
check in the relevant class in accordance with Appendix 9 to this Annex (Part-FCL) with an
examiner, within the 3 months immediately preceding the expiry date of the rating.
(3) When applicants hold both a SEP (land) and a SEP (sea) class rating, they may complete the
requirements in point (1)(ii) in either class or a combination thereof, and achieve the fulfilment of
these requirements for both ratings. At least 1 hour of the required PIC time and 6 of the required
12 take-offs and landings shall be completed in each class.
(c) Applicants who fail to achieve a pass in all sections of a proficiency check before the expiry date of a
class or type rating shall not exercise the privileges of that rating until a pass in the proficiency check has
been achieved.
FCL.745.A Advanced UPRT course — aeroplanes
(a) The advanced UPRT course shall be completed at an ATO and shall comprise at least:
(1) 5 hours of theoretical knowledge instruction;
(2) preflight briefings and postflight debriefings; and
(3) 3 hours of dual flight instruction with a flight instructor for aeroplanes (FI(A)) qualified in
accordance with FCL.915(e) and consisting of advanced UPRT in an aeroplane qualified for the
training task.
(b) Upon completion of the advanced UPRT course, applicants shall be issued with a certificate of
completion by the ATO.
47 of 262
SECTION 3
Specific requirements for the helicopter category
FCL.720.H Experience requirements and prerequisites for the issue of type ratings — helicopters
Unless otherwise determined in the OSD, applicants for the issue of the first helicopter type rating shall
comply with the following experience requirements and prerequisites for the issue of the relevant rating:
(a) Multi-pilot helicopters
Applicants for the issue of the first type rating course for a multi-pilot helicopter type shall:
(1) have at least 70 hours as PIC in helicopters;
(2) except when the type rating course is combined with an MCC course:
(i) hold a certificate of satisfactory completion of an MCC course in helicopters; or
(ii) have at least 500 hours as pilots of multi-pilot aeroplanes; or
(iii) have at least 500 hours as pilots in multi-pilot operations on multi-engine helicopters; and
(3) have passed the ATPL(H) theoretical knowledge examinations.
(b) Applicants for the issue of the first type rating course for a multi-pilot helicopter type who are graduates
from an ATP(H)/IR, ATP(H), CPL(H)/IR or CPL(H) integrated course and who do not comply with the
requirement in point (a)(1), shall have the type rating issued with the privileges limited to exercising
functions as co-pilots only. The limitation shall be removed once pilots have:
(1) completed 70 hours as PIC or PICUS on helicopters; and
(2) passed the multi-pilot skill test on the applicable helicopter type as PIC.
(c) Single-pilot multi-engine helicopters
Applicants for the issue of a first type rating for a single-pilot multi-engine helicopter shall:
(1) before starting flight training:
(i) have passed the ATPL(H) theoretical knowledge examinations; or
(ii) hold a certificate of completion of a pre-entry course conducted by an ATO. The course
shall cover the following subjects of the ATPL(H) theoretical knowledge course:
(A) Aircraft general knowledge: airframe/systems/power plant and
instrument/electronics;
(B) Flight performance and planning: mass and balance, performance; and
(2) in the case they have not completed an ATP(H)/IR, ATP(H) or CPL(H)/IR integrated training course,
have completed at least 70 hours as PIC in helicopters.
48 of 262
FCL.735.H Multi-crew cooperation training course — helicopters
(a) The MCC training course shall comprise at least:
(1) for MCC/IR:
(i) 25 hours of theoretical knowledge instruction and exercises; and
(ii) 20 hours of practical MCC training or 15 hours, in the case of student pilots attending an
ATP(H)/IR integrated course. When the MCC training is combined with the initial type rating
training for a multi-pilot helicopter, the practical MCC training may be reduced to not less
than 10 hours if the same FSTD is used for both MCC and type rating; and
(2) for MCC/VFR:
(i) 25 hours of theoretical knowledge instruction and exercises; and
(ii) 15 hours of practical MCC training or 10 hours, in the case of student pilots attending an
ATP(H)/IR integrated course. When the MCC training is combined with the initial type rating
training for a multi-pilot helicopter, the practical MCC training may be reduced to not less
than 7 hours if the same FSTD is used for both MCC and type rating.
(b) The MCC training course shall be completed within 6 months at an ATO. An FNPT II or III qualified for
MCC, an FTD 2/3 (MCC) or an FFS shall be used.
(c) Unless the MCC course has been combined with a multi-pilot type rating course, on completion of the
MCC training course, applicants shall be issued with a certificate of completion.
(d) Applicants having completed MCC training for any other category of aircraft shall be exempted from the
requirement in points (a)(1)(i) or (a)(2)(i), as applicable.
(e) Applicants for MCC/IR training who have completed MCC/VFR training shall be exempted from the
requirement in point (a)(1)(i) and shall complete 5 hours of practical MCC/IR training.
FCL.740.H Revalidation of type ratings — helicopters
(a) For the revalidation of type ratings for helicopters, applicants shall:
(1) pass a proficiency check in accordance with Appendix 9 to this Annex (Part-FCL) in the relevant
type of helicopter or an FSTD representing that type within the 3 months immediately preceding
the expiry date of the rating; and
(2) complete at least 2 hours as pilots of the relevant helicopter type within the validity period of the
rating. The duration of the proficiency check may be counted towards the 2 hours.
(b) When applicants hold more than one type rating for SEP helicopters, they may achieve revalidation of all
the relevant type ratings by completing the proficiency check in only one of the relevant types held,
provided that they have completed at least 2 hours of flight time as PIC in the other types during the
validity period.
The proficiency check shall be performed each time on a different type.
(c) When applicants hold more than one type rating for single-engine turbine helicopters with a maximum
certificated take-off mass up to 3 175 kg, they may achieve revalidation of all the relevant type ratings
49 of 262
by passing the proficiency check in only one of the relevant types held, provided that they have
completed:
(1) 300 hours as PIC in helicopters;
(2) 15 hours on each of the types held; and
(3) at least 2 hours of PIC flight time on each of the other types during the validity period.
The proficiency check shall be performed each time on a different type.
(d) Pilots who pass a skill test for the issue of an additional type rating shall achieve revalidation for the
relevant type ratings in the common groups, in accordance with points (b) and (c).
(e) The revalidation of an IR(H), if held, may be combined with a proficiency check for a type rating.
(f) Applicants who fail to achieve a pass in all sections of a proficiency check before the expiry date of a
type rating shall not exercise the privileges of that rating until a pass in the proficiency check has been
achieved. In the cases of points (b) and (c), applicants shall not exercise their privileges in any of the
types.
SECTION 4
Specific requirements for the powered-lift aircraft category
FCL.720.PL Experience requirements and prerequisites for the issue of type ratings — powered-lift aircraft
Unless otherwise determined in the OSD, applicants for the first issue of a powered-lift type rating shall
comply with the following experience requirements and prerequisites:
(a) for pilots of aeroplanes:
(1) hold a CPL/IR(A) with ATPL theoretical knowledge or an ATPL(A);
(2) hold a certificate of completion of an MCC course;
(3) have completed more than 100 hours as pilots of multi-pilot aeroplanes; and
(4) have completed 40 hours of flight instruction in helicopters;
(b) for pilots of helicopters:
(1) hold a CPL/IR(H) with ATPL theoretical knowledge or an ATPL/IR(H);
(2) hold a certificate of completion of an MCC course;
(3) have completed more than 100 hours as pilots of multi-pilot helicopters; and
(4) have completed 40 hours of flight instruction in aeroplanes; and
(c) for pilots qualified to fly both aeroplanes and helicopters:
(1) hold at least a CPL(H);
(2) hold an IR and ATPL theoretical knowledge or an ATPL in either aeroplanes or helicopters;
(3) hold a certificate of completion of an MCC course in either helicopters or aeroplanes;
(4) have completed at least 100 hours as pilots of multi-pilot helicopters or aeroplanes; and
50 of 262
(5) have completed 40 hours of flight instruction in aeroplanes or helicopters, as applicable, if they
have no experience as ATPL or on multi-pilot aircraft.
FCL.725.PL Flight instruction for the issue of type ratings — powered-lift aircraft
The flight instruction part of the training course for a powered-lift type rating shall be completed in both the
aircraft and an FSTD representing the aircraft and adequately qualified for this purpose.
FCL.740.PL Revalidation of type ratings — powered-lift aircraft
(a) For the revalidation of powered-lift type ratings, applicants shall:
(1) pass a proficiency check in accordance with Appendix 9 to this Annex (Part-FCL) in the relevant
type of powered-lift within the 3 months immediately preceding the expiry date of the rating;
(2) complete during the period of validity of the rating, at least:
(i) 10 route sectors as pilots of the relevant type of powered-lift aircraft; or
(ii) one route sector as pilots of the relevant type of powered-lift aircraft or FFS, flown with an
examiner. This route sector may be flown during the proficiency check.
(b) Pilots shall be exempted from complying with the requirement in point (a)(2) in case they:
(1) are working for a commercial air transport operator approved in accordance with the applicable
air operations requirements; and
(2) have passed the operators proficiency check combined with the proficiency check for the
revalidation of the type rating.
(c) Applicants who fail to achieve a pass in all sections of a proficiency check before the expiry date of a
type rating shall not exercise the privileges of that rating until a pass in the proficiency check has been
achieved.
SECTION 5
Specific requirements for the airship category
FCL.720.As Prerequisites for the issue of type ratings — airships
Unless otherwise determined in the OSD, applicants for the first issue of an airship type rating for multi-pilot
airships shall comply with the following experience requirements and prerequisites:
(a) have completed 70 hours of flight time as PIC in airships; and
(b) hold a certificate of satisfactory completion of MCC on airships.
Applicants who do not comply with the requirement in point (b) shall have the type rating issued with the
privileges limited to exercising functions as co-pilots only. The limitation shall be removed once they have
completed 100 hours of flight time as PIC or PICUS of airships.
51 of 262
FCL.735.As Multi-crew cooperation training course — airships
(a) The MCC training course shall comprise at least:
(1) 12 hours of theoretical knowledge instruction and exercises; and
(2) 5 hours of practical MCC training.
An FNPT II or III qualified for MCC, an FTD 2/3 or an FFS shall be used.
(b) The MCC training course shall be completed within 6 months at an ATO.
(c) Unless the MCC course has been combined with a multi-pilot type rating course, on completion of the
MCC training course applicants shall be issued with a certificate of completion.
(d) Applicants having completed MCC training for any other category of aircraft shall be exempted from the
requirements in point (a).
FCL.740.As Revalidation of type ratings — airships
(a) For the revalidation of type ratings for airships, applicants shall:
(1) pass a proficiency check in accordance with Appendix 9 to this Annex (Part-FCL) in the relevant
type of airship within the 3 months immediately preceding the expiry date of the rating; and
(2) complete at least 2 hours as pilots of the relevant airship type within the validity period of the
rating. The duration of the proficiency check may be counted towards the 2 hours.
The revalidation of an IR(As) may be combined with a proficiency check for the revalidation of a type
rating.
(b) Applicants who fail to achieve a pass in all sections of a proficiency check before the expiry date of a
type rating shall not exercise the privileges of that rating until a pass in the proficiency check has been
achieved.
SUBPART I
ADDITIONAL RATINGS
FCL.800 Aerobatic rating
(a) Holders of a pilot licence for aeroplanes, TMGs or sailplanes shall only undertake aerobatic flights when
they hold an aerobatic rating.
(b) Applicants for an aerobatic rating shall have completed:
(1) at least 40 hours of flight time or, in the case of sailplanes, 120 launches as PIC in the appropriate
aircraft category, completed after the issue of the licence;
(2) a training course at an ATO, including:
(i) theoretical knowledge instruction appropriate for the rating; and
(ii) at least 5 hours or 20 flights of aerobatic instruction in the appropriate aircraft category.
(c) The privileges of the aerobatic rating shall be limited to the aircraft category in which the flight
instruction was completed. The privileges will be extended to another category of aircraft if pilots hold a
52 of 262
licence for that aircraft category and have successfully completed at least three dual training flights
covering the full aerobatic training syllabus in that category of aircraft.
FCL.805 Sailplane towing and banner towing ratings
(a) Holders of a pilot licence with privileges to fly aeroplanes or TMGs shall only tow sailplanes or banners
when they hold the appropriate sailplane towing or banner towing rating.
(b) Applicants for a sailplane towing rating shall have completed:
(1) at least 30 hours of flight time as PIC and 60 take-offs and landings in aeroplanes, if the activity is
to be carried out in aeroplanes or in TMGs, if the activity is to be carried out in TMGs, completed
after the issue of the licence; and
(2) a training course at an ATO including:
(i) theoretical knowledge instruction in towing operations and procedures;
(ii) at least 10 training flights towing a sailplane, including at least 5 dual training flights; and
(iii) except for holders of an LAPL(S) or an SPL, five familiarisation flights in a sailplane which is
launched by an aircraft.
(c) Applicants for a banner towing rating shall have completed:
(1) at least 100 hours of flight time and 200 take-offs and landings as PIC in aeroplanes or TMGs, after
the issue of the licence. At least 30 of these hours shall be in aeroplanes, if the activity is to be
carried out in aeroplanes, or in TMGs, if the activity is to be carried out in TMGs; and
(2) a training course at an ATO including:
(i) theoretical knowledge instruction in towing operations and procedures; and
(ii) at least 10 training flights towing a banner, including at least 5 dual training flights.
(d) The privileges of the sailplane and banner towing ratings shall be limited to aeroplanes or TMGs,
depending on which aircraft the flight instruction was completed. For banner towing, the privileges shall
be limited to the towing method used for flight instruction. The privileges will be extended if pilots hold
a licence for aeroplanes or TMGs and have successfully completed at least three dual training flights
covering the full towing training syllabus in either aircraft and towing method for banner towing, as
relevant.
(e) In order to exercise the privileges of the sailplane or banner towing ratings, holders of the ratings shall
have completed a minimum of five tows during the last 2 years.
(f) When pilots do not comply with the requirement in point (e), before resuming the exercise of their
privileges, they shall complete the missing tows with or under the supervision of an instructor.
FCL.810 Night rating
(a) Aeroplanes, TMGs, airships
(1) If the privileges of an LAPL, an SPL or a PPL for aeroplanes, TMGs or airships are to be exercised in
VFR conditions at night, applicants shall have completed a training course at an ATO. The course
shall be completed within 6 months and shall comprise:
53 of 262
(i) theoretical knowledge instruction; and
(ii) at least 5 hours of flight time in the appropriate aircraft category at night, including at least
3 hours of dual instruction, including at least:
(A) 1 hour of cross-country navigation with at least one dual cross-country flight of at
least 50 km (27 NM);
(B) five solo take-offs; and
(C) five solo full-stop landings.
(2) Before completing the training at night, LAPL holders shall have completed the basic instrument
flight training required for the issue of a PPL.
(3) When applicants hold privileges for both a SEP (land) and a TMG class rating, they may complete
the requirements in point (1) in either a TMG or a SEP (land) or in both of them.
(b) Helicopters
If the privileges of a PPL for helicopters are to be exercised in VFR conditions at night, applicants shall
have completed:
(1) at least 100 hours of flight time as pilots of helicopters after the issue of the licence, including at
least 60 hours as PIC in helicopters and 20 hours of cross-country flight; and
(2) a training course at an ATO. The course shall be completed within 6 months and shall comprise:
(i) theoretical knowledge instruction;
(ii) 10 hours of helicopter dual instrument instruction time; and
(iii) 5 hours of flight time at night, including at least 3 hours of dual instruction, including at
least 1 hour of cross-country navigation and five solo night circuits. Each circuit shall include
a take-off and a landing.
(3) Applicants who hold or have held an IR in an aeroplane or TMG shall be credited with 5 hours
towards the requirement in point (2)(ii) above.
(c) Balloons
If the privileges of an LAPL for balloons or a BPL are to be exercised in VFR conditions at night, applicants
shall complete at least two dual training flights at night of at least 1 hour each.
FCL.815 Mountain rating
(a) Privileges
The privileges of holders of a mountain rating are to conduct flights with aeroplanes or TMGs to and
from surfaces designated as requiring such a rating by the appropriate authorities designated by the
Member States.
The initial mountain rating may be obtained either on:
(1) wheels, to grant the privilege to fly to and from such surfaces when they are not covered by snow;
or
(2) skis, to grant the privilege to fly to and from such surfaces when they are covered by snow.
54 of 262
The privileges of the initial rating may be extended to either wheel or ski privileges when pilots have
undertaken an appropriate additional training course, including theoretical knowledge instruction and
flight training, with a mountain flight instructor.
(b) Training course
Applicants for a mountain rating shall have completed, within a period of 2 years, a course of theoretical
knowledge instruction and flight training at an ATO. The content of the course shall be appropriate to
the privileges granted.
(c) Skill test
After the completion of the training, applicants shall pass a skill test with a flight examiner (FE) qualified
for this purpose. The skill test shall contain:
(1) a verbal examination of theoretical knowledge; and
(2) six landings on at least two different surfaces designated as requiring a mountain rating other
than the surface of departure.
(d) Validity
A mountain rating shall be valid for a period of 2 years.
(e) Revalidation
For the revalidation of a mountain rating, applicants shall:
(1) have completed at least six landings on a surface designated as requiring a mountain rating in the
past 2 years; or
(2) pass a proficiency check. The proficiency check shall comply with the requirements in point (c).
(f) Renewal
If the rating has lapsed, applicants shall comply with the requirement in point (e)(2).
FCL.820 Flight test rating
(a) Holders of a pilot licence for aeroplanes or helicopters shall only act as PIC in category 1 or 2 flight tests,
as defined in Annex I (Part-21) to Regulation (EU) No 748 /2012, when they hold a flight test rating.
(b) The obligation to hold a flight test rating established in point (a) shall only apply to flight tests conducted
on:
(1) helicopters certificated or to be certificated in accordance with the standards of CS-27 or CS-29 or
equivalent airworthiness codes; or
(2) aeroplanes certificated or to be certificated in accordance with:
(i) the standards of CS-25 or equivalent airworthiness codes; or
(ii) the standards of CS-23 or equivalent airworthiness codes, except for aeroplanes with a
maximum take-off mass of less than 2 000 kg.
(c) The privileges of holders of a flight test rating are to, within the relevant aircraft category:
55 of 262
(1) in the case of a category 1 flight test rating, conduct all categories of flight tests, as defined in
Annex I (Part-21) to Regulation (EU) No 748/2012, either as PIC or co-pilots;
(2) in the case of a category 2 flight test rating:
(i) conduct category 1 flight tests, as defined in Annex I (Part-21) to Regulation (EU)
No 748/2012:
(A) as co-pilots; or
(B) as PIC, in the case of aeroplanes referred to in point (b)(2)(ii), except for those within
the commuter category or having a design diving speed above 0,6 mach or a
maximum ceiling above 25 000 ft (7 620 m);
(ii) conduct all other categories of flight tests, as defined in Annex I (Part-21) to Regulation (EU)
No 748 /2012, either as PIC or co-pilots; and
(3) conduct flights without a type or class rating as defined in Subpart H, except that the flight test
rating shall not be used for commercial air transport operations.
(d) Applicants for the first issue of a flight test rating shall:
(1) hold at least a CPL and an IR in the appropriate aircraft category;
(2) have completed at least 1 000 hours of flight time in the appropriate aircraft category, of which at
least 400 hours as PIC; and
(3) have completed at an ATO a training course appropriate to the intended aircraft and category of
flights. The training shall cover at least the following subjects:
(i) performance;
(ii) stability and control/handling qualities;
(iii) systems;
(iv) test management; and
(v) risk/safety management.
(e) The privileges of holders of a flight test rating may be extended to another category of flight test and
another category of aircraft when they have completed an additional course of training at an ATO.
FCL.825 En route instrument rating (EIR)
(a) Privileges and conditions
(1) The privileges of holders of an EIR are to conduct flights by day under IFR in the en route phase of
flight, with an aeroplane for which a class or type rating is held. The privilege may be extended to
conduct flights by night under IFR in the en route phase of flight if pilots hold a night rating in
accordance with FCL.810.
(2) Holders of the EIR shall only commence or continue a flight on which they intend to exercise the
privileges of their rating if the latest available meteorological information indicates that:
(i) the weather conditions on departure are such as to enable the segment of the flight from
take-off to a planned VFR-to-IFR transition to be conducted in compliance with VFR; and
56 of 262
(ii) at the estimated time of arrival at the planned destination aerodrome, the weather
conditions will be such as to enable the segment of the flight from an IFR-to-VFR transition
to landing to be conducted in compliance with VFR.
(b) Prerequisites
Applicants for the EIR shall hold at least a PPL(A) and shall have completed at least 20 hours of cross-
country flight time as PIC in aeroplanes.
(c) Training course
Applicants for an EIR shall have completed, within a period of 3 years at an ATO:
(1) at least 80 hours of theoretical knowledge instruction in accordance with FCL.615; and
(2) instrument flight instruction, during which:
(i) the flying training for a single-engine EIR shall include at least 15 hours of instrument flight
time under instruction; and
(ii) the flying training for a multi-engine EIR shall include at least 16 hours of instrument flight
time under instruction, of which at least 4 hours shall be in multi-engine aeroplanes.
(d) Theoretical knowledge
Prior to taking the skill test, applicants shall demonstrate a level of theoretical knowledge appropriate to
the privileges granted, in the subjects referred to in FCL.615(b).
(e) Skill test
After the completion of the training, applicants shall pass a skill test in an aeroplane with an instrument
rating examiner (IRE). For a multi-engine EIR, the skill test shall be taken in a multi-engine aeroplane. For
a single-engine EIR, the test shall be taken in a single-engine aeroplane.
(f) By way of derogation from points (c) and (d), holders of a single-engine EIR who also hold a multi-engine
class or type rating wishing to obtain a multi-engine EIR for the first time, shall complete a course at an
ATO comprising at least 2 hours of instrument flight time under instruction in the en route phase of
flight in multi-engine aeroplanes and shall pass the skill test referred to in point (e).
(g) Validity, revalidation and renewal
(1) An EIR shall be valid for 1 year.
(2) Applicants for the revalidation of an EIR shall:
(i) pass a proficiency check in an aeroplane within the 3 months immediately preceding the
expiry date of the rating; or
(ii) within the 12 months immediately preceding the expiry date of the rating, complete 6
hours as PIC under IFR and a training flight of at least 1 hour with an instructor holding
privileges to provide training for the IR(A) or EIR.
(3) For each alternate subsequent revalidation, holders of the EIR shall pass a proficiency check in
accordance with point (g)(2)(i).
(4) If an EIR has expired, in order to renew their privileges, applicants shall:
57 of 262
(i) complete refresher training provided by an instructor holding privileges to provide training
for the IR(A) or EIR to reach the level of proficiency needed; and
(ii) pass a proficiency check.
(5) If the EIR has not been revalidated or renewed within 7 years from the last validity date, holders
will also be required to pass again the EIR theoretical knowledge examinations in accordance with
FCL.615(b).
(6) For a multi-engine EIR, the proficiency check for the revalidation or renewal and the training flight
required in point (g)(2)(ii) have to be completed in a multi-engine aeroplane. If pilots also hold a
single-engine EIR, this proficiency check shall also achieve revalidation or renewal of the single-
engine EIR. The training flight completed in a multi-engine aeroplane shall also fulfil the training
flight requirement for the single-engine EIR.
(h) When applicants for the EIR have completed instrument flight time under instruction with an IRI for
aeroplanes or an FI for aeroplanes holding the privilege to provide training for the IR or EIR, these hours
may be credited towards the hours required in point (c)(2)(i) and (ii) up to a maximum of 5 or 6 hours
respectively. The 4 hours of instrument flight instruction in multi-engine aeroplanes required in point
(c)(2)(ii) shall not be subject to this credit.
(1) To determine the number of hours to be credited and to establish the training needs, applicants
shall complete a pre-entry assessment at the ATO.
(2) The completion of the instrument flight instruction provided by an IRI(A) or FI(A) shall be
documented in a specific training record and signed by the instructor.
(i) Applicants for the EIR, holding a Part-FCL PPL or CPL and a valid IR(A) issued in accordance with the
requirements of Annex 1 to the Chicago Convention by a third country, may be credited in full towards
the training course requirements mentioned in point (c). In order to be issued with the EIR, applicants
shall:
(1) pass the skill test for the EIR;
(2) by way of derogation from point (d), demonstrate during the skill test towards the examiner that
they have acquired an adequate level of theoretical knowledge of air law, meteorology and flight
planning and performance (IR); and
(3) have a minimum experience of at least 25 hours of flight time under IFR as PIC in aeroplanes.
FCL.830 Sailplane cloud flying rating
(a) Holders of a pilot licence with privileges to fly sailplanes shall only operate a sailplane or a powered
sailplane, excluding TMGs, within cloud when they hold a sailplane cloud flying rating.
(b) Applicants for a sailplane cloud flying rating shall have at least:
(1) completed 30 hours as PIC in sailplanes or powered sailplanes after the issue of the licence;
(2) completed a training course at an ATO including:
(i) theoretical knowledge instruction; and
58 of 262
(ii) at least 2 hours of dual flight instruction in sailplanes or powered sailplanes, controlling the
sailplane solely by reference to instruments, of which a maximum of 1 hour may be
completed in TMGs; and
(3) passed a skill test with an FE qualified for this purpose.
(c) Holders of an EIR or an IR(A) shall be credited against the requirement in point (b)(2)(i). By way of
derogation from point (b)(2)(ii), at least 1 hour of dual flight instruction in a sailplane or powered
sailplane, excluding TMGs, controlling the sailplane solely by reference to instruments shall be
completed.
(d) Holders of a cloud flying rating shall only exercise their privileges when they have completed in the last
two years at least 1 hour of flight time, or five flights as PIC exercising the privileges of the cloud flying
rating, in sailplanes or powered sailplanes, excluding TMGs.
(e) Holders of a cloud flying rating who do not comply with the requirements in point (d) shall, before they
resume the exercise of their privileges:
(1) pass a proficiency check with an FE qualified for this purpose; or
(2) perform the additional flight time or flights required in point (d) with a qualified instructor.
(f) Holders of a valid EIR or an IR(A) shall be credited in full against the requirements in point (d).
SUBPART J
INSTRUCTORS
SECTION 1
Common requirements
FCL.900 Instructor certificates
(a) General
Instructors shall only carry out:
(1) flight instruction in aircraft when they hold:
(i) a pilot licence issued or accepted in accordance with this Regulation; and
(ii) an instructor certificate appropriate to the instruction given, issued in accordance with this
Subpart; and
(2) synthetic flight instruction or MCC instruction when they hold an instructor certificate appropriate
to the instruction given, issued in accordance with this Subpart.
(b) Special conditions
(1) The competent authority may issue a specific certificate granting privileges for flight instruction
when compliance with the requirements established in this Subpart is not possible in the case of
the introduction of:
59 of 262
(i) new aircraft in the Member States or in an operator’s fleet; or
(ii) new training courses in this Annex (Part-FCL).
Such a certificate shall be limited to the training flights necessary for the introduction of the new
type of aircraft or the new training course and its validity shall not, in any case, exceed 1 year.
(2) Holders of a certificate issued in accordance with point (b)(1) who wish to apply for the issue of an
instructor certificate shall comply with the prerequisites and revalidation requirements
established for that category of instructor. Notwithstanding FCL.905.TRI(b), a TRI certificate issued
in accordance with this point will include the privilege to instruct for the issue of a TRI or SFI
certificate for the relevant type.
(c) Instruction outside the territory of the Member States
(1) Notwithstanding point (a), in the case of flight instruction provided in an ATO located outside the
territory of the Member States, the competent authority may issue an instructor certificate to
applicants holding a pilot licence, which shall be in any case at least a CPL, and a rating or a
certificate issued by a third country in accordance with Annex 1 to the Chicago Convention, for
which they are authorised to instruct, provided that applicants:
(i) comply with the requirements established in this Subpart for the issue of the relevant
instructor certificate; and
(ii) demonstrate to the competent authority an adequate level of knowledge of European
aviation safety rules to be able to exercise instructional privileges in accordance with this
Annex (Part-FCL).
(2) The certificate shall be limited to providing flight instruction:
(i) in ATOs located outside the territory of the Member States; and
(ii) to student pilots who have sufficient knowledge of the language in which flight instruction
is given.
FCL.915 General prerequisites and requirements for instructors
(a) General
Applicants for the issue of an instructor certificate shall be at least 18 years of age.
(b) Additional requirements for instructors providing flight instruction in aircraft
Applicants for the issue of or holders of an instructor certificate with privileges to conduct flight
instruction in an aircraft shall unless otherwise specified:
(1) for licence training, hold at least the licence for which flight instruction is to be given;
(2) for a rating training, hold the relevant rating for which flight instruction is to be given;
(3) except in the case of flight test instructors (FTIs), have:
(i) completed at least 15 hours of flight time as pilots of the class or type of aircraft on which
flight instruction is to be given, of which a maximum of 7 hours may be in an FSTD
representing the class or type of aircraft, if applicable; or
60 of 262
(ii) passed an assessment of competence for the relevant category of instructor on that class or
type of aircraft; and
(4) be entitled to act as PIC in the aircraft during such flight instruction.
(c) Credit towards further ratings and for the purpose of revalidation
(1) Applicants for further instructor certificates may be credited with the teaching and learning skills
already demonstrated for the instructor certificate held.
(2) Hours flown as an examiner during skill tests or proficiency checks shall be credited in full towards
revalidation requirements for all instructor certificates held.
(d) Credit for extension to further types shall take into account the relevant elements as defined in the OSD.
(e) Additional requirements for instructing in a training course in accordance with FCL.745.A:
(1) In addition to (b), before acting as instructors for a training course according to FCL.745.A, holders
of an instructor certificate shall:
(i) have at least 500 hours of flight time as pilots of aeroplanes, including 200 hours of flight
instruction;
(ii) after complying with the experience requirements in point (e)(1)(i), have completed a UPRT
instructor training course at an ATO, during which the competence of applicants shall have
been assessed continuously; and
(iii) upon completion of the course, have been issued with a certificate of course completion by
the ATO, whose Head of Training (HT) shall have entered the privileges specified in point
(e)(1) in the logbook of the applicants.
(2) The privileges referred to in point (e)(1) shall only be exercised if instructors have, during the last
year:
(i) provided at least 1 hour of flight training as an instructor during a course in accordance
with FCL.745.A; or
(ii) completed refresher training at an ATO to the satisfaction of the HT.
(3) Instructors holding the privileges specified in point (e)(1) may act as instructors for a course as
specified in point (e)(1)(ii), provided that they:
(i) have 25 hours of flight instruction experience during training according to FCL745.A;
(ii) have completed an assessment of competence for this privilege; and
(iii) comply with the recency requirements in point (e)(2).
(4) These privileges shall be entered in the logbook of the instructors and signed by the examiner.
FCL.920 Instructor competencies and assessment
All instructors shall be trained to achieve the following competences:
(a) prepare resources;
(b) create a climate conducive to learning;
61 of 262
(c) present knowledge;
(d) integrate threat and error management (TEM) and crew resource management (CRM);
(e) manage time to achieve training objectives;
(f) facilitate learning;
(g) assess trainee performance;
(h) monitor and review progress;
(i) evaluate training sessions; and
(j) report outcome.
FCL.925 Additional requirements for instructors for the MPL
(a) Instructors conducting training for the MPL shall:
(1) have successfully completed an MPL instructor training course at an ATO; and
(2) additionally, for the basic, intermediate and advanced phases of the MPL integrated training
course:
(i) be experienced in multi-pilot operations; and
(ii) have completed initial CRM training with a commercial air transport operator approved in
accordance with the applicable air operations requirements.
(b) MPL instructors training course
(1) The MPL instructor training course shall comprise at least 14 hours of training.
Upon completion of the training course, applicants shall undertake an assessment of instructor
competencies and of knowledge of the competency-based approach to training.
(2) The assessment shall consist of a practical demonstration of flight instruction in the appropriate
phase of the MPL training course. This assessment shall be conducted by an examiner qualified in
accordance with Subpart K.
(3) Upon successful completion of the MPL training course, the ATO shall issue an MPL instructor
qualification certificate to applicants.
(c) In order to maintain the privileges, the instructor shall have, within the preceding 12 months, conducted
within an MPL training course:
(1) one simulator session of at least 3 hours; or
(2) one air exercise of at least 1 hour comprising at least two take-offs and landings.
(d) If instructors have not fulfilled the requirements in point (c), before exercising the privileges to conduct
flight instruction for the MPL, they shall:
(1) complete refresher training at an ATO to reach the level of competence necessary to pass the
assessment of instructor competencies; and
(2) pass the assessment of instructor competencies as set out in point (b)(2).
62 of 262
FCL.930 Training course
Applicants for an instructor certificate shall have completed a course of theoretical knowledge and flight
instruction at an ATO. In addition to the specific elements prescribed in this Annex (Part-FCL) for each category
of instructor, the course shall contain the elements required in FCL.920.
FCL.935 Assessment of competence
(a) Except for multi-crew cooperation instructors (MCCIs), synthetic training instructors (STIs), mountain
rating instructors (MIs) and FTIs, applicants for the issue of an instructor certificate shall pass an
assessment of competence in the appropriate aircraft class, type or FSTD to demonstrate to an
examiner qualified in accordance with Subpart K the ability to instruct student pilots to the level
required for the issue of the relevant licence, rating or certificate.
(b) This assessment shall include:
(1) the demonstration of the competencies described in FCL.920, during preflight, postflight and
theoretical knowledge instruction;
(2) oral theoretical examinations on the ground, preflight and postflight briefings and in-flight
demonstrations in the appropriate aircraft class, type or FSTD; and
(3) exercises adequate to evaluate the instructor’s competencies.
(c) The assessment shall be performed on the same class or type of aircraft or FSTD used for the flight
instruction.
(d) When an assessment of competence is required for the revalidation of an instructor certificate,
applicants who fail to achieve a pass in the assessment before the expiry date of an instructor certificate
shall not exercise the privileges of that certificate until the assessment has been successfully completed.
FCL.940 Validity of instructor certificates
With the exception of MIs, and without prejudice to FCL.900(b)(1) and FCL.915(e)(2), instructor certificates
shall be valid for a period of 3 years.
FCL.945 Obligations for instructors
Upon completion of the training flight for the revalidation of a SEP or TMG class rating in accordance with
FCL.740.A (b)(1) and only in the event of fulfilment of all the other revalidation criteria required by FCL.740.A
(b)(1), the instructor shall endorse the applicants' licence with the new expiry date of the rating or certificate,
if specifically authorised for that purpose by the competent authority responsible for the applicants' licence.
SECTION 2
Specific requirements for the flight instructor — FI
FCL.905.FI Privileges and conditions
The privileges of FIs are to conduct flight instruction for the issue, revalidation or renewal of:
(a) a PPL, an SPL, a BPL and an LAPL in the appropriate aircraft category;
63 of 262
(b) class and type ratings for single-pilot, single-engine aircraft, except for single-pilot high-performance
complex aeroplanes; class and group extensions for balloons and class extensions for sailplanes;
(c) class and type ratings for single-pilot single-engine aeroplanes, except for single-pilot high-performance
complex aeroplanes in multi-pilot operations, provided that they:
(1) hold or have held a TRI certificate for multi-pilot aeroplanes; or
(2) have at least 500 hours as pilots in multi-pilot operations on aeroplanes; and
(3) have completed the training course for an MCCI in accordance with FCL.930.MCCI;
(d) type ratings for single or multi-pilot airships;
(e) a CPL in the appropriate aircraft category, provided that they have completed at least 500 hours of flight
time as pilots in that aircraft category, including at least 200 hours of flight instruction;
(f) the night rating, provided that they:
(1) are qualified to fly at night in the appropriate aircraft category;
(2) have demonstrated the ability to instruct at night to an FI qualified in accordance with point (j)
below; and
(3) comply with the night experience requirement in FCL.060(b)(2);
(g) a towing, aerobatic or, in the case of FIs(S), a cloud flying rating, provided that such privileges are held
and the FIs have demonstrated the ability to instruct for that rating to an FI qualified in accordance with
point (j);
(h) an EIR or IR in the appropriate aircraft category, provided that they have:
(1) at least 200 hours of flight time under IFR, of which up to 50 hours may be instrument ground
time in an FFS, an FTD 2/3 or an FNPT II;
(2) completed as student pilots the IRI training course and have passed an assessment of competence
for the IRI certificate; and
(3) in addition:
(i) for multi-engine aeroplanes, met the prerequisites established in FCL.915.CRI(a) and the
requirements established in FCL.930.CRI and FCL.935; and
(ii) for multi-engine helicopters, met the requirements established in FCL.910.TRI(c)(1) and the
prerequisites for the TRI(H) training course established in FCL.915.TRI(d)(2);
(i) single-pilot multi-engine class or type ratings, except for single-pilot high-performance complex
aeroplanes, provided that they meet:
(1) in the case of aeroplanes, the prerequisites for the CRI certificate established in FCL.915.CRI(a)
and the requirements in FCL.930.CRI and FCL.935; and
(2) in the case of helicopters, the requirements established in FCL.910.TRI(c)(1) and the prerequisites
for the TRI(H) training course established in FCL.915.TRI(d)(2);
(j) an FI, an IRI, a CRI, an STI or an MI certificate provided that they have:
(1) completed at least:
64 of 262
(i) in the case of FI(S), at least 50 hours or 150 launches of flight instruction in sailplanes;
(ii) in the case of FI(B), at least 50 hours or 50 take-offs of flight instruction in balloons;
(iii) in all other cases, 500 hours of flight instruction in the appropriate aircraft category; and
(2) passed an assessment of competence in accordance with FCL.935 in the appropriate aircraft
category to demonstrate to a flight instructor examiner (FIE) the ability to instruct for the FI
certificate;
(k) an MPL, provided that the FIs:
(1) for the core flying phase of the training, have completed at least 500 hours of flight time as pilots
of aeroplanes, including at least 200 hours of flight instruction;
(2) for the basic phase of the training:
(i) hold a multi-engine aeroplane IR and the privilege to instruct for an IR; and
(ii) have at least 1 500 hours of flight time in multi-crew operations; and
(3) in the case of FIs already qualified to instruct on ATP(A) or CPL(A)/IR integrated courses, the
requirement in point (2)(ii) may be replaced by the completion of a structured course of training
consisting of:
(i) MCC qualification;
(ii) observation of five sessions of flight instruction in Phase 3 of an MPL course;
(iii) observation of five sessions of flight instruction in Phase 4 of an MPL course;
(iv) observation of five operator recurrent line-oriented flight training sessions; and
(v) the content of the MCCI course.
In this case, FIs shall conduct their first five instructor sessions under the supervision of a TRI(A),
an MCCI(A) or an SFI(A) qualified for MPL flight instruction.
FCL.910.FI Restricted privileges
(a) FIs shall have their privileges limited to conducting flight instruction under the supervision of an FI for
the same category of aircraft nominated by the ATO for this purpose, in the following cases:
(1) for the issue of the PPL, SPL, BPL and LAPL;
(2) in all integrated courses at PPL level, in the case of aeroplanes and helicopters;
(3) for class and type ratings for single-pilot, single-engine aircraft, except for single-pilot high-
performance complex aeroplanes, class and group extensions in the case of balloons and class
extensions in the case of sailplanes; and
(4) for the night, towing or aerobatic ratings.
(b) Whilst conducting training under supervision, in accordance with point (a), FIs shall not have the
privilege to authorise student pilots to conduct first solo flights and first solo cross-country flights.
(c) The limitations in points (a) and (b) shall be removed from the FI certificate when FIs have completed at
least:
65 of 262
(1) for the FI(A), 100 hours of flight instruction in aeroplanes or TMGs and, in addition, have
supervised at least 25 student solo flights;
(2) for the FI(H), 100 hours of flight instruction in helicopters and, in addition, have supervised at
least 25 student solo flight air exercises; and
(3) for the FI(As), FI(S) and FI(B), 15 hours or 50 take-offs of flight instruction covering the full training
syllabus for the issue of a PPL(As), an LAPL(S), an SPL, an LAPL(B) or a BPL in the appropriate
aircraft category.
FCL.915.FI Prerequisites
(a) Applicants for the issue of an FI(A) or an FI(H) certificate shall:
(1) have received at least 10 hours of instrument flight instruction in the appropriate aircraft
category, of which not more than 5 hours may be instrument ground time in an FSTD; and
(2) have completed 20 hours of VFR cross-country flight in the appropriate aircraft category as PIC.
(b) Applicants for the FI(A) certificate shall, in addition to the requirements in point (a):
(1) hold at least a CPL(A); or
(2) hold at least a PPL(A) and shall have:
(i) met the requirements for CPL theoretical knowledge in accordance with FCL.310 and
FCL.315, except for FIs(A) providing training for the LAPL(A) only; and
(ii) completed at least 200 hours of flight time on aeroplanes or TMGs, of which 150 hours as
PIC;
(3) have completed at least 30 hours on single-engine piston-powered aeroplanes, of which at least 5
hours shall have been completed during the 6 months preceding the pre-entry flight test set out
in FCL.930.FI(a); and
(4) have completed one VFR cross-country flight as PIC, including a flight of at least 540 km (300 NM),
in the course of which full-stop landings at two aerodromes different from the aerodrome of
departure shall be made.
(c) Applicants for the FI(H) certificate shall, in addition to the requirements in point (a), have completed 250
hours total flight time as pilots of helicopters, of which at least:
(1) 100 hours shall be as PIC if applicants hold at least a CPL(H); or
(2) 200 hours as PIC if applicants hold at least a PPL(H) and have met the requirements for CPL
theoretical knowledge.
(d) Applicants for the FI(As) certificate shall have completed 500 hours of flight time on airships as PIC, of
which 400 hours shall be as PIC holding a CPL(As).
(e) Applicants for the FI(S) certificate shall have completed 100 hours of flight time and 200 launches as PIC
in sailplanes. Additionally, where applicants wish to give flight instruction in TMGs, they shall have
completed 30 hours of flight time as PIC in TMGs and an additional assessment of competence in a TMG
in accordance with FCL.935 with an FI qualified in accordance with FCL.905.FI(j);
66 of 262
(f) Applicants for the FI(B) certificate shall have completed 75 hours of balloon flight time as PIC, of which
at least 15 hours have to be in the class for which flight instruction will be given.
FCL.930.FI Training course
(a) Applicants for the FI certificate shall have passed a specific pre-entry flight test with an FI qualified in
accordance with FCL.905.FI(i) within the 6 months preceding the start of the course, to assess their
ability to undertake the course. This pre-entry flight test shall be based on the proficiency check for class
and type ratings in accordance with Appendix 9 to this Annex (Part-FCL).
(b) The FI training course shall include:
(1) 25 hours of teaching and learning instruction;
(2) in the case of an FI(A), an FI(H) or an FI(As), at least 100 hours of theoretical knowledge
instruction, including progress tests;
(3) in the case of an FI(B) or an FI(S), at least 30 hours of theoretical knowledge instruction, including
progress tests;
(4) in the case of an FI(A) and an FI(H), at least 30 hours of flight instruction, of which 25 hours shall
be dual flight instruction, of which 5 hours may be conducted in an FFS, an FNPT I or II or an FTD
2/3;
(5) in the case of an FI(As), at least 20 hours of flight instruction, of which 15 hours shall be dual flight
instruction;
(6) in the case of an FI(S), at least 6 hours of flight instruction or 20 take-offs during flight instruction;
(7) in the case of an FI(S) providing training in TMGs, at least 6 hours of dual flight instruction in
TMGs; and
(8) in the case of an FI(B), at least 3 hours of flight instruction including three take-offs.
When applying for an FI certificate in another category of aircraft, pilots holding or having held an FI(A),
an FI(H) or an FI(As) shall be credited with 55 hours towards the requirement in point (b)(2) or with 18
hours towards the requirement in point (b)(3).
(c) Applicants for an FI certificate who hold or have held any instructor certificate issued in accordance with
this Annex (Part-FCL) shall be fully credited towards the requirements in point (b)(1).
FCL.940.FI Revalidation and renewal
(a) Revalidation
(1) For the revalidation of an FI certificate, holders shall fulfil two of the following three
requirements:
(i) Complete:
(A) in the case of an FI(A) and an FI(H), at least 50 hours of flight instruction in the
appropriate aircraft category during the period of validity of the certificate as FIs,
TRIs, CRIs, IRIs, MIs or examiners. If the privileges to instruct for the IR are to be
revalidated, 10 of these hours shall be flight instruction for an IR and shall have been
67 of 262
completed within the last 12 months immediately preceding the expiry date of the FI
certificate;
(B) in the case of an FI(As), at least 20 hours of flight instruction in airships as FIs, IRIs or
as examiners during the period of validity of the certificate. If the privileges to
instruct for the IR are to be revalidated, 10 of these hours shall be flight instruction
for an IR and shall have been completed within the 12 months immediately
preceding the expiry date of the FI certificate;
(C) in the case of an FI(S), at least 30 hours or 60 take-offs of flight instruction in
sailplanes, powered sailplanes or TMG as FIs or as examiners during the period of
validity of the certificate; and
(D) in the case of an FI(B), at least 6 hours of flight instruction in balloons as FIs or as
examiners during the period of validity of the certificate.
(ii) Receive instructor refresher training as an FI at an ATO or a competent authority, within the
validity period of the FI certificate.
(iii) Pass an assessment of competence in accordance with FCL.935, within the 12 months
immediately preceding the expiry date of the FI certificate.
(2) For the at least each alternate subsequent revalidation in the case of FI(A) or FI(H), or each third
revalidation, in the case of FI(As), FI(S) and FI(B), holders shall have to pass an assessment of
competence in accordance with FCL.935.
(b) Renewal
(1) If the FI certificate has lapsed for less than 3 years, applicants shall, within a period of 12 months
before renewal:
receive instructor refresher training as an FI at an ATO or a competent authority as required in
point (a)(1)(ii) and pass an assessment of competence in accordance with FCL.935.
(2) If the FI certificate has lapsed for more than 3 years, applicants shall, within a period of 1 year
before renewal, receive instructor refresher training as an FI at an ATO following a training
syllabus established by the ATO and pass an assessment of competence in accordance with
FCL.935.
SECTION 3
Specific requirements for the type rating instructor — TRI
FCL.905.TRI Privileges and conditions
(a) The privileges of TRIs are to instruct for:
(1) the revalidation and renewal of an EIR or an IR, provided they hold a valid IR; and
(2) the issue of a TRI or SFI certificate, provided that
(i) holders have at least 50 hours of instructional experience as TRIs or SFIs; and
68 of 262
(ii) they have conducted the flight instruction syllabus of the TRI training course according to
FCL.930.TRI(a)(3) under the supervision and to the satisfaction of a qualified TRI nominated
by the HT of an ATO.
(b) The privileges of TRIs for single-pilot aeroplanes are to instruct for:
(1) the issue, revalidation and renewal of type ratings for single-pilot high-performance complex
aeroplanes when applicants seek privileges to operate in single-pilot operations.
The privileges of TRIs for single-pilot aeroplanes may be extended to flight instruction for single-
pilot high-performance complex aeroplanes type ratings in multi-pilot operations, provided that
they:
(i) hold an MCCI certificate; or
(ii) hold or have held a TRI certificate for multi-pilot aeroplanes; and
(2) the MPL course on the basic phase, provided that they have the privileges extended to multi-pilot
operations and hold or have held an FI(A) or an IRI(A) certificate.
(c) The privileges of TRIs for multi-pilot aeroplanes are to instruct for:
(1) the issue, revalidation and renewal of type ratings for:
(i) multi-pilot aeroplanes; and
(ii) single-pilot high-performance complex aeroplanes when applicants seek privileges to
operate in multi-pilot operations;
(2) MCC training; and
(3) the MPL course on the basic, intermediate and advanced phases, provided that, for the basic
phase, they hold or have held an FI(A) or IRI(A) certificate.
(d) The privileges of TRIs for helicopters are to instruct for:
(1) the issue, revalidation and renewal of helicopter type ratings;
(2) MCC training, provided they hold a multi-pilot helicopter type rating; and
(3) the extension of the single-engine IR(H) to multi-engine IR(H).
(e) The privileges of TRIs for powered-lift aircraft are to instruct for:
(1) the issue, revalidation and renewal of powered-lift type ratings; and
(2) MCC training.
FCL.910.TRI Restricted privileges
(a) General
If the TRI training is carried out in an FFS only, the privileges of TRIs shall be restricted to training in the
FFS.
The restriction shall be removed when TRIs have completed the respective parts of the training
programme as required by FCL.930.TRI(a).
69 of 262
In this case, TRIs may conduct line flying under supervision or landing training, provided that the TRI
training course has included additional training for this purpose.
(b) TRIs for aeroplanes and for powered-lift aircraft — TRI(A) and TRI(PL)
The privileges of TRIs are restricted to the type of aeroplane or powered-lift aircraft in which the training
and the assessment of competence were conducted. Unless otherwise determined in the OSD, the
privileges of TRIs shall be extended to further types when TRIs have:
(1) completed within the 12 months preceding the application, at least 15 route sectors, including
take-offs and landings on the applicable aircraft type, of which 7 sectors may be completed in an
FFS;
(2) completed the relevant parts of the technical training and flight instruction parts of the applicable
TRI course;
(3) passed the relevant sections of the assessment of competence in accordance with FCL.935 in
order to demonstrate to an FIE or a type rating examiner (TRE) qualified in accordance with
Subpart K their ability to instruct a pilot to the level required for the issue of a type rating,
including preflight, postflight and theoretical knowledge instruction.
The privileges of TRIs shall be extended to further variants in accordance with the OSD when TRIs have
completed the relevant parts of the technical training and flight instruction parts of the applicable TRI
course.
(c) TRIs for helicopters — TRI(H)
(1) The privileges of TRIs(H) are restricted to the type of helicopter in which the skill test for the issue
of the TRI certificate was taken. Unless otherwise determined in the OSD, the privileges of the
TRIs shall be extended to further types when they have:
(i) completed the relevant parts of the technical training and flight instruction parts of the
applicable TRI course;
(ii) conducted at least 2 hours of flight instruction in the applicable type, under the supervision
of an adequately qualified TRI(H); and
(iii) passed the relevant sections of the assessment of competence in accordance with FCL.935
in order to demonstrate to an FIE or a TRE qualified in accordance with Subpart K their
ability to instruct a pilot to the level required for the issue of a type rating, including
preflight, postflight and theoretical knowledge instruction.
The privileges of TRIs shall be extended to further variants in accordance with the OSD when the
TRIs have completed the relevant parts of the technical training and flight instruction parts of the
applicable TRI course.
(2) Before the privileges of TRIs(H) are extended from single-pilot to multi-pilot on the same type of
helicopters, holders shall have at least 100 hours in multi-pilot operations on this type.
(d) Notwithstanding the points above, holders of a TRI certificate who have been issued with a type rating
in accordance with FCL.725(e) shall be entitled to have their TRI privileges extended to that new type of
aircraft.
70 of 262
FCL.915.TRI Prerequisites
(a) Applicants for the issue of a TRI certificate shall hold a CPL, an MPL or an ATPL in the applicable aircraft
category;
(b) Applicants for the issue of a TRI(MPA) certificate shall, in addition to the requirements in point (a):
(1) have completed 1 500 hours of flight time as pilots of multi-pilot aeroplanes; and
(2) have completed, within the 12 months preceding the date of application, 30 route sectors,
including take-offs and landings, as PIC or co-pilots of the applicable aeroplane type, of which 15
sectors may be completed in an FFS representing that type;
(c) Applicants for the issue of a TRI(SPA) certificate shall, in addition to the requirements in point (a):
(1) have completed, within the 12 months preceding the date of application, 30 route sectors,
including take-offs and landings, as PIC in the applicable aeroplane type, of which 15 sectors may
be completed in an FFS representing that type; and
(2) comply with one of the following requirements:
(i) have completed at least 500 hours of flight time as pilots of aeroplanes, including 30 hours
as PIC in the applicable type of aeroplane; or
(ii) hold or have held an FI certificate for multi-engine aeroplanes with IR(A) privileges.
(d) Additionally to the requirement in point (a), applicants for the issue of a TRI(H) certificate for:
(1) single-pilot single-engine helicopters, shall have completed 250 hours as pilots of helicopters;
(2) single-pilot multi-engine helicopters, shall have completed 500 hours as pilots of helicopters,
including 100 hours as PIC in single-pilot multi-engine helicopters; and
(3) multi-pilot helicopters, shall have completed 1 000 hours of flight time as pilots of helicopters,
including:
(i) 350 hours as pilots of multi-pilot helicopters; or
(ii) for applicants already holding a TRI(H) certificate for single-pilot multi-engine helicopters,
100 hours as pilots of that type in multi-pilot operations.
Holders of an FI(H) certificate shall be fully credited towards the requirements in points (1) and (2) in the
relevant single-pilot helicopter.
(e) Applicants for the issue of a TRI(PL) certificate shall, in addition to the requirements in point (a), have
completed:
(1) 1 500 hours of flight time as pilots of multi-pilot aeroplanes, powered-lift or multi-pilot
helicopters; and
(2) within the 12 months preceding the application, 30 route sectors, including take-offs and
landings, as PIC or co-pilots of the applicable powered-lift type, of which 15 sectors may be
completed in an FFS representing that type.
71 of 262
FCL.930.TRI Training course
(a) The TRI training course shall include, at least:
(1) 25 hours of teaching and learning instruction;
(2) 10 hours of technical training relevant to the appropriate aircraft, including revision of technical
knowledge, the preparation of lesson plans and the development of classroom/simulator
instructional skills; and
(3) 5 hours of flight instruction in the appropriate aircraft or a simulator representing that aircraft for
single-pilot aircraft and 10 hours for multi-pilot aircraft or a simulator representing that aircraft.
(b) Applicants holding or having held an instructor certificate shall be fully credited towards the
requirement in point (a)(1).
(c) Applicants for the issue of a TRI certificate who hold an SFI certificate for the relevant type shall be fully
credited towards the requirements of this point for the issue of a TRI certificate restricted to flight
instruction in simulators.
FCL.935.TRI Assessment of competence
(a) The assessment of competence for a TRI for MPA and PL shall be conducted in an FFS. If no FFS is
available, the aircraft can be used.
(b) The assessment of competence for a TRI for single-pilot high-performance complex aeroplanes and
helicopters shall be conducted in:
(1) an available and accessible FFS; or
(2) a combination of FSTD(s) and the aircraft if an FFS is not available or accessible; or
(3) the aircraft if no FSTD is available or accessible .
FCL.940.TRI Revalidation and renewal
(a) Revalidation
(1) Aeroplanes
For the revalidation of a TRI(A) certificate, applicants shall, within the 12 months immediately
preceding the expiry date of the certificate, fulfil two of the following three requirements:
(i) Conduct one of the following parts of a complete type rating or recurrent training course:
simulator session of at least 3 hours or one air exercise of at least 1 hour comprising a
minimum of two take-offs and landings;
(ii) Receive instructor refresher training as a TRI(A) at an ATO; and
(iii) Pass the assessment of competence in accordance with FCL.935.
(2) Helicopters and powered-lift
For the revalidation of a TRI (H) or TRI(PL) certificate, applicants shall, within the validity period of
the TRI certificate, fulfil two of the following three requirements:
72 of 262
(i) Complete 50 hours of flight instruction in each of the types of aircraft for which
instructional privileges are held or in an FSTD representing those types, of which at least 15
hours shall be within the 12 months immediately preceding the expiry date of the TRI
certificate.
In the case of TRI(PL), these hours of flight instruction shall be flown as a TRI or type rating
examiner (TRE), or SFI or synthetic flight examiner (SFE). In the case of TRI(H), time flown as
FIs, instrument rating instructors (IRIs), STIs or as any kind of examiners shall also be
relevant for this purpose.
(ii) Receive instructor refresher training as a TRI(H) or TRI(PL), as relevant, at an ATO.
(iii) Pass the assessment of competence in accordance with FCL.935.
(3) For at least each alternate revalidation of a TRI certificate, holders shall have to pass the
assessment of competence in accordance with FCL.935.
(4) If TRIs hold a certificate in more than one type of aircraft and if it is part of a recommendation of
the OSD within the same category, the assessment of competence taken on one of those types
shall revalidate the TRI certificate for the other types held within the same category of aircraft.
(5) Specific requirements for the revalidation of a TRI(H) certificate
TRIs(H) holding an FI(H) certificate in the relevant type shall have full credit towards the
requirements in point (a). In this case, the TRI(H) certificate will be valid until the expiry date of
the FI(H) certificate.
(b) Renewal
(1) Aeroplanes
If the TRI (A) certificate has lapsed, applicants shall have completed within the 12 months
immediately preceding the application:
(i) at least 30 route sectors, including take-offs and landings on the applicable aeroplane type,
of which not more than 15 sectors may be completed in a flight simulator;
(ii) instructor refresher training as a TRI at an ATO which should cover the relevant elements of
the TRI training course; and
(iii) at least 3 hours of flight instruction in the applicable type of aeroplane under the
supervision of a TRI(A) during type rating or recurrent training.
(2) Helicopters and powered-lift
If the TRI (H) or TRI(PL) certificate has lapsed, applicants shall have, within the 12 months
immediately preceding the application:
(i) completed at least 30 route sectors, including take-offs and landings on the applicable
aircraft type, of which not more than 15 sectors may be completed in a flight simulator;
(ii) received instructor refresher training as a TRI at an ATO, which should cover the relevant
elements of the TRI training course;
73 of 262
(iii) conducted at least 3 hours of flight instruction in the applicable type of helicopter under
the supervision of a TRI(H) or a TRI(PL) as relevant during type rating or recurrent training;
and
(iv) passed the assessment of competence in accordance with FCL.935 in each of the types of
aircraft in which renewal of the instructional privileges is sought.
SECTION 4
Specific requirements for the class rating instructor — CRI
FCL.905.CRI Privileges and conditions
(a) The privileges of CRIs are to instruct for:
(1) the issue, revalidation or renewal of a class or type rating for single-pilot aeroplanes, except for
single-pilot high-performance complex aeroplanes, when the privileges sought by applicants are
to fly in single-pilot operations;
(2) a towing or aerobatic rating for the aeroplane category, provided they hold the relevant rating
and have demonstrated the ability to instruct for that rating to an FI qualified in accordance with
FCL.905.FI(i); and
(3) the extension of the LAPL(A) privileges to another class or variant of aeroplane.
(b) The privileges of CRIs are restricted to the class or type of aeroplane in which the instructor assessment
of competence was conducted. The privileges of CRIs shall be extended to further classes or types when
they have completed, within the last 12 months:
(1) 15 hours of flight time as PIC in aeroplanes of the applicable class or type of aeroplane; and
(2) one training flight from the right-hand seat under the supervision of another CRI or FI, qualified
for that class or type, occupying the other pilot’s seat.
(c) The privileges of CRIs are to instruct for class and type ratings for single-pilot single-engine aeroplanes,
except for single-pilot high-performance complex aeroplanes, in multi-pilot operations, provided that
CRIs:
(1) hold or have held a TRI certificate for multi-pilot aeroplanes or have at least 500 hours as pilots in
multi-pilot operations on aeroplanes; and
(2) have completed the training course for an MCCI in accordance with FCL.930.MCCI.
(d) Applicants for a CRI for multi-engine aeroplanes holding a CRI certificate for single-engine aeroplanes
shall have fulfilled the prerequisites for a CRI established in FCL.915.CRI(a) and the requirements in
FCL.930.CRI(a)(3) and FCL.935.
FCL.915.CRI Prerequisites
Applicants for the issue of a CRI certificate shall have completed at least:
(a) for multi-engine aeroplanes:
(1) 500 hours of flight time as pilots of aeroplanes; and
74 of 262
(2) 30 hours as PIC in the applicable class or type of aeroplane; and
(b) for single-engine aeroplanes:
(1) 300 hours of flight time as pilots of aeroplanes; and
(2) 30 hours as PIC in the applicable class or type of aeroplane.
FCL.930.CRI Training course
(a) The training course for the CRI shall include, at least:
(1) 25 hours of teaching and learning instruction;
(2) 10 hours of technical training, including revision of technical knowledge, the preparation of lesson
plans and the development of classroom/simulator instructional skills; and
(3) 5 hours of flight instruction in multi-engine aeroplanes or 3 hours of flight instruction in single-
engine aeroplanes, given by an FI(A) qualified in accordance with FCL.905.FI(i).
(b) Applicants holding or having held an instructor certificate shall be fully credited towards the
requirement in point (a)(1).
FCL.940.CRI Revalidation and renewal
(a) Revalidation
For the revalidation of a CRI certificate, applicants shall, within the validity period of the CRI certificate,
fulfil two of the following three requirements:
(1) Conduct at least 10 hours of flight instruction in the role of a CRI. If applicants have CRI privileges
on both single-engine and multi-engine aeroplanes, the 10 hours of flight instruction shall be
equally divided between single-engine and multi-engine aeroplanes;
(2) Receive refresher training as a CRI at an ATO;
(3) Pass the assessment of competence in accordance with FCL.935 for multi-engine or single-engine
aeroplanes, as relevant.
(b) For at least each alternate revalidation of a CRI certificate, holders shall have to comply with the
requirement in point (a)(3).
(c) Renewal
If the CRI certificate has lapsed, applicants shall, within a period of 1 year before renewal:
(1) receive refresher training as a CRI at an ATO; and
(2) pass the assessment of competence established in FCL.935.
75 of 262
SECTION 5
Specific requirements for the instrument rating instructor — IRI
FCL.905.IRI Privileges and conditions
(a) The privileges of IRIs are to instruct for the issue, revalidation and renewal of an EIR or an IR in the
appropriate aircraft category.
(b)
To instruct for the basic phase of training on an MPL course, IRIs(A) shall:
(1) hold an IR for multi-engine aeroplanes; and
(2) have completed at least 1 500 hours of flight time in multi-crew operations.
In the case of IRIs already qualified to instruct on ATP(A) or CPL(A)/IR integrated courses, the
requirement in point (b)(2) may be replaced by the completion of the course provided for in point
FCL.905.FI(k)(3).
FCL.915.IRI Prerequisites
(a) Applicants for the issue of an IRI(A) certificate shall:
(1) have completed at least 800 hours of flight time under IFR, of which at least 400 hours shall be in
aeroplanes; and
(2) in the case of an IRI(A) certificate for multi-engine aeroplanes, meet the requirements in points
FCL.915.CRI(a), FCL.930.CRI and FCL.935.
(b) Applicants for the issue of an IRI(H) certificate shall:
(1) have completed at least 500 hours of flight time under IFR, of which at least 250 hours shall be
instrument flight time in helicopters; and
(2) in the case of an IR(H) certificate for multi-pilot helicopters, meet the requirements in
FCL.905.FI(g)(3)(ii).
(c) Applicants for the issue of an IRI(As) certificate shall have completed at least 300 hours of flight time
under IFR, of which at least 100 hours shall be instrument flight time in airships.
FCL.930.IRI Training course
(a) The IRI training course shall include, at least:
(1) 25 hours of teaching and learning instruction; and
(2) 10 hours of technical training, including revision of instrument theoretical knowledge, the
preparation of lesson plans and the development of classroom instructional skills.
(b) The IRI(A) training course shall, in addition to the requirements in point (a), include at least 10 hours of
flight instruction in an aeroplane, FFS, FTD 2/3 or FPNT II. In the case of applicants holding an FI(A)
certificate, these hours are reduced to 5.
76 of 262
(c) The IRI(H) training course shall, in addition to the requirements in point (a), include at least 10 hours of
flight instruction in a helicopter, an FFS, an FTD 2/3 or an FNPT II/III;. In the case of applicants holding an
FI(H) certificate, these hours are reduced to 5.
(d) The IRI(As) training course shall, in addition to the requirements in point (a), include at least 10 hours of
flight instruction in an airship, an FFS, an FTD 2/3 or an FNPT II.
(e) Flight instruction shall be given by an FI qualified in accordance with FCL.905.FI(i).
(f) Applicants holding or having held an instructor certificate shall be fully credited towards the
requirement in point (a)(1).
FCL.940.IRI Revalidation and renewal
For the revalidation and renewal of an IRI certificate, holders shall meet the requirements for the revalidation
and renewal of an FI certificate, in accordance with FCL.940.FI.
SECTION 6
Specific requirements for the synthetic flight instructor — SFI
FCL.905.SFI Privileges and conditions
The privileges of SFIs are to carry out synthetic flight instruction, within the relevant aircraft category, for:
(a) the revalidation and renewal of an IR, provided that they hold or have held an IR in the relevant aircraft
category; and
(b) the issue of an IR, provided that they hold or have held an IR in the relevant aircraft category and have
completed an IRI training course.
(c) The privileges of SFIs for single-pilot aeroplanes are to carry out synthetic flight instruction for:
(1) the issue, revalidation and renewal of type ratings for single-pilot high-performance complex
aeroplanes, when applicants seek privileges to operate in single-pilot operations.
The privileges of SFIs(SPA) may be extended to flight instruction for single-pilot high-performance
complex aeroplanes type ratings in multi-pilot operations, provided that they:
(i) hold an MCCI certificate; or
(ii) hold or have held a TRI certificate for multi-pilot aeroplanes; and
(2) MCC and the MPL training courses on the basic phase, provided that the privileges of SFIs(SPA)
have been extended to multi-pilot operations in accordance with point (1).
(d) The privileges of SFIs for multi-pilot aeroplanes are to carry out synthetic flight instruction for:
(1) the issue, revalidation and renewal of type ratings for:
(i) multi-pilot aeroplanes; and
(ii) single-pilot high-performance complex aeroplanes when applicants seek privileges to
operate in multi-pilot operations;
(2) MCC training course; and
77 of 262
(3) the MPL course on the basic, intermediate and advanced phases, provided that, for the basic
phase, they hold or have held an FI(A) or an IRI(A) certificate.
(e) The privileges of SFIs for helicopters are to carry out synthetic flight instruction for:
(1) the issue, revalidation and renewal of helicopter type ratings; and
(2) MCC training, when SFIs have privileges to instruct for multi-pilot helicopters.
FCL.910.SFI Restricted privileges
The privileges of SFIs shall be restricted to the FTD 2/3 or FFS of the aircraft type in which the SFI training
course was taken.
The privileges may be extended to other FSTDs representing further types of the same category of aircraft
when holders have satisfactorily completed:
(a) the simulator content of the relevant type rating course;
(b) the relevant parts of the technical training and flight instruction parts of the applicable TRI course; and
(c) conducted on a complete type rating course at least 3 hours of flight instruction related to the duties of
an SFI on the applicable type under the supervision and to the satisfaction of a TRE or an SFE qualified
for this purpose.
FCL.915.SFI Prerequisites
(a) Applicants for the issue of an SFI certificate shall:
(1) hold or have held a CPL, an MPL or an ATPL in the appropriate aircraft category;
(2) have passed the skill test for the issue or, if applicable, the proficiency check for the revalidation
or renewal of the specific aircraft type rating in an FFS representing the applicable type, within
the 12 months immediately preceding the application.
(b) Applicants for the issue of an SFI(A) certificate for multi-pilot aeroplanes or of an SFI(PL) certificate shall,
in addition to the requirements in point (a), have:
(1) at least 1 500 hours of flight time as pilots of multi-pilot aeroplanes or powered-lift, as applicable;
(2) completed, as pilots or as observers, within the 12 months immediately preceding the application,
at least:
(i) three route sectors on the flight deck of the applicable aircraft type; or
(ii) two line-oriented flight training-based simulator sessions conducted by qualified flight crew
on the flight deck of the applicable type. These simulator sessions shall include two flights
of at least 2 hours each between two different aerodromes, and the associated preflight
planning and debriefing.
(c) Applicants for the issue of an SFI(A) certificate for single-pilot high-performance complex aeroplanes
shall, in addition to the requirements in point (a):
(1) have completed at least 500 hours of flight time as pilots of aeroplanes, of which at least 30 hours
shall be as PIC in the applicable type;
(2) hold or have held a multi-engine IR(A) rating; and
78 of 262
(3) have met the requirements in point (b)(2);
(d) Applicants for the issue of an SFI(H) certificate shall, in addition to the requirements in point (a), have:
(1) completed, as pilots or as observers, at least 1 hour of flight time on the flight deck of the
applicable type, within the 12 months immediately preceding the application; and
(2) in the case of multi-pilot helicopters, at least 1 000 hours of flying experience as pilots of
helicopters, including at least 350 hours as a pilot on multi-pilot helicopters;
(3) in the case of single-pilot multi-engine helicopters, completed 500 hours as pilots of helicopters,
including 100 hours as PIC in single-pilot multi-engine helicopters; and
(4) in the case of single-pilot single-engine helicopters, completed 250 hours as pilots of helicopters.
FCL.930.SFI Training course
(a) The training course for SFIs shall include:
(1) the FSTD content of the applicable type rating course; and
(2) the FSTD content of the TRI training course.
(b) Applicants for the issue of an SFI certificate who hold a TRI certificate for the relevant type shall be fully
credited towards the requirements of this point.
FCL.940.SFI Revalidation and renewal
(a) Revalidation
For the revalidation of an SFI certificate, applicants shall, within the validity period of the SFI certificate,
fulfil two of the following three requirements:
(1) Complete 50 hours as instructors or examiners in FSTDs, of which at least 15 hours shall be within
the 12 months immediately preceding the expiry date of the SFI certificate.
(2) Receive instructor refresher training as an SFI at an ATO.
(3) Pass the relevant sections of the assessment of competence in accordance with FCL.935.
(b) Additionally, applicants shall have completed, on an FFS, the proficiency checks for the issue of the
specific aircraft type ratings representing the types for which privileges are held.
(c) For at least each alternate revalidation of an SFI certificate, holders shall have to comply with the
requirement in point (a)(3).
(d) If SFIs hold a certificate in more than one type of aircraft within the same category and if recommended
in the OSD, the assessment of competence taken on one of those types shall revalidate the SFI
certificate for the other types held within the same category of aircraft.
(e) Renewal
If the SFI certificate has lapsed, applicants shall, within the 12 months immediately preceding the
application:
(1) receive instructor refresher training as an SFI at an ATO; and;
(2) pass the relevant sections of the assessment of competence in accordance with FCL.935.
79 of 262
SECTION 7
Specific requirements for the multi-crew cooperation instructor — MCCI
FCL.905.MCCI Privileges and conditions
The privileges of MCCIs are to carry out flight instruction during:
(a) the practical part of MCC courses when not combined with type rating training; and
(b) in the case of MCCIs(A), the basic phase of the MPL integrated training course, provided they hold or
have held an FI(A) or an IRI(A) certificate.
FCL.910.MCCI Restricted privileges
The privileges of holders of an MCCI certificate shall be restricted to the FNPT II/III MCC, FTD 2/3 or FFS in
which the MCCI training course was taken.
The privileges may be extended to other FSTDs representing further types of aircraft when holders have
completed the practical training of the MCCI course on that type of FNPT II/III MCC, FTD 2/3 or FFS.
FCL.915.MCCI Prerequisites
Applicants for the issue of an MCCI certificate shall:
(a) hold or have held a CPL, an MPL or an ATPL in the appropriate aircraft category; and
(b) have at least:
(1) in the case of aeroplanes, airships and powered-lift aircraft, 1 500 hours of flying experience as
pilots in multi-pilot operations; and
(2) in the case of helicopters, 1 000 hours of flying experience as pilots in multi-crew operations, of
which at least 350 hours in multi-pilot helicopters.
FCL.930.MCCI Training course
(a) The training course for the MCCI shall include, at least:
(1) 25 hours of teaching and learning instruction;
(2) technical training related to the type of FSTD where applicants wish to instruct; and
(3) 3 hours of practical instruction, which may be flight instruction or MCC instruction in the relevant
FSTD, under the supervision of a TRI, an SFI or an MCCI nominated by the ATO for that purpose.
These hours of flight instruction under supervision shall include the assessment of the applicants’
competence as described in FCL.920.
(b) Applicants holding or having held an FI, a TRI, a CRI, an IRI or an SFI certificate shall be fully credited
towards the requirement in point (a)(1).
80 of 262
FCL.940.MCCI Revalidation and renewal
(a) Revalidation
For the revalidation of an MCCI certificate, applicants shall have completed the requirements in
FCL.930.MCCI(a)(3) on the relevant type of FSTD, within the last 12 months of the validity period of the
MCCI certificate.
(b) Renewal
If the MCCI certificate has lapsed, applicants shall complete the requirements in FCL.930.MCCI(a)(2) and
(3) on the relevant type of FSTD.
SECTION 8
Specific requirements for the synthetic training instructor — STI
FCL.905.STI Privileges
(a) The privileges of STIs are to carry out synthetic flight instruction in the appropriate aircraft category for:
(1) the issue of a licence; and
(2) the issue, revalidation or renewal of an IR and a class or type rating for single-pilot aircraft, except
for single-pilot high-performance complex aeroplanes.
(b) Additional privileges for STIs(A)
The privileges of STIs(A) shall include synthetic flight instruction during the core flying skills training of
the MPL integrated training course.
FCL.910.STI Restricted privileges
The privileges of STIs shall be restricted to the FSTD in which the STI training course was taken.
The privileges may be extended to other FSTDs representing further types of aircraft when holders have within
the year preceding the application:
(a) completed the FSTD content of the TRI course on the applicable type or class of aircraft;
(b) passed in the FSTD on which flight instruction is to be conducted, the applicable section of the
proficiency check in accordance with Appendix 9 to this Annex (Part-FCL) for the appropriate class or
type of aircraft.
For STIs(A) instructing on BITD only, the proficiency check shall include only the exercises appropriate
for the skill test for the issue of a PPL(A); and
(c) conducted, on a CPL, an IR, a PPL or a class or type rating course, at least 3 hours of flight instruction
under the supervision of an FI, a CRI(A), an IRI or a TRI nominated by the ATO for this purpose. At least 1
hour of flight instruction shall be supervised by an FIE in the appropriate aircraft category.
81 of 262
FCL.915.STI Prerequisites
(a) Applicants for the issue of an STI certificate shall:
(1) hold, or have held within the 3 years prior to the application, a pilot licence and instructional
privileges appropriate to the courses on which instruction is intended; and
(2) have passed in an FSTD the relevant proficiency check for the class or type rating, within a period
of 1 year preceding the application.
Applicants for the issue of an STI(A) wishing to instruct on BITDs only, shall complete only the exercises
appropriate for a skill test for the issue of a PPL(A).
(b) Additionally to the prerequisites in point (a), applicants for the issue of an STI(H) certificate shall have
completed at least 1 hour of flight time as an observer on the flight deck of the applicable type of
helicopter, within the 12 months immediately preceding the application.
FCL.930.STI Training course
(a) The training course for STIs shall comprise at least 3 hours of flight instruction related to the duties of an
STI in an FSTD, under the supervision of an FIE. These hours of flight instruction under supervision shall
include the assessment of the applicants’ competence as described in FCL.920.
Applicants for an STI(A) wishing to instruct on a BITD only, shall complete the flight instruction in a BITD.
(b) For applicants for an STI(H) certificate, the course shall also include the FFS content of the applicable TRI
course.
FCL.940.STI Revalidation and renewal of the STI certificate
(a) Revalidation
For the revalidation of an STI certificate, applicants shall have, within the last 12 months of the validity
period of the STI certificate:
(1) conducted at least 3 hours of flight instruction in an FSTD, as part of a complete CPL, IR, PPL or
class or type rating course; and
(2) passed in the FFS, the FTD 2/3 or the FNPT II/III on which flight instruction is conducted, the
applicable sections of the proficiency check in accordance with Appendix 9 to this Annex
(Part-FCL) for the appropriate class or type of aircraft.
For STIs(A) instructing on BITDs only, the proficiency check shall include only the exercises appropriate
for a skill test for the issue of a PPL(A).
(b) Renewal
If the STI certificate has lapsed, applicants shall:
(1) receive refresher training as an STI at an ATO; and
(2) pass in the FFS, the FTD 2/3 or the FNPT II/III on which flight instruction is routinely conducted,
the applicable sections of the proficiency check in accordance with Appendix 9 to this Annex
(Part-FCL) for the appropriate class or type of aircraft.
82 of 262
For an STI(A) instructing on BITDs only, the proficiency check shall include only the exercises
appropriate for a skill test for the issue of a PPL(A); and
(3) conduct on a complete CPL, IR, PPL or class or type rating course, at least 3 hours of flight
instruction under the supervision of an FI, a CRI(A), an IRI or a TRI(H) nominated by the ATO for
this purpose. At least 1 hour of flight instruction shall be supervised by a flight instructor examiner
for aeroplanes (FIE(A)).
SECTION 9
Mountain rating instructor — MI
FCL.905.MI Privileges and conditions
The privileges of MIs are to carry out flight instruction for the issue of a mountain rating.
FCL.915.MI Prerequisites
Applicants for the issue of an MI certificate shall hold:
(a) an FI, a CRI or a TRI certificate, with privileges for single-pilot aeroplanes; and
(b) a mountain rating.
FCL.930.MI Training course
(a) The training course for MIs shall include the assessment of the applicants’ competence as described in
FCL.920.
(b) Before attending the course, applicants shall have passed a pre-entry flight test with an MI holding an FI
certificate to assess their experience and ability to undertake the training course.
FCL.940.MI Validity of the MI certificate
The MI certificate is valid as long as the FI, TRI or CRI certificate is valid.
SECTION 10
Specific requirements for the flight test instructor — FTI
FCL.905.FTI Privileges and conditions
(a) The privileges of FTIs are to instruct, within the appropriate aircraft category, for the issue of:
(1) category 1 or 2 flight test ratings, provided they hold the relevant category of flight test rating;
and
(2) an FTI certificate, within the relevant category of flight test rating, provided that they have at least
2 years of experience instructing for the issue of flight test ratings.
(b) The privileges of FTIs holding a category 1 flight test rating include the provision of flight instruction also
for category 2 flight test ratings.
83 of 262
FCL.915.FTI Prerequisites
Applicants for the issue of an FTI certificate shall:
(a) hold a flight test rating issued in accordance with FCL.820; and
(b) have completed at least 200 hours of category 1 or 2 flight tests.
FCL.930.FTI Training course
(a) The training course for the FTI shall include, at least:
(1) 25 hours of teaching and learning instruction;
(2) 10 hours of technical training, including revision of technical knowledge, the preparation of lesson
plans and the development of classroom/simulator instructional skills; and
(3) 5 hours of practical flight instruction under the supervision of an FTI qualified in accordance with
FCL.905.FTI(b). These hours of flight instruction shall include the assessment of the applicants’
competence as described in FCL.920.
(b) Crediting
(1) Applicants holding or having held an instructor certificate shall be fully credited towards the
requirement in point (a)(1).
(2) In addition, applicants holding or having held an FI or TRI certificate in the relevant aircraft
category shall be fully credited towards the requirement in point (a)(2).
FCL.940.FTI Revalidation and renewal
(a) Revalidation
For the revalidation of an FTI certificate, applicants shall, within the validity period of the FTI certificate,
fulfil one of the following requirements:
(1) complete at least:
(i) 50 hours of flight tests, of which at least 15 hours shall be within the 12 months
immediately preceding the expiry date of the FTI certificate; and
(ii) 5 hours of flight test flight instruction within the 12 months immediately preceding the
expiry date of the FTI certificate; or
(2) receive refresher training as an FTI at an ATO. The refresher training shall be based on the
practical flight instruction element of the FTI training course, in accordance with FCL.930.FTI(a)(3),
and include at least one training flight under the supervision of an FTI qualified in accordance
with FCL.905.FTI(b).
(b) Renewal
If the FTI certificate has lapsed, applicants shall receive refresher training as an FTI at an ATO. The
refresher training shall comply at least with the requirements in FCL.930.FTI(a)(3).
84 of 262
SUBPART K
EXAMINERS
SECTION 1
Common requirements
FCL.1000 Examiner certificates
(a) General
Holders of an examiner certificate shall:
(1) hold, unless otherwise determined in this Annex (Part-FCL), an equivalent licence, rating or
certificate to the ones for which they are authorised to conduct skill tests, proficiency checks or
assessments of competence and the privilege to instruct for them; and
(2) be qualified to act as PIC in the aircraft during a skill test, proficiency check or assessment of
competence when conducted on the aircraft.
(b) Special conditions
(1) The competent authority may issue a specific certificate granting privileges for the conduct of skill
tests, proficiency checks and assessments of competence when compliance with the
requirements established in this Subpart is not possible in the case of the introduction of:
(i) new aircraft in the Member States or in an operator’s fleet; or
(ii) new training courses in this Annex (Part-FCL).
Such a certificate shall be limited to the skill tests and proficiency checks necessary for the
introduction of the new type of aircraft or the new training course and its validity shall not, in any
case, exceed 1 year.
(2) Holders of a certificate issued in accordance with point (b)(1) who wish to apply for an examiner
certificate shall comply with the prerequisites and revalidation requirements for that category of
examiner.
(c) Examination outside the territory of the Member States
(1) Notwithstanding point (a), in the case of skill tests and proficiency checks provided at an ATO
located outside the territory of the Member States, a competent authority shall issue an examiner
certificate to applicants holding a pilot licence, a rating or a certificate issued by a third country in
accordance with Annex 1 to the Chicago Convention, provided that applicants:
(i) hold at least an equivalent licence, rating or certificate to the one for which they are
authorised to conduct skill tests, proficiency checks or assessments of competence, and in
any case at least a CPL;
(ii) comply with the requirements established in this Subpart for the issue of the relevant
examiner certificate; and
85 of 262
(iii) demonstrate to the competent authority an adequate level of knowledge of European
aviation safety rules to be able to exercise examiner privileges in accordance with this
Annex (Part-FCL).
(2) The certificate referred to in point (1) shall be limited to performing skill tests and proficiency
tests/checks:
(i) outside the territory of the Member States; and
(ii) to pilots who have sufficient knowledge of the language in which the test/check is given.
FCL.1005 Limitation of privileges in case of vested interests
Examiners shall not conduct:
(a) skill tests or assessments of competence of applicants for the issue of a licence, rating or certificate to
whom they have provided more than 25 % of the required flight instruction for the licence, rating or
certificate for which the skill test or assessment of competence is being taken; and
(b) skill tests, proficiency checks or assessments of competence whenever they feel that their objectivity
may be affected.
FCL.1010 Prerequisites for examiners
Applicants for an examiner certificate shall demonstrate:
(a) relevant knowledge, background and appropriate experience related to the privileges of an examiner;
and
(b) that they have not been subject to any sanctions that lead to the suspension, limitation or revocation of
any of their licences, ratings or certificates issued in accordance with this Annex (Part-FCL), for non-
compliance with the Basic Regulation and its implementing rules during the last 3 years.
FCL.1015 Examiner standardisation
(a) Applicants for an examiner certificate shall complete a standardisation course provided by the
competent authority or by an ATO and approved by the competent authority.
(b) The standardisation course shall consist of theoretical and practical instruction and shall include, at
least:
(1) the conduct of two skill tests, proficiency checks or assessments of competences for the licences,
ratings or certificates for which applicants seek the privilege to conduct skill tests, proficiency
checks or assessments of competence;
(2) instruction in the applicable requirements in this Annex (Part-FCL) and the applicable air
operations requirements, the conduct of skill tests, proficiency checks and assessments of
competence, and their documentation and reporting;
(3) a briefing on the content of and the need to apply:
(i) national administrative procedures;
(ii) requirements for protection of personal data;
86 of 262
(iii) examiner’s liability;
(iv) examiner’s accident insurance;
(v) national fees; and
(vi) information on how to access the information contained in points (i)–(v) when conducting
skill tests, proficiency checks or assessments of competence of an applicant for which the
competent authority is not the same that issued the examine certificate
(c) Holders of an examiner certificate shall not conduct skill tests, proficiency checks or assessments of
competence of applicants for whom the competent authority is not the same as the one that issued the
examiner certificate, unless they have reviewed the latest available information containing the relevant
national procedures of the applicants' competent authority.
FCL.1020 Examiners assessment of competence
Applicants for an examiner certificate shall demonstrate their competence to an inspector from the competent
authority or a senior examiner specifically authorised to do so by the competent authority responsible for the
examiner certificate through the conduct of a skill test, proficiency check or assessment of competence in the
examiner role for which privileges are sought, including briefing, conduct of the skill test, proficiency check or
assessment of competence, and assessment of the person to whom the test, check or assessment is given,
debriefing and recording documentation.
FCL.1025 Validity, revalidation and renewal of examiner certificates
(a) Validity
An examiner certificate shall be valid for 3 years.
(b) Revalidation
An examiner certificate shall be revalidated when:
(1) holders have, during the validity period of the certificate, conducted at least two skill tests,
proficiency checks or assessments of competence every year;
(2) holders have, during the validity period of the certificate, attended an examiner refresher course
provided by the competent authority or by an ATO and approved by the competent authority,
during the last year of the validity period; and
(3) one of the skill tests, proficiency checks or assessments of competence conducted during the last
year of the validity period in accordance with point (1) was assessed by an inspector from the
competent authority or by a senior examiner specifically authorised to do so by the competent
authority responsible for the examiner certificate or comply with the requirements in FCL.1020.
When applicants for the revalidation hold privileges for more than one category of examiner, combined
revalidation of all examiner privileges may be achieved when applicants comply with the requirements
in points (b)(1) and (2) and in FCL.1020 for one of the categories of examiner certificate held, in
agreement with the competent authority.
87 of 262
(c) Renewal
If the certificate has expired, applicants shall comply with the requirements in point (b)(2) and FCL.1020
before they can resume the exercise of the privileges.
(d) An examiner certificate shall only be revalidated or renewed if applicants demonstrate continued
compliance with the requirements in FCL.1010 and FCL.1030.
FCL.1030 Conduct of skill tests, proficiency checks and assessments of competence
(a) When conducting skill tests, proficiency checks and assessments of competence, examiners shall:
(1) ensure that communication with applicants can be established without language barriers;
(2) verify that applicants comply with all the qualification, training and experience requirements in
this Annex (Part-FCL) for the issue, revalidation or renewal of the licence, rating or certificate for
which the skill test, proficiency check or assessment of competence is taken; and
(3) make applicants aware of the consequences of providing incomplete, inaccurate or false
information related to their training and flight experience.
(b) After completion of the skill test, proficiency check or assessment of competence, examiners shall:
(1) inform applicants of the result of the skill test, proficiency check or assessment of competence. In
the event of a partial pass or fail, examiners shall inform applicants that they may not exercise the
privileges of the rating until a full pass has been achieved. Examiners shall detail any further
training requirement and explain the applicants’ right of appeal;
(2) in the event of a pass in a proficiency check or assessment of competence for the revalidation or
renewal, endorse the applicants’ licence or certificate with the new expiry date of the rating or
certificate, if specifically authorised for that purpose by the competent authority responsible for
the applicants’ licence; and
(3) provide applicants with a signed report of the skill test, proficiency check or assessment of
competence and submit without delay copies of the report to the competent authority
responsible for the applicants’ licence, and to the competent authority that issued the examiner
certificate. The report shall include:
(i) a declaration that examiners have received information from applicants regarding their
experience and instruction, and found that experience and instruction complying with the
applicable requirements in this Annex (Part-FCL);
(ii) confirmation that all the required manoeuvres and exercises have been completed, as well
as information on the verbal theoretical knowledge examination, when applicable. If an
item has been failed, examiners shall record the reasons for this assessment;
(iii) the result of the skill test, proficiency check or assessment of competence;
(iv) a declaration that examiners have reviewed and applied the national procedures and
requirements of the applicants’ competent authority if the competent authority
responsible for the applicants’ licence is not the same as the one that issued the examiner
certificate; and
88 of 262
(v) a copy of the examiner certificate containing the scope of their privileges as examiners in
the case of skill tests, proficiency checks or assessments of competence of applicants for
whom the competent authority is not the same as the one that issued the examiner
certificate.
(c) Examiners shall maintain records for 5 years with details of all skill tests, proficiency checks and
assessments of competence performed and their results.
(d) Upon request by the competent authority responsible for the examiner certificate, or the competent
authority responsible for the applicants’ licence, examiners shall submit all records and reports, and any
other information, as required for oversight activities.
SECTION 2
Specific requirements for the flight examiner — FE
FCL.1005.FE Privileges and conditions
(a) Flight examiners for aeroplanes (FEs(A))
The privileges of FEs(A) are to conduct:
(1) skill tests for the issue of the PPL(A) and skill tests and proficiency checks for associated single-
pilot class and type ratings, except for single-pilot high-performance complex aeroplanes,
provided that they have completed at least 1 000 hours of flight time as pilots of aeroplanes or
TMGs, including at least 250 hours of flight instruction;
(2) skill tests for the issue of the CPL(A) and skill tests and proficiency checks for the associated
single-pilot class and type ratings, except for single-pilot high-performance complex aeroplanes,
provided that they have completed at least 2 000 hours of flight time as pilots of aeroplanes or
TMGs, including at least 250 hours of flight instruction;
(3) skill tests and proficiency checks for the LAPL(A), provided that they have completed at least 500
hours of flight time as pilots of aeroplanes or TMGs, including at least 100 hours of flight
instruction;
(4) skill tests for the issue of a mountain rating, provided that they have completed at least 500 hours
of flight time as pilots of aeroplanes or TMGs, including at least 500 take-offs and landings of
flight instruction for the mountain rating; and
(5) proficiency checks for the revalidation and renewal of EIRs, provided that they have completed at
least 1 500 hours as pilots of aeroplanes and comply with the requirements in FCL.1010.IRE(a)(2).
(b) Flight examiners for helicopters (FEs(H))
The privileges of FEs(H) are to conduct:
(1) skill tests for the issue of the PPL(H) and skill tests and proficiency checks for single-pilot single-
engine helicopter type ratings entered in a PPL(H), provided that they have completed 1 000
hours of flight time as pilots of helicopters, including at least 250 hours of flight instruction;
89 of 262
(2) skill tests for the issue of the CPL(H) and skill tests and proficiency checks for single-pilot single-
engine helicopter type ratings entered in a CPL(H), provided that they have completed 2 000
hours of flight time as pilots of helicopters, including at least 250 hours of flight instruction;
(3) skill tests and proficiency checks for single-pilot multi-engine helicopter type ratings entered in a
PPL(H) or a CPL(H), provided that they have completed the requirements in points (1) or (2), as
applicable, and hold a CPL(H) or ATPL(H) and, when applicable, an IR(H); and
(4) skill tests and proficiency checks for the LAPL(H), provided that they have completed at least 500
hours of flight time as pilots of helicopters, including at least 150 hours of flight instruction.
(c) Flight examiners for airships (FEs(As))
The privileges of FEs(As) are to conduct skill tests for the issue of the PPL(As) and CPL(As) and skill tests
and proficiency checks for the associated airship type ratings, provided that they have completed 500
hours of flight time as pilots of airships, including 100 hours of flight instruction.
(d) Flight examiners for sailplanes (FEs(S))
The privileges of FEs(S) are to conduct:
(1) skill tests and proficiency checks for the SPL and the LAPL(S), provided that they have completed
300 hours of flight time as pilots of sailplanes or powered sailplanes, including 150 hours or 300
launches of flight instruction;
(2) proficiency checks for the extension of the SPL privileges to commercial operations, provided that
they have completed 300 hours of flight time as pilots of sailplanes or powered sailplanes,
including 90 hours of flight instruction;
(3) skill tests for the extension of the SPL or LAPL(S) privileges to TMG, provided that they have
completed 300 hours of flight time as pilots of sailplanes or powered sailplanes, including 50
hours of flight instruction in TMG; and
(4) skill tests and proficiency checks for the cloud flying rating, provided that they have completed at
least 200 hours of flight time as pilots of sailplanes or powered sailplanes, including at least 5
hours or 25 flights of flight instruction for the cloud flying rating or at least 10 hours of flight
instruction for the EIR or IR(A).
(e) Flight examiners for balloons (FEs(B))
The privileges of FEs(B) are to conduct:
(1) skill tests for the issue of the BPL and the LAPL(B) and skill tests and proficiency checks for the
extension of the privileges to another balloon class or group, provided that they have completed
250 hours of flight time as pilots of balloons, including 50 hours of flight instruction; and
(2) proficiency checks for the extension of the BPL privileges to commercial operations, provided that
they have completed 300 hours of flight time as pilots of balloons, of which 50 hours in the same
group of balloons for which the extension is sought. The 300 hours of flight time shall include 50
hours of flight instruction.
90 of 262
FCL.1010.FE Prerequisites
Applicants for the issue of an FE certificate shall hold an FI certificate in the appropriate aircraft category.
SECTION 3
Specific requirements for the type rating examiners — TRE
FCL.1005.TRE TRE — privileges and conditions
(a) Type rating examiners for aeroplanes (TREs(A)) and type rating examiners for powered-lift aircraft
(TREs(PL))
The privileges of TREs(A) and TREs(PL) are to conduct:
(1) skill tests for the initial issue of type ratings for aeroplanes or powered-lift aircraft, as applicable;
(2) proficiency checks for the revalidation or renewal of type ratings, EIRs and IRs;
(3) skill tests for ATPL(A) issue;
(4) skill tests for MPL issue, provided that they has comply with the requirements in FCL.925; and
(5) assessments of competence for the issue, revalidation or renewal of a TRI or SFI certificate in the
applicable aircraft category, provided that they have completed at least 3 years as a TRE and have
undergone specific training for the assessment of competence in accordance with FCL.1015(b).
(b) Type rating examiners for helicopters (TREs(H))
The privileges of TREs(H) are to conduct:
(1) skill tests and proficiency checks for the issue, revalidation or renewal of helicopter type ratings;
(2) proficiency checks for the revalidation or renewal of IRs, or for the extension of the IR(H) from
single-engine helicopters to multi-engine helicopters, provided they hold a valid IR(H);
(3) skill tests for ATPL(H) issue; and
(4) assessments of competence for the issue, revalidation or renewal of a TRI(H) or SFI(H) certificate,
provided that they have completed at least 3 years as a TRE.
FCL.1010.TRE Prerequisites
(a) TREs(A) and TREs(PL)
Applicants for a TRE certificate for aeroplanes and powered-lift aircraft shall:
(1) in the case of multi-pilot aeroplanes or powered-lift aircraft, have completed 1 500 hours of flight
time as pilots of multi-pilot aeroplanes or powered-lift aircraft, as applicable, of which at least 500
hours shall be as PIC;
(2) in the case of single-pilot high-performance complex aeroplanes, have completed 500 hours of
flight time as pilots of single-pilot aeroplanes, of which at least 200 hours shall be as PIC;
(3) hold a CPL or an ATPL and a TRI certificate for the applicable type; and
91 of 262
(4) for the initial issue of a TRE certificate, have completed at least 50 hours of flight instruction as a
TRI or an SFI in the applicable type or an FSTD representing that type.
(b) TREs(H)
Applicants for a TRE(H) certificate shall:
(1) hold a TRI(H) certificate or, in the case of single-pilot single-engine helicopters, a valid FI(H)
certificate, for the applicable type;
(2) for the initial issue of a TRE certificate, have completed 50 hours of flight instruction as a TRI, an FI
or an SFI in the applicable type or an FSTD representing that type;
(3) in the case of multi-pilot helicopters, hold a CPL(H) or an ATPL(H) and have completed 1 500 hours
of flight as pilots of multi-pilot helicopters, of which at least 500 hours shall be as PIC;
(4) in the case of single-pilot multi-engine helicopters:
(i) have completed 1 000 hours of flight as pilots of helicopters, of which at least 500 hours
shall be as PIC; and
(ii) hold a CPL(H) or an ATPL(H) and, when applicable, a valid IR(H); and
(5) in the case of single-pilot single-engine helicopters:
(i) have completed 750 hours of flight as pilots of helicopters, of which at least 500 hours shall
be as PIC; and
(ii) hold a CPL(H) or ATPL(H).
Before the privileges of a TRE(H) are extended from single-pilot multi-engine to multi-pilot multi-engine
privileges on the same type of helicopter, holders shall have at least 100 hours in multi-pilot operations
on this type.
In the case of applicants for the first multi-pilot multi-engine TRE certificate, the 1 500 hours of flight
experience on multi-pilot helicopters required in point (b)(3) may be considered to have been met if
they have completed the 500 hours of flight time as PIC in a multi-pilot helicopter of the same type.
SECTION 4
Specific requirements for the class rating examiner — CRE
FCL.1005.CRE Privileges
The privileges of class rating examiners (CREs) are to conduct, for single-pilot aeroplanes, except for single-
pilot high-performance complex aeroplanes:
(a) skill tests for the issue of class and type ratings;
(b) proficiency checks for:
(1) revalidation or renewal of class and type ratings;
(2) revalidation and renewal of IRs, provided that they comply with the requirements in
FCL.1010.IRE(a); and
92 of 262
(3) revalidation and renewal of EIRs, provided that they have completed at least 1 500 hours as pilots
of aeroplanes and comply with the requirements in FCL.1010.IRE(a)(2); and
(c) skill tests for the extension of LAPL(A) privileges to another class or variant of aeroplane.
FCL.1010.CRE Prerequisites
Applicants for a CRE certificate shall:
(a) hold a CPL(A), an MPL(A) or an ATPL(A) with single-pilot privileges or have held it and hold a PPL(A);
(b) hold a CRI certificate or an FI certificate with the privilege to provide class or type rating instruction for
the applicable class or type; and
(c) have completed 500 hours of flight time as pilots of aeroplanes.
SECTION 5
Specific requirements for the instrument rating examiner — IRE
FCL.1005.IRE Privileges
The privileges of holders of an instrument rating examiner (IRE) certificate are to conduct skill tests for the
issue and proficiency checks for the revalidation or renewal of EIRs or IRs.
FCL.1010.IRE Prerequisites
(a) IRE for aeroplanes (IRE(A))
Applicants for an IRE certificate for aeroplanes shall hold an IRI(A) or an FI(A) certificate with the
privilege to instruct for the IR(A) and shall have completed:
(1) 2 000 hours of flight time as pilots of aeroplanes; and
(2) 450 hours of flight time under IFR, of which 250 hours shall be as an instructor.
(b) IRE for helicopters (IRE(H))
Applicants for an IRE certificate for helicopters shall hold an IRI(H) or an FI(H) certificate with the
privilege to instruct for the IR(H) and shall have completed:
(1) 2 000 hours of flight time as pilots of helicopters; and
(2) 300 hours of instrument flight time in helicopters, of which 200 hours shall be as an instructor.
(c) IRE for airships (IR(As))
Applicants for an IRE certificate for airships shall hold an IRI(As) or an FI(As) certificate with the privilege
to instruct for the IR(As) and shall have completed:
(1) 500 hours of flight time as pilots of airships; and
(2) 100 hours of instrument flight time on airships, of which 50 hours shall be as an instructor.
93 of 262
SECTION 6
Specific requirements for the synthetic flight examiner — SFE
FCL.1005.SFE Privileges and conditions
(a) SFE for aeroplanes (SFE(A)) and SFE for powered-lift aircraft (SFE(PL))
The privileges of SFEs for aeroplanes or powered-lift aircraft are to conduct in an FFS or for the
assessments in point (5) on the applicable FSTD:
(1) skill tests and proficiency checks for the issue, revalidation or renewal of type ratings for multi-
pilot aeroplanes or powered-lift aircraft, as applicable;
(2) proficiency checks for the revalidation or renewal of IRs when combined with the revalidation or
renewal of a type rating, provided that they have passed a proficiency check for the aircraft type
including the instrument rating within the last year;
(3) skill tests for ATPL(A) issue;
(4) skill tests for MPL issue, provided that they have complied with the requirements in FCL.925; and
(5) assessments of competence for the issue, revalidation or renewal of an SFI certificate in the
relevant aircraft category, provided that they have completed at least 3 years as an SFE(A).
(b) SFE for helicopters (SFE(H))
The privileges of SFEs(H) are to conduct in an FFS or for the assessments in point (4) on the applicable
FSTD:
(1) skill tests and proficiency checks for the issue, revalidation and renewal of type ratings;
(2) proficiency checks for the revalidation and renewal of IRs, provided that they comply with the
requirements in FCL.1010.IRE(b);
(3) skill tests for ATPL(H) issue; and
(4) assessments of competence for the issue, revalidation or renewal of an SFI(H) certificate,
provided that they have completed at least 3 years as an SFE(H).
FCL.1010.SFE Prerequisites
(a) SFE(A)
Applicants for an SFE(A) certificate shall:
(1) in the case of multi-pilot aeroplanes:
(i) hold or have held an ATPL(A) and a type rating for the applicable type of aeroplane;
(ii) an SFI(A) certificate for the applicable type of aeroplane; and
(2iii) have at least 1 500 hours of flight time as pilots of multi-pilot aeroplanes;
(2) in the case of single-pilot high-performance complex aeroplanes:
(i) hold of have held a CPL(A) or an ATPL(A) and a type rating for the applicable class or type of
aeroplane;
94 of 262
(ii) hold an SFI(A) certificate for the applicable class or type of aeroplane; and
(iii) have at least 500 hours of flight time as pilots of single-pilot aeroplanes; and
(3) for the initial issue of an SFE certificate, have completed at least 50 hours of synthetic flight
instruction as an SFI(A) on the applicable type.
(b) SFE(H)
Applicants for an SFE(H) certificate shall:
(1) hold or have held an ATPL(H), and a type rating for the applicable type of helicopter;
(2) hold an SFI(H) certificate for the applicable type of helicopter;
(3) have at least 1 000 hours of flight time as pilots of multi-pilot helicopters; and
(4) for the initial issue of an SFE certificate, have completed at least 50 hours of synthetic flight
instruction as an SFI(H) on the applicable type.
SECTION 7
Specific requirements for the flight instructor examiner — FIE
FCL.1005.FIE Privileges and conditions
(a) FIE(A)
The privileges of FIEs(A) are to conduct assessments of competence for the issue, revalidation or
renewal of certificates for FI(A), CRI(A), IRI(A), STI(A) and TRI(A) on single-pilot aeroplanes.
(b) Flight instructor examiner for helicopters (FIE(H))
The privileges of FIEs(H) are to conduct assessments of competence for the issue, revalidation or
renewal of certificates for FI(H), IRI(H), STI(H) and TRI(H) on single-pilot helicopters.
(c) Flight instructor examiner for airships (FIE(As)), for sailplanes or powered sailplanes (FIE(S)) and for
balloons (FIE(B))
The privileges of FIEs(As), FIEs(S) and FIEs(B) are to conduct assessments of competence for the issue,
revalidation or renewal of instructor certificates in the applicable aircraft category.
FCL.1010.FIE Prerequisites
(a) FIE(A)
Applicants for an FIE(A) certificate shall in case they wish to conduct assessments of competence:
(1) hold the relevant instructor certificate, as applicable;
(2) have completed 2 000 hours of flight time as pilots of aeroplanes or TMGs; and
(3) have at least 100 hours of flight time instructing applicants for an instructor certificate.
(b) FIE(H)
Applicants for an FIE(H) certificate shall:
(1) hold the relevant instructor certificate, as applicable;
95 of 262
(2) have completed 2 000 hours of flight time as pilots of helicopters; and
(3) have at least 100 hours of flight time instructing applicants for an instructor certificate.
(c) FIE(As)
Applicants for an FIE(As) certificate shall:
(1) hold an FI(As) certificate;
(2) have completed 500 hours of flight time as pilots of airships; and
(3) have at least 20 hours of flight time instructing applicants for an FI(As) certificate.
(d) FIE(S)
Applicants for an FIE(S) certificate shall:
(1) hold an FI(S) certificate;
(2) have completed 500 hours of flight time as pilots of sailplanes or powered sailplanes; and
(3) have completed:
(i) in case they wish to conduct assessments of competence in TMGs, 10 hours or 30 take-offs
instructing applicants for an instructor certificate in TMGs;
(ii) in all other cases, 10 hours or 30 launches instructing applicants for an instructor certificate.
(e) FIE(B)
Applicants for an FIE(B) certificate shall:
(1) hold an FI(B) certificate;
(2) have completed 350 hours of flight time as pilots of balloons; and
(3) have completed 10 hours instructing applicants for an instructor certificate.
SECTION 8
Specific requirements for the senior examiner — SE
FCL.1035.SE Privileges and conditions
(a) Senior examiners (SEs) specifically authorised by the competent authority to observe skill tests or
proficiency checks for the revalidation of examiner certificates shall:
(1) prove an examiner experience level in accordance with the procedures established by the
competent authority;
(2) have conducted a number of skill tests or proficiency checks as an examiner qualified in
accordance with this Annex (Part-FCL);
(3) have successfully completed an SE course at the competent authority; and
(4) demonstrate their competence to the competent authority through an assessment of
competence.
96 of 262
(b) The validity of the authorisation shall not exceed the validity of the examiner certificate, and in any case
shall not exceed 3 years. The authorisation may be revalidated in accordance with the procedures
established by the competent authority.
97 of 262
Appendix 1
Crediting of theoretical knowledge
CREDITING OF THEORETICAL KNOWLEDGE IN THE SAME OR ANOTHER CATEGORY OF AIRCRAFT — BRIDGE
INSTRUCTION AND EXAMINATION REQUIREMENTS
1. LAPL, PPL, BPL and SPL
1.1. For the issue of an LAPL, holders of an LAPL in another category of aircraft shall be fully credited with
theoretical knowledge on the common subjects established in FCL.120(a).
1.2. Without prejudice to paragraph 1.1., for the issue of an LAPL, a PPL, a BPL or an SPL, holders of a licence
in another category of aircraft shall receive theoretical knowledge instruction and pass theoretical
knowledge examinations to the appropriate level in the following subjects:
— principles of flight;
— operational procedures;
— flight performance and planning;
— aircraft general knowledge; and
— navigation.
1.3. For the issue of a PPL, a BPL or an SPL, holders of an LAPL in the same category of aircraft shall be
credited in full towards the theoretical knowledge instruction and examination requirements.
1.4. Notwithstanding point 1.2, for the issue of an LAPL(A), holders of an LAPL(S) with TMG extension shall
demonstrate an adequate level of theoretical knowledge for the SEP(land) class in accordance with
FCL.135.A(a)(2).
2. CPL
2.1. Applicants for the issue of a CPL holding a CPL in another category of aircraft shall have received
theoretical knowledge bridge instruction at an ATO on an approved course according to the differences
identified between the CPL syllabi for different aircraft categories.
2.2. Applicants shall pass theoretical knowledge examinations as defined in this Annex (Part-FCL) for the
following subjects in the appropriate aircraft category:
021 — Aircraft general knowledge: airframe and systems, electrics, power plant and emergency
equipment;
022 — Aircraft general knowledge: instrumentation;
032/034 — Performance aeroplanes or helicopters, as applicable;
070 — Operational procedures; and
080 — Principles of flight.
2.3. Applicants for the issue of a CPL having passed the relevant theoretical knowledge examinations for an
IR in the same category of aircraft are credited towards the theoretical knowledge requirements in
human performance and meteorology unless they have completed the IR training course in accordance
with Appendix 6, Section Aa, to this Annex (Part-FCL).
98 of 262
2.4. Applicants for a CPL having passed the relevant theoretical knowledge examinations for an IR or EIR in
the same category of aircraft are credited towards the theoretical knowledge requirements in the
communications subject.
3. ATPL
3.1. Applicants for the issue of an ATPL holding an ATPL in another category of aircraft shall have received
theoretical knowledge bridge instruction at an ATO on an approved course according to the differences
identified between the ATPL syllabi for different aircraft categories.
3.2. Applicants shall pass theoretical knowledge examinations as defined in this Annex (Part-FCL) for the
following subjects in the appropriate aircraft category:
021 — Aircraft general knowledge: airframe and systems, electrics, power plant and emergency
equipment;
022 — Aircraft general knowledge: instrumentation;
032/034 — Performance aeroplanes or helicopters, as applicable;
070 — Operational procedures; and
080 — Principles of flight
3.3. Applicants for the issue of an ATPL(A) having passed the relevant theoretical examination for a CPL(A)
are credited towards the theoretical knowledge requirements in the subject ‘communications’.
3.4. Applicants for the issue of an ATPL(H) having passed the relevant theoretical examinations for a CPL(H)
are credited towards the theoretical knowledge requirements in the following subjects:
— air law;
— principles of flight (helicopter); and
— communications.
3.5. Applicants for the issue of an ATPL(A) having passed the relevant theoretical examination for an IR(A)
are credited towards the theoretical knowledge requirements in the subject ‘communications’.
3.6. Applicants for the issue of an ATPL(H) with an IR(H) having passed the relevant theoretical examinations
for a CPL(H) are credited towards the theoretical knowledge requirements in the following subjects:
— principles of flight (helicopter); and
— communications.
4. IR
4.1. Applicants for the issue of an IR or an EIR having passed the relevant theoretical examinations for a CPL
in the same aircraft category are credited towards the theoretical knowledge requirements in the
following subjects:
— human performance; and
— meteorology.
— Communications
99 of 262
4.2. Applicants for the issue of an IR(H) having passed the relevant theoretical examinations for an ATPL(H)
VFR are required to pass the following examination subjects:
— air law;
— flight planning and flight monitoring; and
— radio navigation.
100 of 262
Appendix 2
Language proficiency rating scale — expert, extended and operational level
LEVEL PRONUNCIATION STRUCTURE VOCABULARY FLUENCY COMPREHENSION INTERACTIONS
Expert Pronunciation, stress, Both basic and Vocabulary range Able to speak at Comprehension is Interacts with ease
rhythm and intonation, complex and accuracy are length with a consistently accurate in in nearly all
(Level 6)
though possibly grammatical sufficient to natural, nearly all contexts and situations. Is
influenced by the first structures and communicate effortless flow. includes sensitive to verbal
language or regional sentence effectively on a Varies speech comprehension of and non-verbal
variation, almost never patterns are wide variety of flow for stylistic linguistic and cultural cues, and responds
interfere with ease of consistently familiar and effect, e.g. to subtleties. to them
understanding. well controlled. unfamiliar topics. emphasise a appropriately.
Vocabulary is point.
idiomatic, nuanced
Uses appropriate
and sensitive to
discourse
register.
markers and
connectors
spontaneously.
Extended Pronunciation, stress, Basic Vocabulary range Able to speak at Comprehension is Responses are
rhythm and intonation, grammatical and accuracy are length with accurate on common, immediate,
(Level 5)
though influenced by structures and sufficient to relative ease on concrete and work- appropriate and
the first language or sentence communicate familiar topics, related topics, and informative.
regional variation, patterns are effectively on but may not vary mostly accurate when Manages the
rarely interfere with consistently common, concrete speech flow as a the speaker is speaker/listener
ease of understanding. well controlled. and work-related stylistic device. confronted with a relationship
Complex topics. Can make use of linguistic or situational effectively.
structures are Paraphrases appropriate complication or an
attempted but consistently and discourse unexpected turn of
with errors successfully. markers or events.
which Vocabulary is connectors.
Is able to comprehend a
sometimes sometimes
range of speech
interfere with idiomatic.
varieties (dialect and/or
meaning.
accent) or registers.
101 of 262
LEVEL PRONUNCIATION STRUCTURE VOCABULARY FLUENCY COMPREHENSION INTERACTIONS
Operational Pronunciation, stress, Basic Vocabulary range Produces Comprehension is Responses are
rhythm and intonation grammatical and accuracy are stretches of mostly accurate on usually immediate,
(Level 4)
are influenced by the structures and usually sufficient language at an common, concrete and appropriate and
first language or sentence to communicate appropriate work-related topics informative.
regional variation but patterns are effectively on tempo. when the accent or
Initiates and
only sometimes used creatively common, concrete variety used is
There may be maintains
interfere with ease of and are usually and work-related sufficiently intelligible
occasional loss of exchanges even
understanding. well controlled. topics. for an international
fluency on when dealing with
Errors may community of users.
Can often transition from an unexpected turn
occur,
paraphrase rehearsed or When the speaker is of events. Deals
particularly in
successfully when formulaic speech confronted with a adequately with
unusual or
lacking vocabulary to spontaneous linguistic or situational apparent
unexpected
particularly in interaction, but complication or an misunderstandings
circumstances,
unusual or this does not unexpected turn of by checking,
but rarely
unexpected prevent effective events, comprehension confirming or
interfere with
circumstances. communication. may be slower or clarifying.
meaning.
Can make require clarification
limited use of strategies.
discourse
markers and
connectors.
Fillers are not
distracting.
102 of 262
Appendix 3
Training courses for the issue of a CPL and an ATPL
1. This Appendix describes the requirements for the different types of training courses for the issue of a
CPL and an ATPL, with and without an IR.
2. Applicants wishing to transfer to another ATO during a training course shall apply to the competent
authority for a formal assessment of the further hours of training required.
A. ATP integrated course — aeroplanes
GENERAL
1. The aim of the ATP(A) integrated course is to train pilots to the level of proficiency necessary to operate
as co-pilots of multi-pilot multi-engine aeroplanes in commercial air transport and to obtain the
CPL(A)/IR.
2. Applicants wishing to undertake an ATP(A) integrated course shall complete all the instructional stages
in one continuous course of training as arranged by an ATO.
3. Applicants may be admitted to training either as ab initio entrants or as holders of a PPL(A) or a PPL(H)
issued in accordance with Annex 1 to the Chicago Convention. In the case of PPL(A) or PPL(H) entrants,
50 % of the hours flown prior to the course shall be credited, up to a maximum of 40 hours of flying
experience, or 45 hours if an aeroplane night rating has been obtained, of which up to 20 hours may
count towards the requirement for dual training flight time.
4. The course shall comprise:
(a) theoretical knowledge instruction to the ATPL(A) knowledge level;
(b) visual and instrument flying training;
(c) training in MCC for the operation of multi-pilot aeroplanes; and
(d) UPRT in accordance with FCL.745.A unless applicants have already completed this training course
before starting the ATP integrated course.
5. Applicants failing or being unable to complete the entire ATP(A) course may apply to the competent
authority for the theoretical knowledge examination and skill test for a licence with lower privileges and
an IR if the applicable requirements are met.
THEORETICAL KNOWLEDGE
6. An ATP(A) theoretical knowledge course shall comprise at least 750 hours of instruction.
7.1. The MCC course shall comprise at least 25 hours of theoretical knowledge instruction and exercises.
7.2. The theoretical knowledge instruction in UPRT shall be conducted in accordance with FCL.745.A.
THEORETICAL KNOWLEDGE EXAMINATION
8. Applicants shall demonstrate the level of knowledge appropriate to the privileges granted to holders of
an ATPL(A).
103 of 262
FLYING TRAINING
9. The flying training, not including type rating training, shall comprise a total of at least 195 hours,
including all progress tests, of which up to 55 hours for the entire course may be instrument ground
time. Within the total of 195 hours, applicants shall complete at least:
(a) 95 hours of dual instruction, of which up to 55 hours may be instrument ground time;
(b) 70 hours as PIC, including VFR flight and instrument flight time as SPIC. The instrument flight time
as SPIC shall only be counted as PIC flight time up to a maximum of 20 hours;
(c) 50 hours of cross-country flight as PIC, including one VFR cross-country flight of at least 540 km
(300 NM), in the course of which full-stop landings at two aerodromes different from the
aerodrome of departure shall be made; and
(d) 5 hours of flight time at night, comprising 3 hours of dual instruction, which shall include at
least:
(1) 1 hour of cross-country navigation;
(2) five solo take-offs; and
(3) five solo full-stop landings;
(e) UPRT flight instruction in accordance with FCL.745.A;
(f) 115 hours of instrument time comprising, at least:
(1) 20 hours as SPIC;
(2) 15 hours of MCC, for which an FFS or an FNPT II may be used;
(3) 50 hours of instrument flight instruction, of which up to:
(i) 25 hours may be instrument ground time in an FNPT I; or
(ii) 40 hours may be instrument ground time in an FNPT II, an FTD 2 or an FFS, of which
up to 10 hours may be conducted in an FNPT I.
Applicants holding a module completion certificate for the Basic Instrument Flight Module
shall be credited with up to 10 hours towards the required instrument instruction time.
Hours done in a BITD shall not be credited; and
(g) 5 hours in an aeroplane which:
(1) is certificated for the carriage of at least 4 persons; and
(2) has a variable pitch propeller and retractable landing gear.
SKILL TEST
8. Upon completion of the related flying training, applicants shall take the CPL(A) skill test on either a
single-engine or a multi-engine aeroplane and the IR skill test on a multi-engine aeroplane.
B. ATP modular course — aeroplanes
Applicants for an ATPL(A) who complete their theoretical knowledge instruction at a modular course shall:
104 of 262
(a) hold at least a PPL(A) issued in accordance with Annex 1 to the Chicago Convention; and
(b) complete at least the following hours of theoretical knowledge instruction:
(1) for applicants holding a PPL(A): 650 hours;
(2) for applicants holding a CPL(A): 400 hours;
(3) for applicants holding an IR(A): 500 hours; and
(4) for applicants holding a CPL(A) and an IR(A): 250 hours.
The theoretical knowledge instruction shall be completed before the skill test for the ATPL(A) is taken.
C. CPL/IR integrated course — aeroplanes
GENERAL
1. The aim of the CPL(A) and IR(A) integrated course is to train pilots to the level of proficiency necessary
to operate single-pilot single-engine or multi-engine aeroplanes in commercial air transport and to
obtain the CPL(A)/IR.
2. Applicants wishing to undertake a CPL(A)/IR integrated course shall complete all the instructional stages
in one continuous course of training as arranged by an ATO.
3. Applicants may be admitted to training either as ab initio entrants or as holders of a PPL(A) or a PPL(H)
issued in accordance with Annex 1 to the Chicago Convention. In the case of PPL(A) or PPL(H) entrants,
50 % of the hours flown prior to the course shall be credited, up to a maximum of 40 hours of flying
experience, or 45 hours if an aeroplane night rating has been obtained, of which up to 20 hours may
count towards the requirement for dual training flight time.
4. The course shall comprise:
(a) theoretical knowledge instruction to CPL(A) and IR knowledge level; and
(b) visual and instrument flying training.
5. Applicants failing or being unable to complete the entire CPL/IR(A) course may apply to the competent
authority for the theoretical knowledge examination and skill test for a licence with lower privileges and
an IR if the applicable requirements are met.
THEORETICAL KNOWLEDGE
6. A CPL(A)/IR theoretical knowledge course shall comprise at least 500 hours of instruction.
THEORETICAL KNOWLEDGE EXAMINATION
7. Applicants shall demonstrate a level of knowledge appropriate to the privileges granted to holders of a
CPL(A) and an IR.
FLYING TRAINING
8. The flying training, not including type rating training, shall comprise a total of at least 180 hours,
including all progress tests, of which up to 40 hours for the entire course may be instrument ground
time. Within the total of 180 hours, applicants shall complete at least:
(a) 80 hours of dual instruction, of which up to 40 hours may be instrument ground time;
105 of 262
(b) 70 hours as PIC, including VFR flight and instrument flight time which may be flown as SPIC. The
instrument flight time as SPIC shall only be counted as PIC flight time up to a maximum of 20
hours;
(c) 50 hours of cross-country flight as PIC, including one VFR cross-country flight of at least 540 km
(300 NM), in the course of which full-stop landings at two aerodromes different from the
aerodrome of departure shall be made;
(d) 5 hours of flight time at night, comprising 3 hours of dual instruction, which shall include at least:
(1) 1 hour of cross-country navigation;
(2) five solo take-offs; and
(3) five solo full-stop landings;
(e) 100 hours of instrument time comprising, at least:
(1) 20 hours as SPIC; and
(2) 50 hours of instrument flight instruction, of which up to:
(i) 25 hours may be instrument ground time in an FNPT I; or
(ii) 40 hours may be instrument ground time in an FNPT II, an FTD 2 or an FFS, of which
up to 10 hours may be conducted in an FNPT I.
Applicants holding a module completion certificate for the Basic Instrument Flight Module
shall be credited with up to 10 hours towards the required instrument instruction time.
Hours done in a BITD shall not be credited; and
(f) 5 hours in an aeroplane which:
(1) is certificated for the carriage of at least 4 persons; and
(2) has a variable pitch propeller and retractable landing gear.
SKILL TESTS
10. Upon completion of the related flying training, applicants shall take the CPL(A) skill test and the IR skill
test on either a multi-engine aeroplane or a single-engine aeroplane.
D. CPL integrated course — aeroplanes
GENERAL
1. The aim of the CPL(A) integrated course is to train pilots to the level of proficiency necessary to obtain
the CPL(A).
2. Applicants wishing to undertake a CPL(A) integrated course shall complete all the instructional stages in
one continuous course of training as arranged by an ATO.
3. Applicants may be admitted to training either as ab initio entrants or as holders of a PPL(A) or a PPL(H)
issued in accordance with Annex 1 to the Chicago Convention. In the case of PPL(A) or PPL(H) entrants,
50 % of the hours flown prior to the course shall be credited, up to a maximum of 40 hours of flying
experience, or 45 hours if an aeroplane night rating has been obtained, of which up to 20 hours may
count towards the requirement for dual training flight time.
106 of 262
4. The course shall comprise:
(a) theoretical knowledge instruction to CPL(A) knowledge level; and
(b) visual and instrument flying training.
5. Applicants failing or being unable to complete the entire CPL(A) course may apply to the competent
authority for the theoretical knowledge examination and skill test for a licence with lower privileges if
the applicable requirements are met.
THEORETICAL KNOWLEDGE
6. A CPL(A) theoretical knowledge course shall comprise at least 350 hours of instruction.
THEORETICAL KNOWLEGDE EXAMINATION
7. Applicants shall demonstrate a level of knowledge appropriate to the privileges granted to holders of a
CPL(A).
FLYING TRAINING
8. The flying training, not including type rating training, shall comprise a total of at least 150 hours,
including all progress tests, of which up to 5 hours for the entire course may be instrument ground time.
Within the total of 150 hours, applicants shall complete at least:
(a) 80 hours of dual instruction, of which up to 5 hours may be instrument ground time;
(b) 70 hours as PIC;
(c) 20 hours of cross-country flight as PIC, including one VFR cross-country flight of at least 540 km
(300 NM), in the course of which full-stop landings at two aerodromes different from the
aerodrome of departure shall be made;
(d) 5 hours of flight time at night, comprising 3 hours of dual instruction, which shall include at least:
(1) 1 hour of cross-country navigation;
(2) five solo take-offs; and
(3) five solo full-stop landings;
(e) 10 hours of instrument flight instruction, of which up to 5 hours may be instrument ground time
in an FNPT I, an FTD 2, an FNPT II or an FFS.
Applicants holding a module completion certificate for the Basic Instrument Flight Module shall be
credited with up to 10 hours towards the required instrument instruction time. Hours done in a
BITD shall not be credited; and
(f) 5 hours in an aeroplane which:
(1) is certificated for the carriage of at least four persons; and
(2) has a variable pitch propeller and retractable landing gear.
SKILL TEST
9. Upon completion of the flying training, applicants shall take the CPL(A) skill test on a single-engine or a
multi-engine aeroplane.
107 of 262
E. CPL modular course — aeroplanes
GENERAL
1. The aim of the CPL(A) modular course is to train PPL(A) holders to the level of proficiency necessary to
obtain the CPL(A).
2. Before commencing a CPL(A) modular course, applicants shall be holders of a PPL(A) issued in
accordance with Annex 1 to the Chicago Convention.
3. Before commencing the flight training, applicants shall:
(a) have completed 150 hours of flight time;
Except for the requirement of 50 hours as PIC in aeroplanes, hours as PIC in other categories of
aircraft may count towards the 150 hours of aeroplane flight time in the following cases:
(1) 20 hours in helicopters, if applicants hold a PPL(H); or
(2) 50 hours in helicopters, if applicants hold a CPL(H); or
(3) 10 hours in TMGs or sailplanes; or
(4) 20 hours in airships, if applicants hold a PPL(As); or
(5) 50 hours in airships, if applicants hold a CPL(As).
(b) have complied with the prerequisites for the issue of a class or type rating for multi-engine
aeroplanes in accordance with Subpart H, if a multi-engine aeroplane is to be used in the skill test.
4. Applicants wishing to undertake a modular CPL(A) course shall complete all the flight instructional
stages in one continuous course of training as arranged by an ATO. The theoretical knowledge
instruction may be given at an ATO conducting theoretical knowledge instruction only.
5. The course shall comprise:
(a) theoretical knowledge instruction to CPL(A) knowledge level; and
(b) visual and instrument flying training.
THEORETICAL KNOWLEDGE
6. An approved CPL(A) theoretical knowledge course shall comprise at least 250 hours of instruction.
THEORETICAL KNOWLEDGE EXAMINATION
7. Applicants shall demonstrate a level of knowledge appropriate to the privileges granted to holders of a
CPL(A).
FLYING TRAINING
8. Applicants without an IR shall be given at least 25 hours of dual flight instruction, including 10 hours of
instrument instruction, of which up to 5 hours may be instrument ground time in a BITD, an FNPT I or II,
an FTD 2 or an FFS.
9. Applicants holding a valid IR(A) shall be fully credited towards the dual instrument instruction time.
Applicants holding a valid IR(H) shall be credited up to 5 hours of the dual instrument instruction time, in
which case at least 5 hours of dual instrument instruction time shall be given in an aeroplane. Applicants
108 of 262
holding a module completion certificate for the Basic Instrument Flight Module shall be credited with up
to 10 hours towards the required instrument instruction time.
10. (a) Applicants with a valid IR shall be given at least 15 hours of dual visual flight instruction.
(b) Applicants without a night rating aeroplane shall be given additionally at least 5 hours of night
flight instruction, comprising 3 hours of dual instruction, which shall include at least:
(1) 1 hour of cross-country navigation;
(2) five solo take-offs; and
(3) five solo full-stop landings.
11. At least 5 hours of the flight instruction shall be carried out in an aeroplane which:
(a) is certificated for the carriage of at least 4 persons; and
(b) has a variable pitch propeller and retractable landing gear.
EXPERIENCE
12.1. Applicants for a CPL(A) shall have completed at least 200 hours of flight time, including at least:
(a) 100 hours as PIC, of which 20 hours of cross-country flight as PIC, which shall include one VFR
cross-country flight of at least 540 km (300 NM), in the course of which full-stop landings at two
aerodromes different from the aerodrome of departure shall be made;
(b) 5 hours of flight time at night, comprising 3 hours of dual instruction, which shall include at least:
(1) 1 hour of cross-country navigation;
(2) five solo take-offs; and
(3) five solo full-stop landings;
(c) 10 hours of instrument flight instruction, of which up to 5 hours may be instrument ground time
in an FNPT I, an FNPT II or an FFS.
Applicants holding a module completion certificate for the Basic Instrument Flight Module shall be
credited with up to 10 hours towards the required instrument instruction time. Hours done in a
BITD shall not be credited; and
(d) 6 hours of flight time in a multi-engine aeroplane, if a multi-engine aeroplane is used for the skill
test.
12.2. Hours as PIC of other categories of aircraft may count towards the 200 hours of flight time, in the
following cases:
(a) 30 hours in helicopter if applicants hold a PPL(H); or
(b) 100 hours in helicopters if applicants hold a CPL(H); or
(c) 30 hours in TMGs or sailplanes; or
(d) 30 hours in airships if applicants hold a PPL(As); or
(e) 60 hours in airships if applicants hold a CPL(As).
109 of 262
SKILL TEST
13. Upon completion of the flying training and relevant experience requirements, applicants shall take the
CPL(A) skill test on either a single-engine or a multi-engine aeroplane.
F. ATP/IR integrated course — helicopters
GENERAL
1. The aim of the ATP(H)/IR integrated course is to train pilots to the level of proficiency necessary to
operate as co-pilots of multi-pilot multi-engine helicopters in commercial air transport and to obtain the
CPL(H)/IR.
2. Applicants wishing to undertake an ATP(H)/IR integrated course shall complete all the instructional
stages in one continuous course of training as arranged by an ATO.
3. Applicants may be admitted to training either as ab initio entrants or as holders of a PPL(H) issued in
accordance with Annex 1 to the Chicago Convention. In the case of PPL(H) entrants, 50 % of the relevant
experience shall be credited, up to a maximum of:
(a) 40 hours, of which up to 20 hours may be dual instruction; or
(b) 50 hours, of which up to 25 hours may be dual instruction, if a helicopter night rating has been
obtained.
4. The course shall comprise:
(a) theoretical knowledge instruction to the ATPL(H) and IR knowledge level;
(b) visual and instrument flying training; and
(c) training in MCC for the operation of multi-pilot helicopters.
5. Applicants failing or being unable to complete the entire ATP(H) /IR course may apply to the competent
authority for the theoretical knowledge examination and skill test for a licence with lower privileges and
an IR if the applicable requirements are met.
THEORETICAL KNOWLEDGE
6. An ATP(H)/IR theoretical knowledge course shall comprise at least 750 hours of instruction.
7. The MCC course shall comprise at least 25 hours of theoretical knowledge instruction exercises.
THEORETICAL KNOWLEDGE EXAMINATION
8. Applicants shall demonstrate the level of knowledge appropriate to the privileges granted to holders of
an ATPL(H) and an IR.
FLYING TRAINING
9. The flying training shall comprise a total of at least 195 hours, including all progress tests. Within the
total of 195 hours, applicants shall complete at least:
(a) 140 hours of dual instruction, of which:
(1) 75 hours of visual instruction may include:
(i) 30 hours in a helicopter FFS, level C/D; or
110 of 262
(ii) 25 hours in an FTD 2/3; or
(iii) 20 hours in a helicopter FNPT II/III; or
(iv) 20 hours in an aeroplane or TMG;
(2) 50 hours of instrument instruction may include:
(i) up to 20 hours in a helicopter FFS, FTD 2/3 or FNPT II/III; or
(ii) 10 hours in at least a helicopter FNPT 1 or an aeroplane; and
(3) 15 hours of MCC, for which a helicopter FFS or a helicopter FTD 2/3(MCC) or FNPT
II/III(MCC) may be used.
If the helicopter used for the flying training is of a different type from the helicopter FFS
used for the visual training, the maximum credit shall be limited to that allocated for the
helicopter FNPT II/III;
(b) 55 hours as PIC, of which 40 hours may be as SPIC. At least 14 hours of solo flight time during day
and 1 hour of solo night flight time during shall be made;
(c) 50 hours of cross-country flight, including at least 10 hours of cross-country flight as SPIC
including one VFR cross-country flight of at least 185 km (100 NM), in the course of which full-
stop landings at two different aerodromes from the aerodrome of departure shall be made;
(d) 5 hours of flight time in helicopters at night comprising 3 hours of dual instruction including at
least 1 hour of cross-country navigation and five solo night circuits. Each circuit shall include a
take-off and a landing; and
(e) 50 hours of dual instrument time comprising:
(i) 10 hours of basic instrument instruction time; and
(ii) 40 hours of IR training, which shall include at least 10 hours in a multi-engine IFR-
certificated helicopter.
SKILL TESTS
10. Upon completion of the related flying training, applicants shall take the CPL(H) skill test on a multi-
engine helicopter and the IR skill test on an IFR-certificated multi-engine helicopter and shall comply
with the requirements for MCC training.
G. ATP integrated course — helicopters
GENERAL
1. The aim of the ATP(H) integrated course is to train pilots to the level of proficiency necessary to operate
as co-pilots of multi-pilot multi-engine helicopters limited to VFR privileges in commercial air transport
and to obtain the CPL(H).
2. Applicants wishing to undertake an ATP(H) integrated course shall complete all the instructional stages
in one continuous course of training as arranged by an ATO.
111 of 262
3. Applicants may be admitted to training either as ab initio entrants or as holders of a PPL(H) issued in
accordance with Annex 1 to the Chicago Convention. In the case of PPL(H) entrants, 50 % of the relevant
experience shall be credited, up to a maximum of:
(a) 40 hours, of which up to 20 hours may be dual instruction; or
(b) 50 hours, of which up to 25 hours may be dual instruction, if a helicopter night rating has been
obtained.
4. The course shall comprise:
(a) theoretical knowledge instruction to the ATPL(H) knowledge level;
(b) visual and basic instrument flying training; and
(c) training in MCC for the operation of multi-pilot helicopters.
5. Applicants failing or being unable to complete the entire ATP(H) course may apply to the competent
authority for the theoretical knowledge examination and skill test for a licence with lower privileges if
the applicable requirements are met.
THEORETICAL KNOWLEDGE
6. An ATP(H) theoretical knowledge course shall comprise at least 650 hours of instruction.
7. The MCC course shall comprise at least 20 hours of theoretical knowledge instruction exercises.
THEORETICAL KNOWLEDGE EXAMINATION
8. Applicants shall demonstrate the level of knowledge appropriate to the privileges granted to holders of
an ATPL (H).
FLYING TRAINING
9. The flying training shall comprise a total of at least 150 hours, including all progress tests. Within the
total of 150 hours, applicants shall complete at least:
(a) 95 hours of dual instruction, of which:
(1) 75 hours of visual instruction may include:
(i) 30 hours in a helicopter FFS level C/D; or
(ii) 25 hours in a helicopter FTD 2/3; or
(iii) 20 hours in a helicopter FNPT II/III; or
(iv) 20 hours in an aeroplane or TMG;
(2) 10 hours of basic instrument instruction may include 5 hours in at least a helicopter FNPT I
or an aeroplane; and
(3) 10 hours of MCC, for which a helicopter, helicopter FFS, FTD 2/3(MCC) or FNPT II/III(MCC)
may be used.
If the helicopter used for the flying training is of a different type from the helicopter FFS used for
the visual training, the maximum credit shall be limited to that allocated for the helicopter FNPT
II/III;
112 of 262
(b) 55 hours as PIC, of which 40 hours may be as SPIC. At least 14 hours of solo flight time during day
and 1 hour of solo flight time during night shall be made;
(c) 50 hours of cross-country flight, including at least 10 hours of cross-country flight as SPIC,
including one VFR cross-country flight of at least 185 km (100 NM), in the course of which full-
stop landings at two different aerodromes from the aerodrome of departure shall be made; and
(d) 5 hours of flight time in helicopters at night comprising 3 hours of dual instruction including at
least 1 hour of cross-country navigation and five solo night circuits. Each circuit shall include a
take-off and a landing.
SKILL TESTS
10. Upon completion of the related flying training, applicants shall take the CPL(H) skill test on a multi-
engine helicopter and comply with MCC requirements.
H. ATP modular course — helicopters
1. Applicants for an ATPL(H) who complete their theoretical knowledge instruction at a modular course
shall hold at least a PPL(H) and complete at least the following hours of instruction within a period of 18
months:
(a) for applicants holding a PPL(H) issued in accordance with Annex 1 to the Chicago Convention, 550
hours; and
(b) for applicants holding a CPL(H), 300 hours.
2. Applicants for an ATPL(H)/IR who complete their theoretical knowledge instruction at a modular course
shall hold at least a PPL(H) and complete at least the following hours of instruction:
(a) for applicants holding a PPL(H), 650 hours;
(b) for applicants holding a CPL(H), 400 hours;
(c) for applicants holding an IR(H), 500 hours; and
(d) for applicants holding a CPL(H) and an IR(H), 250 hours.
I. CPL/IR integrated course — helicopters
GENERAL
1. The aim of the CPL(H)/IR integrated course is to train pilots to the level of proficiency necessary to
operate single-pilot multi-engine helicopters and to obtain the CPL(H)/IR multi-engine helicopter.
2. Applicants wishing to undertake a CPL(H)/IR integrated course shall complete all the instructional stages
in one continuous course of training as arranged by an ATO.
3. Applicants may be admitted to training either as ab initio entrants or as holders of a PPL(H) issued in
accordance with Annex 1 to the Chicago Convention. In the case of entrants holding a PPL(H), 50% of the
relevant experience shall be credited, up to a maximum of:
(a) 40 hours, of which up to 20 hours may be dual instruction; or
113 of 262
(b) 50 hours, of which up to 25 hours may be dual instruction, if a helicopter night rating has been
obtained.
4. The course shall comprise:
(a) theoretical knowledge instruction to CPL(H) and IR knowledge level, and the initial multi-engine
helicopter type rating; and
(b) visual and instrument flying training.
5. Applicants failing or being unable to complete the entire CPL(H)/IR course may apply to the competent
authority for the theoretical knowledge examination and skill test for a licence with lower privileges and
an IR if the applicable requirements are met.
THEORETICAL KNOWLEDGE
6. A CPL(H)/IR theoretical knowledge course shall comprise at least 500 hours of instruction.
THEORETICAL KNOWLEDGE EXAMINATION
7. Applicants shall demonstrate a level of knowledge appropriate to the privileges granted to holders of a
CPL(H) and an IR.
FLYING TRAINING
8. The flying training shall comprise a total of at least 180 hours, including all progress tests. Within the 180
hours, applicants shall complete at least:
(a) 125 hours of dual instruction, of which:
(1) 75 hours of visual instruction which may include:
(i) 30 hours in a helicopter FFS level C/D; or
(ii) 25 hours in a helicopter FTD 2/3; or
(iii) 20 hours in a helicopter FNPT II/III; or
(iv) 20 hours in an aeroplane or TMG; and
(2) 50 hours of instrument instruction which may include:
(i) up to 20 hours in a helicopter FFS, FTD 2/3 or FNPT II,III; or
(ii) 10 hours in at least a helicopter FNPT I or an aeroplane.
If the helicopter used for the flying training is of a different type from the FFS used for the visual
training, the maximum credit shall be limited to that allocated for the FNPT II/III;
(b) 55 hours as PIC, of which 40 hours may be as SPIC. At least 14 hours of solo flight time during day
and 1 hour of solo flight time during night shall be made;
(c) 10 hours of dual cross-country flying;
(d) 10 hours of cross-country flight as PIC, including one VFR cross-country flight of at least 185 km
(100 NM), in the course of which full-stop landings at two different aerodromes from the
aerodrome of departure shall be made;
114 of 262
(e) 5 hours of flight time in helicopters at night comprising 3 hours of dual instruction including at
least 1 hour of cross-country navigation and five solo night circuits. Each circuit shall include a
take-off and a landing; and
(f) 50 hours of dual instrument time comprising:
(i) 10 hours of basic instrument instruction time; and
(ii) 40 hours of IR training, which shall include at least 10 hours in a multi-engine IFR-
certificated helicopter.
SKILL TEST
9. Upon completion of the related flying training, applicants shall take the CPL(H) skill test on either a
multi-engine or a single-engine helicopter and the IR skill test on an IFR-certificated multi-engine
helicopter.
J. CPL integrated course — helicopters
GENERAL
1. The aim of the CPL(H) integrated course is to train pilots to the level of proficiency necessary to obtain
the CPL(H).
2. Applicants wishing to undertake a CPL(H) integrated course shall complete all the instructional stages in
one continuous course of training as arranged by an ATO.
3. Applicants may be admitted to training either as ab initio entrant or as holders of a PPL(H) issued in
accordance with Annex 1 to the Chicago Convention. In the case of entrants holding a PPL(H), 50 % of
the relevant experience shall be credited, up to a maximum of:
(a) 40 hours, of which up to 20 hours may be dual instruction; or
(b) 50 hours, of which up to 25 hours may be dual instruction if a helicopter night rating has been
obtained.
4. The course shall comprise:
(a) theoretical knowledge instruction to CPL(H) knowledge level; and
(b) visual and instrument flying training.
5. Applicants failing or being unable to complete the entire CPL(H) course may apply to the competent
authority for the theoretical knowledge examination and skill test for a licence with lower privileges if
the applicable requirements are met.
THEORETICAL KNOWLEDGE
6. An approved CPL(H) theoretical knowledge course shall comprise at least 350 hours of instruction or 200
hours if applicants are holders of a PPL.
THEORETICAL KNOWLEDGE EXAMINATION
7. Applicants shall demonstrate a level of knowledge appropriate to the privileges granted to holders of a
CPL(H).
115 of 262
FLYING TRAINING
8. The flying training shall comprise a total of at least 135 hours, including all progress tests, of which up to
5 hours may be instrument ground time. Within the total of 135 hours, applicants shall complete at
least:
(a) 85 hours of dual instruction, of which:
(1) up to 75 hours may be visual instruction, and may include:
(i) 30 hours in a helicopter FFS level C/D; or
(ii) 25 hours in a helicopter FTD 2/3; or
(iii) 20 hours in a helicopter FNPT II/III; or
(iv) 20 hours in an aeroplane or TMG;
(2) up to 10 hours may be instrument instruction, and may include 5 hours in at least a
helicopter FNPT I or an aeroplane.
If the helicopter used for the flying training is of a different type from the FFS used for the visual
training, the maximum credit shall be limited to that allocated for the FNPT II/III;
(b) 50 hours as PIC, of which 35 hours may be as SPIC. At least 14 hours of solo flight time during day
and 1 hour of solo flight time during night shall be made;
(c) 10 hours of dual cross-country flying;
(d) 10 hours of cross-country flight as PIC, including one VFR cross-country flight of at least 185 km
(100 NM), in the course of which full-stop landings at two different aerodromes from the
aerodrome of departure shall be made;
(e) 5 hours of flight time in helicopters at night comprising 3 hours of dual instruction, including at
least 1 hour of cross-country navigation and five solo night circuits. Each circuit shall include a
take-off and a landing; and
(f) 10 hours of instrument dual instruction time, including at least 5 hours in a helicopter.
SKILL TEST
9. Upon completion of the related flying training, applicants shall take the CPL(H) skill test.
K. CPL modular course — helicopters
GENERAL
1. The aim of the CPL(H) modular course is to train PPL(H) holders to the level of proficiency necessary to
obtain the CPL(H).
2. Before commencing a CPL(H) modular course, applicants shall be holders of a PPL(H) issued in
accordance with Annex 1 to the Chicago Convention.
3. Before commencing the flight training, applicants shall:
(a) have completed 155 hours of flight time, including 50 hours as PIC in helicopters, of which 10
hours shall be cross-country.
116 of 262
Except for the requirement of 50 hours as PIC in helicopters, hours as PIC in other categories of
aircraft may count towards the 155 hours of helicopter flight time in the following cases:
(1) 20 hours in aeroplanes if applicants hold a PPL(A); or
(2) 50 hours in aeroplanes if applicants hold a CPL(A); or
(3) 10 hours in TMGs or sailplanes; or
(4) 20 hours in airships if applicants hold a PPL(As); or
(5) 50 hours in airships if applicants hold a CPL(As); and
(b) have complied with FCL.725 and FCL.720.H if a multi-engine helicopter is to be used on the skill
test.
4. Applicants wishing to undertake a modular CPL(H) course shall complete all the flight instructional
stages in one continuous course of training as arranged by an ATO. The theoretical knowledge
instruction may be given at an ATO that conducts theoretical knowledge instruction only.
5. The course shall comprise:
(a) theoretical knowledge instruction to CPL(H) knowledge level; and
(b) visual and instrument flying training.
THEORETICAL KNOWLEDGE
6. An approved CPL(H) theoretical knowledge course shall comprise at least 250 hours of instruction.
THEORETICAL KNOWLEDGE EXAMINATION
7. Applicants shall demonstrate a level of knowledge appropriate to the privileges granted to holders of a
CPL(H).
FLYING TRAINING
8. Applicants without an IR shall be given at least 30 hours of dual flight instruction, of which:
(a) 20 hours of visual instruction which may include 5 hours in a helicopter FFS, FTD 2/3 or FNPT II,III;
and
(b) 10 hours of instrument instruction which may include 5 hours in at least a helicopter FTD 1 or
FNPT I or aeroplane.
9. Applicants holding a valid IR(H) shall be fully credited towards the dual instrument instruction time.
Applicants holding a valid IR(A) shall complete at least 5 hours of the dual instrument instruction time in
a helicopter.
10. Applicants without a night rating for helicopters shall be given additionally at least 5 hours of night flight
instruction comprising 3 hours of dual instruction, including at least 1 hour of cross-country navigation
and five solo night circuits. Each circuit shall include a take-off and a landing.
EXPERIENCE
11. Applicants for a CPL(H) shall have completed at least 185 hours of flight time, including 50 hours as PIC,
of which 10 hours of cross-country flight as PIC, including one VFR cross-country flight of at least 185 km
117 of 262
(100 NM), in the course of which full-stop landings at two aerodromes different from the aerodrome of
departure shall be made.
Hours as PIC of other categories of aircraft may count towards the 185 hours of flight time, in the
following cases:
(a) 20 hours in aeroplanes if applicants hold a PPL(A); or
(b) 50 hours in aeroplanes if applicants hold a CPL(A); or
(c) 10 hours in TMGs or sailplanes; or
(d) 20 hours in airships if applicants hold a PPL(As); or
(e) 50 hours in airships if applicants hold a CPL(As).
SKILL TEST
12. Upon completion of the related flying training and relevant experience, applicants shall take the CPL(H)
skill test.
L. CPL/IR integrated course — airships
GENERAL
1. The aim of the CPL(As)/IR integrated course is to train pilots to the level of proficiency necessary to
operate airships and to obtain the CPL(As)/IR.
2. Applicants wishing to undertake a CPL(As)/IR integrated course shall complete all the instructional
stages in one continuous course of training as arranged by an ATO.
3. Applicants may be admitted to training either as ab initio entrants or as holders of a PPL(As), a PPL(A) or
a PPL(H) issued in accordance with Annex 1 to the Chicago Convention. In the case of entrants holding a
PPL(As),a PPL(A) or a PPL(H) shall be credited up to a maximum of:
(a) 10 hours, of which up to 5 hours may be dual instruction; or
(b) 15 hours, of which up to 7 hours may be dual instruction, if an airship night rating has been
obtained.
4. The course shall comprise:
(a) theoretical knowledge instruction to CPL(As) and IR knowledge level, and the initial airship type
rating; and
(b) visual and instrument flying training.
5. Applicants failing or being unable to complete the entire CPL/IR(As) course may apply to the competent
authority for the theoretical knowledge examination and skill test for a licence with lower privileges and
an IR if the applicable requirements are met.
THEORETICAL KNOWLEDGE
6. A CPL(As)/IR theoretical knowledge course shall comprise at least 500 hours of instruction.
118 of 262
THEORETICAL KNOWLEDGE EXAMINATION
7. Applicants shall demonstrate a level of knowledge appropriate to the privileges granted to holders of a
CPL(As) and an IR.
FLYING TRAINING
8. The flying training shall comprise a total of at least 80 hours, including all progress tests. Within the total
of 80 hours, applicants shall complete at least:
(a) 60 hours of dual instruction, of which:
(1) 30 hours of visual instruction which may include:
(i) 12 hours in an airship FFS; or
(ii) 10 hours in an airship FTD; or
(iii) 8 hours in an airship FNPT II/III; or
(iv) 8 hours in an aeroplane, helicopter or TMG; and
(2) 30 hours of instrument instruction which may include:
(i) up to 12 hours in an airship FFS, FTD or FNPT II,III; or
(ii) 6 hours in at least an airship FTD 1 or FNPT I or aeroplane.
If the airship used for the flying training is of a different type from the FFS used for the visual
training, the maximum credit shall be limited to 8 hours;
(b) 20 hours as PIC, of which 5 hours may be as SPIC. At least 14 hours of solo flight time during day
and 1 hour of solo flight time during night shall be made;
(c) 5 hours of cross-country flight as PIC, including one VFR cross-country flight of at least 90 km
(50 NM), in the course of which two full-stop landings at the destination aerodrome shall be
made;
(d) 5 hours of flight time in airships at night comprising 3 hours of dual instruction, including at least 1
hour of cross-country navigation and five solo night circuits. Each circuit shall include take-off and
landing; and
(e) 30 hours of dual instrument time comprising:
(1) 10 hours of basic instrument instruction time; and
(2) 20 hours of IR training, which shall include at least 10 hours in a multi-engine IFR-
certificated airship.
SKILL TEST
9. Upon completion of the related flying training, applicants shall take the CPL(As) skill test on either a
multi-engine or a single-engine airship, and the IR skill test on an IFR-certificated multi-engine airship.
119 of 262
M. CPL integrated course — airships
GENERAL
1. The aim of the CPL(As) integrated course is to train pilots to the level of proficiency necessary to obtain
the CPL(AS).
2. Applicants wishing to undertake a CPL(As) integrated course shall complete all the instructional stages in
one continuous course of training as arranged by an ATO.
3. Applicants may be admitted to training either as ab initio entrants or as holders of a PPL(As), a PPL(A) or
a PPL(H) issued in accordance with Annex 1 to the Chicago Convention. Entrants holding a PPL(As), a
PPL(A) or a PPL(H) shall be credited up to a maximum of:
(a) 10 hours, of which up to 5 hours may be dual instruction; or
(b) 15 hours, of which up to 7 hours may be dual instruction if an airship night rating has been
obtained.
4. The course shall comprise:
(a) theoretical knowledge instruction to CPL(As) knowledge level; and
(b) visual and instrument flying training.
5. Applicants failing or being unable to complete the entire CPL(As) course may apply to the competent
authority for the theoretical knowledge examination and skill test for a licence with lower privileges if
the applicable requirements are met.
THEORETICAL KNOWLEDGE
6. An approved CPL(As) theoretical knowledge course shall comprise at least 350 hours of instruction
or 200 hours if applicants are PPL holders.
THEORETICAL KNOWLEDGE EXAMINATION
7. Applicants shall demonstrate a level of knowledge appropriate to the privileges granted to holders of a
CPL(As).
FLYING TRAINING
8. The flying training shall comprise a total of at least 50 hours, including all progress tests, of which up to 5
hours may be instrument ground time. Within the total of 50 hours, applicants shall complete at least:
(a) 30 hours of dual instruction, of which up to 5 hours may be instrument ground time;
(b) 20 hours as PIC;
(c) 5 hours of dual cross-country flying;
(d) 5 hours of cross-country flight as PIC, including one VFR cross-country flight of at least 90 km
(50 NM), in the course of which two full-stop landings at the destination aerodrome shall be
made;
(e) 5 hours of flight time in airships at night comprising 3 hours of dual instruction including at least 1
hour of cross-country navigation and five solo night circuits. Each circuit shall include take-off and
landing; and
(f) 10 hours of instrument dual instruction time, including at least 5 hours in an airship.
120 of 262
SKILL TEST
9. Upon completion of the related flying training, applicants shall take the CPL(As) skill test.
N. CPL modular course — airships
GENERAL
1. The aim of the CPL(As) modular course is to train PPL(As) holders to the level of proficiency necessary to
obtain the CPL(As).
2. Before commencing a CPL(As) modular course, applicants shall:
(a) hold a PPL(As) issued in accordance with Annex 1 to the Chicago Convention; and
(b) have completed 180 hours of flight time as pilots of airships, including 100 hours as PIC, of which
50 hours shall be cross-country.
3. Applicants wishing to undertake a modular CPL(As) course shall complete all the flight instructional
stages in one continuous course of training as arranged by an ATO. The theoretical knowledge
instruction may be given at an ATO that conducts theoretical knowledge instruction only.
4. The course shall comprise:
(a) theoretical knowledge instruction to CPL(As) knowledge level; and
(b) visual and instrument flying training.
THEORETICAL KNOWLEDGE
5. An approved CPL(As) theoretical knowledge course shall comprise at least 250 hours of instruction.
THEORETICAL KNOWLEDGE EXAMINATION
6. Applicants shall demonstrate a level of knowledge appropriate to the privileges granted to holders of a
CPL(As).
FLYING TRAINING
7. Applicants without an IR shall be given at least 20 hours of dual flight instruction, of which:
(a) 10 hours of visual instruction which may include 5 hours in an airship FFS, FTD 2/3 or FNPT II,III;
and
(b) 10 hours of instrument instruction which may include 5 hours in at least an airship FTD 1 or FNPT I
or aeroplane.
8. Applicants holding a valid IR(As) shall be fully credited towards the dual instrument instruction time.
Applicants holding a valid IR in another category of aircraft shall complete at least 5 hours of the dual
instrument instruction time in an airship.
9. Applicants without a night rating airship shall be given additionally at least 5 hours of night flight
instruction comprising 3 hours of dual instruction including at least 1 hour of cross-country navigation
and five solo night circuits. Each circuit shall include a take-off and a landing.
121 of 262
EXPERIENCE
10. Applicants for a CPL(As) shall have completed at least 200 hours of flight time in airships, including 125
hours as PIC, of which 50 hours of cross-country flight as PIC, including one VFR cross-country flight of at
least 90 km (50 NM), in the course of which a full-stop landing at the destination aerodrome shall be
made.
Hours as PIC of other categories of aircraft may count towards the 180 hours of flight time, required in
point (2)(b), in the following cases;
(a) 30 hours in aeroplanes or helicopters if applicants hold a PPL(A) or a PPL(H) respectively; or
(b) 60 hours in aeroplanes or helicopters if applicants hold a CPL(A) or a CPL(H) respectively; or
(c) 10 hours in TMGs or sailplanes; or
(d) 10 hours in balloons.
SKILL TEST
11. Upon completion of the related flying training and acquisition of the relevant experience, applicants
shall take the CPL(As) skill test.
122 of 262
Appendix 4
Skill test for the issue of a CPL
A. General
1. Applicants for a skill test for the CPL shall have received instruction in the same class or type of aircraft
to be used in the test.
2. Applicants shall pass all the relevant sections of the skill test. Failure in any item of a section will cause
applicants to fail the entire section. If they fail only one section, they shall repeat only that section.
Failure in more than one section will require applicants to repeat the entire test. Failure in any section in
the case of a retest, including those sections that have been passed on a previous attempt, will require
applicants to repeat the entire test again. All relevant sections of the skill test shall be completed within
6 months. Failure to achieve a pass in all relevant sections of the test in two attempts will require
further training.
3. Further training may be required following any failed skill test. There is no limit to the number of skill
tests that may be attempted.
CONDUCT OF THE TEST
4. Should applicants choose to terminate a skill test for reasons considered inadequate by the FE, they
shall retake the entire skill test. If the test is terminated for reasons considered adequate by the FE, only
those sections not completed shall be tested in a further flight.
5. At the discretion of the FE, any manoeuvre or procedure of the test may be repeated once by the
applicants. The FE may stop the test at any stage if it is considered that the applicants’ demonstration of
flying skills requires a complete retest.
6. Applicants shall be required to fly the aircraft from a position where the PIC functions can be performed.
The test shall be performed as if no other crew member was present.
7. Applicants shall indicate to the FE the checks and duties carried out, including the identification of radio
facilities. Checks shall be completed in accordance with the checklist for the aircraft on which the test is
being taken. During preflight preparation for the test, applicants are required to determine power
settings and speeds. Performance data for take-off, approach and landing shall be calculated by
applicants in compliance with the operations manual or flight manual for the aircraft used.
8. The FE shall take no part in the operation of the aircraft except where intervention is necessary in the
interests of safety or to avoid unacceptable delay to other traffic.
B. Content of the skill test for the issue of a CPL — aeroplanes
1. The aeroplane used for the skill test shall:
(a) meet the requirements for training aeroplanes;
(b) be certificated for the carriage of at least four persons; and
(c) have a variable pitch propeller and retractable landing gear.
123 of 262
2. The route to be flown shall be chosen by the FE and the destination shall be a controlled aerodrome.
Applicants shall be responsible for the flight planning and shall ensure that all equipment and
documentation for the execution of the flight are on board. The duration of the flight shall be at least 90
minutes.
3. Applicants shall demonstrate the ability to:
(a) operate the aeroplane within its limitations;
(b) complete all manoeuvres with smoothness and accuracy;
(c) exercise good judgement and airmanship;
(d) apply aeronautical knowledge; and
(e) maintain control of the aeroplane at all times in such a manner that the successful outcome of a
procedure or manoeuvre is never seriously in doubt.
FLIGHT TEST TOLERANCES
4. The following limits shall apply, corrected to make allowance for turbulent conditions and the handling
qualities and performance of the aeroplane used.
Height
normal flight ±100 ft
with simulated engine failure ±150 ft
Tracking on radio aids ±5°
Heading
normal flight ±10°
with simulated engine failure ±15°
Speed
take-off and approach ±5 knots
all other flight regimes ±10 knots
CONTENT OF THE TEST
5. Items in Section 2 (c) and (e)(iv), and the whole of Sections 5 and 6 may be performed in an FNPT II or an
FFS.
Use of the aeroplane checklists, airmanship, control of the aeroplane by external visual reference, anti-
icing/de-icing procedures and principles of TEM apply to all sections.
124 of 262
SECTION 1 — PREFLIGHT OPERATIONS AND DEPARTURE
Preflight, including:
a flight planning, documentation, mass and balance determination, weather brief and notices to
airmen (NOTAMs)
b Aeroplane inspection and servicing
c Taxiing and take-off
d Performance considerations and trim
e Aerodrome and traffic pattern operations
f Departure procedure, altimeter setting, collision avoidance (lookout)
g ATC liaison — compliance, R/T procedures
SECTION 2 — GENERAL AIRWORK
Control of the aeroplane by external visual reference, including straight and level, climb, descent,
a
lookout
b Flight at critically low airspeeds including recognition of and recovery from incipient and full stalls
c Turns, including turns in landing configuration. Steep turns 45°
d Flight at critically high airspeeds, including recognition of and recovery from spiral dives
Flight by reference solely to instruments, including:
(i) level flight, cruise configuration, control of heading, altitude and airspeed
e (ii) climbing and descending turns with 10°–30° bank
(iii) recoveries from unusual attitudes
(iv) limited panel instruments
f ATC liaison — compliance, R/T procedures
SECTION 3 — EN ROUTE PROCEDURES
125 of 262
Control of aeroplane by external visual reference, including cruise configuration
a
Range/endurance considerations
b Orientation, map reading
c Altitude, speed, heading control, lookout
d Altimeter setting. ATC liaison — compliance, R/T procedures
Monitoring of flight progress, flight log, fuel usage, assessment of track error and re-establishment
e
of correct tracking
f Observation of weather conditions, assessment of trends, diversion planning
Tracking, positioning (non-directional beacon (NDB) or VHF omnidirectional radio range (VOR)),
g identification of facilities (instrument flight). Implementation of diversion plan to alternate
aerodrome (visual flight)
SECTION 4 — APPROACH AND LANDING PROCEDURES
a Arrival procedures, altimeter setting, checks, lookout
b ATC liaison — compliance, R/T procedures
c Go-around action from low height
d Normal landing, crosswind landing (if suitable conditions)
e Short field landing
f Approach and landing with idle power (single-engine only)
g Landing without use of flaps
h Post flight actions
SECTION 5 — ABNORMAL AND EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
This section may be combined with Sections 1 through 4.
126 of 262
a Simulated engine failure after take-off (at a safe altitude), fire drill
Equipment malfunctions:
b
including alternative landing gear extension, electrical and brake failure
c Forced landing (simulated)
d ATC liaison — compliance, R/T procedures
e Oral questions
SECTION 6 — SIMULATED ASYMMETRIC FLIGHT AND RELEVANT CLASS OR TYPE ITEMS
This section may be combined with Sections 1 through 5.
a Simulated engine failure during take-off (at a safe altitude unless carried out in an FFS)
b Asymmetric approach and go-around
c Asymmetric approach and full-stop landing
d Engine shutdown and restart
e ATC liaison — compliance, R/T procedures, airmanship
As determined by the FE — any relevant items of the class or type rating skill test to include, if
applicable:
f (i) aeroplane systems including handling of autopilot
(ii) operation of pressurisation system
(iii) use of de-icing and anti-icing system
g Oral questions
C. Content of the skill test for the issue of the CPL — helicopters
1. The helicopter used for the skill test shall meet the requirements for training helicopters.
2. The area and route to be flown shall be chosen by the FE and all low-level and hover work shall be at an
approved aerodrome/site. Routes used for Section 3 may end at the aerodrome of departure or at
127 of 262
another aerodrome and one destination shall be a controlled aerodrome. The skill test may be
conducted in two flights. The total duration of the flight(s) shall be at least 90 minutes.
3. Applicants shall demonstrate the ability to:
(a) operate the helicopter within its limitations;
(b) complete all manoeuvres with smoothness and accuracy;
(c) exercise good judgement and airmanship;
(d) apply aeronautical knowledge; and
(e) maintain control of the helicopter at all times in such a manner that the successful outcome of a
procedure or manoeuvre is never seriously in doubt.
FLIGHT TEST TOLERANCES
4. The following limits shall apply, corrected to make allowance for turbulent conditions and the handling
qualities and performance of the helicopter used.
Height
normal flight ±100 ft
simulated major emergency ±150 ft
Tracking on radio aids ±10°
Heading
normal flight ±10°
simulated major emergency ±15°
Speed
take-off and approach multi-engine ±5 knots
all other flight regimes ±10 knots
Ground drift
T.O. hover I.G.E. ±3 ft
landing no sideways or backwards movement
128 of 262
CONTENT OF THE TEST
5. Items in Section 4 may be performed in a helicopter FNPT or a helicopter FFS. Use of helicopter
checklists, airmanship, control of helicopter by external visual reference, anti-icing procedures, and
principles of TEM apply to all sections.
SECTION 1 — PREFLIGHT/POSTFLIGHT CHECKS AND PROCEDURES
Helicopter knowledge (e.g. technical log, fuel, mass and balance, performance), flight planning,
a
documentation, NOTAMs, weather
b Preflight inspection/action, location of parts and purpose
c Cockpit inspection, starting procedure
d Communication and navigation equipment checks, selecting and setting frequencies
e Pre-take-off procedure, R/T procedures, ATC liaison — compliance
f Parking, shutdown and post flight procedure
SECTION 2 — HOVER MANOEUVRES, ADVANCED HANDLING AND CONFINED AREAS
a Take-off and landing (lift-off and touchdown)
b Taxi, hover taxi
c Stationary hover with head/cross/tail wind
d Stationary hover turns, 360° left and right (spot turns)
e Forward, sideways and backwards hover manoeuvring
f Simulated engine failure from the hover
g Quick stops into and downwind
h Sloping ground/unprepared sites landings and take-offs
i Take-offs (various profiles)
j Crosswind, downwind take-off (if practicable)
k Take-off at maximum take-off mass (actual or simulated)
l Approaches (various profiles)
m Limited power take-off and landing
n Auto rotations (FE to select two items from — basic, range, low speed, and 360° turns)
129 of 262
o Auto rotative landing
p Practice forced landing with power recovery
q Power checks, reconnaissance technique, approach and departure technique
SECTION 3 — NAVIGATION — EN ROUTE PROCEDURES
a Navigation and orientation at various altitudes/heights, map reading
b Altitude/height, speed, heading control, observation of airspace, altimeter setting
Monitoring of flight progress, flight log, fuel usage, endurance, estimated time of arrival (ETA),
c
assessment of track error and re-establishment of correct track, instrument monitoring
d Observation of weather conditions, diversion planning
e Tracking, positioning (NDB and/or VOR), identification of facilities
f ATC liaison and observance of regulations, etc.
SECTION 4 — FLIGHT PROCEDURES AND MANOEUVRES BY SOLE REFERENCE TO INSTRUMENTS
a Level flight, control of heading, altitude/height and speed
b Rate 1 level turns onto specified headings, 180°to 360°left and right
c Climbing and descending, including turns at rate 1 onto specified headings
d Recovery from unusual attitudes
e Turns with 30° bank, turning up to 90° left and right
SECTION 5 — ABNORMAL AND EMERGENCY PROCEDURES (SIMULATED WHERE APPROPRIATE)
Note 1: Where the test is conducted on a multi-engine helicopter, a simulated engine failure drill,
including a single-engine approach and landing, shall be included in the test.
Note 2: The FE shall select four items from the following:
Engine malfunctions, including governor failure, carburettor/engine icing, oil system, as
a
appropriate
b Fuel system malfunction
c Electrical system malfunction
d Hydraulic system malfunction, including approach and landing without hydraulics, as applicable
e Main rotor and/or anti-torque system malfunction (FFS or discussion only)
f Fire drills, including smoke control and removal, as applicable
130 of 262
Other abnormal and emergency procedures as outlined in the appropriate flight manual,
including for multi-engine helicopters:
(i) simulated engine failure at take-off: rejected take-off at or before take-off decision point
(TDP) or safe forced landing at or before defined point after take-off (DPATO), shortly
g
after TDP or DPATO.
(ii) Landing with simulated engine failure: landing or go-around following engine failure
before landing decision point (LDP) or defined point before landing (DPBL), following
engine failure after LDP or safe forced landing after DPBL.
D. Content of the skill test for the issue of a CPL — airships
1. The airship used for the skill test shall meet the requirements for training airships.
2. The area and route to be flown shall be chosen by the FE. Routes used for Section 3 may end at the
aerodrome of departure or at another aerodrome and one destination shall be a controlled aerodrome.
The skill test may be conducted in two flights. The total duration of the flight(s) shall be at least 60
minutes.
3. Applicants shall demonstrate the ability to:
(a) operate the airship within its limitations;
(b) complete all manoeuvres with smoothness and accuracy;
(c) exercise good judgement and airmanship;
(d) apply aeronautical knowledge; and
(e) maintain control of the airship at all times in such a manner that the successful outcome of a
procedure or manoeuvre is never seriously in doubt.
FLIGHT TEST TOLERANCES
4. The following limits shall apply, corrected to make allowance for turbulent conditions and the handling
qualities and performance of the airship used.
Height
normal flight ±100 ft
simulated major emergency ±150 ft
Tracking on radio aids ±10°
Heading
normal flight ±10°
simulated major emergency ±15°
131 of 262
CONTENT OF THE TEST
5. Items in Sections 5 and 6 may be performed in an airship FNPT or an airship FFS. Use of airship
checklists, airmanship, control of airship by external visual reference, anti-icing procedures, and
principles of TEM apply to all sections.
SECTION 1 — PREFLIGHT OPERATIONS AND DEPARTURE
Preflight, including:
a
flight planning, documentation, mass and balance determination, weather brief, NOTAMs
b Airship inspection and servicing
c Off-mast procedure, ground manoeuvring and take-off
d Performance considerations and trim
e Aerodrome and traffic pattern operations
f Departure procedure, altimeter setting, collision avoidance (lookout)
g ATC liaison — compliance, R/T procedures
SECTION 2 — GENERAL AIRWORK
Control of the airship by external visual reference, including straight and level, climb, descent,
a
lookout
b Flight at pressure height
c Turns
d Steep descents and climbs
Flight by reference solely to instruments, including:
(i) level flight, control of heading, altitude and airspeed
e (ii) climbing and descending turns
(iii) recoveries from unusual attitudes
(iv) limited panel instruments
132 of 262
f ATC liaison — compliance, R/T procedures
SECTION 3 — EN ROUTE PROCEDURES
Control of airship by external visual reference,
a
Range/endurance considerations
b Orientation, map reading
c Altitude, speed, heading control, lookout
d Altimeter setting, ATC liaison — compliance, R/T procedures
Monitoring of flight progress, flight log, fuel usage, assessment of track error and re-establishment of
e
correct tracking
f Observation of weather conditions, assessment of trends, diversion planning
Tracking, positioning (NDB or VOR), identification of facilities (instrument flight). Implementation of
g
diversion plan to alternate aerodrome (visual flight)
SECTION 4 — APPROACH AND LANDING PROCEDURES
a Arrival procedures, altimeter setting, checks, lookout
b ATC liaison — compliance, R/T procedures
c Go-around action from low height
d Normal landing
e Short field landing
f Approach and landing with idle power (single-engine only)
g Landing without use of flaps
h Postflight actions
SECTION 5 — ABNORMAL AND EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
133 of 262
This section may be combined with Sections 1 through 4.
a Simulated engine failure after take-off (at a safe altitude), fire drill
b Equipment malfunctions
c Forced landing (simulated)
d ATC liaison — compliance, R/T procedures
e Oral questions
SECTION 6 — RELEVANT CLASS OR TYPE ITEMS
This section may be combined with Sections 1 through 5.
a Simulated engine failure during take-off (at a safe altitude unless carried out in an FFS)
b Approach and go-around with failed engine(s)
c Approach and full-stop landing with failed engine(s)
d Malfunctions in the envelope pressure system
e ATC liaison — compliance, R/T procedures, airmanship
As determined by the FE — any relevant items of the class or type rating skill test to include, if
applicable:
f
(i) airship systems
(ii) operation of envelope pressure system
g Oral questions
134 of 262
Appendix 5
Integrated MPL training course
GENERAL
1. The aim of the MPL integrated course is to train pilots to the level of proficiency necessary to operate as
co-pilots of a multi-engine multi-pilot turbine-powered air transport aeroplane under VFR and IFR and to
obtain an MPL.
2. Approval for an MPL training course shall only be granted to an ATO that is part of a commercial air
transport operator certificated in accordance with Annex III (Part-ORO) to Regulation (EU) No 965/2012
or having a specific arrangement with such an operator.
3. Applicants wishing to undertake an MPL integrated course shall complete all the instructional stages in
one continuous course of training as arranged by an ATO. The training shall be competency-based and
conducted in a multi-crew operational environment.
4. Only ab initio applicants shall be admitted to the course.
5. The course shall comprise:
(a) theoretical knowledge instruction to the ATPL(A) knowledge level;
(b) visual and instrument flying training;
(c) training in MCC for the operation of multi-pilot aeroplanes;
(d) UPRT in accordance with FCL.745.A unless applicants have already completed this training course
before starting the MPL course; and
(e) type rating training.
6. Applicants failing or being unable to complete the entire MPL course may apply to the competent
authority for the theoretical knowledge examination and skill test for a licence with lower privileges and
an IR if the applicable requirements are met.
THEORETICAL KNOWLEDGE
7. An approved MPL theoretical knowledge course shall comprise at least 750 hours of instruction for the
ATPL(A) knowledge level, as well as the hours required for:
(a) theoretical knowledge instruction for the relevant type rating, in accordance with Subpart H.; and
(b) UPRT theoretical knowledge instruction in accordance with FCL.745.A.
FLYING TRAINING
8. The flying training shall comprise a total of at least 240 hours, composed of hours as PF and PM, in
actual and simulated flight, and covering the following four phases of training:
(a) Phase 1 — Core flying skills
Specific basic single-pilot training in an aeroplane.
(b) Phase 2 — Basic
Introduction of multi-crew operations and instrument flight.
(c) Phase 3 — Intermediate
135 of 262
Application of multi-crew operations to a multi-engine turbine aeroplane certified as a high-
performance aeroplane in accordance with Annex I (Part-21) to Regulation (EU) No 748 /2012.
(d) Phase 4 — Advanced
Type rating training within an airline oriented environment.
Flight experience in actual flight shall include:
(1) all the experience requirements of Subpart H;
(2) UPRT flight instruction in accordance with FCL.745.A;
(3) aeroplane UPRT exercises related to the specificities of the relevant type in accordance with
FCL.725.A(c);
(4) night flying; and
(5) flight solely by reference to instruments and the experience required to achieve the relevant
airmanship.
MCC requirements shall be incorporated into the relevant phases above.
Training in asymmetric flight shall be given either in an aeroplane or an FFS.
9. Each phase of training in the flight instruction syllabus shall be composed of both instruction in the
underpinning knowledge and in practical training segments.
10. The training course shall include a continuous evaluation process of the training syllabus and a
continuous assessment of the students following the syllabus. The evaluation shall ensure that:
(a) the competencies and related assessment are relevant to the task of co-pilots of a multi-pilot
aeroplane; and
(b) the students acquire the necessary competencies in a progressive and satisfactory manner.
11. The training course shall include at least 12 take-offs and landings to ensure competency. These take-
offs and landings shall be performed under the supervision of an instructor in an aeroplane for which
the type rating shall be issued.
ASSESSMENT LEVEL
12. Applicants for the MPL shall have demonstrated performance in all nine competency units specified in
paragraph 13 below, at the advanced level of competency required to operate and interact as co-pilots
of a turbine-powered multi-pilot aeroplane, under visual and instrument conditions. The assessment
shall confirm that control of the aeroplane or situation is maintained at all times, to ensure the
successful outcome of a procedure or manoeuvre. Applicants shall consistently demonstrate the
knowledge, skills and attitudes required for the safe operation of the applicable aeroplane type, in
accordance with the MPL performance criteria.
COMPETENCY UNITS
13. Applicants shall demonstrate competency in the following nine competency units:
(a) apply human performance principles, including principles of TEM;
(b) perform aeroplane ground operations;
136 of 262
(c) perform take-off;
(d) perform climb;
(e) perform cruise;
(f) perform descent;
(g) perform approach;
(h) perform landing; and
(i) perform after landing and aeroplane postflight operations.
SIMULATED FLIGHT
14. Minimum requirements for FSTDs:
(a) Phase 1 — Core flying skills
E-training and part-tasking devices approved by the competent authority that have the following
characteristics:
(1) involve accessories beyond those normally associated with desktop computers, such as
functional replicas of a throttle quadrant, a side-stick controller or a flight management
system (FMS) keypad; and
(2) involve psychomotor activity with appropriate application of force and timing of responses.
(b) Phase 2 — Basic
An FNPT II MCC that represents a generic multi-engine turbine-powered aeroplane.
(c) Phase 3 — Intermediate
An FSTD that represents a multi-engine turbine-powered aeroplane required to be operated with
co-pilots and qualified to an equivalent standard to level B, additionally including:
(1) a daylight/twilight/night visual system continuous cross-cockpit minimum collimated visual
field of view providing each pilot with 180° horizontal and 40° vertical field of view; and
(2) ATC environment simulation.
(d) Phase 4 — Advanced
An FFS which is fully equivalent to level D or level C with an enhanced daylight visual system,
including ATC environment simulation.
137 of 262
Appendix 6
Modular training courses for the IR
A. IR(A) — modular flying training course
GENERAL
1. The aim of the IR(A) modular flying training course is to train pilots to the level of proficiency necessary
to operate aeroplanes under IFR and in IMC. The course consists of two modules, which may be taken
separately or combined:
(a) Basic Instrument Flight Module
This comprises 10 hours of instrument time under instruction, of which up to 5 hours can be
instrument ground time in a BITD, FNPT I or II or an FFS. Upon completion of the Basic Instrument
Flight Module, the candidate shall be issued with a module completion certificate.
(b) Procedural Instrument Flight Module
This comprises the remainder of the training syllabus for the IR(A), 40 hours of single-engine or 45
hours of multi-engine instrument time under instruction, and the theoretical knowledge course
for the IR(A).
2. Applicants for a modular IR(A) course shall be holders of a PPL(A) or a CPL(A). Applicants for the
Procedural Instrument Flight Module, who do not hold a CPL(A), shall be holders of a module
completion certificate for the Basic Instrument Flight Module.
The ATO shall ensure that applicants for a multi-engine IR(A) course who have not held a multi-engine
aeroplane class or type rating have received the multi-engine training specified in Subpart H prior to
commencing the flight training for the IR(A) course.
3. Applicants wishing to undertake the Procedural Instrument Flight Module of a modular IR(A) course
shall complete all the instructional stages in one continuous approved course of training as arranged by
an ATO. Prior to commencing the Procedural Instrument Flight Module, the ATO shall ensure the
competence of the applicants in basic instrument flying skills. Refresher training shall be given as
required.
4. The course of theoretical instruction shall be completed within 18 months. The Procedural Instrument
Flight Module and the skill test shall be completed within the period of validity of the pass in the
theoretical knowledge examinations.
5. The course shall comprise:
(a) theoretical knowledge instruction to the IR knowledge level; and
(b) instrument flight instruction.
THEORETICAL KNOWLEDGE
6. An approved modular IR(A) course shall comprise at least 150 hours of theoretical knowledge
instruction.
138 of 262
FLYING TRAINING
7. A single-engine IR(A) course shall comprise at least 50 hours of instrument time under instruction, of
which up to 20 hours may be instrument ground time in an FNPT I or up to 35 hours in an FFS or an FNPT
II. A maximum of 10 hours of FNPT II or FFS instrument ground time may be conducted in an FNPT I.
8. A multi-engine IR(A) course shall comprise at least 55 hours of instrument time under instruction, of
which up to 25 hours may be instrument ground time in an FNPT I or up to 40 hours in an FFS or an FNPT
II. A maximum of 10 hours of FNPT II or FFS instrument ground time may be conducted in an FNPT I. The
remaining instrument flight instruction shall include at least 15 hours in multi-engine aeroplanes.
9. Holders of a single-engine IR(A) who also hold a multi-engine class or type rating, wishing to obtain a
multi-engine IR(A) for the first time, shall complete a course at an ATO comprising at least 5 hours of
instruction in instrument flying in multi-engine aeroplanes, of which 3 hours may be in an FFS or an
FNPT II.
10.1 Holders of a CPL(A) or of a module completion certificate for the Basic Instrument Flight Module may
have the total amount of training required in paragraphs 7 or 8 above reduced by 10 hours.
10.2 Holders of an IR(H) may have the total amount of training required in paragraphs 7 or 8 above reduced
to 10 hours.
10.3 The total instrument flight instruction in aeroplane shall comply with paragraph 7 or 8, as appropriate.
11. The flying exercises up to the IR(A) skill test shall comprise:
(a) Basic Instrument Flight Module
Procedures and manoeuvres for basic instrument flight covering at least:
(1) basic instrument flight without external visual cues:
(i) horizontal flight;
(ii) climbing;
(iii) descent; and
(iv) turns in level flight, climbing, descent;
(2) instrument pattern;
(3) steep turn;
(4) radio navigation;
(5) recovery from unusual attitudes;
(6) limited panel; and
(7) recognition and recovery from incipient and full stalls; and
(b) Procedural Instrument Flight Module
(1) Preflight procedures for IFR flights, including the use of the flight manual and appropriate
ATS documents in the preparation of an IFR flight plan;
(2) Procedures and manoeuvres for IFR operation under normal, abnormal and emergency
conditions covering at least:
139 of 262
(i) transition from visual to instrument flight on take-off;
(ii) standard instrument departures and arrivals;
(iii) en route IFR procedures;
(iv) holding procedures;
(v) instrument approaches to specified minima;
(vi) missed approach procedures; and
(vii) landings from instrument approaches, including circling;
(3) in-flight manoeuvres and particular flight characteristics; and
(4) if required, operation of a multi-engine aeroplane in the above exercises, including:
(i) operation of the aeroplane solely by reference to instruments with one engine
simulated inoperative; and
(ii) engine shutdown and restart (to be carried out at a safe altitude unless carried out in
an FFS or an FNPT II).
Aa. IR(A) — competency-based modular flying training course
GENERAL
1. The aim of the competency-based modular flying training course is to train PPL or CPL holders for the
instrument rating, taking into account prior instrument flight instruction and experience. It is designed
to provide the level of proficiency needed to operate aeroplanes under IFR and in IMC. The course shall:
(a) be taken within an ATO; or
(b) consist of a combination of instrument flight instruction provided by:
(1) an IRI(A); or
(2) an FI(A) holding the privilege to provide training for the IR
and flight instruction within an ATO.
2. Applicants for such a competency-based modular IR(A) shall be holders of a PPL(A) or a CPL(A).
3. The course of theoretical instruction shall be completed within 18 months. The instrument flight
instruction and the skill test shall be completed within the period of validity of the pass in the
theoretical knowledge examinations.
4. The course shall comprise:
(a) theoretical knowledge instruction to the IR(A) knowledge level; and
(b) instrument flight instruction.
THEORETICAL KNOWLEDGE
5. An approved competency-based modular IR(A) course shall comprise at least 80 hours of theoretical
knowledge instruction. The theoretical knowledge course may contain computer-based training and
140 of 262
e-learning elements. A minimum amount of classroom teaching as required by ORA.ATO.305 has to be
provided.
FLYING TRAINING
6. The method of obtaining an IR(A) following this modular course is competency-based. However, the
minimum requirements below shall be met by the applicants. Additional training may be required to
reach required competencies.
(a) A single-engine competency-based modular IR(A) course shall include at least 40 hours of
instrument time under instruction, of which up to 10 hours may be instrument ground time in an
FNPT I or up to 25 hours in an FFS or an FNPT II. A maximum of 5 hours of FNPT II or FFS
instrument ground time may be conducted in an FNPT I.
(1) When applicants have:
(i) completed instrument flight instruction provided by an IRI(A) or an FI(A) holding the
privilege to provide training for the IR; or
(ii) prior experience of instrument flight time as PIC in aeroplanes, under a rating
providing the privileges to fly under IFR and in IMC,
these hours may be credited towards the requirement for 40 hours of instrument time
under instruction mentioned above up to maximum of 30 hours.
(2) When applicants have prior instrument flight time under instruction other than that
specified in point (a)(1), these hours may be credited towards the required 40 hours up to a
maximum of 15 hours.
(3) In any case, the flying training shall include at least 10 hours of instrument flight time under
instruction in an aeroplane at an ATO.
(4) The total amount of dual instrument instruction shall not be less than 25 hours.
(b) A multi-engine competency-based modular IR(A) course shall include at least 45 hours of
instrument time under instruction, of which up to 10 hours may be instrument ground time in an
FNPT I or up to 30 hours in an FFS or an FNPT II. A maximum of 5 hours of FNPT II or FFS
instrument ground time may be conducted in an FNPT I.
(1) When applicants have:
(A) completed instrument flight instruction provided by an IRI(A) or an FI(A) holding the
privilege to provide training for the IR; or
(B) prior experience of instrument flight time as PIC in aeroplanes, under a rating giving
the privileges to fly under IFR and in IMC,
these hours may be credited towards the 45 hours of instrument time under instruction
mentioned above up to a maximum of 35 hours.
(2) When applicants have prior instrument flight time under instruction other than that
specified in point (b)(1), these hours may be credited towards the required 45 hours up to a
maximum of 15 hours.
141 of 262
(3) In any case, the flying training shall include at least 10 hours of instrument flight time under
instruction in a multi-engine aeroplane at an ATO.
(4) The total amount of dual instrument instruction shall not be less than 25 hours, of which at
least 15 hours shall be completed in a multi-engine aeroplane.
(c) To determine the number of hours credited and to establish the training needs, applicants shall
complete a pre-entry assessment at an ATO.
(d) The completion of the instrument flight instruction provided by an IRI(A) or FI(A) in accordance
with points (a)(i) or (b)(i) shall be documented in a specific training record and signed by the
instructor.
7. The flight instruction for the competency-based modular IR(A) shall comprise:
(a) procedures and manoeuvres for basic instrument flight covering at least:
(1) basic instrument flight without external visual cues;
(2) horizontal flight;
(3) climbing;
(4) descent;
(5) turns in level flight, climbing and descent;
(6) instrument pattern;
(7) steep turn;
(8) radio navigation;
(9) recovery from unusual attitudes;
(10) limited panel; and
(11) recognition and recovery from incipient and full stall;
(b) preflight procedures for IFR flights, including the use of the flight manual and appropriate ATS
documents in the preparation of an IFR flight plan;
(c) procedures and manoeuvres for IFR operation under normal, abnormal, and emergency
conditions covering at least:
(1) transition from visual to instrument flight on take-off;
(2) standard instrument departures and arrivals;
(3) en route IFR procedures;
(4) holding procedures;
(5) instrument approaches to specified minima;
(6) missed approach procedures; and
(7) landings from instrument approaches, including circling;
(d) in-flight manoeuvres and particular flight characteristics; and
142 of 262
(e) if required, operation of a multi-engine aeroplane in the above exercises, including:
(1) operation of the aeroplane solely by reference to instruments with one engine simulated
inoperative; and
(2) engine shutdown and restart (to be carried out at a safe altitude unless carried out in an
FFS or an FNPT II).
8. Applicants for the competency-based modular IR(A) holding a Part-FCL PPL or a Part-FCL CPL and a valid
IR(A) issued in compliance with the requirements of Annex 1 to the Chicago Convention by a third
country may be credited in full towards the training course mentioned in paragraph 4. In order to be
issued with the IR(A), applicants shall:
(a) pass the skill test for the IR(A) in accordance with Appendix 7;
(b) demonstrate to the examiner during the skill test that they have acquired an adequate level of
theoretical knowledge of air law, meteorology and flight planning and performance (IR); and
(c) have a minimum experience of at least 50 hours of flight time under IFR as PIC in aeroplanes.
PRE-ENTRY ASSESSMENT
9. The content and duration of the pre-entry assessment shall be determined by the ATO based on the
prior instrument experience of the applicants.
MULTI-ENGINE
10. Holders of a single-engine IR(A) who also hold a multi-engine class or type rating, wishing to obtain a
multi-engine IR(A) for the first time, shall complete a course at an ATO comprising at least 5 hours of
instrument time under instruction in multi-engine aeroplanes, of which 3 hours may be in an FFS or an
FNPT II and shall pass a skill test.
B. IR(H) — modular flying training course
1. The aim of the IR(H) modular flying training course is to train pilots to the level of proficiency necessary
to operate helicopters under IFR and in IMC.
2. Applicants for a modular IR(H) course shall be holders of a PPL(H), or a CPL(H) or an ATPL(H). Prior to
commencing the aircraft instruction phase of the IR(H) course, applicants shall either be holders of the
helicopter type rating used for the IR(H) skill test or have completed approved type rating training in
that type. Applicants shall hold a certificate of satisfactory completion of MCC if the skill test is to be
conducted in multi-pilot conditions.
3. Applicants wishing to undertake a modular IR(H) course shall complete all the instructional stages in one
continuous course of training as arranged by an ATO.
4. The course of theoretical instruction shall be completed within 18 months. The flight instruction and the
skill test shall be completed within the period of validity of the pass in the theoretical knowledge
examinations.
5. The course shall comprise:
(a) theoretical knowledge instruction to the IR knowledge level; and
(b) instrument flight instruction.
143 of 262
THEORETICAL KNOWLEDGE
6. An approved modular IR(H) course shall comprise at least 150 hours of instruction.
FLYING TRAINING
7. A single-engine IR(H) course shall comprise at least 50 hours of instrument time under instruction, of
which:
(a) up to 20 hours may be instrument ground time in an FNPT I (H) or an FNPT I (A). These 20 hours of
instruction time in an FNPT I (H) or an FNPT I (A) may be substituted by 20 hours of instruction
time for IR(H) in an aeroplane, approved for this course; or
(b) up to 35 hours may be instrument ground time in a helicopter FTD 2/3, FNPT II/III or FFS.
The instrument flight instruction shall include at least 10 hours in an IFR-certificated helicopter.
8. A multi-engine IR(H) course shall comprise at least 55 hours of instrument time under instruction, of
which:
(a) up to 20 hours may be instrument ground time in an FNPT I (H) or an FNPT I (A). These 20 hours of
instruction time in an FNPT I (H) or an FNPT I (A) may be substituted by 20 hours of instruction
time for IR(H) in an aeroplane, approved for this course; or
(b) up to 40 hours may be instrument ground time in a helicopter FTD 2/3, FNPT II/III or FFS.
The instrument flight instruction shall include at least 10 hours in an IFR-certificated multi-engine
helicopter.
9.1. Holders of an ATPL(H) shall have the theoretical knowledge instruction hours reduced by 50 hours.
9.2. Holders of an IR(A) may have the amount of training required reduced to 10 hours.
9.3. Holders of a PPL(H) with a helicopter night rating or a CPL(H) may have the total amount of instrument
time under instruction required reduced by 5 hours.
10. The flying exercises up to the IR(H) skill test shall comprise:
(a) preflight procedures for IFR flights, including the use of the flight manual and appropriate ATS
documents in the preparation of an IFR flight plan;
(b) procedures and manoeuvres for IFR operation under normal, abnormal and emergency conditions
covering at least:
(1) transition from visual to instrument flight on take-off;
(2) standard instrument departures and arrivals;
(3) en route IFR procedures;
(4) holding procedures;
(5) instrument approaches to specified minima;
(6) missed approach procedures; and
(7) landings from instrument approaches, including circling;
(c) in-flight manoeuvres and particular flight characteristics; and
144 of 262
(d) if required, operation of a multi-engine helicopter in the above exercises, including:
(1) operation of the helicopter solely by reference to instruments with one engine simulated
inoperative; and
(2) engine shutdown and restart (to be carried out in an FFS, an FNPT II or an FTD 2/3).
C. IR(As) — modular flying training course
GENERAL
1. The aim of the IR(As) modular flying training course is to train pilots to the level of proficiency necessary
to operate airships under IFR and in IMC. The course consists of two modules, which may be taken
separately or combined:
(a) Basic Instrument Flight Module
This module comprises 10 hours of instrument time under instruction, of which up to 5 hours can
be instrument ground time in a BITD, an FNPT I or II or an FFS. Upon completion of the Basic
Instrument Flight Module, the candidate shall be issued with a module completion certificate.
(b) Procedural Instrument Flight Module
This module comprises the remainder of the training syllabus for the IR(As), 25 hours of
instrument time under instruction, and the theoretical knowledge course for the IR(As).
2. Applicants for a modular IR(As) course shall be holders of a PPL(As) including the privileges to fly at night
or a CPL(As). Applicants for the Procedural Instrument Flight Module who do not hold a CPL(As) shall be
holders of a module completion certificate for the Basic Instrument Flight Module.
3. Applicants wishing to undertake the Procedural Instrument Flight Module of a modular IR(As) course
shall complete all the instructional stages in one continuous approved course of training as arranged by
an ATO. Prior to commencing the Procedural Instrument Flight Module, the ATO shall ensure the
competence of the applicants in basic instrument flying skills. Refresher training shall be given as
required.
4. The course of theoretical instruction shall be completed within 18 months. The Procedural Instrument
Flight Module and the skill test shall be completed within the period of validity of the pass in the
theoretical knowledge examinations.
5. The course shall comprise:
(a) theoretical knowledge instruction to the IR knowledge level; and
(b) instrument flight instruction.
THEORETICAL KNOWLEDGE
6. An approved modular IR(As) course shall comprise at least 150 hours of theoretical knowledge
instruction.
FLYING TRAINING
7. An IR(As) course shall comprise at least 35 hours of instrument time under instruction, of which up to 15
hours may be instrument ground time in an FNPT I or up to 20 hours in an FFS or an FNPT II. A maximum
of 5 hours of FNPT II or FFS instrument ground time may be conducted in an FNPT I.
145 of 262
8. Holders of a CPL(As) or of a module completion certificate for the Basic Instrument Flight Module may
have the total amount of training required in paragraph 7 reduced by 10 hours. The total instrument
flight instruction in airship shall comply with paragraph 7.
9. If applicants are holders of an IR in another category of aircraft, the total amount of flight instruction
required may be reduced to 10 hours on airships.
10. The flying exercises up to the IR(As) skill test shall comprise:
(a) Basic Instrument Flight Module
Procedures and manoeuvres for basic instrument flight covering at least:
(1) basic instrument flight without external visual cues:
(i) horizontal flight;
(ii) climbing;
(iii) descent; and
(iv) turns in level flight, climbing and descent;
(2) instrument pattern;
(3) radio navigation;
(4) recovery from unusual attitudes; and
(5) limited panel;
(b) Procedural Instrument Flight Module
(1) Preflight procedures for IFR flights, including the use of the flight manual and appropriate
ATS documents in the preparation of an IFR flight plan;
(2) Procedures and manoeuvres for IFR operation under normal, abnormal and emergency
conditions covering at least:
(i) transition from visual to instrument flight on take-off;
(ii) standard instrument departures and arrivals;
(iii) en route IFR procedures;
(iv) holding procedures;
(v) instrument approaches to specified minima;
(vi) missed approach procedures; and
(vii) landings from instrument approaches, including circling;
(3) inflight manoeuvres and particular flight characteristics: and
(4) operation of airship in the above exercises, including:
(i) operation of the airship solely by reference to instruments with one engine simulated
inoperative; and
146 of 262
(i) engine shutdown and restart (to be carried out at a safe altitude unless carried out in
an FFS or an FNPT II).
147 of 262
Appendix 7
IR skill test
1. Applicants for the issue of an IR shall have received instruction in the same class or type of aircraft to be
used in the test which shall be appropriately equipped for the training and testing purposes.
2. Applicants shall pass all the relevant sections of the skill test. Failure in any item of a section will cause
applicants to fail the entire section. If they fail only one section, they shall repeat only that section.
Failure in more than one section will require applicants to repeat the entire test. Failure in any section in
the case of a retest, including those sections that have been passed on a previous attempt, will require
the applicants to repeat the entire test again. All relevant sections of the skill test shall be completed
within 6 months. Failure to achieve a pass in all relevant sections of the test in two attempts will require
further training.
3. Further training may be required following a failed skill test. There is no limit to the number of skill tests
that may be attempted.
CONDUCT OF THE TEST
4. The test is intended to simulate a real flight. The route to be flown shall be chosen by the examiner. An
essential element is the ability of the applicants to plan and conduct the flight from routine briefing
material. Applicants shall undertake the flight planning and shall ensure that all equipment and
documentation for the execution of the flight are on board. The duration of the flight shall be at least 1
hour.
5. Should the applicants choose to terminate a skill test for reasons considered inadequate by the
examiner, they shall retake the entire skill test. If the test is terminated for reasons considered adequate
by the examiner, only those sections not completed shall be tested in a further flight.
6. At the discretion of the examiner, any manoeuvre or procedure of the test may be repeated once by the
applicants. The examiner may stop the test at any stage if it is considered that the applicants’
demonstration of flying skill requires a complete retest.
7. Applicants shall fly the aircraft from a position where the PIC functions can be performed. The test shall
be performed as if there is was no other crew member present. The examiner shall take no part in the
operation of the aircraft, except when intervention is necessary in the interests of safety or to avoid
unacceptable delay to other traffic.
8. Decision heights/altitudes, minimum descent heights/altitudes and missed approach point shall be
determined by the applicants and agreed by the examiner.
9. Applicants for the issue of an IR shall indicate to the examiner the checks and duties carried out,
including the identification of radio facilities. Checks shall be completed in accordance with the
authorised checklist for the aircraft on which the test is being taken. During preflight preparation for the
test, the applicants are required to determine power settings and speeds. Performance data for take-
off, approach and landing shall be calculated by the applicants in compliance with the operations
manual or flight manual for the aircraft used.
FLIGHT TEST TOLERANCES
10. Applicants shall demonstrate the ability to:
(a) operate the aircraft within its limitations;
148 of 262
(b) complete all manoeuvres with smoothness and accuracy;
(c) exercise good judgement and airmanship;
(d) apply aeronautical knowledge; and
(e) maintain control of the aircraft at all times in such a manner that the successful outcome of a
procedure or manoeuvre is never seriously in doubt.
11. The following limits shall apply, corrected to make allowance for turbulent conditions and the handling
qualities and performance of the aircraft used.
Height
Generally ±100 ft
Starting a go-around at decision height/altitude +50 ft/–0 ft
Minimum descent height/missed approach point +50 ft/–0 ft
(MAPt)/altitude
Tracking
On radio aids ±5°
For angular deviations Half-scale deflection, azimuth and glide path
(e.g. LPV, instrument landing system (ILS),
microwave landing system (MLS), GBAS1 landing
system (GLS))
2D (LNAV) and 3D (LNAV/VNAV) ‘linear’ lateral cross-track error/deviation shall normally be
deviations limited to ±½ of the RNP value associated with
the procedure. Brief deviations from this
standard up to a maximum of one time the RNP
value are allowable.
3D linear vertical deviations (e.g. RNP APCH not more than –75 ft below the vertical profile
(LNAV/VNAV) using BaroVNAV) at any time, and not more than +75 ft above the
vertical profile at or below 1 000 ft above
aerodrome level.
Heading
all engines operating ±5°
with simulated engine failure ±10°
Speed
all engines operating ±5 knots
with simulated engine failure +10 knots/–5 knots
1
Ground-based augmentation system
149 of 262
CONTENT OF THE TEST
Aeroplanes
SECTION 1 — PREFLIGHT OPERATIONS AND DEPARTURE
Use of checklist, airmanship, anti-icing/de-icing procedures, etc. apply in to all sections
a Use of flight manual (or equivalent) especially aircraft performance calculation, mass and balance
b Use of ATS document, weather document
c Preparation of ATC flight plan, IFR flight plan/log
d Identification of the required navigational aids for departure, arrival and approach procedures
e Preflight inspection
f Weather minima
g Taxiing
h PBN departure (if applicable):
— Check that the correct procedure has been loaded in the navigation system; and
— Cross-check between the navigation system display and the departure chart.
i Pre-take-off briefing, take-off
J(°) Transition to instrument flight
k(°) Instrument departure procedures, including PBN departures, and altimeter setting
l(°) ATC liaison — compliance, R/T procedures
SECTION 2 — GENERAL HANDLING(°)
a Control of the aeroplane by reference solely to instruments, including: level flight at various
speeds, trim
b Climbing and descending turns with sustained rate 1 turn
150 of 262
c Recoveries from unusual attitudes, including sustained 45° bank turns and steep descending turns
d(*) Recovery from approach to stall in level flight, climbing/descending turns and in landing
configuration — only applicable to aeroplanes
e Limited panel: stabilised climb or descent, level turns at rate 1 onto given headings, recovery from
unusual attitudes — only applicable to aeroplanes
SECTION 3 — EN ROUTE IFR PROCEDURES(°)
a Tracking, including interception, e.g. NDB, VOR or track between waypoints
b Use of navigation system and radio aids
c Level flight, control of heading, altitude and airspeed, power setting, trim technique
d Altimeter settings
e Timing and revision of ETAs (en route hold, if required)
f Monitoring of flight progress, flight log, fuel usage, systems’ management
g Ice protection procedures, simulated if necessary
h ATC liaison — compliance, R/T procedures
SECTION 3a — ARRIVAL PROCEDURES
a Setting and checking of navigational aids, if applicable
b Arrival procedures, altimeter checks
c Altitude and speed constraints, if applicable
d PBN arrival (if applicable):
— Check that the correct procedure has been loaded in the navigation system; and
— Cross-check between the navigation system display and the arrival chart.
SECTION 4(°) — 3D Operations(++)
151 of 262
a Setting and checking of navigational aids
Check vertical path angle
For RNP APCH:
— Check that the correct procedure has been loaded in the navigation system; and
— Cross-check between the navigation system display and the approach chart.
b Approach and landing briefing, including descent/approach/landing checks, including identification
of facilities
c(+) Holding procedure
d Compliance with published approach procedure
e Approach timing
f Altitude, speed heading control (stabilised approach)
g(+) Go-around action
h(+) Missed approach procedure/landing
i ATC liaison — compliance, R/T procedures
SECTION 5(°)— 2D OPERATIONS(++)
Setting and checking of navigational aids
For RNP APCH:
a
— Check that the correct procedure has been loaded in the navigation system; and
— Cross-check between the navigation system display and the approach chart.
Approach and landing briefing, including descent/approach/landing checks, including identification
b
of facilities
c(+) Holding procedure
d Compliance with published approach procedure
e Approach timing
152 of 262
Altitude/distance to MAPt, speed, heading control (stabilised approach), stop down fixes (SDF(s)),
f
if applicable
g(+) Go-around action
h(+) Missed approach procedure/landing
i ATC liaison — compliance, R/T procedures
SECTION 6 — FLIGHT WITH ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE (multi-engine aeroplanes only) (°)
a Simulated engine failure after take-off or on go-around
b Approach, go-around and procedural missed approach with one engine inoperative
c Approach and landing with one engine inoperative
d ATC liaison — compliance, R/T procedures
(°) Must be performed by sole reference to instruments.
(*) May be performed in an FFS, an FTD 2/3 or an FNPT II.
(+) May be performed in either Section 5 or Section 6.
(++) To establish or maintain PBN privileges, one approach in either Section 4 or Section 5 shall be an RNP
APCH. Where an RNP APCH is not practicable, it shall be performed in an appropriately equipped FSTD.
Helicopters
SECTION 1 — DEPARTURE
Use of checklist, airmanship, anti-icing/de-icing procedures, etc., apply to all sections
a Use of flight manual (or equivalent) especially aircraft performance calculation; mass and balance
b Use of ATS document, weather document
c Preparation of ATC flight plan, IFR flight plan/log
d Identification of the required navigational aids for departure, arrival and approach procedures
e Preflight inspection
153 of 262
f Weather minima
g Taxiing/Air taxi in compliance with ATC or instructions of instructor
h PBN departure (if applicable):
— Check that the correct procedure has been loaded in the navigation system; and
— Cross-check between the navigation system display and the departure chart.
j Pre-take-off briefing, procedures and checks
k Transition to instrument flight
l Instrument departure procedures, including PBN procedures
SECTION 2 — GENERAL HANDLING
a Control of the helicopter by reference solely to instruments, including:
b Climbing and descending turns with sustained rate 1 turn
c Recoveries from unusual attitudes, including sustained 30 bank turns and steep descending turns
SECTION 3 — EN ROUTE IFR PROCEDURES
a Tracking, including interception, e.g. NDB, VOR, RNAV
b Use of radio aids
c Level flight, control of heading, altitude and airspeed, power setting
d Altimeter settings
e Timing and revision of ETAs
f Monitoring of flight progress, flight log, fuel usage, systems management
g Ice protection procedures, simulated if necessary and if applicable
h ATC liaison — compliance, R/T procedures
154 of 262
SECTION 3a — ARRIVAL PROCEDURES
a Setting and checking of navigational aids, if applicable
b Arrival procedures, altimeter checks
c Altitude and speed constraints, if applicable
d PBN arrival (if applicable)
— Check that the correct procedure has been loaded in the navigation system; and
— Cross-check between the navigation system display and the arrival chart.
SECTION 4 — 3D OPERATIONS(+)
a Setting and checking of navigational aids
Check vertical path angle
For RNP APCH:
— Check that the correct procedure has been loaded in the navigation system; and
— Cross-check between the navigation system display and the approach chart.
b Approach and landing briefing, including descent/approach/landing checks
c(*) Holding procedure
d Compliance with published approach procedure
e Approach timing
f Altitude, speed, heading control (stabilised approach)
g(*) Go-around action
h(*) Missed approach procedure/landing
i ATC liaison — compliance, R/T procedures
SECTION 5 — 2D OPERATIONS(+)
155 of 262
a Setting and checking of navigational aids
For RNP APCH:
— Check that the correct procedure has been loaded in the navigation system; and
— Cross-check between the navigation system display and the approach chart.
b Approach and landing briefing, including descent/approach/landing checks and identification of
facilities
c(*) Holding procedure
d Compliance with published approach procedure
e Approach timing
f Altitude, speed, heading control (stabilised approach)
g(*) Go-around action
h(*) Missed approach procedure(*)/landing
i ATC liaison — compliance, R/T procedures
SECTION 6 — ABNORMAL AND EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
This section may be combined with Sections 1 through 5. The test shall have regard to control of the
helicopter, identification of the failed engine, immediate actions (touch drills), follow-up actions and
checks and flying accuracy, in the following situations:
a Simulated engine failure after take-off and on/during approach(**) (at a safe altitude unless carried
out in an FFS, an FNPT II/III or an FTD 2/3)
b Failure of stability augmentation devices/hydraulic system, if applicable
c Limited panel
d Autorotation and recovery to a pre-set altitude
e 3D operations manually without flight director(***)
3D operations manually with flight director(***)
156 of 262
(+) To establish or maintain PBN privileges, one approach in either Section 4 or Section 5 shall be an RNP
APCH. Where an RNP APCH is not practicable, it shall be performed in an appropriately equipped FSTD.
(*) To be performed in Section 4 or Section 5.
(**) Multi-engine helicopter only.
(***) Only one item to be tested
Airships
SECTION 1 — PREFLIGHT OPERATIONS AND DEPARTURE
Use of checklist, airmanship, ATC liaison — compliance, R/T procedures, apply to all sections
a Use of flight manual (or equivalent) especially aircraft performance calculation, mass and
balance
b Use of ATS document, weather document
c Preparation of ATC flight plan, IFR flight plan/log
d Preflight inspection
e Weather minima
f Pre-take-off briefing, off-mast procedure, manoeuvring on ground
g Take-off
h Transition to instrument flight
i Instrument departure procedures, altimeter setting
j ATC liaison — compliance, R/T procedures
SECTION 2 — GENERAL HANDLING
a Control of the airship by reference solely to instruments
b Climbing and descending turns with sustained rate of turn
157 of 262
c Recoveries from unusual attitudes
d Limited panel
SECTION 3 — EN ROUTE IFR PROCEDURES
a Tracking, including interception, e.g. NDB, VOR, RNAV
b Use of radio aids
c Level flight, control of heading, altitude and airspeed, power setting, trim technique
d Altimeter settings
e Timing and revision of ETAs
f Monitoring of flight progress, flight log, fuel usage, systems’ management
g ATC liaison — compliance, R/T procedures
SECTION 4 — PRECISION APPROACH PROCEDURES
a Setting and checking of navigational aids, identification of facilities
b Arrival procedures, altimeter checks
c Approach and landing briefing, including descent/approach/landing checks
d(+) Holding procedure
e Compliance with published approach procedure
f Approach timing
g Stabilised approach (altitude, speed and heading control)
h(+) Go-around action
i(+) Missed approach procedure/landing
158 of 262
j ATC liaison — compliance, R/T procedures
SECTION 5 — NON-PRECISION APPROACH PROCEDURES
a Setting and checking of navigational aids, identification of facilities
b Arrival procedures, altimeter settings
c Approach and landing briefing, including descent/approach/landing checks
d(+) Holding procedure
e Compliance with published approach procedure
f Approach timing
g Stabilised approach (altitude, speed and heading control)
h(+) Go-around action
i(+) Missed approach procedure/landing
j ATC liaison — compliance, R/T procedures
SECTION 6 — FLIGHT WITH ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE
This section may be combined with Sections 1 through 5. The test shall have regard to control of the
airship, identification of the failed engine, immediate actions, follow-up actions, checks and flying
accuracy in the following situations:
a Simulated engine failure after take-off or on go-around
b Approach and procedural go-around with one engine inoperative
c Approach and landing, missed approach procedure, with one engine inoperative
d ATC liaison — compliance, R/T procedures
(+)
May be performed in either Section 4 or Section 5.
159 of 262
Appendix 8
Cross-crediting of the IR part of a class or type rating proficiency check
A. Aeroplanes
Credits shall be granted only when holders are revalidating IR privileges for single-pilot single-engine and
single-pilot multi-engine aeroplanes, as appropriate.
When a proficiency check including IR is Credit is valid towards the IR part in a proficiency
performed, and holders have a valid: check for:
— MPA type rating; SE class rating *, and
— Single-pilot high-performance SE type rating *, and
complex aeroplane type rating SP ME class or type rating except for high-
performance complex type ratings, only credits for
Section 3B of the proficiency check in point B.5 of
Appendix 9
SP ME aeroplane class or type rating SE class rating, and
except for high-performance complex SE type rating, and
aeroplane type ratings, operated as SP ME class or type rating except for high-
single-pilot performance complex aeroplane type ratings
SP ME aeroplane class or type rating SE class rating *, and
except for high-performance complex SE type rating *, and
aeroplane type ratings, restricted to MP SP ME class or type rating except for high-
operation performance complex aeroplane type ratings**
SP SE aeroplane class or type rating SE class rating, and
SE type rating
* Provided that within the preceding 12 months the applicants have flown at least three IFR departures and
approaches exercising PBN privileges, including one RNP APCH approach on an SP class or type of aeroplane in
SP operations, or, for multi-engine, other than high-performance complex aeroplanes, the applicants have
passed Section 6 of the skill test for SP, other than HP complex aeroplanes flown solely by reference to
instruments in SP operations.
B. Helicopters
Credits shall be granted only when holders are revalidating IR privileges for single-engine and single-pilot
multi-engine helicopters as appropriate.
When a proficiency check, including IR, is Credit is valid towards the IR part in a
performed and holders have a valid:
proficiency check for:
Multi-pilot helicopter (MPH) type rating SE type rating*; and
SP ME type rating*.
SP ME type rating, operated as single-pilot SE type rating*;
SP ME type rating*.
160 of 262
SP ME type rating, restricted to multi-pilot SE type rating*;
operation SP ME type rating*.
SP SE type rating, operated as single-pilot SP SE type rating, operated as single-pilot
* Provided that within the preceding 12 months at least three IFR departures and approaches exercising PBN
privileges, including one RNP APCH approach (could be a Point in Space (PinS) approach), have been
performed on a SP type of helicopter in SP operations.
161 of 262
Appendix 9
Training, skill test and proficiency check for MPL, ATPL, type and class ratings, and proficiency check for IRs
A. General
1. Applicants for a skill test shall have received instruction in the same class or type of aircraft to be used in
the test.
The training for MPA and PL type ratings shall be conducted in an FFS or in a combination of FSTD(s) and
FFS. The skill test or proficiency check for MPA and PL type ratings and the issue of an ATPL and an MPL,
shall be conducted in an FFS, if available.
The training, skill test or proficiency check for class or type ratings for SPA and helicopters shall be
conducted in:
(a) an available and accessible FFS, or
(b) a combination of FSTD(s) and the aircraft if an FFS is not available or accessible; or
(c) the aircraft if no FSTD is available or accessible.
If FSTDs are used during training, testing or checking, the suitability of the FSTDs used shall be verified
against the applicable ‘Table of functions and subjective tests’ and the applicable ‘Table of FSTD
validation tests’ contained in the primary reference document applicable for the device used. All
restrictions and limitations indicated on the device’s qualification certificate shall be considered.
2. Failure to achieve a pass in all sections of the test in two attempts will require further training.
3. There is no limit to the number of skill tests that may be attempted.
CONTENT OF THE TRAINING/SKILL TEST/PROFICIENCY CHECK
4. Unless otherwise determined in the OSD, the syllabus of flight instruction, the skill test and the
proficiency check shall comply with this Appendix. The syllabus, skill test and proficiency check may be
reduced to give credit for previous experience on similar aircraft types, as determined in the OSD.
5. Except in the case of skill tests for the issue of an ATPL, when so defined in the OSD for the specific
aircraft, credit may be given for skill test items common to other types or variants where the pilots are
qualified.
CONDUCT OF THE TEST/CHECK
6. The examiner may choose between different skill test or proficiency check scenarios containing
simulated relevant operations. Full-flight simulators and other training devices shall be used, as
established in this Annex (Part-FCL).
7. During the proficiency check, the examiner shall verify that holders of the class or type rating maintain
an adequate level of theoretical knowledge.
8. Should applicants choose to terminate a skill test for reasons considered inadequate by the examiner,
they shall retake the entire skill test. If the test is terminated for reasons considered adequate by the
examiner, only those sections not completed shall be tested in a further flight.
162 of 262
9. At the discretion of the examiner, any manoeuvre or procedure of the test may be repeated once by the
applicants. The examiner may stop the test at any stage if it is considered that the applicants’
demonstration of flying skill requires a complete retest.
10. Applicants shall be required to fly the aircraft from a position where the PIC or co-pilot functions, as
relevant, can be performed. Under single-pilot conditions, the test shall be performed as if there is was
no other crew member present.
11. During preflight preparation for the test, applicants are required to determine power settings and
speeds. Applicants shall indicate to the examiner the checks and duties carried out, including the
identification of radio facilities. Checks shall be completed in accordance with the checklist for the
aircraft on which the test is being taken and, if applicable, with the MCC concept. Performance data for
take-off, approach and landing shall be calculated by applicants in compliance with the operations
manual or flight manual for the aircraft used. Decision heights/altitudes, minimum descent
heights/altitudes and missed approach point shall be agreed upon with the examiner.
12. The examiner shall take no part in the operation of the aircraft except where intervention is necessary in
the interests of safety or to avoid unacceptable delay to other traffic.
SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS FOR THE SKILL TEST/PROFICIENCY CHECK FOR MULTI-PILOT AIRCRAFT TYPE
RATINGS, FOR SINGLE-PILOT AEROPLANE TYPE RATINGS WHEN OPERATED IN MULTI-PILOT OPERATIONS,
FOR MPL AND ATPL
13. The skill test for a multi-pilot aircraft or a single-pilot aeroplane when operated in multi-pilot operations
shall be performed in a multi-crew environment. Another applicant or another type rated qualified pilot
may function as the second pilot. If an aircraft is used, the second pilot shall be the examiner or an
instructor.
14. Applicants shall operate as PF during all sections of the skill test, except for abnormal and emergency
procedures, which may be conducted as PF or PM in accordance with MCC. Applicants for the initial
issue of a multi-pilot aircraft type rating or ATPL shall also demonstrate the ability to act as PM.
Applicants may choose either the left-hand or the right-hand seat for the skill test if all items can be
executed from the selected seat.
15. The following matters shall be specifically checked by the examiner for applicants for the ATPL or a type
rating for multi-pilot aircraft or for multi-pilot operations in a single-pilot aeroplane extending to the
duties of a PIC, irrespective of whether the applicants act as PF or PM:
(a) managing crew cooperation;
(b) maintaining a general survey of the aircraft operation by appropriate supervision; and
(c) setting priorities and making decisions in accordance with safety aspects and relevant rules and
regulations appropriate to the operational situation, including emergencies.
16. The test or check should be accomplished under IFR, if the IR rating is included, and as far as possible be
accomplished in a simulated commercial air transport environment. An essential element to be checked
is the ability to plan and conduct the flight from routine briefing material.
17. When the type rating course has included less than 2 hours of flight training in the aircraft, the skill test
may be conducted in an FFS and may be completed before the flight training in the aircraft.
The approved flight training shall be performed by a qualified instructor under the responsibility of:
163 of 262
(a) an ATO; or
(b) an organisation holding an AOC issued in accordance with Annex III (Part-ORO) to Regulation (EU)
No 965/2012 and specifically approved for such training; or
(c) the instructor, in cases where no aircraft flight training for SP aircraft at an ATO or AOC holder is
approved, and the aircraft flight training was approved by the applicants’ competent authority.
A certificate of completion of the type rating course including the flight training in the aircraft shall be
forwarded to the competent authority before the new type rating is entered in the applicants’ licence.
18. For the upset recovery training, ‘stall event’ means either an approach-to-stall or a stall. An FFS can be
used by the ATO to either train recovery from a stall or demonstrate the type-specific characteristics of
a stall, or both, provided that:
(a) the FFS has been qualified in accordance with the special evaluation requirements in CS-FSTD(A);
and
(b) the ATO has successfully demonstrated to the competent authority that any negative transfer of
training is mitigated.
B. Specific requirements for the aeroplane category
PASS MARKS
1. In the case of single-pilot aeroplanes, with the exception of single-pilot high-performance complex
aeroplanes, applicants shall pass all sections of the skill test or proficiency check. Failure in any item of a
section will cause applicants to fail the entire section. If they fail only one section, they shall repeat only
that section. Failure in more than one section will require applicants to repeat the entire test or check.
Failure in any section in the case of a retest or recheck, including those sections that have been passed
on a previous attempt, will require applicants to repeat the entire test or check again. For single-pilot
multi-engine aeroplanes, Section 6 of the relevant test or check, addressing asymmetric flight, shall be
passed.
2. In the case of multi-pilot and single-pilot high-performance complex aeroplanes, applicants shall pass all
sections of the skill test or proficiency check. Failure in more than five items will require applicants to
take the entire test or check again. Applicants failing 5 or fewer items shall take the failed items again.
Failure in any item on the retest or recheck, including those items that have been passed on a previous
attempt, will require applicants to repeat the entire check or test again. Section 6 is not part of the ATPL
or MPL skill test. If applicants only fail or do not take Section 6, the type rating will be issued without
CAT II or CAT III privileges. To extend the type rating privileges to CAT II or CAT III, applicants shall pass
the Section 6 on the appropriate type of aircraft.
FLIGHT TEST TOLERANCE
3. Applicants shall demonstrate the ability to:
(a) operate the aeroplane within its limitations;
(b) complete all manoeuvres with smoothness and accuracy;
(c) exercise good judgement and airmanship;
(d) apply aeronautical knowledge;
164 of 262
(e) maintain control of the aeroplane at all times in such a manner that the successful outcome of a
procedure or manoeuvre is never in doubt;
(f) understand and apply crew coordination and incapacitation procedures, if applicable; and
(g) communicate effectively with the other crew members, if applicable.
4. The following limits shall apply, corrected to make allowance for turbulent conditions and the handling
qualities and performance of the aeroplane used:
Height
Generally ±100 ft
Starting a go-around at decision height/altitude +50 ft/–0 ft
Minimum descent height/MAPt/altitude +50 ft/–0 ft
Tracking
On radio aids ±5°
For ‘angular’ deviations Half-scale deflection, azimuth and glide path
(e.g. LPV, ILS, MLS, GLS)
2D (LNAV) and 3D (LNAV/VNAV) ‘linear’ lateral cross-track error/deviation shall normally be
deviations limited to ±½ of the RNP value associated
with the procedure. Brief deviations from
this standard up to a maximum of one time
the RNP value are allowable.
3D linear vertical deviations (e.g. RNP APCH not more than –75 ft below the vertical
(LNAV/VNAV) using BaroVNAV) profile at any time, and not more than +75 ft
above the vertical profile at or below
1 000 ft above aerodrome level.
Heading
all engines operating ±5°
with simulated engine failure ±10°
Speed
all engines operating ±5 knots
with simulated engine failure +10 knots/–5 knots
CONTENT OF THE TRAINING/SKILL TEST/PROFICIENCY CHECK
5. Single-pilot aeroplanes, except for high-performance complex aeroplanes
(a) The following symbols mean:
165 of 262
P= Trained as PIC or co-pilot and as PF and PM
OTD = Other training devices may be used for this exercise
X= An FFS shall be used for this exercise; otherwise, an aeroplane shall be used if
appropriate for the manoeuvre or procedure
P# = The training shall be complemented by supervised aeroplane inspection
(b) The practical training shall be conducted at least at the training equipment level shown as (P), or
may be conducted on any higher level of equipment shown by the arrow (---->).
The following abbreviations are used to indicate the training equipment used:
A= aeroplane
FFS = full-flight simulator
FSTD = flight simulation training device
(c) The starred (*) items of Section 3B and, for multi-engine, Section 6, shall be flown solely by
reference to instruments if revalidation/renewal of an IR is included in the skill test or proficiency
check. If the starred (*) items are not flown solely by reference to instruments during the skill test
or proficiency check, and when there is no crediting of IR privileges, the class or type rating will be
restricted to VFR only.
(d) Section 3A shall be completed to revalidate a type or multi-engine class rating, VFR only, where
the required experience of 10 route sectors within the previous 12 months has not been
completed. Section 3A is not required if Section 3B is completed.
(e) Where the letter ‘M’ appears in the skill test or proficiency check column, this will indicate a
mandatory exercise or a choice where more than one exercise appears.
(f) An FSTD shall be used for practical training for type or ME class ratings if they form part of an
approved class or type rating course. The following considerations will apply to the approval of
the course:
(i) the qualification of the FSTD as set out in the relevant requirements of Annex VI (Part-ARA)
and Annex VII (Part-ORA);
(ii) the qualifications of the instructors;
(iii) the amount of FSTD training provided on the course; and
(iv) the qualifications and previous experience on similar types of the pilots under training.
(g) If privileges for multi-pilot operation are sought for the first time, pilots holding privileges for
single-pilot operations shall:
166 of 262
(1) complete a bridge course containing manoeuvres and procedures including MCC as well as
the exercises of Section 7 using team resource management (TRM), CRM and human
factors at an ATO; and
(2) pass a proficiency check in multi-pilot operations.
(h) If privileges for single-pilot operations are sought for the first time, pilots holding privileges for
multi-pilot operations shall be trained at an ATO and checked for the following additional
manoeuvres and procedures in single-pilot operations:
(1) for SE aeroplanes, 1.6, 4.5, 4.6, 5.2 and, if applicable, one approach from Section 3.B;and
(2) for ME aeroplanes, 1.6, Section 6 and, if applicable, one approach from Section 3.B.
(i) Pilots holding privileges for both single-pilot and multi-pilot operations in accordance with points
(g) and (h) may revalidate privileges for both types of operations by completing a proficiency
check in multi-pilot operations in addition to the exercises referred to in points (h)(1) or (h)(2), as
applicable, in single-pilot operations.
(j) If a skill test of a proficiency check is completed in multi-pilot operations only, the type rating shall
be restricted to multi-pilot operations. The restriction shall be removed when pilots comply with
point (h).
(k) The training, testing and checking shall follow the table mentioned below.
(1) Training at an ATO, testing and checking requirements for single-pilot privileges
(2) Training at an ATO, testing and checking requirements for multi-pilot privileges
(3) Training at an ATO, testing and checking requirements for pilots holding single-pilot
privileges seeking multi-pilot privileges for the first time (bridge course)
(4) Training at an ATO, testing and checking requirements for pilots holding multi-pilot
privileges seeking single-pilot privileges for the first time (bridge course)
(5) Training at an ATO and checking requirements for combined revalidation and renewal of
single and multi-pilot privileges
167 of 262
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
Type of operation SP MP SP MP (initial) MP SP (initial) SP + MP
Training Testing/ Training Testing/ Training Testing/checking Training, Training, SE aeroplanes ME aeroplanes
checking checking testing and testing and
checking checking (ME
(SE aeroplanes)
aeroplanes)
Initial issue Sections 16 Sections 16 Sections Sections 17 MCC Sections 17 1.6, 4.5, 1.6, Section 6
17 CRM 4.6, 5.2 and, if
and, if applicable,
Human applicable, one approach
factors one from Section
TEM approach 3.B
Section from
7 Section 3.B
MPO: MPO:
Sections 17 Sections 17
SPO: SPO:
1.6, 4.5, 4.6, 1.6, Section 6
Revalidation n/a Sections 1–6 n/a Sections 1–7 n/a n/a n/a n/a
5.2 and, if and, if
applicable, one applicable,
approach from one approach
Section 3.B from Section
3.B
Training: Training:
FCL.740 FCL.740
Renewal FCL.740 Sections 16 FCL.740 Sections 16 n/a n/a n/a n/a
Check: as for Check: as for
the the
revalidation revalidation
168 of 262
(l) To establish or maintain PBN privileges, one approach shall be an RNP APCH. Where an RNP APCH
is not practicable, it shall be performed in an appropriately equipped FSTD.
169 of 262
TMGs AND SINGLE-PILOT AEROPLANES,
CLASS OR TYPE RATING SKILL TEST OR
EXCEPT FOR HIGH-PERFORMANCE COMPLEX PRACTICAL TRAINING
PROFICIENCY CHECK
AEROPLANES
Instructor initials when Tested or checked Examiner initials when
Manoeuvres/procedures FSTD A
training completed in FSTD or A test or check completed
SECTION 1
1 Departure
1.1 Preflight including:
— documentation;
OTD
— mass and balance;
— weather briefing; and
— NOTAM.
1.2 Pre-start checks
1.2.1 OTD
External P M
P#
1.2.2 OTD
Internal P M
P#
170 of 262
TMGs AND SINGLE-PILOT AEROPLANES,
CLASS OR TYPE RATING SKILL TEST OR
EXCEPT FOR HIGH-PERFORMANCE COMPLEX PRACTICAL TRAINING
PROFICIENCY CHECK
AEROPLANES
Instructor initials when Tested or checked Examiner initials when
Manoeuvres/procedures FSTD A
training completed in FSTD or A test or check completed
1.3 Engine starting:
P----> ----> M
normal malfunctions.
1.4 Taxiing P----> ----> M
1.5 Pre-departure checks:
P----> ----> M
engine run-up (if applicable)
1.6 Take-off procedure:
— normal with flight manual flap
P----> ----> M
settings; and
— crosswind (if conditions are available).
1.7 Climbing:
— Vx/Vy;
P----> ----> M
— turns onto headings; and
— level off.
1.8 ATC liaison — compliance, R/T procedures P----> M
171 of 262
TMGs AND SINGLE-PILOT AEROPLANES,
CLASS OR TYPE RATING SKILL TEST OR
EXCEPT FOR HIGH-PERFORMANCE COMPLEX PRACTICAL TRAINING
PROFICIENCY CHECK
AEROPLANES
Instructor initials when Tested or checked Examiner initials when
Manoeuvres/procedures FSTD A
training completed in FSTD or A test or check completed
SECTION 2
2 Airwork (visual meteorological conditions
(VMC))
2.1 Straight and level flight at various airspeeds P----> ---->
including flight at critically low airspeed with
and without flaps (including approach to V
Vmca when applicable)
2.2 Steep turns (360° left and right at 45° bank) P----> ----> M
2.3 Stalls and recovery:
(i) clean stall;
(ii) approach to stall in descending turn
with bank with approach
configuration and power;
P----> ----> M
(iii) approach to stall in landing
configuration and power; and
(iv) approach to stall, climbing turn with
take-off flap and climb power (single-
engine aeroplanes only)
172 of 262
TMGs AND SINGLE-PILOT AEROPLANES,
CLASS OR TYPE RATING SKILL TEST OR
EXCEPT FOR HIGH-PERFORMANCE COMPLEX PRACTICAL TRAINING
PROFICIENCY CHECK
AEROPLANES
Instructor initials when Tested or checked Examiner initials when
Manoeuvres/procedures FSTD A
training completed in FSTD or A test or check completed
2.4 Handling using autopilot and flight director
(may be conducted in Section 3), if P----> ----> M
applicable
2.5 ATC liaison — compliance, R/T procedures P----> ----> M
SECTION 3A
3A En route procedures VFR
(see B.5 (c) and (d)) P----> ---->
3A.1 Flight plan, dead reckoning and map reading
3A.2 Maintenance of altitude, heading and speed P----> ---->
3A.3 Orientation, timing and revision of ETAs P----> ---->
3A.4 Use of radio navigation aids (if applicable) P----> ---->
173 of 262
TMGs AND SINGLE-PILOT AEROPLANES,
CLASS OR TYPE RATING SKILL TEST OR
EXCEPT FOR HIGH-PERFORMANCE COMPLEX PRACTICAL TRAINING
PROFICIENCY CHECK
AEROPLANES
Instructor initials when Tested or checked Examiner initials when
Manoeuvres/procedures FSTD A
training completed in FSTD or A test or check completed
3A.5 Flight management (flight log, routine
P----> ---->
checks including fuel, systems and icing)
3A.6 ATC liaison — compliance, R/T procedures P----> ---->
SECTION 3B
3B Instrument flight
P---->
3B.1* Departure IFR ----> M
3B.2* En route IFR P----> ----> M
3B.3* Holding procedures P----> ----> M
3B.4* 3D operations to decision height/altitude
(DH/A) of 200 ft (60 m) or to higher minima if
required by the approach procedure (autopilot P----> ----> M
may be used to the final approach segment
vertical path intercept)
174 of 262
TMGs AND SINGLE-PILOT AEROPLANES,
CLASS OR TYPE RATING SKILL TEST OR
EXCEPT FOR HIGH-PERFORMANCE COMPLEX PRACTICAL TRAINING
PROFICIENCY CHECK
AEROPLANES
Instructor initials when Tested or checked Examiner initials when
Manoeuvres/procedures FSTD A
training completed in FSTD or A test or check completed
3B.5* 2D operations to minimum descent
P----> ----> M
height/altitude (MDH/A)
3B.6* Flight exercises including simulated failure of
the compass and attitude indicator:
P----> ----> M
— rate 1 turns; and
— recoveries from unusual attitudes.
3B.7* Failure of localiser or glideslope P----> ---->
3B.8* ATC liaison — compliance, R/T procedures P----> ----> M
Intentionally left blank
SECTION 4
4 Arrival and landings
P---->
4.1 Aerodrome arrival procedure ----> M
175 of 262
TMGs AND SINGLE-PILOT AEROPLANES,
CLASS OR TYPE RATING SKILL TEST OR
EXCEPT FOR HIGH-PERFORMANCE COMPLEX PRACTICAL TRAINING
PROFICIENCY CHECK
AEROPLANES
Instructor initials when Tested or checked Examiner initials when
Manoeuvres/procedures FSTD A
training completed in FSTD or A test or check completed
4.2 Normal landing P----> ----> M
4.3 Flapless landing P----> ----> M
4.4 Crosswind landing (if suitable conditions) P----> ---->
4.5 Approach and landing with idle power from
up to 2 000 ft above the runway (single- P----> ---->
engine aeroplanes only)
4.6 Go-around from minimum height P----> ----> M
4.7 Night go-around and landing (if applicable) P----> ---->
4.8 ATC liaison — compliance, R/T procedures P----> ----> M
SECTION 5
176 of 262
TMGs AND SINGLE-PILOT AEROPLANES,
CLASS OR TYPE RATING SKILL TEST OR
EXCEPT FOR HIGH-PERFORMANCE COMPLEX PRACTICAL TRAINING
PROFICIENCY CHECK
AEROPLANES
Instructor initials when Tested or checked Examiner initials when
Manoeuvres/procedures FSTD A
training completed in FSTD or A test or check completed
5 Abnormal and emergency procedures
(This section may be combined with Sections
1 through 4.)
5.1 Rejected take-off at a reasonable speed P----> ----> M
5.2 Simulated engine failure after take-off
P M
(single-engine aeroplanes only)
5.3 Simulated forced landing without power
P M
(single-engine aeroplanes only)
5.4 Simulated emergencies:
(i) fire or smoke in flight; and P----> ---->
(ii) systems’ malfunctions as appropriate
5.5 ME aeroplanes and TMG training only:
engine shutdown and restart (at a safe P----> ---->
altitude if performed in the aircraft)
177 of 262
TMGs AND SINGLE-PILOT AEROPLANES,
CLASS OR TYPE RATING SKILL TEST OR
EXCEPT FOR HIGH-PERFORMANCE COMPLEX PRACTICAL TRAINING
PROFICIENCY CHECK
AEROPLANES
Instructor initials when Tested or checked Examiner initials when
Manoeuvres/procedures FSTD A
training completed in FSTD or A test or check completed
5.6 ATC liaison — compliance, R/T procedures
SECTION 6
6 Simulated asymmetric flight
6.1* (This section may be combined with Sections
1 through 5.)
P----> --->X M
Simulated engine failure during take-off (at a
safe altitude unless carried out in an FFS or
an FNPT II)
6.2* Asymmetric approach and go-around P----> ----> M
6.3* Asymmetric approach and full-stop landing P----> ----> M
6.4 ATC liaison — compliance, R/T procedures P----> ----> M
SECTION 7
7 UPRT
178 of 262
TMGs AND SINGLE-PILOT AEROPLANES,
CLASS OR TYPE RATING SKILL TEST OR
EXCEPT FOR HIGH-PERFORMANCE COMPLEX PRACTICAL TRAINING
PROFICIENCY CHECK
AEROPLANES
Instructor initials when Tested or checked Examiner initials when
Manoeuvres/procedures FSTD A
training completed in FSTD or A test or check completed
7.1 Flight manoeuvres and procedures
7.1.1 Manual flight with and without flight
directors
(no autopilot, no autothrust/autothrottle, P-----> ---->
and at different control laws, where
applicable
7.1.1.1 At different speeds (including slow flight)
and altitudes within the FSTD-validated P-----> ---->
training envelope.
7.1.1.2 3.1.2 Steep turns using 45° bank, 180° to
P-----> ---->
360° left and right
7.1.1.3 Turns with and without spoilers P-----> ---->
7.1.1.4 Procedural instrument flying and
manoeuvring including instrument departure P-----> ---->
and arrival, and visual approach
179 of 262
TMGs AND SINGLE-PILOT AEROPLANES,
CLASS OR TYPE RATING SKILL TEST OR
EXCEPT FOR HIGH-PERFORMANCE COMPLEX PRACTICAL TRAINING
PROFICIENCY CHECK
AEROPLANES
Instructor initials when Tested or checked Examiner initials when
Manoeuvres/procedures FSTD A
training completed in FSTD or A test or check completed
7.2 Upset recovery training
7.2.1 Recovery from stall events in:
— take-off configuration;
— clean configuration at low altitude; P-----> ---->
— clean configuration near maximum
operating altitude; and
— landing configuration
7.2.2 The following upset exercises: X
P
— recovery from nose-high at various An aeroplane
bank angles; and FFS qualified for FFS only
shall not be
the training task
— recovery from nose-low at various used for this
only
bank angles. exercise
7.3 Go-around with all engines operating* from
various stages during an instrument P---> ----->
approach
180 of 262
TMGs AND SINGLE-PILOT AEROPLANES,
CLASS OR TYPE RATING SKILL TEST OR
EXCEPT FOR HIGH-PERFORMANCE COMPLEX PRACTICAL TRAINING
PROFICIENCY CHECK
AEROPLANES
Instructor initials when Tested or checked Examiner initials when
Manoeuvres/procedures FSTD A
training completed in FSTD or A test or check completed
7.4 Rejected landing with all engines operating:
— from various heights below DH/MDH
15 m (50 ft) above the runway
threshold
— after touchdown (baulked landing)
— In aeroplanes which are not P-----> ----->
certificated as transport category
aeroplanes (JAR/FAR 25) or as
commuter category aeroplanes (SFAR
23), the rejected landing with all
engines operating shall be initiated
below MDH/A or after touchdown.
181 of 262
6. Multi-pilot aeroplanes and single-pilot high-performance complex aeroplanes
(a) The following symbols mean:
P= Trained as PIC or co-pilot and as PF and PM for the issue of a type rating as
applicable.
OTD = Other training devices may be used for this exercise
X= An FFS shall be used for this exercise; otherwise an aeroplane shall be used if
appropriate for the manoeuvre or procedure
P# = The training shall be complemented by supervised aeroplane inspection
(b) The practical training shall be conducted at least at the training equipment level shown as (P), or
may be conducted up to any higher equipment level shown by the arrow (----->).
The following abbreviations are used to indicate the training equipment used:
A= aeroplane
FFS = full-flight simulator
FSTD = flight simulation training device
(c) The starred items (*) shall be flown solely by reference to instruments.
(d) Where the letter ‘M’ appears in the skill test or proficiency check column, this will indicate a
mandatory exercise.
(e) An FFS shall be used for practical training and testing if the FFS forms part of an approved type
rating course. The following considerations will apply to the approval of the course:
(i) the qualifications of the instructors;
(ii) the qualification and the amount of training provided on the course in an FSTD; and
(iii) the qualifications and previous experience on similar types of the pilots under training.
(f) Manoeuvres and procedures shall include MCC for multi-pilot aeroplane and for single-pilot high-
performance complex aeroplanes in multi-pilot operations.
(g) Manoeuvres and procedures shall be conducted in single-pilot role for single-pilot high-
performance complex aeroplanes in single-pilot operations.
(h) In the case of single-pilot high-performance complex aeroplanes, when a skill test or proficiency
check is performed in multi-pilot operations, the type rating shall be restricted to multi-pilot
operations. If privileges of single-pilot are sought, the manoeuvres/procedures in 2.5, 3.9.3.4, 4.3,
5.5 and at least one manoeuvre/procedure from Section 3.4 have to be completed in addition as
single-pilot.
(i) In the case of a restricted type rating issued in accordance with FCL.720.A(e), applicants shall fulfil
the same requirements as other applicants for the type rating except for the practical exercises
relating to the take-off and landing phases.
182 of 262
(j) To establish or maintain PBN privileges, one approach shall be an RNP APCH. Where an RNP APCH
is not practicable, it shall be performed in an appropriately equipped FSTD.
183 of 262
ATPL/MPL/TYPE
RATING SKILL
MULTI-PILOT AEROPLANES AND SINGLE-PILOT HIGH-PERFORMANCE COMPLEX AEROPLANES PRACTICAL TRAINING
TEST OR PROF.
CHECK
Instructor
initials Tested or Examiner initials
Manoeuvres/procedures FSTD A when checked in when test or
training FSTD or A check completed
completed
SECTION 1
1 Flight preparation OTD
1.1 Performance calculation P
1.2 Aeroplane external visual inspection; location of each item and purpose of inspection OTD P# P
1.3 Cockpit inspection P-----> ----->
1.4 Use of checklist prior to starting engines, starting procedures, radio and navigation
P-----> -----> M
equipment check, selection and setting of navigation and communication frequencies
1.5 Taxiing in compliance with ATC instructions or instructions of instructor P-----> ----->
1.6 Before take-off checks P-----> -----> M
SECTION 2
184 of 262
ATPL/MPL/TYPE
RATING SKILL
MULTI-PILOT AEROPLANES AND SINGLE-PILOT HIGH-PERFORMANCE COMPLEX AEROPLANES PRACTICAL TRAINING
TEST OR PROF.
CHECK
Instructor
initials Tested or Examiner initials
Manoeuvres/procedures FSTD A when checked in when test or
training FSTD or A check completed
completed
2 Take-offs
P-----> ----->
2.1 Normal take-offs with different flap settings, including expedited take-off
2.2* Instrument take-off; transition to instrument flight is required during rotation or
P-----> ----->
immediately after becoming airborne
2.3 Crosswind take-off P-----> ----->
2.4 Take-off at maximum take-off mass (actual or simulated maximum take-off mass) P-----> ----->
2.5 Take-offs with simulated engine failure:
P-----> ----->
2.5.1* shortly after reaching V2
(In aeroplanes which are not certificated as transport category or commuter category
aeroplanes, the engine failure shall not be simulated until reaching a minimum height of 500 ft
above the runway end. In aeroplanes having the same performance as a transport category
aeroplane regarding take-off mass and density altitude, the instructor may simulate the engine
failure shortly after reaching V2)
185 of 262
ATPL/MPL/TYPE
RATING SKILL
MULTI-PILOT AEROPLANES AND SINGLE-PILOT HIGH-PERFORMANCE COMPLEX AEROPLANES PRACTICAL TRAINING
TEST OR PROF.
CHECK
Instructor
initials Tested or Examiner initials
Manoeuvres/procedures FSTD A when checked in when test or
training FSTD or A check completed
completed
M FFS
2.5.2* between V1 and V2 P X
only
2.6 Rejected take-off at a reasonable speed before reaching V1 P-----> ---->X M
SECTION 3
3 Flight manoeuvres and procedures
3.1 Manual flight with and without flight directors
(no autopilot, no autothrust/autothrottle, and at different control laws, where applicable) P-----> ---->
3.1.1 At different speeds (including slow flight) and altitudes within the FSTD-validated training
P-----> ---->
envelope
3.1.2 Steep turns using 45° bank, 180° to 360° left and right P-----> ---->
3.1.3 Turns with and without spoilers P-----> ---->
186 of 262
ATPL/MPL/TYPE
RATING SKILL
MULTI-PILOT AEROPLANES AND SINGLE-PILOT HIGH-PERFORMANCE COMPLEX AEROPLANES PRACTICAL TRAINING
TEST OR PROF.
CHECK
Instructor
initials Tested or Examiner initials
Manoeuvres/procedures FSTD A when checked in when test or
training FSTD or A check completed
completed
3.1.4 Procedural instrument flying and manoeuvring including instrument departure and arrival,
P-----> ---->
and visual approach
---->X
An
aeropla
ne
3.2 Tuck under and Mach buffets (if applicable), and other specific flight characteristics of the shall
P-----> FFS only
aeroplane (e.g. Dutch Roll) not be
used
for this
exercis
e
OTD
3.3 Normal operation of systems and controls engineer’s panel (if applicable) ----->
P----->
187 of 262
ATPL/MPL/TYPE
RATING SKILL
MULTI-PILOT AEROPLANES AND SINGLE-PILOT HIGH-PERFORMANCE COMPLEX AEROPLANES PRACTICAL TRAINING
TEST OR PROF.
CHECK
Instructor
initials Tested or Examiner initials
Manoeuvres/procedures FSTD A when checked in when test or
training FSTD or A check completed
completed
A mandatory
minimum of 3
abnormal items
3.4 Normal and abnormal operations of following systems: M
shall be selected
from 3.4.0 to
3.4.14 inclusive
OTD
3.4.0 Engine (if necessary propeller) ----->
P----->
OTD
3.4.1 Pressurisation and air conditioning ----->
P----->
OTD
3.4.2 Pitot/static system ----->
P----->
OTD
3.4.3 Fuel system ----->
P----->
188 of 262
ATPL/MPL/TYPE
RATING SKILL
MULTI-PILOT AEROPLANES AND SINGLE-PILOT HIGH-PERFORMANCE COMPLEX AEROPLANES PRACTICAL TRAINING
TEST OR PROF.
CHECK
Instructor
initials Tested or Examiner initials
Manoeuvres/procedures FSTD A when checked in when test or
training FSTD or A check completed
completed
OTD
3.4.4 Electrical system ----->
P----->
OTD
3.4.5 Hydraulic system ----->
P----->
OTD
3.4.6 Flight control and trim system ----->
P----->
OTD
3.4.7 Anti-icing/de-icing system, glare shield heating ----->
P----->
M
OTD
3.4.8 Autopilot/flight director -----> (single
P----->
pilot only)
189 of 262
ATPL/MPL/TYPE
RATING SKILL
MULTI-PILOT AEROPLANES AND SINGLE-PILOT HIGH-PERFORMANCE COMPLEX AEROPLANES PRACTICAL TRAINING
TEST OR PROF.
CHECK
Instructor
initials Tested or Examiner initials
Manoeuvres/procedures FSTD A when checked in when test or
training FSTD or A check completed
completed
OTD
3.4.9 Stall warning devices or stall avoidance devices, and stability augmentation devices ----->
P----->
3.4.10 Ground proximity warning system, weather radar, radio altimeter, transponder P-----> ----->
OTD
3.4.11 Radios, navigation equipment, instruments, FMS ----->
P----->
OTD
3.4.12 Landing gear and brake ----->
P----->
3.4.13 Slat and flap system OTD ----->
OTD
3.4.14 Auxiliary power unit (APU) ----->
P----->
Intentionally left blank
190 of 262
ATPL/MPL/TYPE
RATING SKILL
MULTI-PILOT AEROPLANES AND SINGLE-PILOT HIGH-PERFORMANCE COMPLEX AEROPLANES PRACTICAL TRAINING
TEST OR PROF.
CHECK
Instructor
initials Tested or Examiner initials
Manoeuvres/procedures FSTD A when checked in when test or
training FSTD or A check completed
completed
A mandatory
minimum of 3
items shall be
3.6 Abnormal and emergency procedures: M
selected from
3.6.1 to 3.6.9
inclusive
3.6.1 Fire drills, e.g. engine, APU, cabin, cargo compartment, flight deck, wing and electrical fires
P-----> ----->
including evacuation
3.6.2 Smoke control and removal P-----> ----->
3.6.3 Engine failures, shutdown and restart at a safe height P-----> ----->
3.6.4 Fuel dumping (simulated) P-----> ----->
3.6.5 Wind shear at take-off/landing P X FFS only
191 of 262
ATPL/MPL/TYPE
RATING SKILL
MULTI-PILOT AEROPLANES AND SINGLE-PILOT HIGH-PERFORMANCE COMPLEX AEROPLANES PRACTICAL TRAINING
TEST OR PROF.
CHECK
Instructor
initials Tested or Examiner initials
Manoeuvres/procedures FSTD A when checked in when test or
training FSTD or A check completed
completed
3.6.6 Simulated cabin pressure failure/emergency descent P-----> ----->
3.6.7 Incapacitation of flight crew member P-----> ----->
3.6.8 Other emergency procedures as outlined in the appropriate aeroplane flight manual (AFM) P-----> ----->
An
aeropla
OTD ne
3.6.9 TCAS event FFS only
P-----> shall
not be
used
192 of 262
ATPL/MPL/TYPE
RATING SKILL
MULTI-PILOT AEROPLANES AND SINGLE-PILOT HIGH-PERFORMANCE COMPLEX AEROPLANES PRACTICAL TRAINING
TEST OR PROF.
CHECK
Instructor
initials Tested or Examiner initials
Manoeuvres/procedures FSTD A when checked in when test or
training FSTD or A check completed
completed
3.7 Upset recovery training
3.7.1 Recovery from stall events in:
— take-off configuration;
P-----> ----->
— clean configuration at low altitude;
— clean configuration near maximum operating altitude; and
— landing configuration.
X
P
An
3.7.2 The following upset exercises: FFS aeropla
— recovery from nose-high at various bank angles; and qualified ne shall
for the not be FFS only
— recovery from nose-low at various bank angles training used for
task only this
exercise
3.8 Instrument flight procedures
193 of 262
ATPL/MPL/TYPE
RATING SKILL
MULTI-PILOT AEROPLANES AND SINGLE-PILOT HIGH-PERFORMANCE COMPLEX AEROPLANES PRACTICAL TRAINING
TEST OR PROF.
CHECK
Instructor
initials Tested or Examiner initials
Manoeuvres/procedures FSTD A when checked in when test or
training FSTD or A check completed
completed
3.8.1 * Adherence to departure and arrival routes and ATC instructions P-----> -----> M
3.8.2* Holding procedures P-----> ----->
3.8.3* 3D operations to DH/A of 200 ft (60 m) or to higher minima if required by the approach
procedure
Note: According to the AFM, RNP APCH procedures may require the use of autopilot or flight director. The procedure to be flown manually shall be chosen taking
into account such limitations (for example, choose an ILS for 3.9.3.1 in the case of such AFM limitation).
M
3.8.3. *Manually, without flight director P-----> -----> (skill test
only)
3.8.3.2 *Manually, with flight director P-----> ----->
3.83.3 *With autopilot P-----> ----->
194 of 262
ATPL/MPL/TYPE
RATING SKILL
MULTI-PILOT AEROPLANES AND SINGLE-PILOT HIGH-PERFORMANCE COMPLEX AEROPLANES PRACTICAL TRAINING
TEST OR PROF.
CHECK
Instructor
initials Tested or Examiner initials
Manoeuvres/procedures FSTD A when checked in when test or
training FSTD or A check completed
completed
3.8.3.4 * Manually, with one engine simulated inoperative; engine failure has to be simulated
during final approach before passing 1 000 ft above aerodrome level until touchdown or through
the complete missed approach procedure. In aeroplanes which are not certificated as transport
category aeroplanes (JAR/ FAR 25) or as commuter category aeroplanes (SFAR 23), the approach
with simulated engine failure and the ensuing go-around shall be initiated in conjunction with
P-----> -----> M
the non-precision approach as described in 3.8.4. The go-around shall be initiated when reaching
the published obstacle clearance height/altitude (OCH/A); however, not later than reaching an
MDH/A of 500 ft above the runway threshold elevation. In aeroplanes having the same
performance as a transport category aeroplane regarding take-off mass and density altitude, the
instructor may simulate the engine failure in accordance with 3.8.3.4.
195 of 262
ATPL/MPL/TYPE
RATING SKILL
MULTI-PILOT AEROPLANES AND SINGLE-PILOT HIGH-PERFORMANCE COMPLEX AEROPLANES PRACTICAL TRAINING
TEST OR PROF.
CHECK
Instructor
initials Tested or Examiner initials
Manoeuvres/procedures FSTD A when checked in when test or
training FSTD or A check completed
completed
3.8.3.5 *Manually, with one engine simulated inoperative; engine failure has to be simulated
during final approach after passing the outer marker (OM) within a distance of not more than
4 NM until touchdown or through the complete missed approach procedure
In aeroplanes which are not certificated as transport category aeroplanes (JAR/FAR 25) or as
P-----> -----> M
commuter category aeroplanes (SFAR 23), the approach with simulated engine failure and the
ensuing go-around shall be initiated in conjunction with the non-precision approach as described
in 3.8.4. The go-around shall be initiated when reaching the published OCH/A; however, not later
than reaching an MDH/A of 500 ft above the runway threshold elevation. In aeroplanes having
the same performance as a transport category aeroplane regarding take-off mass and density
altitude, the instructor may simulate the engine failure in accordance with 3.8.3.4.
3.8.4* 2D operations down to the MDH/A P*---> -----> M
196 of 262
ATPL/MPL/TYPE
RATING SKILL
MULTI-PILOT AEROPLANES AND SINGLE-PILOT HIGH-PERFORMANCE COMPLEX AEROPLANES PRACTICAL TRAINING
TEST OR PROF.
CHECK
Instructor
initials Tested or Examiner initials
Manoeuvres/procedures FSTD A when checked in when test or
training FSTD or A check completed
completed
3.8.5 Circling approach under the following conditions:
(a)* approach to the authorised minimum circling approach altitude at the aerodrome in
question in accordance with the local instrument approach facilities in simulated
instrument flight conditions;
followed by: P*---> ----->
(b) circling approach to another runway at least 90° off centreline from the final approach
used in item (a), at the authorised minimum circling approach altitude.
Remark: If (a) and (b) are not possible due to ATC reasons, a simulated low visibility pattern may
be performed.
3.8.6 Visual approaches P----> ----->
SECTION 4
4 Missed approach procedures
4.1 Go-around with all engines operating* during a 3D operation on reaching decision height P*---> ----->
197 of 262
ATPL/MPL/TYPE
RATING SKILL
MULTI-PILOT AEROPLANES AND SINGLE-PILOT HIGH-PERFORMANCE COMPLEX AEROPLANES PRACTICAL TRAINING
TEST OR PROF.
CHECK
Instructor
initials Tested or Examiner initials
Manoeuvres/procedures FSTD A when checked in when test or
training FSTD or A check completed
completed
4.2 Go-around with all engines operating* from various stages during an instrument approach P*---> ----->
4.3 Other missed approach procedures P*---> ----->
4.4* Manual go-around with the critical engine simulated inoperative after an instrument
P*-----> -----> M
approach on reaching DH, MDH or MAPt
4.5 Rejected landing with all engines operating:
— from various heights below DH/MDH;
— after touchdown (baulked landing) P-----> ----->
In aeroplanes which are not certificated as transport category aeroplanes (JAR/FAR 25) or
as commuter category aeroplanes (SFAR 23), the rejected landing with all engines
operating shall be initiated below MDH/A or after touchdown.
SECTION 5
198 of 262
ATPL/MPL/TYPE
RATING SKILL
MULTI-PILOT AEROPLANES AND SINGLE-PILOT HIGH-PERFORMANCE COMPLEX AEROPLANES PRACTICAL TRAINING
TEST OR PROF.
CHECK
Instructor
initials Tested or Examiner initials
Manoeuvres/procedures FSTD A when checked in when test or
training FSTD or A check completed
completed
5 Landings
5.1 Normal landings* with visual reference established when reaching DA/H following an P
instrument approach operation
An
aeropla
ne shall
5.2 Landing with simulated jammed horizontal stabiliser in any out-of-trim position P-----> not be FFS only
used for
this
exercise
5.3 Crosswind landings (aircraft, if practicable) P-----> ----->
5.4 Traffic pattern and landing without extended or with partly extended flaps and slats P-----> ----->
5.5 Landing with critical engine simulated inoperative P-----> -----> M
199 of 262
ATPL/MPL/TYPE
RATING SKILL
MULTI-PILOT AEROPLANES AND SINGLE-PILOT HIGH-PERFORMANCE COMPLEX AEROPLANES PRACTICAL TRAINING
TEST OR PROF.
CHECK
Instructor
initials Tested or Examiner initials
Manoeuvres/procedures FSTD A when checked in when test or
training FSTD or A check completed
completed
5.6 Landing with two engines inoperative: M
— aeroplanes with three engines: the centre engine and one outboard engine as far as FFS only
P X
practicable according to data of the AFM; and
(skill test
— aeroplanes with four engines: two engines at one side only)
General remarks:
Special requirements for the extension of a type rating for instrument approaches down to a decision height of less than 200 ft (60 m), i.e. CAT II/III operations.
SECTION 6
Additional authorisation on a type rating for instrument approaches down to a DH of less than
60 m (200 ft) (CAT II/III)
The following manoeuvres and procedures are the minimum training requirements to permit
instrument approaches down to a DH of less than 60 m (200 ft). During the following instrument
approaches and missed approach procedures, all aeroplane equipment required for type
certification of instrument approaches down to a DH of less than 60 m (200 ft) shall be used.
200 of 262
ATPL/MPL/TYPE
RATING SKILL
MULTI-PILOT AEROPLANES AND SINGLE-PILOT HIGH-PERFORMANCE COMPLEX AEROPLANES PRACTICAL TRAINING
TEST OR PROF.
CHECK
Instructor
initials Tested or Examiner initials
Manoeuvres/procedures FSTD A when checked in when test or
training FSTD or A check completed
completed
6.1* Rejected take-off at minimum authorised runway visual range (RVR) ---->X
An
aeropla
ne
P*-----> shall M*
not be
used
for this
exercis
e
6.2* CAT II/III approaches:
in simulated instrument flight conditions down to the applicable DH, using flight guidance P-----> -----> M
system. Standard procedures of crew coordination (task sharing, call-out procedures, mutual
surveillance, information exchange and support) shall be observed.
201 of 262
ATPL/MPL/TYPE
RATING SKILL
MULTI-PILOT AEROPLANES AND SINGLE-PILOT HIGH-PERFORMANCE COMPLEX AEROPLANES PRACTICAL TRAINING
TEST OR PROF.
CHECK
Instructor
initials Tested or Examiner initials
Manoeuvres/procedures FSTD A when checked in when test or
training FSTD or A check completed
completed
6.3* Go-around:
after approaches as indicated in 6.2 on reaching DH.
The training shall also include a go-around due to (simulated) insufficient RVR, wind shear,
aeroplane deviation in excess of approach limits for a successful approach, ground/airborne P-----> -----> M*
equipment failure prior to reaching DH, and go-around with simulated airborne equipment
failure.
6.4* Landing(s):
with visual reference established at DH following an instrument approach. Depending on the P-----> -----> M
specific flight guidance system, an automatic landing shall be performed.
NOTE: CAT II/III operations shall be performed in accordance with the applicable air operations requirements.
202 of 262
7. Class ratings — sea
Section 6 shall be completed to revalidate a multi-engine class rating sea, VFR only, where the required
experience of 10 route sectors within the previous 12 months has not been completed.
CLASS RATING SKILL TEST OR
CLASS RATING SEA PRACTICAL TRAINING
PROFICIENCY CHECK
Manoeuvres/procedures Instructor’s initials when training Examiner’s initials when test
completed completed
SECTION 1
1 Departure
1.1 Preflight including:
— documentation;
— mass and balance;
— weather briefing; and
— NOTAM.
1.2 Pre-start checks
External/internal
1.3 Engine start-up and shutdown
Normal malfunctions
1.4 Taxiing
1.5 Step taxiing
1.6 Mooring: Beach
Jetty pier
Buoy
1.7 Engine-off sailing
1.8 Pre-departure checks:
Engine run-up (if applicable)
203 of 262
CLASS RATING SKILL TEST OR
CLASS RATING SEA PRACTICAL TRAINING
PROFICIENCY CHECK
Manoeuvres/procedures Instructor’s initials when training Examiner’s initials when test
completed completed
1.9 Take-off procedure:
— normal with flight
manual flap settings;
and
— crosswind (if conditions
are available).
1.10 Climbing:
— turns onto headings
— level off
1.11 ATC liaison — compliance, R/T
procedures
SECTION 2
2 Airwork (VFR)
2.1 Straight and level flight at
various airspeeds including
flight at critically low airspeed
with and without flaps
(including approach to VMCA
when applicable)
2.2 Steep turns (360° left and right
at 45° bank)
204 of 262
CLASS RATING SKILL TEST OR
CLASS RATING SEA PRACTICAL TRAINING
PROFICIENCY CHECK
Manoeuvres/procedures Instructor’s initials when training Examiner’s initials when test
completed completed
2.3 Stalls and recovery:
(i) clean stall;
(ii) approach to stall in
descending turn with
bank with approach
configuration and
power;
(iii) approach to stall in
landing configuration
and power; and
(iv) approach to stall,
climbing turn with take-
off flap and climb power
(single-engine
aeroplanes only).
2.4 ATC liaison — compliance, R/T
procedures
SECTION 3
3 En route procedures VFR
3.1 Flight plan, dead reckoning and
map reading
3.2 Maintenance of altitude,
heading and speed
3.3 Orientation, timing and
revision of ETAs
3.4 Use of radio navigation aids (if
applicable)
3.5 Flight management (flight log,
routine checks including fuel,
systems and icing)
205 of 262
CLASS RATING SKILL TEST OR
CLASS RATING SEA PRACTICAL TRAINING
PROFICIENCY CHECK
Manoeuvres/procedures Instructor’s initials when training Examiner’s initials when test
completed completed
3.6 ATC liaison — compliance, R/T
procedures
SECTION 4
4 Arrivals and landings
4.1 Aerodrome arrival procedure
(amphibians only)
4.2 Normal landing
4.3 Flapless landing
4.4 Crosswind landing (if suitable
conditions)
4.5 Approach and landing with idle
power from up to 2 000´ above
the water (single-engine
aeroplanes only)
4.6 Go-around from minimum
height
4.7 Glassy water landing
Rough water landing
4.8 ATC liaison — compliance, R/T
procedures
SECTION 5
5 Abnormal and emergency
procedures
(This section may be combined
with Sections 1 through 4.)
5.1 Rejected take-off at a
reasonable speed
206 of 262
CLASS RATING SKILL TEST OR
CLASS RATING SEA PRACTICAL TRAINING
PROFICIENCY CHECK
Manoeuvres/procedures Instructor’s initials when training Examiner’s initials when test
completed completed
5.2 Simulated engine failure after
take-off (single-engine
aeroplanes only)
5.3 Simulated forced landing
without power (single-engine
aeroplanes only)
5.4 Simulated emergencies:
(i) fire or smoke in flight;
and
(ii) systems’ malfunctions
as appropriate.
5.5 ATC liaison — compliance, R/T
procedures
SECTION 6
6 Simulated asymmetric flight
(This section may be combined
with Sections 1 through 5.)
6.1 Simulated engine failure during
take-off (at a safe altitude
unless carried out in an FFS
and an FNPT II)
6.2 Engine shutdown and restart
(ME skill test only)
6.3 Asymmetric approach and go-
around
6.4 Asymmetric approach and full-
stop landing
207 of 262
6.5 ATC liaison — compliance, R/T
procedures
C. Specific requirements for the helicopter category
1. In the case of skill test or proficiency check for type ratings and the ATPL, applicants shall pass Sections 1
to 4 and 6 (as applicable) of the skill test or proficiency check. Failure in more than five items will require
applicants to repeat the entire test or check. Applicants failing not more than five items shall repeat the
failed items. Failure in any item in the case of a retest or a recheck or failure in any other items already
passed will require the applicants to repeat the entire test or check again. All sections of the skill test or
proficiency check shall be completed within 6 months.
2. In the case of proficiency check for an IR, applicants shall pass Section 5 of the proficiency check. Failure
in more than 3 items will require applicants to repeat the entire Section 5. Applicants failing not more
than 3 items shall repeat the failed items. Failure in any item in the case of a recheck or failure in any
other items of Section 5 already passed will require applicants to repeat the entire check.
FLIGHT TEST TOLERANCE
3. Applicants shall demonstrate the ability to:
(a) operate the helicopter within its limitations;
(b) complete all manoeuvres with smoothness and accuracy;
(c) exercise good judgement and airmanship;
(d) apply aeronautical knowledge;
(e) maintain control of the helicopter at all times in such a manner that the successful outcome of a
procedure or manoeuvre is never in doubt;
(f) understand and apply crew coordination and incapacitation procedures, if applicable; and
(g) communicate effectively with the other crew members, if applicable.
4. The following limits shall apply, corrected to make allowance for turbulent conditions and the handling
qualities and performance of the helicopter used.
(a) IFR flight limits
Height
Generally ±100 ft
Starting a go-around at decision height/altitude +50 ft/–0 ft
Minimum descent height/MAPt/altitude +50 ft/–0 ft
Tracking
On radio aids ±5°
208 of 262
For ‘angular’ deviations Half-scale deflection, azimuth and glide
path (e.g. LPV, ILS, MLS, GLS)
2D (LNAV) and 3D (LNAV/VNAV) ‘linear’ lateral cross-track error/deviation shall normally
deviations be limited to ±½ of the RNP value
associated with the procedure. Brief
deviations from this standard up to a
maximum of one time the RNP value are
allowable.
3D linear vertical deviations (e.g. RNP APCH not more than –75 ft below the vertical
(LNAV/VNAV) using BaroVNAV) profile at any time, and not more than
+75 ft above the vertical profile at or
below 1 000 ft above aerodrome level.
Heading
all engines operating ±5°
with simulated engine failure ±10°
Speed
all engines operating ±5 knots
with simulated engine failure +10 knots/–5 knots
(b) VFR flight limits
Height
Generally ±100 ft
Heading
Normal operations ±5°
Abnormal operations/emergencies ±10°
Speed
Generally ±10 knots
With simulated engine failure +10 knots/-5 knots
Ground drift
T.O. hover I.G.E. ±3 ft
Landing ±2 ft (with 0 ft rearward or lateral flight)
CONTENT OF THE TRAINING/SKILL TEST/PROFICIENCY CHECK
GENERAL
5. The following symbol means:
P= Trained as PIC for the issue of a type rating for single-pilot helicopters (SPH) or trained as PIC or
co-pilot and as PF and PM for the issue of a type rating for multi pilot helicopters (MPH).
6. The practical training shall be conducted at least at the training equipment level shown as (P), or may be
conducted up to any higher equipment level shown by the arrow (---->).
209 of 262
The following abbreviations are used to indicate the training equipment used:
FFS = full-flight simulator
FTD = flight training device
H= helicopter
7. The starred items (*) shall be flown in actual or simulated IMC, only by applicants wishing to renew or
revalidate an IR(H) or extend the privileges of that rating to another type.
8. Instrument flight procedures (Section 5) shall be performed only by applicants wishing to renew or
revalidate an IR(H) or extend the privileges of that rating to another type. An FFS or an FTD 2/3 may be
used for this purpose.
9. Where the letter ‘M’ appears in the skill test or proficiency check column, this will indicate a mandatory
exercise.
10. An FSTD shall be used for practical training and testing if the FSTD forms part of a type rating course.
The following considerations will apply to the course:
(a) the qualification of the FSTD as set out in the relevant requirements of Annex VI (Part-ARA) and
Annex VII (Part-ORA);
(b) the qualifications of the instructor and examiner;
(c) the amount of FSTD training provided on the course;
(d) the qualifications and previous experience in similar types of the pilots under training; and
(e) the amount of supervised flying experience provided after the issue of the new type rating.
MULTI-PILOT HELICOPTERS
11. Applicants for the skill test for the issue of the multi-pilot helicopter type rating and ATPL(H) shall pass
only Sections 1 to 4 and, if applicable, Section 6.
12. Applicants for the revalidation or renewal of the multi-pilot helicopter type rating proficiency check shall
pass only Sections 1 to 4 and, if applicable, Section 6.
210 of 262
SINGLE/MULTI-PILOT HELICOPTERS PRACTICAL TRAINING SKILL TEST OR PROFICIENCY CHECK
Instructor initials when training Checked in Examiner initials when
Manoeuvres/procedures FSTD H
completed FSTD or H test completed
SECTION 1 — Preflight preparations and checks
1.1 Helicopter exterior visual inspection;
M (if performed in
location of each item and purpose of P
the helicopter)
inspection
1.2 Cockpit inspection P ---- M
1.3 Starting procedures, radio and
navigation equipment check, selection
P ---- M
and setting of navigation and
communication frequencies
1.4 Taxiing/air taxiing in compliance with
ATC instructions or with instructions of P ---- M
an instructor
1.5 Pre-take-off procedures and checks P ---- M
SECTION 2 — Flight manoeuvres and procedures
2.1 Take-offs (various profiles) P ---- M
211 of 262
SINGLE/MULTI-PILOT HELICOPTERS PRACTICAL TRAINING SKILL TEST OR PROFICIENCY CHECK
Instructor initials when training Checked in Examiner initials when
Manoeuvres/procedures FSTD H
completed FSTD or H test completed
Sloping ground or crosswind take-offs &
2.2 P ----
landings
Take-off at maximum take-off mass
2.3 (actual or simulated maximum take-off P ----
mass)
2.4 Take-off with simulated engine failure
P ---- M
shortly before reaching TDP or DPATO
2.4.1 Take-off with simulated engine failure
P ---- M
shortly after reaching TDP or DPATO
2.5 Climbing and descending turns to
P ---- M
specified headings
2.5.1 Turns with 30° bank, 180°to 360° left
and right, by sole reference to P ---- M
instruments
2.6 Autorotative descent P ---- M
212 of 262
SINGLE/MULTI-PILOT HELICOPTERS PRACTICAL TRAINING SKILL TEST OR PROFICIENCY CHECK
Instructor initials when training Checked in Examiner initials when
Manoeuvres/procedures FSTD H
completed FSTD or H test completed
2.6.1 For single-engine helicopters (SEH)
autorotative landing or for multi-engine P ---- M
helicopters (MEH) power recovery
2.7 Landings, various profiles P ---- M
2.7.1 Go-around or landing following
simulated engine failure before LDP or P ---- M
DPBL
2.7.2 Landing following simulated engine
P ---- M
failure after LDP or DPBL
SECTION 3 — Normal and abnormal operations of the following systems and procedures
3 Normal and abnormal operations of the M A mandatory minimum
following systems and procedures: of 3 items shall be
selected from this
section
3.1 Engine P ----
3.2 Air conditioning (heating, ventilation) P ----
213 of 262
SINGLE/MULTI-PILOT HELICOPTERS PRACTICAL TRAINING SKILL TEST OR PROFICIENCY CHECK
Instructor initials when training Checked in Examiner initials when
Manoeuvres/procedures FSTD H
completed FSTD or H test completed
3.3 Pitot/static system P ----
3.4 Fuel system P ----
3.5 Electrical system P ----
3.6 Hydraulic system P ----
3.7 Flight control and trim system P ----
3.8 Anti-icing and de-icing system P ----
3.9 Autopilot/flight director P ---
3.10 Stability augmentation devices P ----
3.11 Weather radar, radio altimeter,
P ----
transponder
3.12 Area navigation system P ----
214 of 262
SINGLE/MULTI-PILOT HELICOPTERS PRACTICAL TRAINING SKILL TEST OR PROFICIENCY CHECK
Instructor initials when training Checked in Examiner initials when
Manoeuvres/procedures FSTD H
completed FSTD or H test completed
3.13 Landing gear system P -----
3.14 APU P ----
3.15 Radio, navigation equipment,
P ----
instruments and FMS
SECTION 4 — Abnormal and emergency procedures
4 Abnormal and emergency procedures M A mandatory minimum
of 3 items shall be
selected from this
section
4.1 Fire drills (including evacuation if
P ----
applicable)
4.2 Smoke control and removal P ----
4.3 Engine failures, shutdown and restart
P ----
at a safe height
215 of 262
SINGLE/MULTI-PILOT HELICOPTERS PRACTICAL TRAINING SKILL TEST OR PROFICIENCY CHECK
Instructor initials when training Checked in Examiner initials when
Manoeuvres/procedures FSTD H
completed FSTD or H test completed
4.4 Fuel dumping (simulated) P ----
4.5 Tail rotor control failure (if applicable) P ----
4.5.1 Tail rotor loss (if applicable) A
helicopter
shall not
P
be used
for this
exercise
4.6 Incapacitation of crew member — MPH
P ----
only
4.7 Transmission malfunctions P ----
4.8 Other emergency procedures as
outlined in the appropriate flight P ----
manual
SECTION 5 — Instrument flight procedures (to be performed in IMC or simulated IMC)
216 of 262
SINGLE/MULTI-PILOT HELICOPTERS PRACTICAL TRAINING SKILL TEST OR PROFICIENCY CHECK
Instructor initials when training Checked in Examiner initials when
Manoeuvres/procedures FSTD H
completed FSTD or H test completed
5.1 Instrument take-off: transition to
instrument flight is required as soon as P* ----*
possible after becoming airborne
5.1.1 Simulated engine failure during
P* ----* M*
departure
5.2 Adherence to departure and arrival
P* ----* M*
routes and ATC instructions
5.3 Holding procedures P* ----*
5.4 3D operations to DH/A of 200 ft (60 m)
or to higher minima if required by the P* ----*
approach procedure
217 of 262
SINGLE/MULTI-PILOT HELICOPTERS PRACTICAL TRAINING SKILL TEST OR PROFICIENCY CHECK
Instructor initials when training Checked in Examiner initials when
Manoeuvres/procedures FSTD H
completed FSTD or H test completed
5.4.1 Manually, without flight director. P* ----* M*
Note: According to the AFM, RNP APCH
procedures may require the use of
autopilot or flight director. The
procedure to be flown manually shall
be chosen taken into account such
limitations (for example, choose an ILS
for 5.4.1 in the case of such AFM
limitation).
5.4.2 Manually, with flight director P* ----* M*
5.4.3 With coupled autopilot P* ----*
Manually, with one engine simulated
inoperative; engine failure has to be
5.4.4
simulated during final approach before
P* ----* M*
passing 1 000 ft above aerodrome level
until touchdown or until completion of
the missed approach procedure
5.5 2D operations down to the MDA/H P* ----* M*
218 of 262
SINGLE/MULTI-PILOT HELICOPTERS PRACTICAL TRAINING SKILL TEST OR PROFICIENCY CHECK
Instructor initials when training Checked in Examiner initials when
Manoeuvres/procedures FSTD H
completed FSTD or H test completed
Go-around with all engines operating
on reaching DA/H or MDA/MDH P* ----*
5.6
5.6.1 Other missed approach procedures P* ----*
Go-around with one engine simulated
inoperative on reaching DA/H or P* ----* M*
5.6.2
MDA/MDH
5.7 IMC autorotation with power recovery P* ----* M*
5.8 Recovery from unusual attitudes P* ----* M*
SECTION 6 — Use of optional equipment
6 Use of optional equipment P ----
219 of 262
D. Specific requirements for the powered-lift aircraft category
1. In the case of skill tests or proficiency checks for powered-lift aircraft type ratings, applicants shall pass
Sections 1 to 5 and 6 (as applicable) of the skill test or proficiency check. Failure in more than five items
will require applicants to repeat the entire test or check. Applicants failing not more than five items shall
repeat the failed items. Failure in any item in the case of a retest or a recheck or failure in any other
items already passed will require applicants to repeat the entire test or check. All sections of the skill
test or proficiency check shall be completed within 6 months.
FLIGHT TEST TOLERANCE
2. Applicants shall demonstrate the ability to:
(a) operate the powered-lift aircraft within its limitations;
(b) complete all manoeuvres with smoothness and accuracy;
(c) exercise good judgement and airmanship;
(d) apply aeronautical knowledge;
(e) maintain control of the powered-lift aircraft at all times in such a manner that the successful
outcome of a procedure or manoeuvre is never in doubt;
(f) understand and apply crew coordination and incapacitation procedures; and
(g) communicate effectively with the other crew members.
3. The following limits shall apply, corrected to make allowance for turbulent conditions and the handling
qualities and performance of the powered-lift aircraft used.
(a) IFR flight limits
Height
Generally ±100 ft
Starting a go-around at decision +50 ft/-0 ft
height/altitude
Minimum descent height/altitude +50 ft/-0 ft
Tracking
On radio aids ±5°
Precision approach half-scale deflection, azimuth and glide path
220 of 262
Heading
Normal operations ±5°
Abnormal operations/emergencies ±10°
Speed
Generally ±10 knots
With simulated engine failure +10 knots/-5 knots
(b) VFR flight limits:
Height
Generally ±100 ft
Heading
Normal operations ±5°
Abnormal operations/emergencies ±10°
Speed
Generally ±10 knots
With simulated engine failure +10 knots/-5 knots
Ground drift
T.O. hover I.G.E. ±3 ft
Landing ±2 ft (with 0 ft rearward or lateral flight)
CONTENT OF THE TRAINING/SKILL TEST/PROFICIENCY CHECK
4. The following symbol means:
P= Trained as PIC or co-pilot and as PF and PM for the issue of a type rating as applicable
5. The practical training shall be conducted at least at the training equipment level shown as (P), or may be
conducted up to any higher equipment level shown by the arrow (---->).
6. The following abbreviations are used to indicate the training equipment used:
221 of 262
FFS = full-flight simulator
FTD = flight training device
OTD = other training device
PL = powered-lift aircraft
(a) Applicants for the skill test for the issue of the powered-lift aircraft type rating shall pass Sections
1 to 5 and, if applicable, Section 6.
(b) Applicants for the revalidation or renewal of the powered-lift aircraft type rating proficiency check
shall pass Sections 1 to 5 and, if applicable, Section 6 and/or Section 7.
(c) The starred items (*) shall be flown solely by reference to instruments. If this condition is not met
during the skill test or proficiency check, the type rating will be restricted to VFR only.
7. Where the letter ‘M’ appears in the skill test or proficiency check column, this will indicate a mandatory
exercise.
8. FSTDs shall be used for practical training and testing if they form part of an approved type rating course.
The following considerations will apply to the approval of the course:
(a) the qualification of the FSTDs as set out in the relevant requirements of Annex VI (Part-ARA) and
Annex VII (Part-ORA); and
(b) the qualifications of the instructor.
222 of 262
POWERED-LIFT AIRCRAFT CATEGORY PRACTICAL TRAINING SKILL TEST OR PROFICIENCY CHECK
Instructor’s initials
Checked in Examiner’s initials when
Manoeuvres/procedures when training
FFS PL test completed
completed
OTD FTD FFS PL
SECTION 1 — Preflight preparations and checks
1.1 Powered-lift aircraft exterior visual
inspection;
location of each item and purpose of P
inspection
1.2 Cockpit inspection
P ---- ---- ----
1.3 Starting procedures, radio and navigation
equipment check, selection and setting of
navigation and communication frequencies P ---- ---- ---- M
1.4 Taxiing in compliance with ATC instructions
P ---- ----
or with instructions of an instructor
1.5 Pre-take-off procedures and checks including
P ---- ---- ---- M
power check
223 of 262
POWERED-LIFT AIRCRAFT CATEGORY PRACTICAL TRAINING SKILL TEST OR PROFICIENCY CHECK
Instructor’s initials
Checked in Examiner’s initials when
Manoeuvres/procedures when training
FFS PL test completed
completed
OTD FTD FFS PL
SECTION 2 — Flight manoeuvres and procedures
2.1 Normal VFR take-off profiles:
Runway operations (short take-off and
landing (STOL) and vertical take-off and
landing (VTOL)) including crosswind P ---- ---- M
Elevated heliports
Ground level heliports
2.2 Take-off at maximum take-off mass (actual or
P ----
simulated maximum take-off mass)
2.3.1 Rejected take-off:
— during runway operations;
— during elevated heliport operations; P ---- M
and
— during ground level operations.
224 of 262
POWERED-LIFT AIRCRAFT CATEGORY PRACTICAL TRAINING SKILL TEST OR PROFICIENCY CHECK
Instructor’s initials
Checked in Examiner’s initials when
Manoeuvres/procedures when training
FFS PL test completed
completed
OTD FTD FFS PL
2.3.2 Take-off with simulated engine failure after
passing decision point:
— during runway operations;
P ---- M
— during elevated heliport operations;
and
— during ground level operations.
2.4 Autorotative descent in helicopter mode to M
ground (an aircraft shall not be used for this
P ---- ---- FFS
exercise)
only
2.4.1 Windmill descent in aeroplane mode (an M
aircraft shall not be used for this exercise)
P ---- FFS
only
2.5 Normal VFR landing profiles:
runway operations (STOL and VTOL)
P ---- ---- M
elevated heliports
ground level heliports
225 of 262
POWERED-LIFT AIRCRAFT CATEGORY PRACTICAL TRAINING SKILL TEST OR PROFICIENCY CHECK
Instructor’s initials
Checked in Examiner’s initials when
Manoeuvres/procedures when training
FFS PL test completed
completed
OTD FTD FFS PL
2.5.1 Landing with simulated engine failure after
reaching decision point:
— during runway operations;
— during elevated heliport operations;
and
— during ground level operations.
2.6 Go-around or landing following simulated
P ---- M
engine failure before decision point
SECTION 3 — Normal and abnormal operations of the following systems and procedures:
3 Normal and abnormal operations of the M A mandatory minimum
following systems and procedures (may be of 3 items shall be
completed in an FSTD if qualified for the selected from this
exercise): section
3.1 Engine P ---- ----
3.2 Pressurisation and air conditioning (heating,
P ---- ----
ventilation)
226 of 262
POWERED-LIFT AIRCRAFT CATEGORY PRACTICAL TRAINING SKILL TEST OR PROFICIENCY CHECK
Instructor’s initials
Checked in Examiner’s initials when
Manoeuvres/procedures when training
FFS PL test completed
completed
OTD FTD FFS PL
3.3 Pitot/static system P ---- ----
3.4 Fuel system P ---- ----
3.5 Electrical system P ---- ----
3.6 Hydraulic system P ---- ----
3.7 Flight control and trim system P ---- ----
3.8 Anti-icing and de-icing system, glare shield
P ---- ----
heating (if fitted)
3.9 Autopilot/flight director P --- ---
3.10 Stall warning devices or stall avoidance
P ---- ----
devices and stability augmentation devices
3.11 Weather radar, radio altimeter, transponder,
P ---- ----
ground proximity warning system (if fitted)
227 of 262
POWERED-LIFT AIRCRAFT CATEGORY PRACTICAL TRAINING SKILL TEST OR PROFICIENCY CHECK
Instructor’s initials
Checked in Examiner’s initials when
Manoeuvres/procedures when training
FFS PL test completed
completed
OTD FTD FFS PL
3.12 Landing gear system P ----- -----
3.13 APU P ---- ----
3.14 Radio, navigation equipment, instruments
P ---- ----
and FMS
3.15 Flap system P ---- ----
SECTION 4 — Abnormal and emergency procedures
4 Abnormal and emergency procedures A mandatory minimum
of 3 items shall be
(may be completed in an FSTD if qualified for M
selected from this
the exercise)
section
4.1 Fire drills, engine, APU, cargo compartment,
flight deck and electrical fires including P ---- ----
evacuation if applicable
4.2 Smoke control and removal P ---- ----
228 of 262
POWERED-LIFT AIRCRAFT CATEGORY PRACTICAL TRAINING SKILL TEST OR PROFICIENCY CHECK
Instructor’s initials
Checked in Examiner’s initials when
Manoeuvres/procedures when training
FFS PL test completed
completed
OTD FTD FFS PL
4.3 Engine failures, shutdown and restart
(an aircraft shall not be used for this exercise) FFS
including one engine inoperative conversion P ---- ----
only
from helicopter to aeroplane modes and vice
versa
4.4 Fuel dumping (simulated, if fitted) P ---- ----
4.5 Wind shear at take-off and landing (an FFS
aircraft shall not be used for this exercise) P
only
4.6 Simulated cabin pressure failure/emergency FFS
descent (an aircraft shall not be used for this P ---- ----
exercise) only
4.7 ACAS event FFS
P ---- ----
(an aircraft shall not be used for this exercise) only
4.8 Incapacitation of crew member P ---- ----
229 of 262
POWERED-LIFT AIRCRAFT CATEGORY PRACTICAL TRAINING SKILL TEST OR PROFICIENCY CHECK
Instructor’s initials
Checked in Examiner’s initials when
Manoeuvres/procedures when training
FFS PL test completed
completed
OTD FTD FFS PL
4.9 Transmission malfunctions FFS
P ---- ----
only
4.10 Recovery from a full stall (power on and off)
or after activation of stall warning devices in FFS
P ---- ----
climb, cruise and approach configurations (an only
aircraft shall not be used for this exercise)
4.11 Other emergency procedures as detailed in
P ---- ----
the appropriate flight manual
SECTION 5 — Instrument flight procedures (to be performed in IMC or simulated IMC)
5.1 Instrument take-off: transition to instrument
flight is required as soon as possible after P* ----* ----*
becoming airborne
5.1.1 Simulated engine failure during departure
P* ----* ----* M*
after decision point
230 of 262
POWERED-LIFT AIRCRAFT CATEGORY PRACTICAL TRAINING SKILL TEST OR PROFICIENCY CHECK
Instructor’s initials
Checked in Examiner’s initials when
Manoeuvres/procedures when training
FFS PL test completed
completed
OTD FTD FFS PL
5.2 Adherence to departure and arrival routes
P* ----* ----* M*
and ATC instructions
5.3 Holding procedures P* ----* ----*
5.4 Precision approach down to a decision height
P* ----* ----*
not less than 60 m (200 ft)
5.4.1 Manually, without flight director M* (Skill
P* ----* ----*
test only)
5.4.2 Manually, with flight director P* ----* ----*
5.4.3 With use of autopilot P* ----* ----*
5.4.4 Manually, with one engine simulated
inoperative; engine failure has to be
simulated during final approach before
P* ----* ----* M*
passing the OM and continued either to
touchdown or until completion of the missed
approach procedure
231 of 262
POWERED-LIFT AIRCRAFT CATEGORY PRACTICAL TRAINING SKILL TEST OR PROFICIENCY CHECK
Instructor’s initials
Checked in Examiner’s initials when
Manoeuvres/procedures when training
FFS PL test completed
completed
OTD FTD FFS PL
5.5 Non-precision approach down to the MDA/H P* ----* ----* M*
5.6 Go-around with all engines operating on
P* ----* ----*
reaching DA/H or MDA/MDH
5.6.1 Other missed approach procedures P* ----* ----*
5.6.2 Go-around with one engine simulated
P* M*
inoperative on reaching DA/H or MDA/MDH
5.7 IMC autorotation with power recovery to M*
land on runway in helicopter mode only (an P* ----* ----*
aircraft shall not be used for this exercise) FFS only
5.8 Recovery from unusual attitudes (this one
P* ----* ----* M*
depends on the quality of the FFS)
SECTION 6 — Additional authorisation on a type rating for instrument approaches down to a decision height of less than 60 m (200 ft) (CAT II/III)
232 of 262
POWERED-LIFT AIRCRAFT CATEGORY PRACTICAL TRAINING SKILL TEST OR PROFICIENCY CHECK
Instructor’s initials
Checked in Examiner’s initials when
Manoeuvres/procedures when training
FFS PL test completed
completed
OTD FTD FFS PL
6 Additional authorisation on a type rating for
instrument approaches down to a decision
height of less than 60 m (CAT II/III).
The following manoeuvres and procedures
are the minimum training requirements to
permit instrument approaches down to a DH
of less than 60 m (200 ft). During the
following instrument approaches and missed
approach procedures, all powered-lift aircraft
equipment required for the type certification
of instrument approaches down to a DH of
less than 60 m (200 ft) shall be used.
6.1 Rejected take-off at minimum authorised
P ---- M*
RVR
6.2 ILS approaches:
in simulated instrument flight conditions
down to the applicable DH, using flight P ---- ---- M*
guidance system. Standard operating
procedures (SOPs) of crew coordination shall
be observed.
233 of 262
POWERED-LIFT AIRCRAFT CATEGORY PRACTICAL TRAINING SKILL TEST OR PROFICIENCY CHECK
Instructor’s initials
Checked in Examiner’s initials when
Manoeuvres/procedures when training
FFS PL test completed
completed
OTD FTD FFS PL
6.3 Go-around:
after approaches as indicated in 6.2 on
reaching DH. The training shall also include a
go-around due to (simulated) insufficient
RVR, wind shear, aircraft deviation in excess P ---- ---- M*
of approach limits for a successful approach,
ground/airborne equipment failure prior to
reaching DH, and go-around with simulated
airborne equipment failure.
6.4 Landing(s):
with visual reference established at DH
following an instrument approach. P ---- M*
Depending on the specific flight guidance
system, an automatic landing shall be
performed.
Section 7 — Optional equipment
7 Use of optional equipment P ---- ----
234 of 262
E. Specific requirements for the airship category
1. In the case of skill tests or proficiency checks for airship type ratings, applicants shall pass Sections 1 to 5
and 6 (as applicable) of the skill test or proficiency check. Failure in more than five items will require
applicants to repeat the entire test or check. Applicants failing not more than five items shall take the
failed items again. Failure in any item in the case of a retest or a recheck, or failure in any other items
already passed will require applicants to repeat the entire test or check again. All sections of the skill
test or proficiency check shall be completed within 6 months.
FLIGHT TEST TOLERANCE
2. Applicants shall demonstrate the ability to:
(a) operate the airship within its limitations;
(b) complete all manoeuvres with smoothness and accuracy;
(c) exercise good judgement and airmanship;
(d) apply aeronautical knowledge;
(e) maintain control of the airship at all times in such a manner that the successful outcome of a
procedure or manoeuvre is never in doubt;
(f) understand and apply crew coordination and incapacitation procedures; and
(g) communicate effectively with the other crew members.
3. The following limits shall apply, corrected to make allowance for turbulent conditions and the handling
qualities and performance of the airship used.
(a) IFR flight limits:
Height
Generally ±100 ft
Starting a go-around at decision height/altitude +50 ft/-0 ft
Minimum descent height/altitude +50 ft/-0 ft
Tracking
On radio aids ±5°
Precision approach half-scale deflection, azimuth and glide path
Heading
Normal operations ±5°
Abnormal operations/emergencies ±10°
235 of 262
(b) VFR flight limits:
Height
Generally ±100 ft
Heading
Normal operations ±5°
Abnormal operations/emergencies ±10°
CONTENT OF THE TRAINING/SKILL TEST/PROFICIENCY CHECK
4. The following symbol means:
P= Trained as PIC or co-pilot and as PF and PM for the issue of a type rating as applicable.
5. The practical training shall be conducted at least at the training equipment level shown as (P), or may be
conducted up to any higher equipment level shown by the arrow (---->).
6 The following abbreviations are used to indicate the training equipment used:
FFS = full-flight simulator
FTD = flight training device
OTD = other training device
As = airship
(a) Applicants for the skill test for the issue of the airship shall pass Sections 1 to 5 and, if applicable,
Section 6.
(b) Applicants for the revalidation or renewal of the airship type rating proficiency check shall pass
Sections 1 to 5 and, if applicable Section 6.
(c) The starred items (*) shall be flown solely by reference to instruments. If this condition is not met
during the skill test or proficiency check, the type rating will be restricted to VFR only.
7. Where the letter ‘M’ appears in the skill test or proficiency check column, this will indicate a mandatory
exercise.
8. FSTDs shall be used for practical training and testing if they form part of a type rating course. The
following considerations will apply to the course:
(a) the qualification of the FSTDs as set out in the relevant requirements of Annex VI (Part-ARA) and
Annex VII (Part-ORA); and
(b) the qualifications of the instructor.
236 of 262
SKILL TEST OR PROFICIENCY
AIRSHIP CATEGORY PRACTICAL TRAINING
CHECK
Manoeuvres/procedures Checked in Examiner’s
Instructor’s initials when
initials when
training completed
OTD FTD FFS As FFS As test completed
SECTION 1 — Preflight preparations and checks
1.1 Preflight inspection P
1.2 Cockpit inspection P ---- ---- ----
1.3 Starting procedures, radio and
navigation equipment check, selection
P ---- ---- M
and setting of navigation and
communication frequencies
1.4 Off-mast procedure and ground
P ---- M
manoeuvring
1.5 Pre-take-off procedures and checks P ---- ---- ---- M
SECTION 2 — Flight manoeuvres and procedures
2.1 Normal VFR take-off profile P ---- M
237 of 262
SKILL TEST OR PROFICIENCY
AIRSHIP CATEGORY PRACTICAL TRAINING
CHECK
Manoeuvres/procedures Checked in Examiner’s
Instructor’s initials when
initials when
training completed
OTD FTD FFS As FFS As test completed
2.2 Take-off with simulated engine failure P ---- M
2.3 Take-off with heaviness > 0 (Heavy T/O) P ----
2.4 Take-off with heaviness < 0 (Light/TO) P ----
2.5 Normal climb procedure P ----
2.6 Climb to pressure height P ----
2.7 Recognising of pressure height P ----
2.8 Flight at or close to pressure height P ---- M
2.9 Normal descent and approach P ----
2.10 Normal VFR landing profile P ---- M
2.11 Landing with heaviness > 0 (Heavy Ldg.) P ---- M
238 of 262
SKILL TEST OR PROFICIENCY
AIRSHIP CATEGORY PRACTICAL TRAINING
CHECK
Manoeuvres/procedures Checked in Examiner’s
Instructor’s initials when
initials when
training completed
OTD FTD FFS As FFS As test completed
2.12 Landing with heaviness < 0 (Light Ldg.) P ---- M
Intentionally left blank
SECTION 3 — Normal and abnormal operations of the following systems and procedures
3 Normal and abnormal operations of the A mandatory
following systems and procedures (may minimum of 3
be completed in an FSTD if qualified for M items shall be
the exercise): selected from
this section
3.1 Engine P ---- ---- ----
3.2 Envelope pressurisation P ---- ---- ----
3.3 Pitot/static system P ---- ---- ----
3.4 Fuel system P ---- ---- ----
3.5 Electrical system P ---- ---- ----
239 of 262
SKILL TEST OR PROFICIENCY
AIRSHIP CATEGORY PRACTICAL TRAINING
CHECK
Manoeuvres/procedures Checked in Examiner’s
Instructor’s initials when
initials when
training completed
OTD FTD FFS As FFS As test completed
3.6 Hydraulic system P ---- ---- ----
3.7 Flight control and trim system P ---- ---- ----
3.8 Ballonet system P ---- ---- ----
3.9 Autopilot/flight director P --- --- ----
3.10 Stability augmentation devices P ---- ---- ----
3.11 Weather radar,
radio altimeter, transponder, ground P ---- ---- ----
proximity warning system (if fitted)
3.12 Landing gear system P ----- ----- ----
3.13 APU P ---- ---- ----
3.14 Radio, navigation equipment,
P ---- ---- ----
instruments and FMS
240 of 262
SKILL TEST OR PROFICIENCY
AIRSHIP CATEGORY PRACTICAL TRAINING
CHECK
Manoeuvres/procedures Checked in Examiner’s
Instructor’s initials when
initials when
training completed
OTD FTD FFS As FFS As test completed
Intentionally left blank
SECTION 4 — Abnormal and emergency procedures
4 Abnormal and emergency procedures A mandatory
minimum of
(may be completed in an FSTD if
three items
qualified for the exercise) M
shall be
selected from
this section
4.1 Fire drills, engine, APU, cargo
compartment, flight deck and electrical P ---- ---- ----
fires, including evacuation if applicable
4.2 Smoke control and removal P ---- ---- ----
4.3 Engine failures, shutdown and restart:
in particular phases of flight, inclusive P ---- ---- ----
multiple engine failure
4.4 Incapacitation of crew member P ---- ---- ----
241 of 262
SKILL TEST OR PROFICIENCY
AIRSHIP CATEGORY PRACTICAL TRAINING
CHECK
Manoeuvres/procedures Checked in Examiner’s
Instructor’s initials when
initials when
training completed
OTD FTD FFS As FFS As test completed
4.5 Transmission/gearbox malfunctions P ---- ---- ---- FFS only
4.6 Other emergency procedures as outlined
P ---- ---- ----
in the appropriate flight manual
SECTION 5 — Instrument Flight Procedures (to be performed in IMC or simulated IMC)
5.1 Instrument take-off: transition to
instrument flight is required as soon as P* ----* ----* ----*
possible after becoming airborne
5.1.1 Simulated engine failure during
P* ----* ----* ----* M*
departure
5.2 Adherence to departure and arrival
P* ----* ----* ----* M*
routes and ATC instructions
5.3 Holding procedures P* ----* ----* ----*
5.4 Precision approach down to a decision
P* ----* ----* ----*
height not less than 60 m (200 ft)
242 of 262
SKILL TEST OR PROFICIENCY
AIRSHIP CATEGORY PRACTICAL TRAINING
CHECK
Manoeuvres/procedures Checked in Examiner’s
Instructor’s initials when
initials when
training completed
OTD FTD FFS As FFS As test completed
5.4.1 Manually, without flight director M*
P* ----* ----* ----* (Skill test
only)
5.4.2 Manually, with flight director
P* ----* ----* ----*
5.4.3 With use of autopilot
P* ----* ----* ----*
5.4.4 Manually, with one engine simulated
inoperative; engine failure has to be
simulated during final approach before
passing the OM and continued to P* ----* ----* ----* M*
touchdown or until completion of the
missed approach procedure
5.5 Non-precision approach down to the
P* ----* ----* ----* M*
MDA/H
243 of 262
SKILL TEST OR PROFICIENCY
AIRSHIP CATEGORY PRACTICAL TRAINING
CHECK
Manoeuvres/procedures Checked in Examiner’s
Instructor’s initials when
initials when
training completed
OTD FTD FFS As FFS As test completed
5.6 Go-around with all engines operating on
reaching DA/H or MDA/MDH P* ----* ----* ----*
5.6.1 Other missed approach procedures
P* ----* ----* ----*
5.6.2 Go-around with one engine simulated
inoperative on reaching DA/H or
MDA/MDH
P* M*
5.7 Recovery from unusual attitudes
(this one depends on the quality of the
FFS)
P* ----* ----* ----* M*
244 of 262
SKILL TEST OR PROFICIENCY
AIRSHIP CATEGORY PRACTICAL TRAINING
CHECK
Manoeuvres/procedures Checked in Examiner’s
Instructor’s initials when
initials when
training completed
OTD FTD FFS As FFS As test completed
SECTION 6 — Additional authorisation on a type rating for instrument approaches down to a decision height of less than 60 m (200 ft) (CAT II/III)
6 Additional authorisation on a type rating
for instrument approaches down to a
decision height of less than 60 m (200 ft)
(CAT II/III).
The following manoeuvres and
procedures are the minimum training
requirements to permit instrument
approaches down to a DH of less than
60 m (200 ft). During the following
instrument approaches and missed
approach procedures, all airship
equipment required for the type
certification of instrument approaches
down to a DH of less than 60 m (200 ft)
shall be used.
6.1 Rejected take-off at minimum authorised
P ---- M*
RVR
245 of 262
SKILL TEST OR PROFICIENCY
AIRSHIP CATEGORY PRACTICAL TRAINING
CHECK
Manoeuvres/procedures Checked in Examiner’s
Instructor’s initials when
initials when
training completed
OTD FTD FFS As FFS As test completed
6.2 ILS approaches:
in simulated instrument flight conditions
down to the applicable DH, using flight P ---- M*
guidance system. SOPs of crew
coordination shall be observed.
6.3 Go-around
After approaches as indicated in 6.2 on
reaching DH.
The training shall also include a go-
around due to (simulated) insufficient
P ---- M*
RVR, wind shear, aircraft deviation in
excess of approach limits for a successful
approach, ground/airborne equipment
failure prior to reaching DH and, go-
around with simulated airborne
equipment failure.
246 of 262
SKILL TEST OR PROFICIENCY
AIRSHIP CATEGORY PRACTICAL TRAINING
CHECK
Manoeuvres/procedures Checked in Examiner’s
Instructor’s initials when
initials when
training completed
OTD FTD FFS As FFS As test completed
6.4 Landing(s):
with visual reference established at DH
following an instrument approach. P ---- M*
Depending on the specific flight guidance
system, an automatic landing shall be
performed
SECTION 7 — Optional equipment
7 Use of optional equipment P ----
247 of 262
ANNEX II
CONDITIONS FOR THE CONVERSION OF EXISTING NATIONAL LICENCES AND RATINGS
FOR AEROPLANES AND HELICOPTERS
A. AEROPLANES
1. Pilot licences
Pilot licences issued by a Member State in accordance with the national requirements shall be converted into
Part-FCL licences, provided that applicants comply with the following requirements:
(a) for ATPL(A) and CPL(A), pass as a proficiency check the revalidation requirements of Part-FCL for
type/class and instrument rating, relevant to the privileges of the licence held;
(b) demonstrate knowledge of the relevant parts of the operational requirements and Part-FCL;
(c) demonstrate language proficiency in accordance with FCL.055; and
(d) comply with the requirements set out in the following table:
National licence Total flying Any further Part-FCL licence Removal of
held hours requirements and conditions conditions
experience (where
applicable)
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
ATPL(A) > 1 500 as PIC None ATPL(A) Not applicable (a)
in multi-pilot
aeroplanes
ATPL(A) > 1 500 on None as in (c)(4) as in (c)(5) (b)
multi-pilot
aeroplanes
ATPL(A) > 500 on multi- Demonstrate knowledge of ATPL(A), with type Demonstrate the (c)
pilot aeroplanes flight planning and rating restricted ability to act as PIC
performance as required by to co-pilot as required by
FCL.515 Appendix 9 to Part-
FCL
CPL/IR(A) and passed (i)demonstrate knowledge CPL/IR(A) with Not applicable (d)
an ICAO ATPL theory of flight planning and ATPL theory credit
test in the Member performance as required
State that issued the by FCL.310 and
licence FCL.615(b)
(ii)meet remaining
requirements in
FCL.720.A(c).
CPL/IR(A) > 500 on multi-pilot (i)pass an examination CPL/IR(A) with Not applicable (e)
aeroplanes or in multi- ATPL theory
248 of 262
pilot operations on for ATPL(A) credit
single-pilot aeroplanes knowledge in the
CS-23 commuter Member State that
category or equivalent issued the licence (1)
in accordance with the
(ii)meet remaining
relevant requirements
requirements in
of Part-CAT and Part-
FCL.720.A(c)
ORO for commercial air
transport
CPL/IR(A) > 500 as PIC in single- None CPL/IR(A) with Obtain multi-pilot (f)
pilot aeroplanes class ratings and type rating in
type ratings accordance with
restricted to Part-FCL
single-pilot
aeroplanes
CPL/IR(A) < 500 as PIC in single- Demonstrate As (4)(f) As (5)(f) (g)
pilot aeroplanes knowledge of flight
planning and flight
performance for CPL/IR
level
CPL(A) > 500 as PIC in single- Night rating, if CPL(A), with (h)
pilot aeroplanes applicable type/class ratings
restricted to
single-pilot
aeroplanes
CPL(A) < 500 as PIC in single- (i)Night rating, if as (4)(h) (i)
pilot aeroplanes applicable;
(ii)demonstrate
knowledge of flight
performance and
planning as required
by FCL.310.
PPL/IR(A) ≥ 75 in accordance with PPL/IR(A) (the IR Demonstrate (j)
IFR restricted to PPL) knowledge of flight
performance and
planning as
required by
FCL.615(b)
PPL(A) ≥ 70 on aeroplanes Demonstrate the use PPL(A) (k)
of radio navigation aids
(1) CPL holders already holding a type rating for a multi-pilot aeroplane are not required to have passed an
examination for ATPL(A) theoretical knowledge whilst they continue to operate that same aeroplane type, but
will not be given ATPL(A) theory credit for a Part-FCL licence. If they require another type rating for a different
multi-pilot aeroplane, they must comply with column (3), row (e)(i) of the table above.
249 of 262
2. Instructor certificates
An instructor certificate issued by a Member State in accordance with the national requirements shall
be converted into a Part-FCL certificate, provided that applicants comply with the following
requirements:
National certificate Experience Any further Part-FCL certificate
or privileges held requirements
(1) (2) (3) (4)
FI(A)/IRI(A)/TRI(A)/CR as required under N/A FI(A)/IRI(A)/TRI(A)/CR
I(A) Part-FCL for the I(A)
relevant certificate
3. SFI certificate
An SFI certificate issued by a Member State in accordance with the national requirements shall be
converted into a Part-FCL certificate, provided that applicants comply with the following requirements:
National certificate Experience Any further Part-FCL certificate
held requirements
(1) (2) (3) (4)
SFI(A) >1 500 hours as pilot (i) hold or have held SFI(A)
of MPA a CPL, an MPL or an
ATPL for aeroplanes
issued by a Member
State;
(ii) have completed
the flight simulator
content of the
applicable type rating
course including
MCC.
SFI(A) 3 years of recent have completed the SFI(A)
experience as an SFI flight simulator
content of the
applicable type rating
course including MCC
The conversion shall be valid for a maximum period of 3 years. Revalidation shall be subject to the
completion of the relevant requirements set out in Part-FCL.
250 of 262
4. STI certificate
An STI certificate issued by a Member State in accordance with the national requirements of that State
may be converted into a Part-FCL certificate, provided that applicants comply with the following
requirements:
National certificate Experience Any further Replacement
held requirements certificate
(1) (2) (3) (4)
STI(A) > 500 hours as pilot (i) hold or have held STI(A)
on SPA a pilot licence issued
by a Member State;
(ii) have passed a
proficiency check in
accordance with
Appendix 9 to Part-
FCL in an FSTD
appropriate to the
instruction intended
STI(A) 3 years recent have passed a STI(A)
experience as an STI proficiency check in
accordance with
Appendix 9 to Part-
FCL in an FSTD
appropriate to the
instruction intended
Revalidation of the certificate shall be subject to the completion of the relevant requirements set out in
Part-FCL.
B. HELICOPTERS
1. Pilot licences
Pilot licences issued by a Member State in accordance with the national requirements shall be converted
into Part-FCL licences, provided that applicants comply with the following requirements:
(a) complete as a proficiency check the revalidation requirements of Part-FCL for type and instrument
rating, relevant to the privileges of the licence held;
(b) demonstrate knowledge of the relevant parts of the operational requirements and Part-FCL;
(c) demonstrate language proficiency in accordance with FCL.055; and
(d) comply with the requirements set out in the following table:
251 of 262
National licence Total flying Any further Replacement Part-FCL Removal of
held hours requirements licence and conditions conditions
experience (where applicable)
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
ATPL(H) valid >1 000 as PIC in none ATPL(H) and IR Not applicable (a)
IR(H) multi-pilot
helicopters
ATPL(H) no >1 000 as PIC in none ATPL(H) (b)
IR(H) privileges multi-pilot
helicopters
ATPL(H) valid >1 000 on None ATPL(H), and IR with Demonstrate the (c)
IR(H) multi-pilot type rating restricted to ability to act as PIC
helicopters co-pilot as required by
Appendix 9 to Part-
FCL
ATPL(H) no >1 000 on None ATPL(H) type rating Demonstrate the (d)
IR(H) privileges multi-pilot restricted to co-pilot ability to act as PIC
helicopters as required by
Appendix 9 to Part-
FCL
ATPL(H) valid >500 on multi- demonstrate as (4)(c) as (5)(c) (e)
IR(H) pilot knowledge of
helicopters flight planning
and flight
performance as
required by
FCL.515 and
FCL.615(b)
ATPL(H) no >500 on multi- as (3)(e) as (4)(d) as (5)(d) (f)
IR(H) privileges pilot
helicopters
252 of 262
National licence Total flying Any further Replacement Part-FCL Removal of
held hours requirements licence and conditions conditions
experience (where applicable)
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
CPL/IR(H) and (i) demonstrate CPL/IR(H) Not applicable (g)
passed an ICAO knowledge of
with ATPL(H) theory
ATPL(H) theory flight planning
credit, provided that
test in the and flight
the ICAO ATPL(H)
Member State performance as
theory test is assessed
that issued the required by
as being at Part-FCL
licence FCL.310 and
ATPL level
FCL.615(b); and
(ii) meet
remaining
requirements in
FCL.720.H(b).
CPL/IR(H) >500 on multi- (i) to pass an CPL/IR(H) Not applicable (h)
pilot examination for
with Part-FCL ATPL(H)
helicopters Part-FCL
theory credit
ATPL(H)
theoretical
knowledge in
the Member
State that
issued the
licence *; and
(ii) to meet
remaining
requirements in
FCL.720.H (b).
CPL/IR(H) >500 as PIC in None CPL/IR(H) with type (i)
single-pilot ratings restricted to
helicopters single-pilot helicopters
CPL/IR(H) <500 as PIC in demonstrate as (4)(i) obtain multi-pilot (j)
single-pilot knowledge of type rating as
helicopters flight planning required by Part-FCL
and flight
performance as
required by
FCL.310 and
FCL.615(b)
253 of 262
National licence Total flying Any further Replacement Part-FCL Removal of
held hours requirements licence and conditions conditions
experience (where applicable)
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
CPL(H) >500 as PIC in night rating CPL(H), with type (k)
single-pilot ratings restricted to
helicopters single-pilot helicopters
CPL(H) <500 as PIC in night rating as (4) (k) (l)
single-pilot demonstrate
helicopters knowledge of
flight
performance
and planning as
required by
FCL.310
CPL(H) >500 as PIC in As (4)(k) and restricted Obtain multi-pilot (m)
single-pilot to day VFR operations type rating as
Without night
helicopters required by Part-FCL
rating
and a night rating.
CPL(H) <500 as PIC in demonstrate As (4)(k) and restricted (n)
single-pilot knowledge of to day VFR operations
Without night
helicopters flight planning
rating
and flight
performance as
required by
FCL.310
PPL/IR(H) 75 in PPL/IR(H) (the IR demonstrate (o)
accordance restricted to PPL) knowledge of flight
with IFR performance and
planning as required
by FCL.615(b)
PPL(H) 75 on demonstrate PPL (H) (p)
helicopters the use of radio
navigation aids
*CPL holders already holding a type rating for a multi-pilot helicopter are not required to have passed an
examination for ATPL(H) theoretical knowledge whilst they continue to operate that same helicopter type, but
will not be given ATPL(H) theory credit for a Part-FCL licence. If they require another type rating for a different
multi-pilot helicopter, they must comply with column (3), row (h)(i) of the table.
254 of 262
2. Instructor certificates
An instructor certificate issued by a Member State in accordance with the national requirements shall
be converted into a Part-FCL certificate, provided that applicants comply with the following
requirements:
National certificate or Experience Any further Replacement certificate
privileges held requirements
(1) (2) (3) (4)
FI(H)/IRI(H)/TRI(H) as required under FI(H)/IRI(H)/TRI(H)*
Part-FCL for the
relevant certificate
Revalidation of the certificate shall be subject to the completion of the relevant requirements set out in
Part-FCL.
3. SFI certificate
An SFI certificate issued by a Member State in accordance with the national requirements shall be
converted into a Part-FCL certificate, provided that applicants comply with the following requirements:
National certificate Experience Any further Replacement
held requirements certificate
(1) (2) (3) (4)
SFI(H) >1 000 hours as pilot (i) hold or have held a SFI(H)
of MPH CPL, MPL or ATPL
issued by a Member
State;
(ii) have completed
the flight simulator
content of the
applicable type rating
course including MCC
SFI(H) 3 years recent have completed the SFI(H)
experience as an SFI simulator content of
the applicable type
rating course
including MCC
Revalidation of the certificate shall be subject to the completion of the relevant requirements set out in
Part-FCL.
255 of 262
4. STI certificate
An STI certificate issued by a Member State in accordance with the national requirements of that State
may be converted into a Part-FCL certificate, provided that applicants comply with the requirements set
out in the table below:
National certificate Experience Any further Replacement
held requirements certificate
(1) (2) (3) (4)
STI(H) >500 hours as pilot on (i) hold or have held a STI(H)
SPH pilot licence issued by
a Member State; and
(ii) have passed a
proficiency check in
accordance with
Appendix 9 to Part-
FCL in an FSTD
appropriate to the
instruction intended.
STI(H) 3 years recent have passed a STI(H)
experience as an STI proficiency check in
accordance with
Appendix 9 to Part-
FCL in an FSTD
appropriate to the
instruction intended
Revalidation of the certificate shall be subject to the completion of the relevant requirements set out in Part-
FCL.
256 of 262
ANNEX III
CONDITIONS FOR THE ACCEPTANCE OF LICENCES ISSUED BY OR ON BEHALF OF THIRD
COUNTRIES
A. VALIDATION OF LICENCES
General
1. Pilot licences issued in compliance with the requirements of Annex 1 to the Chicago Convention by a
third country may be validated by the competent authority of a Member State.
Pilots shall apply to the competent authority of the Member State where they reside or are established.
If they are not residing in the territory of a Member State, pilots shall apply to the competent authority
of the Member State where the operator for which they are flying or intend to fly has its principal place
of business, or where the aircraft on which they are flying or intend to fly is registered.
2. The period of validation of a licence shall not exceed 1 year, provided that the basic licence remains
valid.
This period may only be extended once by the competent authority that issued the validation when,
during the validation period, pilots have applied, or are undergoing training, for the issue of a licence in
accordance with Part-FCL. This extension shall cover the period of time necessary for the licence to be
issued in accordance with Part-FCL and shall not exceed one year.
Holders of a licence accepted by a Member State shall exercise their privileges in accordance with the
requirements stated in Part-FCL.
Pilot licences for commercial air transport and other commercial activities
3. In the case of pilot licences for commercial air transport and other commercial activities, holders shall
comply with the following requirements:
(a) complete, as a skill test, the type or class rating revalidation requirements of Part-FCL relevant to
the privileges of the licence held;
(b) demonstrate that they have acquired knowledge of the relevant parts of the operational
requirements and Part-FCL;
(c) demonstrate that they have acquired language proficiency in accordance with FCL.055; and
(d) hold a valid Class 1 medical certificate, issued in accordance with Part-MED.
In addition to the requirements in points (a) to (d), in the case of aeroplanes, applicants shall comply
with the experience requirements set out in the following table:
Licence held Total flying hours experience Privileges
(1) (2) (3)
ATPL(A) >1 500 hours as PIC in multi-pilot aeroplanes Commercial air transport in multi-
(a)
pilot aeroplanes as PIC
ATPL(A) or CPL(A)/IR* >1 500 hours as PIC or co-pilot on multi-pilot Commercial air transport in multi- (b)
257 of 262
aeroplanes according to operational requirements pilot aeroplanes as co-pilot
CPL(A)/IR >1 000 hours as PIC in commercial air transport Commercial air transport in single-
(c)
since obtaining an IR pilot aeroplanes as PIC
CPL(A)/IR >1 000 hours as PIC or as co-pilot in single-pilot Commercial air transport in single-
aeroplanes according to operational requirements pilot aeroplanes as co-pilot
(d)
according to operational
requirements
ATPL(A), CPLA(A)/IR, >700 hours in aeroplanes other than TMGs, Exercise of privileges in aeroplanes
CPL(A) including 200 hours in the activity role for which in operations other than
(e)
acceptance is sought, and 50 hours in that role in commercial air transport
the last 12 months
CPL(A) >1 500 hours as PIC in commercial air transport Commercial air transport in single-
(f)
including 500 hours on seaplane operations pilot aeroplanes as PIC
* CPL(A)/IR holders on multi-pilot aeroplanes shall have demonstrated ICAO ATPL(A) level knowledge
before acceptance.
In addition to the requirements in points (a) to (d), in the case of helicopters, applicants shall comply
with the experience requirements set out in the following table:
Licence held Total flying hours experience Privileges
(1) (2) (3)
ATPL(H) valid IR > 1 000 hours as PIC in multi-pilot helicopters Commercial air transport in (a)
multi-pilot helicopters as PIC
in VFR and IFR operations
ATPL(H) no IR > 1 000 hours as PIC in multi-pilot helicopters Commercial air transport in (b)
privileges multi-pilot helicopters as PIC
in VFR operations
ATPL(H) valid IR > 1 000 hours as pilot on multi-pilot helicopters Commercial air transport in (c)
multi-pilot helicopters as co-
pilot in VFR and IFR
operations
ATPL(H) no IR > 1 000 hours as pilot on multi-pilot helicopters Commercial air transport in (d)
privileges multi-pilot helicopters as co-
pilot in VFR operations
CPL(H)/IR* > 1 000 hours as pilot on multi-pilot helicopters Commercial air transport in (e)
multi-pilot helicopters as co-
pilot
CPL(H)/IR > 1 000 hours as PIC in commercial air transport since Commercial air transport in (f)
gaining an IR single-pilot helicopters as
PIC
ATPL(H) with or > 700 hours in helicopters other than those certificated Exercise of privileges in (g)
without IR under CS-27/29 or equivalent, including 200 hours in the helicopters in operations
privileges, activity role for which acceptance is sought, and other than commercial air
CPL(H)/IR, CPL(H) 50 hours in that role in the last 12 months. transport
258 of 262
* CPL(H)/IR holders on multi-pilot helicopters shall have demonstrated ICAO ATPL level knowledge
before acceptance.
Pilot licences for non-commercial activities with an instrument rating
4. In the case of a PPL with an IR, or a CPL and an ATPL with an IR where pilots intend only to exercise
private pilot privileges, holders shall comply with the following requirements:
(a) pass the skill test for instrument rating and the type or class ratings relevant to the privileges of
the licence held and including the IR exercises, in accordance with Appendix 7 and Appendix 9 to
Part-FCL;
(b) demonstrate that they have acquired knowledge of air law, aeronautical weather codes, flight
planning and performance (IR), and human performance;
(c) demonstrate that they have acquired language proficiency in accordance with FCL.055;
(d) hold at least a valid Class 2 medical certificate issued in accordance with Annex 1 to the Chicago
Convention; and
(e) have a minimum experience of at least 100 hours of instrument flight time as PIC in the relevant
category of aircraft.
Pilot licences for non-commercial activities without an instrument rating
5. In the case of a PPL or a CPL and an ATPL without an IR where pilots intend only to exercise private pilot
privileges, holders shall comply with the following requirements:
(a) demonstrate that they have acquired knowledge of air law and human performance;
(b) pass the PPL skill test as set out in Part-FCL;
(c) fulfil the relevant requirements of Part-FCL for the issue of a type or class rating as relevant to the
privileges of the licence held;
(d) hold at least a Class 2 medical certificate issued in accordance with Annex 1 to the Chicago
Convention;
(e) demonstrate that they have acquired language proficiency in accordance with FCL.055; and
(f) have a minimum experience of at least 100 hours as pilot in the relevant category of aircraft.
Validation of pilot licences for specific tasks of limited duration
6. Notwithstanding the provisions of the paragraphs above, in the case of manufacturer flights, Member
States may accept a licence issued in accordance with Annex 1 to the Chicago Convention by a third
country for a maximum of 1 year for specific tasks of limited duration, such as training flights for initial
entry into service, demonstration, ferry or test flights, provided that applicants comply with the
following requirements:
(a) hold an appropriate licence and medical certificate and associated ratings or qualifications issued
in accordance with Annex 1 to the Chicago Convention; and
259 of 262
(b) are employed, directly or indirectly, by an aircraft manufacturer or by an aviation authority.
In this case, the privileges of holders shall be limited to performing flight instruction and testing for the
initial issue of type ratings, the supervision of initial line flying by the operators’ pilots, delivery or ferry
flights, initial line flying, flight demonstrations or test flights.
7. Notwithstanding the provisions of the paragraphs above, Member States may, for, competition flights or
display flights of limited duration, accept a licence issued by a third country allowing holders to exercise
the privileges of a PPL, an SPL or a BPL provided that:
(a) prior to the event, the organiser of the competition or display flights provides the competent
authority with adequate evidence on how it will ensure that pilots will be familiarised with the
relevant safety information and manage any risk associated with the flights; and
(b) applicants hold an appropriate licence and medical certificate and associated ratings or
qualifications issued in accordance with Annex 1 to the Chicago Convention.
8. Notwithstanding the provisions of the paragraphs above, Member States may accept a PPL, an SPL or a
BPL issued in compliance with the requirements of Annex 1 to the Chicago Convention by a third
country for a maximum of 28 days per calendar year for specific non-commercial tasks provided that
applicants:
(a) hold an appropriate licence and medical certificate and associated ratings or qualifications issued
in accordance with Annex 1 to the Chicago Convention; and
(b) have completed at least one acclimatisation flight with a qualified instructor prior to carrying out
the specific tasks of limited duration.
B. CONVERSION OF LICENCES
1. A PPL, a BPL, an SPL, a CPL or an ATPL issued in compliance with Annex 1 to the Chicago Convention by a
third country may be converted into a Part-FCL PPL, BPL or SPL with a single-pilot class or type rating by
the competent authority of a Member State.
2. Holders of the licence shall comply with the following minimum requirements, for the relevant aircraft
category:
(a) pass a written examination in air law and human performance;
(b) pass the PPL, BPL or SPL skill test, as relevant, in accordance with Part-FCL;
(c) fulfil the requirements for the issue of the relevant class or type rating, in accordance with
Subpart H;
(d) hold at least a Class 2 medical certificate, issued in accordance with Part-MED;
(e) demonstrate that they have acquired language proficiency in accordance with FCL.055; and
(f) have completed at least 100 hours of flight time as a pilot.
C. ACCEPTANCE OF CLASS AND TYPE RATINGS
1. A valid class or type rating contained in a licence issued by a third country may be inserted in a Part-FCL
licence, provided that applicants:
260 of 262
(a) comply with the experience requirements and the prerequisites for the issue of the applicable
type or class rating in accordance with Part-FCL;
(b) pass the relevant skill test for the issue of the applicable type or class rating in accordance with
Part-FCL;
(c) are in current flying practice; and
(d) have no less than:
(1) for aeroplane class ratings, 100 hours of flight experience as a pilot in that class;
(2) for aeroplane type ratings, 500 hours of flight experience as a pilot in that type;
(3) for single-engine helicopters with a maximum certificated take-off mass of up to 3 175 kg,
100 hours of flight experience as a pilot in that type; and
(4) for all other helicopters, 350 hours of flight experience as a pilot on that type.
261 of 262
ANNEX II
to draft Commission Regulation (EU) …/… of XXX amending Commission Regulation (EU)
No 1178/2011 as regards a revision of the Annexes I, II and III as well as the introduction of loss of
control prevention and recovery training
1. Annex VI to Commission Regulation (EU) No 1178/2011 is amended as follows:
(1) In point (b)(2) of ARA.FCL.300, the term ‘multiple choice’ is deleted.
‘(2) Questions for an examination shall be selected by the competent authority, according to a
common method which allows coverage of the entire syllabus in each subject, from the European
Central Question Bank (ECQB). The ECQB is a database of multiple choice questions held by the
Agency.’
262 of 262
ANNEX to draft Commission Regulation (EU) …/… of XXX amending Commission Regulation (EU) No 1178/2011 as regards upset prevention and recovery training and an update of Part-FCL 1. The Cover Regulation is amended as follows: In Article 1 point (2) is replaced by ‘(2) the certification and authorisation of persons responsible for providing flight training or flight simulation training and for assessing pilots’ skills.’ Annexes I, II and III to Commission Regulation (EU) No 1178/2011 are replaced as follows: ANNEX I [PART-FCL] SUBPART A GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FCL.001 Competent authority For the purpose of this Annex ( Part -FCL) , the competent authority shall be an authority designated by the Member State to wh ich a person applies for the issue of pilot licences or associated ratings or certificates. FCL.005 Scope This Annex ( Part -FCL) establishes the requirements for the issue of pilot licences and associated ratings and certificates and the conditions of their validity and use. FCL.010 Definitions For the purposes of this Annex ( Part -FCL) , the following definitions , appearing in alphabetical order below , apply: ‘accessible ’ means that a device can be used by : the approved training organisation (ATO) under whose approval a training course for a class or type rating is being conducted ; or the examiner conducting the assessment of competence, skill test or proficiency check for the purpose of assessing, testing and checking . ‘ a erobatic flight ’ means an intentional manoeuvre involving an abrupt change in an aircraft’s attitude, an abnormal attitude or abnormal acceleration, not necessary for normal flight or for instruction for licences , certificates or ratings other than the aerobatic rating. ‘ a eroplane ’ means an engine-driven , fixed-wing , heavier-than-air aircraft which is supported in flight by the dynamic reaction of the air against its wings. ‘ a eroplane required to be operated with a co-pilot ’ means a type of aeroplane which is required to be operated with a co-pilot as specified in the flight manual or in the air operator certificate (AOC) . ‘ a eroplane upset prevention and recovery training ( UPRT) ’ means training consisting of: — aeroplane upset prevention training: a combination of theoretical knowledge and flying training with the aim of providing flight crew with the required competencies to prevent aeroplane upsets; and — aeroplane upset recovery training: a combination of theoretical knowledge and flying training with the aim of providing flight crew with the required competencies to recover from aeroplane upsets. ‘ a ircraft ’ means any machine that can derive support in the atmosphere from the reactions of the air other than the reactions of the air against the earth’s surface. ‘ a irmanship ’ means the consistent use of good judgement and well-developed knowledge, skills and attitudes to accomplish flight objectives. ‘ a irship ’ means a power-driven , lighter-than-air aircraft, with the exception of hot-air airships, which, for the purposes of this Annex ( Part -FCL) , are included in the definition of balloon. ‘ a ngular operation ’ means an instrument approach operation in which the maximum tolerable error/deviation from the planned track is expressed in terms of deflection of the needles on the c ourse d eviation i ndicator or equivalent display in the cockpit. ‘ a ssessment of competence ’ means the demonstration of skill, knowledge and attitude for the initial issue , revalidation or renewal of an instructor or examiner certificate. ‘ a vailable FSTD ’ means any flight simulation training device ( FSTD ) that is vacant for use of the FSTD operator or of the customers irrespective of any time consideration . ‘ b alloon ’ means a lighter-than-air aircraft which is not engine-driven and sustains flight through the use of either gas or an airborne heater. For the purposes of this Annex ( Part -FCL) , a hot-air airship, although engine-driven, is also considered a balloon. ‘ b asic i nstrument t raining d evice (BITD) ’ means a ground-based training device which represents the student pilot’s station of a class of aeroplanes. It may use screen-based instrument panels and spring-loaded flight controls, providing a training platform for at least the procedural aspects of instrument flight. ‘ c ategory of aircraft ’ means a categorisation of aircraft according to specified basic characteristics, for example aeroplane, powered-lift, helicopter, airship, sailplane, free balloon. ‘ c lass of aeroplane ’ means a categorisation of single-pilot aeroplanes not requiring a type rating. ‘ c lass of balloon ’ means a categorisation of balloons taking into account the lifting means used to sustain flight. ‘ c ommercial air transport ’ means the transport of passengers, cargo or mail for remuneration or hire. ‘ c ompetency ’ means a combination of skills, knowledge and attitude required to perform a task to the prescribed standard. ‘ c ompetency element ’ means an action which constitutes a task that has a triggering event and a terminating event that clearly defines its limits, and an observable outcome. ‘ c ompetency unit ’ means a discrete function consisting of a number of competency elements. ‘ c o-pilot ’ means a pilot operating other than as pilot-in-command, on an aircraft for which more than one pilot is required, but excluding a pilot who is on board the aircraft for the sole purpose of receiving flight instruction for a licence or rating. ‘ c ross-country ’ means a flight between a point of departure and a point of arrival following a pre-planned route, using standard navigation procedures. ‘ c ruise relief co-pilot ’ means a pilot who relieves the co-pilot of their duties at the controls during the cruise phase of a flight in multi-pilot operations above FL 200. ‘ d ual instruction time ’ means flight time or instrument ground time during which a person is receiving flight instruction from a properly authorised instructor. ‘ e rror ’ means an action or inaction by the flight crew which leads to deviations from organisational or flight intentions or expectations. ‘ e rror management ’ means the process of detecting and responding to errors with countermeasures which reduce or eliminate the consequences of errors, and mitigate the probability of errors or undesired aircraft states. ‘ f ull - f light s imulator (FFS) ’ means a full - size replica of a specific type or make, model and series aircraft flight deck, including the assemblage of all equipment and computer programmes necessary to represent the aircraft in ground and flight operations, a visual system providing an out-of-the-flight deck view and a force cueing motion system. ‘ f light time ’: for aeroplanes, touring motor gliders and powered-lift, it means the total time from the moment an aircraft first moves for the purpose of taking off until the moment it finally comes to rest at the end of the flight; for helicopters, it means the total time from the moment a helicopter’s rotor blades start turning until the moment the helicopter finally comes to rest at the end of the flight, and the rotor blades are stopped; for airships, it means the total time from the moment an airship is released from the mast for the purpose of taking off until the moment the airship finally comes to rest at the end of the flight and is secured on the mast; for sailplanes, it means the total time from the moment the sailplane commences the ground run in the process of taking off until the moment the sailplane finally comes to a rest at the end of flight; and for balloons, it means the total time from the moment the basket leaves the ground for the purpose of taking off until the moment it finally comes to a rest at the end of the flight. ‘ f light time under i nstrument f light r ules (IFR) ’ means all flight time during which the aircraft is being operated under IFR . ‘ f light t raining d evice (FTD) ’ means a full - size replica of a specific aircraft type’s instruments, equipment, panels and controls in an open flight deck area or an enclosed aircraft flight deck, including the assemblage of equipment and computer software programmes necessary to represent the aircraft in ground and flight conditions to the extent of the systems installed in the device. It does not require a force cueing motion or visual system, except in the case of helicopter FTD levels 2 and 3, where visual systems are required. ‘ f light and n avigation p rocedures t rainer (FNPT) ’ means a training device which represents the flight deck or cockpit environment, including the assemblage of equipment and computer programmes necessary to represent an aircraft type or class in - flight operations to the extent that the systems appear to function as in an aircraft. ‘ f lown solely by reference to instruments ’ means that the pilot s fly the aircraft without any external visual references, in simulated or actual instrument meteorological conditions ( IMC ) . ‘ g roup of balloons ’ means a categorisation of balloons, taking into account the size or capacity of the envelope. ‘ h elicopter ’ means a heavier-than-air aircraft supported in flight chiefly by the reactions of the air on one or more power-driven rotors on substantially vertical axes. ‘ i nstrument flight time ’ means the time during which a pilot is controlling an aircraft in flight solely by reference to instruments. ‘ i nstrument ground time ’ means the time during which a pilot is receiving instruction in simulated instrument flight, in FSTD s . ‘ i nstrument time ’ means instrument flight time or instrument ground time. ‘ l inear operation ’ means an instrument approach operation in which the maximum tolerable error/deviation from the planned track is expressed in units of length, for instance nautical miles, for cross-track lateral deviation. ‘Line flying under supervision (LIFUS)’ means line flying after an approved zero flight time type rating training course or the line flying required by an OSD . ‘ LNAV ’ means l ateral n avigation. ‘ LPV ’ means l ocaliser p erformance with v ertical g uidance. ‘ m ulti-pilot operation ’: for aeroplanes, it means an operation requiring at least two pilots using multi-crew cooperation in either multi-pilot or single-pilot aeroplanes; for helicopters, it means an operation requiring at least two pilots using multi-crew cooperation on multi-pilot helicopters. ‘ m ulti-crew cooperation (MCC) ’ means the functioning of the flight crew as a team of cooperating members led by the pilot-in-command. ‘ m ulti-pilot aircraft ’: for aeroplanes, it means aeroplanes certificated for operation with a minimum crew of at least two pilots; for helicopters, airships and powered-lift aircraft, it means the type of aircraft which is required to be operated with a co-pilot as specified in the flight manual or in the AOC or an equivalent document. ‘ n ight ’ means the period between the end of evening civil twilight and the beginning of morning civil twilight or such other period between sunset and sunrise as may be prescribed by the appropriate authority . ‘ o ther training devices (OTD s ) ’ means training aids other than FSTDs which provide means for training where a complete flight deck environment is not necessary. ‘ p erformance- b ased n avigation (PBN )’ means area navigation based on performance requirements for aircraft operating along an air traffic services ( ATS ) route, on an instrument approach procedure or in a designated airspace. ‘ p erformance criteria ’ means a simple, evaluative statement on the required outcome of the competency element and a description of the criteria used to judge if the required level of performance has been achieved. ‘ p ilot-in-command (PIC) ’ means the pilot designated as being in command and charged with the safe conduct of the flight. ‘ p ilot-in-command under supervision (PICUS) ’ means a co-pilot performing, under the supervision of the PIC , the duties and functions of a PIC . ‘ p owered-lift aircraft ’ means any aircraft deriving vertical lift and in - flight propulsion/lift from variable geometry rotors or engines/propulsive devices attached to or contained within the fuselage or wings. ‘ p owered sailplane ’ means an aircraft equipped with one or more engines having, with engines inoperative, the characteristics of a sailplane. ‘ p rivate pilot ’ means a pilot who holds a licence which prohibits the piloting of aircraft in operations for which remuneration is given, with the exclusion of instruction or examination activities, as established in this Annex ( Part -FCL) . ‘ p roficiency check ’ means the demonstration of skill to revalidate or renew ratings or privileges , and including such oral examination as may be required. ‘ r enewal ’ (of, e.g. a rating or certificate) means the administrative action taken after a rating or certificate has lapsed for the purpose of renewing the privileges of the rating or certificate for a further specified period consequent upon the fulfilment of specified requirements. ‘ r evalidation ’ (of, e.g. a rating or certificate) means the administrative action taken within the period of validity of a rating or certificate which allows the holder s to continue to exercise the privileges of a rating or certificate for a further specified period consequent upon the fulfilment of specified requirements. ‘ RNP APCH ’ means a PBN specification used for instrument approach operations. ‘ RNP APCH operation down to LNAV minima ’ means a 2D instrument approach operation for which the lateral guidance is based on global navigation satellite system ( GNSS ) positioning. ‘ RNP APCH operation down to LNAV/VNAV minima ’ means a 3D instrument approach operation for which the lateral guidance is based on GNSS positioning and the vertical guidance is provided either by the Baro VNAV function or by the GNSS positioning including satellite-based augmentation system ( SBAS ) . ‘ RNP APCH operation down to LPV minima ’ means a 3D instrument approach operation for which both lateral and vertical guidance are based on GNSS positioning including SBAS. ‘ RNP AR APCH ’ means a navigation specification used for instrument approach operations requiring a specific approval. ‘ r oute sector ’ means a flight comprising take-off, departure, cruise of not less than 15 minutes, arrival, approach and landing phases. ‘ s ailplane ’ means a heavier-than-air aircraft which is supported in flight by the dynamic reaction of the air against its fixed lifting surfaces, the free flight of which does not depend on an engine. ‘ s ingle-pilot aircraft ’ means an aircraft certificated for operation by one pilot. ‘ s kill test ’ means the demonstration of skill for a licence or rating issue , including such oral examination as may be required. ‘ s olo flight time ’ means flight time during which a student pilot is the sole occupant of an aircraft. ‘ s tudent pilot-in-command (SPIC) ’ means a student pilot acting as the PIC in a flight with an instructor where the latter will only observe the student pilot and shall not influence or control the flight of the aircraft. ‘ t hreat ’ means events or errors which occur beyond the influence of the flight crew, increase operational complexity and which must be managed to maintain the margin of safety. ‘ t hreat management ’ means the process of detecting and responding to the threats with countermeasures which reduce or eliminate the consequences of threats, and mitigate the probability of errors or undesired aircraft states. ‘ t hree-dimensional (3D) instrument approach operation ’ means an instrument approach operation using both lateral and vertical navigation guidance. ‘ t ouring m otor g lider (TMG) ’ means a specific class of powered sailplane having an integrally mounted, non-retractable engine and a non-retractable propeller. It is capable of taking off and climbing under its own power according to its flight manual. ‘ t wo-dimensional (2D) instrument approach operation ’ means an instrument approach operation using lateral navigation guidance only. ‘ t ype of aircraft ’ means a categorisation of aircraft requiring a type rating as determined in the operational suitability data established in accordance with Annex I (Part-21) to Regulation (EU) No 748/2012 (OSD) , and which include s all aircraft of the same basic design including all modifications thereto except those which result in a change in handling or flight characteristics. ‘Type r ating and l icen c e e ndorsement l ist’ means a list published by the Agency based on the result of the OSD evaluation and containing classes and types of aircraft for the purpose of flight crew licensing. ‘ VNAV ’ means v ertical n avigation. FCL.015 Application for the issue , revalidation or renewal of licences, ratings and certificates An application for the issue , revalidation or renewal of pilot licences and associated ratings and certificates shall be submitted to the competent authority in a form and manner established by this authority. The application shall be accompanied by evidence that applicant s compl y with the requirements for the issue , revalidation or renewal of the licence or certificate as well as associated ratings or endorsements, established in this Annex ( Part -FCL) and in Annex IV ( Part-M ED) . Any limitation or extension of the privileges granted by a licence, rating or certificate shall be endorsed i o n the licence or certificate by the competent authority. A person shall not hold at any time more than one licence per category of aircraft issued in accordance with this Annex ( Part -FCL) . An application for the issue of a licence for another category of aircraft or for the issue of further ratings or certificates, as well as an amendment, revalidation or renewal of those licences, ratings or certificates shall be submitted to the competent authority which initially issued the pilot licence, except when pilot s ha ve s requested a change of competent authority and a transfer of their licensing and medical records to that authority. FCL.020 Student pilot s S tudent pilot s shall not fly solo unless authorised to do so and supervised by a flight instructor. Before their first solo flight, student pilot s shall be at least: in the case of aeroplanes, helicopters and airships: 16 years of age; and in the case of sailplanes and balloons: 14 years of age. FCL.025 Theoretical knowledge examinations for the issue of licences and ratings Responsibilities of the applicant s Applicants shall take the entire set of theoretical knowledge examinations for a specific licence or rating under the resp onsibility of the same Member State ’s competent authority . Applicants shall only take the theoretical knowledge examination when recommended by the approved training organisation (ATO) responsible for their training, once they have completed the appropriate elements of the training course of theoretical knowledge instruct ion to a satisfactory standard. The recommendation by an ATO shall be valid for 12 months. If applicant s ha ve failed to attempt at least one theoretical knowledge examination paper within this period of validity, the need for further training shall be determined by the ATO, based on the needs of the applicant s . Pass standards A pass in a theoretical knowledge examination paper will be awarded to applicant s achieving at least 75 % of t he marks allocated to that paper. There is no penalty marking. Unless otherwise determined in this Annex (Part-FCL) , applicant s ha ve successfully completed the required theoretical knowledge examination for the appropriate pilot licence or rating when they ha ve passed all the required theoretical knowledge examination papers within a period of 18 months counted from the end of the calendar month when the applicant first attempted an examination. If applicant s for the ATP theoretical knowledge examination , or for the issue of a commercial pilot licence ( CPL ) , an instrument rating ( IR ) or an en route instrument rating ( EIR ) ha ve failed to pass one of the theoretical knowledge examination papers within four attempts, or ha ve s failed to pass all papers within either six sittings or the period mentioned in point (2), they shall retake the complete set of theoretical knowledge examination papers. If applicants for the issue of a light aircraft pilot licence (LAPL) , a private pilot licence (PPL) , a sailplane pilot licence (SPL) or a balloon pilot licence (BPL) have failed to pass one of the theoretical knowledge examination papers within four attempts or have failed to pass all papers within the period mentioned in point (2), they shall retake the complete set of theoretical knowledge examination papers. Before retaking the theoretical knowledge examinations, applicant s shall undertake further training at an ATO. The extent and scope of the training needed shall be determined by the ATO, based on the needs of the applicant s . Validity period The successful completion of the theoretical knowledge examinations will be valid: (i) for the issue of a n LAPL , a PPL , a n SPL or a BPL , for a period of 2 years ; (i i ) for the issue of a CPL , an IR or an EIR, for a period of 3 years ; T he periods in points (i) and (ii) shall be counted from the day when the pilot s successfully complete s the theoretical knowledge examination, in accordance with point (b)(2). The completion of the airline transport pilot licence (ATPL) theoretical knowledge examinations will remain valid for the issue of an ATPL for a period of 7 years from the last validity date of: (i) an IR entered in a licence; or (ii) in the case of helicopters, a helicopter’s type rating entered in a licence. FCL.030 Practical skill test Before a skill test for the issue of a licence or rating is taken, applicant s shall have passed the required theoretical knowledge examination, except in the case of applicants completing a course of integrated flying training. In any case, the theoretical knowledge instruction shall always have been completed before the skill tests are taken. Except for the issue of an ATPL , applicant s for a skill test shall be recommended for the test by the ATO or person responsible for the training, once the training is completed. The training records shall be made available to the examiner. FCL.035 Crediting of flight time and theoretical knowledge Crediting of flight time (1 ) Unless otherwise specified in this Annex (Part-FCL) , flight time to be credited for a licence, rating or certificate shall have been flown in the same category of aircraft for which the licence, rating or certificate is sought. (2) Pilot-in-command ( PIC ) or under instruction (i) Applicant s for the issue of a licence, rating or certificate shall be credited in full with all solo, dual instruction or PIC flight time towards the total flight time required for the licence, rating or certificate. (ii) G raduate s of an airline transport pilot ( ATP ) integrated training course are entitled to be credited with up to 50 hours of student pilot-in-command (SPIC) instrument time towards the PIC time required for the issue of the ATPL , CPL and a multi-engine type or class rating. (iii) G raduate s of a CPL/IR integrated training course are entitled to be credited with up to 50 hours of the SPIC instrument time towards the PIC time required for the issue of the CPL and a multi-engine type or class rating. (3) Flight time as co-pilot or PICUS Unless otherwise determined in this Annex (Part-FCL) , holder s of a pilot licence, when acting as co-pilot s or PICUS, are entitled to be credited with all of the co-pilot time towards the total flight time required for a higher grade of pilot licence. Crediting of theoretical knowledge (1) Applicant s having passed the theoretical knowledge examination for an ATPL shall be credited with the theoretical knowledge requirements for the LAPL , the PPL , the CPL and, except in the case of helicopters, the IR and the EIR in the same category of aircraft. (2) A pplicant s having passed the theoretical knowledge examination for a CPL shall be credited with the theoretical knowledge requirement for a n LAPL or a PPL in the same category of aircraft. (3) H older s of an IR or applicant s having passed the instrument theoretical knowledge examination for a category of aircraft shall be fully credited towards the requirements for the theoretical knowledge instruction and examination for an IR in another category of aircraft. (4) H older s of a pilot licence shall be credited towards the requirements for theoretical knowledge instruction and examination for a licence in the same or another category of aircraft in accordance with Appendix 1 to this Annex (Part-FCL) . The credit shall also apply to applicants for a pilot licence who have already successfully completed the theoretical knowledge examinations for the issue of a licence in another category of aircraft, as long as it is within the validity period specified in FCL.025(c). (5) Notwithstanding point (b)(3), holder s of an instrument rating (aeroplanes) IR(A) who ha ve completed a competency-based modular IR(A) course or holder s of an EIR shall only be credited in full towards the requirements for theoretical knowledge instruction and examination for an IR in another category of aircraft when also having passed the theoretical knowledge instruction and examination for the IFR part of the course required in accor dance with FCL.720.A.(b)(2)(i). FCL.040 Exercise of the privileges of licences The exercise of the privileges granted by a licence shall be dependent upon the validity of the ratings contained therein, if applicable, and of the medical certificate as appropriate to the privileges exercised . FCL.045 Obligation to carry and present documents A valid licence and a valid medical certificate shall always be carried by pilot s when exercising the privileges of the licence. P ilot s shall also carry a personal identification document containing their photo. P ilot s or student pilot s shall without undue delay present their flight time record for inspection upon request by an authorised representative of a competent authority. S tudent pilot s shall carry on all solo cross-country flights evidence of the authorisation required by FCL.020(a). FCL.050 Recording of flight time P ilot s shall keep a reliable record of the details of all flights flown in a form and manner established by the competent authority. FCL.055 Language proficiency (a) Aeroplane, helicopter, powered-lift and airship pilots required to use the radio telephone shall not exercise the privileges of their licences and ratings unless they have a language proficiency endorsement on their licence in either English or the language used for radio communications involved in the flight. The endorsement shall indicate the language, the proficiency level , and the validity date , and it shall be obtained in accordance with a procedure established by a competent authority . The minimum acceptable proficiency level is the operational level (Level 4). (b) A pplicant s for a language proficiency endorsement shall demonstrate, in accordance with Appendix 2 to this Annex (Part-FCL) , at least an operational level of language proficiency both in the use of phraseologies and plain language to a certified assessor or an approved language-testing body as applicable . To do so, applicant s shall demonstrate the ability to: communicate effectively in voice-only and in face-to-face situations; communicate on common and work-related topics with accuracy and clarity; use appropriate communicative strategies to exchange messages and to recognise and resolve misunderstandings in a general or work-related context; handle successfully the linguistic challenges presented by a complication or unexpected turn of events which occurs within the context of a routine work situation or communicative task with which they are otherwise familiar; and use a dialect or accent which is intelligible to the aeronautical community. (c) Except for pilots who have demonstrated language proficiency at an expert level, in accordance with Appendix 2 to this Annex (Part-FCL) , the language proficiency endorsement shall be re-evaluated every: 4 years, if the level demonstrated is operational; or 6 years, if the level demonstrated is extended. (d) Specific requirements for holders of an IR or an EIR : Without prejudice to the points above, holders of an IR or an EIR shall have demonstrated the ability to use the English language at the appropriate proficiency level . (e) The demonstration of language proficiency and of the use of English for IR or EIR holders shall be done through a method of assessment established by any competent authority. FCL.060 Recent experience Balloons P ilot s shall not operate a balloon in commercial air transport or carrying passengers unless they ha ve completed in the preceding 180 days: at least three flights as a pilot s flying (PF) in a balloon, of which at least one shall be in a balloon of the relevant class and group; or one flight in the relevant class and group of balloon under the supervision of an instructor qualified in accordance with Subpart J. Aeroplanes, helicopters, powered-lift, airships and sailplanes P ilot s shall not operate an aircraft in commercial air transport or carrying passengers: as PIC or co-pilot s unless they ha ve s carried out, in the preceding 90 days, at least three take-offs, approaches and landings in an aircraft of the same type or class or a full-flight simulator ( FFS ) representing that type or class. The three take-offs and landings shall be performed in either multi-pilot or single-pilot operations, depending on the privileges held by the pilot s ; and as PIC at night unless they : (i) ha ve carried out in the preceding 90 days at least one take-off, approach and landing at night as PF in an aircraft of the same type or class or an FFS representing that type or class; or (ii) hold s an IR; as cruise relief co-pilot s unless they : (i) ha ve complied with the requirements in point (b)(1); or (ii) ha ve carried out in the preceding 90 days at least three sectors as a cruise relief pilot on the same type or class of aircraft; or (iii) ha ve undergone recency and refresher flying skill training in an FFS at intervals not exceeding 90 days. This refresher training may be combined with the operator’s recurrent training prescribed in the relevant requirements of Annex III (Part-ORO (Subpart FC)) to Commission Regulation (EU) No 965/2012. When pilot s ha ve the privilege to operate more than one type of aeroplane s with similar handling and operation characteristics, the three take-offs, approaches and landings required in point (1) may be performed as defined in the OSD . When pilot s ha ve the privilege to operate more than one type of non-complex helicopter s with similar handling and operation characteristics, as defined in the OSD , the three take-offs, approaches and landings required in point (1) may be performed in just one of the types, provided that the y ha ve completed at least 2 hours of flight in each of the types of helicopter, during the preceding 6 months. Specific requirements for commercial air transport In the case of commercial air transport, the 90-day period prescribed in points (b)(1) and (2) above may be extended up to a maximum of 120 days, as long as pilot s undertake s line flying under the supervision of a type rating instructor or examiner. When pilot s do not comply with the requirement in point (1), they shall complete a training flight with an instructor qualified in accordance with Subpart J to instruct for that aircraft type. The training flight shall be performed in the aircraft or an FFS of the aircraft type to be used, and shall include at least the requirements described in points (b)(1) and (2) before the pilots can exercise their privileges. FCL.065 Curtailment of privileges of licence holders aged 60 years or more in commercial air transport Age 60 64. Aeroplanes and helicopters. H older s of a pilot licence who ha ve attained the age of 60 years shall not act as pilot s of an aircraft engaged in commercial air transport except as member s of a multi-pilot crew. Age 65. Except in the case of holder s of a BPL or an SPL , holder s of a pilot licence who ha ve attained the age of 65 years shall not act as pilot s of an aircraft engaged in commercial air transport. Age 70. H older s of a BPL or an SPL who ha ve attained the age of 70 years shall not act as pilot s of a balloon or a sailplane engaged in commercial air transport. FCL.070 Revocation, suspension and limitation of licences, ratings and certificates Licences, ratings and certificates issued in accordance with this Annex (Part-FCL) may be limited, suspended or revoked by the competent authority when pilot s do not comply with the requirements of this Annex (Part-FCL) , Annex IV ( Part-M ED) or the applicable operational requirements, in accordance with the conditions and procedures laid down in Annex VI ( Part-ARA ) . When pilot s ha ve their licence suspended or revoked, they shall immediately return the licence or certificate to the competent authority. SUBPART B LIGHT AIRCRAFT PILOT LICENCE — LAPL SECTION 1 Common requirements FCL.100 LAPL — m inimum age Applicants for an LAPL shall be: in the case of aeroplanes and helicopters, at least 17 years of age; and in the case of sailplanes and balloons, at least 16 years of age. FCL.105 LAPL — p rivileges and conditions Privileges The privileges of holder s of an LAPL are to act without remuneration as PIC in non-commercial operations i n the appropriate aircraft category. Conditions Applicants for a n LAPL shall have fulfilled the requirements for the relevant aircraft category and, when applicable, for the class or type of aircraft used in the skill test. FCL.110 LAPL — c rediting for the same aircraft category Applicants for an LAPL who have held another licence in the same category of aircraft shall be fully credited towards the requirements of the LAPL in that category of aircraft. Without prejudice to point (a) , if the licence has lapsed, applicant s shall have to pass a skill test in accordance with FCL.125 for the issue of an LAPL in the appropriate aircraft category. FCL.115 LAPL — t raining course Applicants for an LAPL shall complete a training course within an ATO. The course shall include theoretical knowledge and flight instruction appropriate to the privileges granted . For the training for the single-engine piston aeroplane s — sea class rating ( SEP(sea) ) privilege , the elements of Appendix 9, point 7. shall be considered. FCL.120 LAPL — t heoretical knowledge examination Applicants for an LAPL shall demonstrate a level of theoretical knowledge appropriate to the privileges granted, through examinations on the following: common subjects: (1) a ir law and air traffic control ( ATC ) procedures ; (2) h uman performance ; (3) m eteorology ; and (4) c ommunications; and specific subjects concerning the different aircraft categories: ( 1 ) p rinciples of flight ; ( 2 ) o perational procedures ; ( 3 ) f light performance and planning ; ( 4 ) a ircraft general knowledge ; and ( 5 ) n avigation. FCL.125 LAPL — s kill test Applicants for an LAPL shall demonstrate through the pass of a skill test the ability to perform, as PIC i n the appropriate aircraft category, the relevant procedures and manoeuvres with competency appropriate to the privileges granted. Applicants for the skill test shall have received flight instruction in the same class or type of aircraft to be used for the skill test. The privileges will be restricted to the class or type used for the skill test until further extensions are endorsed on the licence, in accordance with this Subpart. Pass marks The skill test shall be divided into different sections, representing all the different phases of flight as appropriate to the category of aircraft flown. Failure in any item of a section will cause applicant s to fail the entire section. If they fail only one section, they shall repeat only that section. Failure in more than one section will require applicant s to repeat the entire test. When the test needs to be repeated in accordance with point (2), failure in any section, including those that have been passed on a previous attempt, will cause applicant s to fail the entire test. Failure to achieve a pass in all sections of the test with in two attempts will require further practical training. SECTION 2 Specific requirements for the LAPL for aeroplanes — LAPL(A) FCL.105. A LAPL(A) — p rivileges and conditions Privileges The privileges of holder s of an LAPL for aeroplanes (LAPL(A) are to act as PIC in single-engine piston aeroplanes (land) (SEP(land)) , SEP(sea) or touring motor glider s ( TMG s ) with a maximum certificated take-off mass of 2 000 kg or less, carrying a maximum of 3 passengers, such that there are never more than 4 persons on board the aircraft. Conditions Holders of a n LAPL(A) shall only carry passengers once they have completed 10 hours of flight time as PIC in aeroplanes or TMG s after the issue of the licence. Holders of a n ATPL(A), an MPL(A), a CPL(A) or a PPL(A) who also hold an LAPL(A) , are exempted from the requirements in point (b) (1) . FCL.110.A LAPL(A) — e xperience requirements and crediting Experience requirements Applicants for a n LAPL (A) shall have completed at least 30 hours of flight instruction i n aeroplanes or TMGs, including at least: 15 hours of dual flight instruction in the class in which the skill test will be taken; and 6 hours of supervised solo flight time, including at least 3 hours of solo cross-country flight time with at least one cross-country flight of at least 150 km (80 NM), during which one full - stop landing at an aerodrome different from the aerodrome of departure shall be made. Specific experience requirements for applicants holding an LAPL for sailplanes (LAPL (S) ) with TMG extension Applicants for an LAPL(A) holding an LAPL(S) with TMG extension shall have : (1) completed at least 21 hours of flight time i n TMGs after the endorsement of the TMG extension ; and (2) complied with the requirements in FCL.135.A(a) on aeroplanes. Crediting Applicants with prior experience as PIC may be credited towards the requirements in point (a). The amount of credit shall be decided by the ATO where pilot s complete the training course, on the basis of a pre-entry flight test, but shall not in any case: exceed the total flight time as PIC; exceed 50 % of the hours required in point (a) (1) ; and include the hours require d in point (a)(2). FCL.135.A LAPL(A) — e xtension of privileges to another class or variant of aeroplane (a) The privileges of an LAPL(A) shall be limited to the class and variant of aeroplanes or TMG s in which the skill test was taken. The limitation to a class may be removed when pilot s ha ve completed in another class the requirements below: 3 hours of flight instruction, including: (i) 10 dual take-offs and landings; and (ii) 10 supervised solo take-offs and landings. P ass of a skill test to demonstrate an adequate level of practical skill in the new class. During this skill test, applicant s shall also demonstrate to the examiner an adequate level of theoretical knowledge for the other class in the following subjects: (i) o perational procedures; (ii) f light performance and planning; and (iii) a ircraft general knowledge. (b) In order to remove the limitation to a variant within a class , pilot s shall undertake differences training or do a familiarisation. The differences training shall be entered in the pilot s ’ logbook and signed by the instructor. FCL.140.A LAPL(A) — r ecency requirements (a) Holders of an LAPL(A) shall only exercise the privileges of their licence when they have, in the last 2 years , as pilots of aeroplanes or TMG s either : (1) completed at least 12 hours of flight time as PIC or flying dual or solo under the supervision of an instructor , including 12 take-offs and landings , and refresher training of at least 1 hour of total flight time with an instructor ; . or (2) passed an LAPL(A) proficiency check with an examiner. The proficiency check programme shall be based on the skill test for the LAPL(A). ( b ) When holders of an LAPL(A) hold both a SEP( land ) and a SEP( sea ) privilege, they may complete the requirements in point ( a ) (1) in either class or a combination thereof, and achieve the fulfilment of these requirements for both privileges. At least 1 hour of the required PIC time and 6 of the required 12 take-offs and landings shall be completed in each class. SECTION 3 Specific requirements for the LAPL for helicopters — LAPL(H) FCL.105.H LAPL(H) — p rivileges The privileges of holder s of an LAPL for helicopters are to act as PIC in single-engine helicopters with a maximum certificated take-off mass of 2 000 kg or less, carrying a maximum of 3 passengers, such that there are never more than 4 persons on board the aircraft . FCL.110.H LAPL(H) — e xperience requirements and crediting Experience requirements Applicants for an LAPL(H) shall have completed 40 hours of flight instruction in helicopters. At least 35 out of the 40 hours of flight instruction shall be flown on the type of helicopter that is to be used for the skill test. The flight instruction shall include at least: 20 hours of dual flight instruction; and 10 hours of supervised solo flight time, including at least 5 hours of solo cross-country flight time with at least one cross-country flight of at least 150 km (80 NM), during which one full - stop landing at an aerodrome different from the aerodrome of departure shall be made. Crediting Applicants with prior experience as PIC may be credited towards the requirements in point (a). The amount of credit shall be decided by the ATO where pilot s complete the training course, on the basis of a pre-entry flight test, but shall not in any case: exceed the total flight time as PIC; exceed 50 % of the hours required in point (a); and include the requirements in point (a)(2). FCL.135.H LAPL(H) — e xtension of privileges to another type or variant of helicopter The privileges of an LAPL(H) shall be limited to the specific type and variant of helicopter in which the skill test was taken. This limitation may be removed when pilot s ha ve completed in the new type : (1) 5 hours of flight instruction, including: (i) 15 dual take-offs, approaches and landings; and (ii) 15 supervised solo take-offs, approaches and landings; and (2) pass of a skill test to demonstrate an adequate level of practical skill. During this skill test, applicant s shall also demonstrate to the examiner an adequate level of theoretical knowledge for the new type in the following subjects: (i) o perational procedures ; (ii) f light performance and planning ; and (iii ) a ircraft general knowledge. Before holder s of an LAPL(H) can exercise the privileges of the licence in another variant of helicopter than the one used for the skill test, the y shall undertake differences training or do a familiarisation, as defined in the OSD . The differences training shall be entered in the pilots ’ logbook and signed by the instructor. FCL.140.H LAPL(H) — r ecency requirements Holders of an LAPL(H) shall only exercise the privileges of their licence on a specific type when they have: ( a ) completed on helicopters of that type in the last 12 months at least 6 hours of flight time as PIC, or flying dual or solo under the supervision of an instructor, including six take-offs, approaches and landings , and refresher training of at least 1 hour of total flight time with an instructor ; or ( 2 ) passed a proficiency check with an examiner on the specific type before they resume the exercise of the privileges of their licence. The proficiency check shall be based on the skill test for the LAPL(H). SECTION 4 Specific requirements for the LAPL for sailplanes — LAPL(S) FCL.105.S LAPL(S) — p rivileges and conditions Privileges The privileges of holder s of an LAPL (S) are to act as PIC in sailplanes and powered sailplanes. In order to exercise the privileges in a TMG , holder s shall comply with the requirements in FCL.135.S. Conditions (1) Holders of an LAPL(S) shall only carry passengers once they have completed 10 hours of flight time or 30 launches as PIC in sailplanes or powered sailplanes after the issue of the licence. (2) Holders of an SPL who comply with the requirements in FCL.205.S(b)(1) and to whom an LAPL(S) was issued are exempted from the requirements in point (b) (1) . FCL.110.S LAPL(S) — e xperience requirements and crediting Experience requirements (1) Applicants for an LAPL(S) shall have completed at least 15 hours of flight instruction in sailplanes or powered sailplanes, including at least: (i) 10 hours of dual flight instruction; (ii) 2 hours of supervised solo flight time; (iii) 45 launches and landings; and (iv) one solo cross-country flight of at least 50 km (27 NM) or one dual cross-country flight of at least 100 km (55 NM). (2) Of the 15 hours required in point ( 1 ), a maximum of 7 hours may be completed in a TMG. Crediting Applicants with prior experience as PIC may be credited towards the requirements in point (a). The amount of credit shall be decided by the ATO where pilot s complete the training course, on the basis of a pre-entry flight test, but shall not in any case: exceed the total flight time as PIC; exceed 50 % of the hours required in point ( 1 ); and include the requirements in points (a) (1) ( ii ) to (a) (1) ( iv ). FCL.130.S LAPL(S) — l aunch methods The privileges of the LAPL(S) shall be limited to the launch method included in the skill test. This limitation may be removed when pilot s ha ve completed: in the case of winch launch and car launch, a minimum of 10 launches in dual flight instruction, and 5 solo launches under supervision; in the case of aero - tow or self - launch, a minimum of five launches in dual flight instruction, and five solo launches under supervision. In the case of self - launch, dual flight instruction may be done in a TMG; and in the case of bungee launch, a minimum of three launches performed in dual flight instruction or solo under supervision. The completion of the additional training launches shall be entered in the logbook and signed by the instructor. In order to maintain their privileges in each launch method, pilots shall complete a minimum of five launches during the last 2 years , except for bungee launch, in which case pilots shall have completed only two launches. When pilot s do not comply with the requirement in point (c), they shall perform the additional number of launches flying dual or solo under the supervision of an instructor in order to renew the privileges. FCL.135.S LAPL(S) — e xtension of privileges to TMG The privileges of an LAPL(S) shall be extended to a TMG when pilot s ha ve completed in an ATO, at least: 6 hours of flight instruction in a TMG, including: (1) 4 hours of dual flight instruction; and (2) one solo cross-country flight of at least 150 km (80 NM), during which one full - stop landing at an aerodrome different from the aerodrome of departure shall be performed; and pass of a skill test to demonstrate an adequate level of practical skill in a TMG. During this skill test, applicant s shall also demonstrate to the examiner an adequate level of theoretical knowledge for the TMG in the following subjects: (1) p rinciples of flight ; (2) o perational procedures ; (3) f light performance and planning ; (4) a ircraft general knowledge ; and (5) n avigation. FCL.140.S LAPL(S) — r ecency requirements (a) Sailplanes and powered sailplanes Holders of an LAPL(S) shall only exercise the privileges of their licence on sailplanes or powered sailplanes when they have completed on sailplanes or powered sailplanes, excluding TMGs, in the last 2 years , at least the following requirements : (1) 5 hours of flight time as PIC, including 15 launches and two training flights with an instructor ; or ( 2 ) have pass ed a proficiency check with an examiner in a sailplane or powered sailplane. The proficiency check shall be based on the skill test for the LAPL(S). (b) TMG s Holders of an LAPL(S) shall only exercise the privileges of their licence in a TMG when they have completed i n TMGs in the last 2 years at least 12 hours of flight time as PIC, or flying dual or solo under the supervision of an instructor including 12 take-offs and landings , and refresher training of at least 1 hour of total flight time with an instructor or passed a proficiency check with an examiner in a TMG. The proficiency check shall be based on the skill test for the LAPL(S). (2) When holder s of an LAPL(S) also ha ve the privileges to fly aeroplanes, the requirements in point (1) may be completed on aeroplanes. (c) Holders of an LAPL(S) who do not comply with the requirements in points (a) or (b) shall, before they resume the exercise of their privileges: (1) pass a proficiency check with an examiner on a sailplane or a TMG, as appropriate; or (2) perform the additional flight time or take-offs and landings, flying dual or solo under the supervision of an instructor, in order to fulfil the requirements in points (a) or (b). SECTION 5 Specific requirements for the LAPL for balloons — LAPL(B) FCL.105.B LAPL(B) — p rivileges The privileges of holder s of an LAPL for balloons are to act as PIC in hot-air balloons or hot-air airs hips with a maximum of 3 400 m 3 envelope capacity or gas ball oons with a maximum of 1 260 m 3 envelope capacity, carrying a maximum of 3 passengers, such that there are never more than 4 persons on board the balloon . FCL.110.B L APL(B) — e xperience requirements and crediting Experience requirements Applicants for an LAPL(B) shall have completed on balloons of the same class at least 16 hours of flight instruction, including at least: (1) 12 hours of dual flight instruction; (2) 10 inflations and 20 take-offs and landings; and (3) one supervised solo flight with a minimum flight time of at least 30 minutes. Crediting Applicants with prior experience as PIC in balloons may be credited towards the requirements in point (a). The amount of credit shall be decided by the ATO where pilot s complete the training course, on the basis of a pre-entry flight test, but shall not in any case: (1) exceed the total flight time as PIC in balloons; (2) exceed 50 % of the hours required in point (a); and (3) include the requirements in points (a)(2) and (a)(3). FCL.130.B LAPL(B) — e xtension of privileges to tethered flights (a) The privileges of a n LAPL(B) shall be limited to non-tethered flights. This limitation may be removed when pilot s ha ve completed at least three tethered dual training flights . (b) The completion of the additional training shall be entered in the logbook and signed by the instructor. (c) In order to maintain this privilege, pilots shall complete a minimum of two tethered flights during the last 2 years . (d) When pilot s do not comply with the requirement in point (c), they shall perform the additional number of tethered flights flying dual or solo under the supervision of an instructor in order to renew the privileges. FCL.135.B LAPL(B) — e xtension of privileges to another balloon class The privileges of a n LAPL(B) shall be limited to the class of balloons in which the skill test was taken. This limitation may be removed when pilot s ha ve completed in the other class, at an ATO, at least: (a) five dual training flights ; or (b) in the case of holders of an LAPL(B) for hot-air balloons wishing to extend their privileges to hot-air airships, 5 hours of dual flight instruction time; and (c) a skill test, during which they shall demonstrate to the examiner an adequate level of theoretical knowledge for the other class in the following subjects: (1) p rinciples of flight ; (2) o perational procedures ; (3) f light performance and planning ; and (4) a ircraft general knowledge. FCL.140.B LAPL(B) — r ecency requirements (a) Holders of an LAPL(B) shall only exercise the privileges of their licence when they have completed, in one class of balloons in the last 2 years , at least: (1) 6 hours of flight time as PIC, including 10 take-offs and landings; and (2) one training flight with an instructor . I n addition, if pilot s are qualified to fly more than one class of balloons, in order to exercise their privileges in the other class, they shall have completed at least 3 hours of flight time in that class within the last 2 years , including three take-offs and landings. (b) Holders of an LAPL(B) who do not comply with the requirements in point (a) , shall, before they resume the exercise of their privileges: (1) pass a proficiency check with an examiner in the appropriate class; or (2) perform the additional flight time or take-offs and landings, flying dual or solo under the supervision of an instructor, in order to fulfil the requirements in point (a). SUBPART C PRIVATE PILOT LICENCE (PPL), SAILPLANE PILOT LICENCE (SPL) AND BALLOON PILOT LICENCE (BPL) SECTION 1 Common requirements FCL.200 PPL, SPL AND BPL — m inimum age Applicant s for the issue of a PPL shall be at least 17 years of age . Applicant s for the issue of a BPL or an SPL shall be at least 16 years of age. FCL.205 PPL, SPL AND BPL — c onditions Applicants for the issue of a PPL shall have fulfilled the requirements for the class or type rating for the aircraft used in the skill test, as established in Subpart H. FCL.210 PPL, SPL AND BPL — t raining course Applicants for a BPL, an SPL or a PPL shall complete a training course at an ATO. The course shall include theoretical knowledge and flight instruction appropriate to the privileges granted . FCL.215 PPL, SPL AND BPL — t heoretical knowledge examination Applicants for a BPL, an SPL or a PPL shall demonstrate a level of theoretical knowledge appropriate to the privileges granted , through examinations in the following subjects: (a) common subjects: (1) a ir law ; (2) h uman performance ; (3) m eteorology ; and (4) c ommunications; and (5) n avigation; and (b) specific subjects concerning the different aircraft categories: ( 1 ) p rinciples of flight ; ( 2 ) o perational procedures ; ( 3 ) f light performance and planning ; and ( 4 ) a ircraft general knowledge . FCL.235 PPL, SPL AND BPL — s kill test (a) Applicants for a BPL, an SPL or a PPL shall demonstrate through the pass of a skill test the ability to perform, as PIC i n the appropriate aircraft category, the relevant procedures and manoeuvres with competency appropriate to the privileges granted. (b) Applicant s for the skill test shall have received flight instruction in the same class or type of aircraft, or in one or more balloons within a group of balloons , to be used for the skill test. (c) Pass marks (1) The skill test shall be divided into different sections, representing all the different phases of flight as appropriate to the category of aircraft flown. (2) Failure in any item of a section will cause applicant s to fail the entire section. If they fail only one section, they shall repeat only that section. Failure in more than one section will require applicant s to repeat the entire test. (3) When the test needs to be repeated in accordance with point (2), failure in any section, including those that have been passed on a previous attempt, will cause applicant s to fail the entire test. (4) Failure to achieve a pass in all sections of the test in two attempts will require further training. SECTION 2 Specific requirements for the PPL for aeroplanes — PPL(A) FCL.205.A PPL(A) — p rivileges (a) The privileges of holder s of a PPL(A) are to act without remuneration as PIC or co-pilot s o f aeroplanes or TMGs engaged in non-commercial operations and exercise all privileges of holder s of an LAPL(A) . (b) Notwithstanding point (a) , holder s of a PPL(A) with instructor or examiner privileges may receive remuneration for: (1) the provision of flight instruction for the LAPL(A) or PPL(A); (2) the conduct of skill tests and proficiency checks for these licences; and (3) the training, testing and checking for the ratings or certificates attached to th ese licence s . FCL.210.A PPL(A) — e xperience requirements and crediting (a) Experience requirements Applicants for a PPL(A) shall have completed at least 45 hours of flight instruction in aeroplanes or TMGs, 5 of which may have been completed in an FSTD, including at least : (1) 25 hours of dual flight instruction; and (2) 10 hours of supervised solo flight time, including at least 5 hours of solo cross-country flight time with at least one cross-country flight of at least 270 km (150 NM), in the course of which full - stop landings at two aerodromes different from the aerodrome of departure shall be made. (b) Specific experience requirements for applicants holding an LAPL(A) Applicants for a PPL(A) holding an LAPL(A) shall have completed at least 15 hours of flight time on aeroplanes after the issue of the LAPL(A), of which at least 10 shall be flight instruction completed in a training course at an ATO. This training course shall include at least 4 hours of supervised solo flight time, including at least 2 hours of solo cross-country flight time with at least one cross-country flight of at least 270 km (150 NM), in the course of which full - stop landings at two aerodromes different from the aerodrome of departure shall be made. (c) Specific experience requirements for applicants holding an LAPL(S) or an SPL with a TMG extension Applicants for a PPL(A) holding an LAPL(S) or an SPL with a TMG extension shall have completed: (1) at least 24 hours of flight time i n TMG after the endorsement of the TMG extension; and (2) 15 hours of flight instruction in aeroplanes in a training course at an ATO, including at least the requirements in point (a)(2). (d) Crediting Applicants holding a pilot licence for another category of aircraft, with the exception of balloons, shall be credited with 10 % of their total flight time as PIC in such aircraft up to a maximum of 10 hours. The amount of credit given shall not in any case include the requirements in point (a)(2). SECTION 3 Specific requirements for the PPL for helicopters — PPL(H) FCL.205.H PPL(H) — p rivileges (a) The privileges of holder s of a PPL(H) are to act without remuneration as PIC or co-pilot s of helicopters engaged in non-commercial operations and exercise all privileges of holder s of an LAPL(H) . (b) Notwithstanding point (a) , holder s of a PPL(H) with instructor or examiner privileges may receive remuneration for: (1) the provision of flight instruction for the LAPL(H) or the PPL(H); (2) the conduct of skill tests and proficiency checks for these licences; and (3) the training, testing and checking for the ratings or certificates attached to th ese licence s . FCL.210.H PPL(H) — e xperience requirements and crediting (a) Experience requirements Applicants for a PPL(H) shall have completed at least 45 hours of flight instruction in helicopters, 5 of which may have been completed in a flight and navigation procedures trainer ( FNPT ) or an FFS, including at least: (1) 25 hours of dual flight instruction; and (2) 10 hours of supervised solo flight time, including at least 5 hours of solo cross-country flight time with at least one cross-country flight of at least 185 km (100 NM), in the course of which full - stop landings at two aerodromes different from the aerodrome of departure shall be made . 35 of the 45 hours of flight instruction have to be completed on the same type of helicopter as the one used for the skill test. (b) Specific experience requirements for applicant s holding an LAPL(H) Applicants for a PPL(H) holding an LAPL(H) shall complete a training course at an ATO. This training course shall include at least 5 hours of dual flight instruction time and at least one supervised solo cross-country flight of at least 185 km (100 NM), in the course of which full - stop landings at two aerodromes different from the aerodrome of departure shall be made . (c) Crediting Applicants holding a pilot licence for another category of aircraft, with the exception of balloons, shall be credited with 10 % of their total flight time as PIC in such aircraft up to a maximum of 6 hours. The amount of credit given shall not in any case include the requirements in point (a)(2). SECTION 4 Specific requirements for the PPL for airships — PPL(As) FCL.205.As PPL(As) — p rivileges (a) The privileges of holder s of a PPL(As) are to act without remuneration as PIC or co-pilot on airships engaged in non-commercial operations. (b) Notwithstanding point (a) , holder s of a PPL(As) with instructor or examiner privileges may receive remuneration for: (1) the provision of flight instruction for the PPL(As); (2) the conduct of skill tests and proficiency checks for this licence; and (3) the training, testing and checking for the ratings or certificates attached to th ese licence s . FCL.210.As PPL(As) — e xperience requirements and crediting (a) Experience requirements Applicants for a PPL(As) shall have completed at least 35 hours of flight instruction in airships, 5 of which may have been completed in an FSTD, including at least: (1) 25 hours of dual flight instruction, including: (i) 3 hours of cross-country flight training, including one cross-country flight of at least 65 km (35 NM); and (ii) 3 hours of instrument instruction; (2) eight take-offs and landings at an aerodrome, including masting and unmasting procedures; and (3) 8 hours of supervised solo flight time. (b) Crediting Applicants holding a BPL and qualified to fly hot-air airships shall be credited with 10 % of their total flight time as PIC in such airships up to a maximum of 5 hours. SECTION 5 Specific requirements for the sailplane pilot licence — SPL FCL.205.S SPL — p rivileges and conditions (a) The privileges of holder s of an SPL are to act as PIC in sailplanes and powered sailplanes and exercise all privileges of holder s of an LAPL(S) . In order to exercise the privileges in a TMG , holder s shall have to comply with the requirements in FCL.135.S. (b) Holders of an SPL shall: (1) carry passengers only when having completed, after the issue of the licence, at least 10 hours of flight time or 30 launches as PIC in sailplanes or powered sailplanes unless they are holders of an LAPL(S) with the privilege to carry passengers ; (2) be restricted to act without remuneration in non-commercial operations until they have: (i) attained the age of 18 years; (ii) completed, after the issue of the licence, 75 hours of flight time or 200 launches as PIC in sailplanes or powered sailplanes; and (iii) passed a proficiency check with an examiner. (c) Notwithstanding (b)(2), holder s of an SPL with instructor or examiner privileges may receive remuneration for: the provision of flight instruction for the LAPL(S) or the SPL; the conduct of skill tests and proficiency checks for these licences; and the training, testing and checking for the ratings or certifi cates attached to th ese licence s . FCL.210.S SPL — e xperience requirements and crediting (a) Experience requirements Applicants for an SPL shall have completed at least 15 hours of flight instruction in sailplanes or powered sailplanes, including at least the requirements specified in FCL.110.S. (b) Crediting (1) Applicants for an SPL holding an LAPL(S) shall be fully credited towards the requirements for the issue of an SPL. (2 ) Applicants for an SPL who held an LAPL(S) within the period of 2 years before the application shall be fully credited towards the requirements of theoretical knowledge and flight instruction. (3) Applicants holding a pilot licence for another category of aircraft, with the exception of balloons, shall be credited with 10 % of their total flight time as PIC in such aircraft up to a maximum of 7 hours. The amount of credit given shall not in any case include the requirements in points (a)(1)(ii) to (a)(1)(iv) of FCL.110.S . FCL.220.S SPL — l aunch methods The privileges of the SPL shall be limited to the launch method included in the skill test. This limitation may be removed and the new privileges exercised when pilot s compl y with the requirements in FCL.130.S. FCL.230.S SPL — r ecency requirements Holders of an SPL shall only exercise the privileges of their licence when complying with the recency requirements in FCL.140.S. SECTION 6 Specific requirements for the balloon pilot licence — BPL FCL.205.B BPL — p rivileges and conditions (a) The privileges of holder s of a BPL are to act as PIC in balloons and exercise all privileges of holder s of an LAPL (B) . (b) Holders of a BPL shall be restricted to act without remuneration in non-commercial operations until they have: (1) attained the age of 18 years; (2) completed 50 hours of flight time and 50 take-offs and landings as PIC in balloons; and (3) passed a proficiency check with an examiner on a balloon in the specific class. (c) Notwithstanding point (b), holder s of a BPL with instructor or examiner privileges may receive remuneration for: (1) the provision of flight instruction for the LAPL(B) or the BPL; (2) the conduct of skill tests and proficiency checks for these licences; and (3) the training, testing and checking for the ratings or certificates attached to th ese licence s . FCL.210.B BPL — e xperience requirements and crediting (a) Experience requirements Applicants for a BPL shall have completed on balloons in the same class and group at least 16 hours of flight instruction, including at least: (1) 12 hours of dual flight instruction; (2) 10 inflations and 20 take-offs and landings; and (3) one supervised solo flight with a minimum flight time of at least 30 minutes. (b) Crediting (1) Applicants for a BPL holding an LAPL(B) shall be fully credited towards the requirements for the issue of a BPL. (2 ) Applicants for a BPL who held an LAPL(B) within the period of 2 years before the application shall be fully credited towards the requirements of theoretical knowledge and flight instruction. FCL.220.B BPL — e xtension of privileges to tethered flights The privileges of the BPL shall be limited to non-tethered flights. This limitation shall be removed upon application when pilot s compl y with the requirements in FCL.130.B. FCL.225.B BPL — e xtension of privileges to another balloon class or group The privileges of the BPL shall be limited to the class and group of balloons in which the skill test was taken. This limitation shall be removed upon application when pilot s ha ve : (a) in the case of an extension to another class within the same group, complied with the requirements in FCL.135.B; and (b) in the case of an extension to another group within the same class of balloons, completed at least: (1) 2 dual training flights on a balloon of the relevant group; and (2) the following hours of flight time as PIC in balloons: (i) for balloons with an envelope capacity between 3 401 m 3 and 6 000 m 3 , at least 100 hours; (ii) for balloons with an envelope capacity between 6 001 m 3 and 10 500 m 3 , at least 200 hours; (iii) for balloons with an envelope capacity of more than 10 500 m 3 , at least 300 hours; and (iv) for gas balloons with an envelope capacity of more than 1 260 m 3 , at least 50 hours. FCL.230.B BPL — r ecency requirements Holders of a BPL shall only exercise the privileges of their licence when they have completed in one class of balloons in the last 2 years at least: 6 hours of flight time as PIC, including 10 take-offs and landings; and one training flight with an instructor in a balloon within the appropriate class ; and in addition, in the case of pilots qualified to fly more than one class of balloons, in order to exercise their privileges in the other class, they shall have completed at least 3 hours of flight time i n that class within the last 2 years , including three take-offs and landings. Holders of a BPL shall only operate a balloon of the same a group of the balloon in which the training flight is completed or a balloon of a group with a smaller envelope size; Holders of a BPL who do not comply with the requirements in point (a) shall, before they resume the exercise of their privileges: pass a proficiency check with an examiner in a balloon within the appropriate class; or perform the additional flight time or take-offs and landings, flying dual or solo under the supervision of an instructor, in order to fulfil the requirements in point (a). In the case of point (c)(1) , holder s of the BPL shall only operate a balloon of the same group in which the proficiency check is completed or a balloon of a group with a smaller envelope size. SUBPART D COMMERCIAL PILOT LICENCE — CPL SECTION 1 Common requirements FCL.300 CPL — m inimum age Applicant s for the issue of a CPL shall be at least 18 years of age. FCL.305 CPL — p rivileges and conditions (a) Privileges The privileges of holder s of a CPL are, within the appropriate aircraft category, to: (1) exercise all the privileges of holder s of an LAPL and a PPL; (2) act as PIC or co-pilot s of any aircraft engaged in operations other than commercial air transport; (3) act as PIC in commercial air transport of any single-pilot aircraft subject to the restrictions specified in FCL.060 and in this Subpart; and (4) act as co-pilot s in commercial air transport subject to the restrictions specified in FCL.060. (b) Conditions Applicant s for the issue of a CPL shall have fulfilled the requirements for the class or type rating of the aircraft used in the skill test. FCL.310 CPL — t heoretical knowledge examinations Applicant s for the issue of a CPL shall demonstrate a level of knowledge appropriate to the privileges granted in the following subjects: a ir l aw ; a ircraft g eneral k nowledge — a irframe/ s ystems/ power plant ; a ircraft g eneral k nowledge — i nstrumentation ; m ass and b alance ; p erformance ; f light p lanning and m onitoring ; h uman p erformance ; m eteorology ; g eneral n avigation ; r adio n avigation ; o perational p rocedures ; p rinciples of f light ; and c ommunications. FCL.315 CPL — t raining course Applicant s for the issue of a CPL shall have completed theoretical knowledge instruction and flight instruction at an ATO, in accordance with Appendix 3 to this Annex (Part-FCL) . FCL.320 CPL — s kill test Applicant s for the issue of a CPL shall pass a skill test in accordance with Appendix 4 to this Annex (Part-FCL) to demonstrate the ability to perform, as PIC in the appropriate aircraft category, the relevant procedures and manoeuvres with the competency appropriate to the privileges granted. SECTION 2 Specific requirements for the aeroplane category — CPL(A) FCL.325.A CPL(A) — s pecific conditions for MPL holders Before exercising the privileges of a CPL(A), holder s of an MPL shall have completed in aeroplanes: (a) 70 hours of flight time: (1) as PIC; or (2) made up of at least 10 hours as PIC and the additional flight time as PIC US . Of these 70 hours, 20 shall be of VFR cross-country flight time as PIC, or cross-country flight time made up of at least 10 hours as PIC and 10 hours as PICUS. This shall include one VFR cross-country flight of at least 540 km (300 NM) , in the course of which full-stop landings at two aerodromes different from the aerodrome of departure shall be flown as PIC; (b) the elements of the CPL(A) modular course as specified in points 10(a) and 11 of Appendix 3, E to this Annex (Part-FCL) ; and (c) the CPL(A) skill test, in accordance with FCL.320. SUBPART E MULTI-CREW PILOT LICENCE — MPL FCL.400.A MPL — m inimum age Applicant s for the issue of an MPL shall be at least 18 years of age. FCL.405.A MPL — p rivileges (a) The privileges of holder s of an MPL are to act as co-pilot s of an aeroplane required to be operated with a co-pilot. (b) H older s of an MPL may obtain the extra privileges of: (1) holder s of a PPL(A), provided that the requirements for the PPL(A) specified in Subpart C are met; and (2) a CPL(A), provided that the requirements specified in FCL.325.A are met. (c) H older s of an MPL shall have the privileges of their IR(A) limited to aeroplanes required to be operated with a co-pilot. The privileges of the IR(A) may be extended to single-pilot operations in aeroplanes, provided that the licence holder s ha ve completed the training necessary to act as PIC in single-pilot operations exercised solely by reference to instruments and passed the skill test of the IR(A) as a single-pilot. FCL.410.A MPL — t raining course and theoretical knowledge examinations (a) Course Applicant s for the issue of an MPL shall have completed a training course of theoretical knowledge and flight instruction at an ATO in accordance with Appendix 5 to this Annex (Part-FCL) . (b) Examination Applicant s for the issue of an MPL shall demonstrate a level of theoretical knowledge appropriate to the holder s of an ATPL(A), in accordance with FCL.515, and to a multi-pilot type rating. FCL.415.A MPL — p ractical skill (a) Applicant s for the issue of an MPL shall have demonstrated through continuous assessment the skills required for fulfilling all the competency units specified in Appendix 5 to this Annex (Part-FCL) , as PF and pilot monitoring ( PM ) , in a multi-engine turbine-powered multi-pilot aeroplane, under VFR and IFR. (b) On completion of the training course, applicant s shall pass a skill test in accordance with Appendix 9 to this Annex (Part-FCL) , to demonstrate the ability to perform the relevant procedures and manoeuvres with the competency appropriate to the privileges granted. The skill test shall be taken in the type of aeroplane used on the advanced phase of the MPL integrated training course or in an FFS representing the same type. SUBPART F AIRLINE TRANSPORT PILOT LICENCE — ATPL SECTION 1 Common requirements FCL.500 ATPL — m inimum age Applicants for an ATPL shall be at least 21 years of age. FCL.505 ATPL — p rivileges and conditions (a) Privileges The privileges of holder s of an ATPL are, within the appropriate aircraft category, to: (1) exercise all the privileges of holder s of an LAPL, a PPL and a CPL; and (2) act as PIC of aircraft engaged in commercial air transport. (b) Conditions Applicants for the issue of an ATPL shall have fulfilled the requirements for the type rating of the aircraft used in the skill test. FCL.515 ATPL — t raining course and theoretical knowledge examinations (a) Course Applicants for an ATPL shall have completed a training course at an ATO. The course shall be either an integrated training course or a modular course, in accordance with Appendix 3 to this Annex (Part-FCL) . (b) Examination Applicants for the issue of an ATPL shall demonstrate a level of knowledge appropriate to the privileges granted in the following subjects: a ir l aw ; a ircraft g eneral k nowledge — a irframe/ s ystems/ p ower plant ; a ircraft g eneral k nowledge — i nstrumentation ; m ass and b alance ; p erformance ; f light p lanning and m onitoring ; h uman p erformance ; m eteorology ; g eneral n avigation ; r adio n avigation ; o perational p rocedures ; p rinciples of f light ; and c ommunications. SECTION 2 Specific requirements for the aeroplane category — ATPL(A) FCL.505.A ATPL(A) — r estriction of privileges for pilots previously holding an MPL When holder s of an ATPL(A) ha ve previously held only an MPL, the privileges of the licence shall be restricted to multi-pilot operations, unless holder s ha ve complied with FCL.405.A(b)(2) and (c) for single-pilot operations. FCL.510.A ATPL(A) — p rerequisites, experience and crediting (a) Prerequisites Applicants for an ATPL(A) shall hold: (1) an MPL; or (2) a CPL(A) and a multi-engine IR for aeroplanes. In this case, applicant s shall also have received instruction in multi-crew cooperation ( MCC ) . (b) Experience Applicants for an ATPL(A) shall have completed , before the ATPL(A) skill test is taken, a minimum of 1 500 hours of flight time in aeroplanes, including at least: (1) 500 hours in multi-pilot operations on aeroplanes; (2) one of the following: (i) 500 hours as PIC US ; or (ii) 250 hours as PIC; or (iii) 250 hours, including at least 70 hours as PIC, and the remaining as PIC US ; (3) 200 hours of cross-country flight time , of which at least 100 hours shall be as PIC or as PIC US ; (4) 75 hours of instrument time , of which not more than 30 hours may be instrument ground time; and (5) 100 hours of night flight as PIC or co-pilot s . Of the 1 500 hours of flight time, up to 100 hours of flight time may have been completed in an FFS or an FNPT. Of these 100 hours, only a maximum of 25 hours may be completed in an FNPT. (c) Crediting (1) Holders of a pilot licence for other categories of aircraft shall be credited with flight time up to a maximum of: (i) 30 hours flown as PIC for TMG or sailplanes ; (ii) 50 % of all the flight time requirements in point (b) for helicopters. (2) Holders of a flight engineer licence issued in accordance with applicable national rules shall be credited with 50 % of the flight engineer time up to a maximum credit of 250 hours. These 250 hours may be credited against the 1 500 - hour requirement in point (b) and the 500 - hour requirement in point (b)(1), provided that the total credit given against any of these points does not exceed 250 hours. FCL.520.A ATPL(A) — s kill test Applicants for an ATPL(A) shall pass a skill test in accordance with Appendix 9 to this Annex (Part-FCL) to demonstrate the ability to perform, as PIC of a multi-pilot aeroplane under IFR, the relevant procedures and manoeuvres with the competency appropriate to the privileges granted. The skill test shall be taken in the aeroplane or an adequately qualified FFS representing the same type. SECTION 3 Specific requirements for the helicopter category — ATPL(H) FCL.510.H ATPL(H) — p rerequisites, experience and crediting (a) Prerequisites Applicants for an ATPL(H) shall hold a CPL(H) and a multi-pilot helicopter type rating and have received instruction in MCC . (b) Experience Applicants for an ATPL(H) shall have completed , before the ATPL( H ) skill test is taken, as pilot s of helicopters a minimum of 1 000 hours of flight time including at least: (1) 350 hours in multi-pilot helicopters; (2) one of the following: (i) 250 hours as PIC; or (ii) 100 hours as PIC and 150 hours as PIC US ; or (iii) 250 hours as PIC US in multi-pilot helicopters. In this case, the ATPL(H) privileges shall be limited to multi-pilot operations only, until 100 hours as PIC have been completed; (3) 200 hours of cross-country flight time , of which at least 100 hours shall be as PIC or as PIC US ; (4) 30 hours of instrument time , of which not more than 10 hours may be instrument ground time; and (5) 100 hours of night flight as PIC or as co-pilot s . Of the 1 000 hours, a maximum of 100 hours may have been completed in an FSTD , of which not more than 25 hours may be completed in an FNPT. (c) Crediting Flight time in aeroplanes shall be credited up to 50 % against the flight time requirements in point (b). FCL.520.H ATPL(H) — s kill test Applicants for an ATPL(H) shall pass a skill test in accordance with Appendix 9 to this Annex (Part-FCL) to demonstrate the ability to perform , as PIC of a multi-pilot helicopter , the relevant procedures and manoeuvres with the competency appropriate to the privileges granted. The skill test shall be taken in the helicopter or an adequately qualified FFS representing the same type. SUBPART G INSTRUMENT RATING — IR SECTION 1 Common requirements FCL.600 IR — g eneral Except as provided in FCL.825, operations under IFR on an aeroplane, helicopter, airship or powered-lift aircraft shall only be conducted by holders of: (a) a PPL, a CPL, an MPL and an ATPL ; and (b) except when undergoing skill tests, proficiency checks or when receiving dual instruction, an IR with privileges appropriate to the applicable airspace requirements and to the category of aircraft. FCL.605 IR — p rivileges (a) Privileges (1) The privileges of holder s of an IR are to fly aircraft under IFR, including PBN operations, with a minimum decision height of no less than 200 ft (60 m) . ( 2 ) In the case of a multi-engine IR, these privileges may be extended to decision heights lower than 200 ft (60 m) when applicant s ha ve undergone specific training at an ATO and ha ve passed S ection 6 of the skill test in accordance with Appendix 9 to this Annex (Part-FCL) in multi-pilot aircraft. ( b ) Conditions (1) Holders of an IR shall exercise their privileges in accordance with the conditions established in Appendix 8 to this Annex (Part-FCL) . ( 2 ) Helicopters only To exercise privileges as PIC under IFR in multi-pilot helicopters, holder s of an IR(H) shall have at least 70 hours of instrument time , of which up to 30 hours may be instrument ground time. FCL.610 IR — p rerequisites Applicants for an IR shall: (a) hold: (1) at least a PPL in the appropriate aircraft category, and if the IR privileges will be used at night : (i) the privileges to fly at night in accordance with FCL.810; or (ii) an ATPL in another category of aircraft; or (2) a CPL, in the appropriate aircraft category; and (b) have completed at least 50 hours of cross-country flight time as PIC in aeroplanes, TMGs, helicopters or airships, of which at least 10 or, in the case of airships, 20 hours shall be in the relevant aircraft category . (c) Applicants for an IR(H) who have completed an ATP(H)/IR, an ATP(H), a CPL(H)/IR or a CPL(H) integrated training course shall be exempted from the requirement in point (b). FCL.615 IR — t heoretical knowledge and flight instruction (a) Course Applicants for an IR shall have completed a course of theoretical knowledge and flight instruction at an ATO. The course shall be: (1) an integrated training course which includes training for the IR, in accordance with Appendix 3 to this Annex (Part-FCL) ; or (2) a modular course in accordance with Appendix 6 to this Annex (Part-FCL) . (b) Examination Applicants shall demonstrate a level of theoretical knowledge appropriate to the privileges granted in the following subjects: (1) a ir l aw ; (2) a ircraft g eneral k nowledge — i nstrumentation ; (3) f light planning and m onitoring ; (4) h uman p erformance ; (5) m eteorology ; (6) r adio n avigation ; and (7) c ommunications. FCL.620 IR — s kill test (a) Applicants for an IR shall pass a skill test in accordance with Appendix 7 to this Annex (Part-FCL) to demonstrate the ability to perform the relevant procedures and manoeuvres with the competency appropriate to the privileges granted. (b) For a multi-engine IR, the skill test shall be taken in a multi-engine aircraft. For a single-engine IR, the test shall be taken in a single-engine aircraft. A multi-engine centreline thrust aeroplane shall be considered a single-engine aeroplane for the purposes of this point . FCL.625 IR — v alidity, revalidation and renewal (a) Validity An IR shall be valid for 1 year. (b) Revalidation (1) An IR shall be revalidated within the 3 months immediately preceding the expiry date of the rating by complying with the revalidation criteria for the relevant aircraft category . (2) If pilot s choose to fulfil the revalidation requirements earlier than prescribed above, the new validity period shall commence from the date of the proficiency check. ( 2 3 ) Applicants who fail to pass the relevant section of an IR proficiency check before the expiry date of the IR shall not exercise the IR privileges until they have passed the proficiency check. (c) Renewal If an IR has expired, in order to renew their privileges , applicants shall: (1) go through refresher training if deemed necessary by the ATO , at an ATO to reach the level of proficiency needed to pass the instrument element of the skill test in accordance with Appendix 9 to this Annex (Part-FCL) ; (2) pass a proficiency check in accordance with Appendix 9 to this Annex (Part-FCL) , in the relevant aircraft category ; and (3) hold the relevant class or type rating unless otherwise specified in this Annex (Part-FCL) . (d) If the IR has not been revalidated or renewed within the preceding 7 years, holder s will be required to pass again the IR theoretical knowledge examination and skill test. (e) Notwithstanding the requirements in points (c)(1) and (2) as well as (d), holders of a valid IR on a pilot licence issued by a third country in accordance with Annex 1 to the Chicago Convention shall for the renewal of their IR contained in their licence issued in accordance with this Annex (Part-FCL) pass a proficiency check in accordance with Appendix 9 to this Annex (Part-FCL) . (f) The proficiency checks mentioned in points (c)(3) and (e) may be combined with a proficiency check performed for the renewal of the relevant class or type rating. SECTION 2 Specific requirements for the aeroplane category FCL.625.A IR(A) — r evalidation (a) Applicants for the revalidation of an IR(A) shall hold the relevant class or type rating and : (1) when combined with the revalidation of a class or type rating, shall pass a proficiency check in accordance with Appendix 9 to this Annex (Part-FCL) ; (2) when not combined with the revalidation of a class or type rating, shall: (i) for single-pilot aeroplanes, complete S ection 3b and those parts of S ection 1 relevant to the intended flight, of the proficiency check in accordance with Appendix 9 to this Annex (Part-FCL) ; (ii) for multi-engine aeroplanes, pass S ection 6 of the proficiency check for single-pilot aeroplanes in accordance with Appendix 9 to this Annex (Part-FCL) by sole reference to instruments. (3) An FNPT II or an FFS representing the relevant class or type of aeroplane may be used in the case in point (2) (i) and (ii) , but at least each alternate proficiency check for the revalidation of an IR(A) in these circumstances shall be performed in an aeroplane. (b) Cross-credit shall be given in accordance with Appendix 8 to this Annex (Part-FCL) . SECTION 3 Specific requirements for the helicopter category FCL.625.H IR(H) — r evalidation (a) Applicants for the revalidation of an IR(H): (1) when combined with the revalidation of a type rating, shall pass a proficiency check in accordance with Appendix 9 to this Annex (Part-FCL) , for the relevant type of helicopter; (2) when not combined with the revalidation of a type rating, shall : (i) pass only S ection 5 and the relevant parts of S ection 1 of the proficiency check in accordance with Appendix 9 to this Annex (Part-FCL) for the relevant type of helicopter ; and (ii) hold the relevant valid type rating. A n FTD 2/3 or an FFS representing the relevant type of helicopter may be used in the case in point (2)(i) , but at least each alternate proficiency check for the revalidation of an IR(H) in these circumstances shall be performed in a helicopter . (b) Cross-credit shall be given in accordance with Appendix 8 to this Annex (Part-FCL) . FCL.630.H IR(H) — e xtension of privileges from single-engine to multi-engine helicopters Holders of an IR(H) valid for single-engine helicopters wishing to extend for the first time the IR(H) to multi-engine helicopters shall complete: (a) a training course at an ATO comprising at least 5 hours of dual instrument instruction time, of which 3 hours may be in an FFS , an FTD 2/3 or an FNPT II/III; and (b) S ection 5 of the skill test in accordance with Appendix 9 to this Annex (Part-FCL) on multi-engine helicopters. SECTION 4 Specific requirements for the airship category FCL.625.As IR(As) — r evalidation Applicants for the revalidation of an IR(As): (a) when combined with the revalidation of a type rating, shall pass a proficiency check in accordance with Appendix 9 to this Annex (Part-FCL) for the relevant type of airship; (b) when not combined with the revalidation of a type rating, shall complete S ection 5 and those parts of S ection 1 relevant to the intended flight of the proficiency check for airships in accordance with Appendix 9 to this Annex (Part-FCL) . In this case, an FTD 2/3 or an FFS representing the relevant type may be used, but at least each alternate proficiency check for the revalidation of an IR(As) in these circumstances shall be performed in an airship. SUBPART H CLASS AND TYPE RATINGS SECTION 1 Common requirements FCL.700 Circumstances in which class or type ratings are required (a) Holders of a pilot licence shall not act in any capacity as pilots of an aircraft unless they have a valid and appropriate class or type rating, except in any of the following cases: ( 1 ) holders of an LAPL, SPL and BPL; ( 2 ) when undergoing skill tests or proficiency checks for renewal of class or type ratings; ( 3 ) when receiving flight instruction; and ( 4 ) when they hold a flight test rating issued in accordance with FCL.820. (b) Notwithstanding point (a), in the case of flights related to the introduction or modification of aircraft types, pilots may hold a special certificate given by the competent authority, authorising them to perform the flights. This special certificate shall have its validity limited to the specific flights. FCL.705 Privileges of holder s of a class or type rating The privileges of holder s of a class or type rating are to act as pilot s o f the class or type of aircraft specified in the rating. FCL.710 Class and type ratings — variants In order to extend their privileges to another variant of aircraft within one class or type rating, pilot s shall complete differences training or familiarisation. In the case of variants within a type rating, the differences training or familiarisation shall include the relevant elements defined in the OSD . Differences training has to be completed w hen required by the ‘Type r ating and l icen c e e ndorsement l ist’ published by the Agency or when mandated in the OSD .T his differences training shall be delivered by an ATO ; or by an AOC holder specifically authorised to deliver such training to pilots that are employed by it. Notwithstanding the requirement in point (b), differences training for TMG, single-engine piston ( SEP ) , single-engine turbine (SET) and multi-engine piston ( MEP ) aeroplanes may be conducted by an appropriately qualified instructor unless mandated otherwise in the OSD. ( d ) If the variant has not been flown within a period of 2 years, further differences training or a proficiency check in that variant shall be required to maintain the privileges, except for types or variants within the SEP and TMG class ratings. ( e ) The differences training or the proficiency check in that variant shall be entered in the pilot s ’ logbook or equivalent record and signed by the instructor or examiner as appropriate. FCL.725 Requirements for the issue of class and type ratings (a) Training course Applicant s for the issue of a class or type rating shall complete a training course at an ATO. The training course shall include the mandatory training elements for the relevant type as defined in the OSD . (b) Theoretical knowledge examination A pplicant s for a class or type rating shall pass a theoretical knowledge examination organised by the ATO to demonstrate the level of theoretical knowledge required for the safe operation of the applicable aircraft class or type. (1) For multi-pilot aircraft, the theoretical knowledge examination shall be written and comprise at least 100 multiple-choice questions distributed appropriately across the main subjects of the syllabus. (2) For single-pilot multi-engine aircraft, the theoretical knowledge examination shall be written and the number of multiple-choice questions shall depend on the complexity of the aircraft. (3) For single-engine aircraft, the theoretical knowledge examination shall be conducted verbally by the examiner during the skill test to determine whether or not a satisfactory level of knowledge has been achieved. (4) For single-pilot aeroplanes that are classified as high - performance aeroplanes, the examination shall be written and comprise at least 100 multiple-choice questions distributed appropriately across the subjects of the syllabus . (5) For single-pilot single-engine and single-pilot multi-engine aeroplanes (sea) , the examination shall be written and comprise at least 30 multiple - choice questions. (c) Skill test Applicant s for the issue of a class or type rating shall pass a skill test in accordance with Appendix 9 to this Annex (Part-FCL) to demonstrate the skill required for the safe operation of the applicable class or type of aircraft. A pplicant s shall pass the skill test within a period of 6 months after commencement of the class or type rating training course and within a period of 6 months preceding the application for the issue of the class or type rating. (d) Applicant s who already hold a type rating for an aircraft type, with the privilege for either single-pilot or multi-pilot operations, shall be considered to have already fulfilled the theoretical requirements when applying to add the privilege for the other form of operation on the same aircraft type. A pplicant s shall complete additional flight training for the other form of operation at : an ATO; or an AOC holder for pilots that are its employees when the AOC holder is specifically authorised to deliver such training. (e) Notwithstanding the points above, pilots holding a flight test rating issued in accordance with FCL.820 who were involved in development, certification or production flight tests for an aircraft type, and have completed either 50 hours of total flight time or 10 hours of flight time as PIC in test flights in that type, shall be entitled to apply for the issue of the relevant type rating, provided that they comply with the experience requirements and the prerequisites for the issue of that type rating, as established in this Subpart for the relevant aircraft category. FCL.740 Validity and renewal of class and type ratings (a) Validity The period of validity of class and type ratings shall be 1 year, except for single-pilot single-engine class ratings, for which the period of validity shall be 2 years, unless otherwise determined in the OSD . If pilot s choose to fulfil the revalidation requirements earlier than prescribed in FCL.740.A, FCL.740 . H, FCL.740 . PL and FCL.740 . As, the new validity period shall commence from the date of the proficiency check. (b) Renewal If a class or type rating has expired, applicant s shall: (1) complete refresher training at an ATO, if deemed necessary by the ATO, to reach the level of proficiency necessary to safely operate the relevant class or type of aircraft except if the y hold a valid rating for the same class or type of aircraft on a pilot licence issued by a third country in accordance with Annex 1 to the Chicago Convention and they are entitled to exercise the privileges of the rating ; and (2) pass a proficiency check in accordance with Appendix 9 to this Annex (Part-FCL) . Notwithstanding the points above, pilots holding a flight test rating issued in accordance with FCL.820 who were involved in the development, certification or production flight tests for an aircraft type, and have completed either 50 hours of total flight time or 10 hours of flight time as PIC in test flights in that type during the year prior to the date of their application, shall be entitled to apply for the revalidation or renewal of the relevant type rating. SECTION 2 Specific requirements for the aeroplane category FCL.720.A Experience requirements and prerequisites for the issue of class or type ratings — aeroplanes Unless otherwise determined in the OSD , applicant s for the issue of a class or type rating shall comply with the following experience requirements and prerequisites for the issue of the relevant rating: Single - pilot aeroplanes Applicant s for the issue of a first class or type rating on a single - pilot aeroplane seeking the privilege to operate the aeroplane in multi-pilot operations shall meet the requirements in points ( b )(4) and ( b )(5) . Additionally, for: (1 ) Single-pilot multi-engine aeroplanes Applicants for the issue of a first class or type rating on a single-pilot multi-engine aeroplane shall have completed at least 70 hours as PIC in aeroplanes. ( 2 ) Single-pilot high - performance non-complex aeroplanes Before starting flight training, applicant s for the issue of a class or type rating for a single-pilot aeroplane classified as a high - performance aeroplane shall: ( i ) have at least 200 hours of total flying experience, of which 70 hours as PIC in aeroplanes; and ( ii ) comply with one of the following requirements: ( A ) hold a certificate of satisfactory completion of a course for additional theoretical knowledge undertaken at an ATO; or ( B ) have passed the ATPL(A) theoretical knowledge examinations in accordance with this Annex (Part-FCL) ; or ( C ) hold, in addition to a licence issued in accordance with this Annex (Part-FCL) , an ATPL(A) or CPL(A)/IR with theoretical knowledge credit for ATPL(A), issued in accordance with Annex 1 to the Chicago Convention . ( 3 ) Single-pilot high - performance complex aeroplanes Applicants for the issue of a type rating for a complex single-pilot aeroplane classified as a high - performance aeroplane shall, in addition to meeting the requirements in point ( 2 ), hold or have held a single - or multi-engine IR(A), as appropriate and as established in Subpart G and shall meet the requirements in point ( b )(5) . ( b ) Multi-pilot aeroplanes Applicant s for the issue of the first type rating course for a multi-pilot aeroplane shall be student pilot s currently undergoing training on an MPL training course or comply with the following requirements: (1) have at least 70 hours of flight experience as PIC in aeroplanes; (2) hold or have held a multi-engine IR(A); (3) have passed the ATPL(A) theoretical knowledge examinations in accordance with this Annex (Part-FCL) ; (4) except when the type rating course is combined with an MCC course: (i) hold a certificate of satisfactory completion of an MCC course in aeroplanes; or (ii) hold a certificate of satisfactory completion of MCC in helicopters and have more than 100 hours of flight experience as pilot s o f multi-pilot helicopters; or (iii) have at least 500 hours as pilot s o f multi-pilot helicopters; or (iv) have at least 500 hours as pilot s in multi-pilot operations on single-pilot multi-engine aeroplanes, in commercial air transport in accordance with the applicable air operations requirements ; and (5) have completed the training course specified in FCL.745.A. ( c ) Notwithstanding point ( e b ), a Member State may issue a type rating with restricted privileges for a multi-pilot aeroplane that allows holder s of such rating to act as cruise relief co-pilot s above Flight Level 200, provided that two other members of the crew have a type rating in accordance with point ( e ). ( d ) When so determined in the OSD , the exercise of the privileges of a type rating may be initially limited to flight under the supervision of an instructor. The flight hours under supervision shall be entered in the pilot s ’ logbook or equivalent record and signed by the instructor. The limitation shall be removed when pilot s demonstrate that the hours of flight under supervision required in the OSD have been completed. FCL.725.A Theoretical knowledge and flight instruction for the issue of class and type ratings — aeroplanes Unless otherwise determined in the OSD : f or s ingle-pilot multi-engine aeroplanes : t he theoretical knowledge course for a single-pilot multi-engine class rating shall include at least 7 hours of instruction in multi-engine aeroplane operations ; and t he flight training course for a single-pilot multi-engine class or type rating shall include at least 2 hours and 30 minutes of dual flight instruction under normal conditions of multi-engine aeroplane operations, and not less than 3 hours 30 minutes of dual flight instruction in engine failure procedures and asymmetric flight techniques. for s ingle-pilot aeroplanes ( sea ): (1) t he training course for single-pilot aeroplane ( sea ) ratings shall include theoretical knowledge and flight instruction ; and (2) t he flight training for a class or type rating ( sea ) for single-pilot aeroplanes ( sea ) shall include at least 8 hours of dual flight instruction if applicant s hold the land version of the relevant class or type rating, or 10 hours if applicant s do not hold such a rating ; and for single-pilot high-performance complex aeroplanes and multi-pilot aeroplanes , the t raining courses shall include UPRT theoretical knowledge and flight instruction related to the specificities of the relevant class or type . FCL.730.A Specific requirements for pilots undertaking a zero flight time type rating (ZFTT) course — aeroplanes (a) P ilot s undertaking instruction at a ZFTT course shall have completed, on a multi-pilot turbo-jet aeroplane certificated to the standards of CS-25 or equivalent airworthiness code or on a multi-pilot turbo-prop aeroplane having a maximum certificated take-off mass of not less than 10 tonnes or a certificated passenger seating configuration of more than 19 passengers, at least: (1) 1 500 hours of flight time or 250 route sectors if an FFS qualified to level ‘ C grandfathered’ ( CG ) , C or interim C is used during the course; and (2) 500 hours of flight time or 100 route sectors if an FFS qualified to level ‘ D grandfathered’ ( DG ) or D is used during the course. (b) When pilot s are changing from a turbo-prop to a turbo-jet aeroplane or from a turbo-jet to a turbo-prop aeroplane, additional simulator training shall be required. FCL.735.A Multi-crew cooperation training course — aeroplanes (a) The MCC training course shall comprise at least: (1) 25 hours of theoretical knowledge instruction and exercises; and (2) 20 hours of practical MCC training or 15 hours in the case of student pilots attending an ATP integrated course. An FNPT II MCC or an FFS shall be used. When the MCC training is combined with initial type rating training, the practical MCC training may be reduced to no less than 10 hours if the same FNPT II MCC or FFS is used for both the MCC and type rating training. (b) The MCC training course shall be completed within 6 months at an ATO. (c) Unless the MCC training course has been combined with a type rating course, on completion of the MCC training course , applicant s shall be issued with a certificate of completion. (d) Applicant s having completed an MCC training course for any other category of aircraft shall be exempted from the requirement in point (a)(1). FCL.740.A Revalidation of class and type ratings — aeroplanes (a) Revalidation of multi-engine class ratings and type ratings (1) For the revalidation of multi-engine class ratings and type ratings, applicant s shall: ( i ) pass a proficiency check in accordance with Appendix 9 to this Annex (Part-FCL) in the relevant class or type of aeroplane or an FSTD representing that class or type, within the 3 months immediately preceding the expiry date of the rating; and ( ii ) complete during the period of validity of the rating, at least: ( A ) 10 route sectors as pilot s of the relevant class or type of aeroplane; or ( B ) one route sector as pilot s of the relevant class or type of aeroplane or FFS, flown with an examiner. This route sector may be flown during the proficiency check. (2) P ilot s shall be exempted from complying with the requirement in point (1)(ii) in case they : (i) are working for a commercial air transport operator approved in accordance with the applicable air operations requirements ; and (ii) ha ve passed the operator ’ s proficiency check combined with the proficiency check for the revalidation of the class or type rating. ( 3 ) The revalidation of an EIR or an IR(A), if held, may be combined with a proficiency check for the revalidation of a class or type rating. (b) Revalidation of single-pilot single-engine class ratings (1) S EP aeroplane class ratings and TMG ratings For the revalidation of single-pilot SEP aeroplane class ratings or TMG class ratings , applicant s shall: (i) within the 3 months immediately preceding the expiry date of the rating, pass a proficiency check in the relevant class in accordance with Appendix 9 to this Annex (Part-FCL) with an examiner; or (ii) within the 12 months immediately preceding the expiry date of the rating, complete 12 hours of flight time in the relevant class, including: 6 hours as PIC ; 12 take-offs and 12 landings ; and refresher training of at least 1 hour of total flight time with a flight instructor (FI) or a class rating instructor (CRI). Applicants shall be exempted from this refresher training if they have passed a class or type rating proficiency check, skill test or instructor assessment of competence in any other class or type of aeroplane. When applicants hold both a SEP ( land ) class rating and a TMG rating, they may complete the requirements in point s ( i ) and (ii) in either class or a combination thereof , and achieve revalidation of both ratings. ( 2 ) Single-pilot single-engine turbo-prop aeroplanes For the revalidation of single-engine turbo-prop class ratings , applicants shall pass a proficiency check i n the relevant class in accordance with Appendix 9 to this Annex (Part-FCL) with an examiner, within the 3 months immediately preceding the expiry date of the rating. ( 3 ) When applicants hold both a SEP ( land ) and a SEP ( sea ) class rating, they may complete the requirements in point (1)(ii) in either class or a combination thereof, and achieve the fulfilment of these requirements for both ratings. At least 1 hour of the required PIC time and 6 of the required 12 take-offs and landings shall be completed in each class. (c) Applicants who fail to achieve a pass in all sections of a proficiency check before the expiry date of a class or type rating shall not exercise the privileges of that rating until a pass in the proficiency check has been achieved. FCL.745.A Advanced UPRT course — aeroplanes (a) The advanced UPRT course shall be completed at an ATO and shall comprise at least: (1) 5 hours of theoretical knowledge instruction; (2) preflight briefings and postflight debriefings; and (3) 3 hours of dual flight instruction with a flight instructor for aeroplanes ( FI(A) ) qualified in accordance with FCL.915(e) and consisting of advanced UPRT in an aeroplane qualified for the training task. (b) Upon completion of the advanced UPRT course, applicant s shall be issued with a certificate of completion by the ATO. SECTION 3 Specific requirements for the helicopter category FCL.720.H Experience requirements and prerequisites for the issue of type ratings — helicopters Unless otherwise determined in the OSD , applicant s for the issue of the first helicopter type rating shall comply with the following experience requirements and prerequisites for the issue of the relevant rating: (a) Multi-pilot helicopters Applicant s for the issue of the first type rating course for a multi-pilot helicopter type shall: (1) have at least 70 hours as PIC in helicopters; (2) except when the type rating course is combined with an MCC course: (i) hold a certificate of satisfactory completion of an MCC course in helicopters; or (ii) have at least 500 hours as pilot s of multi-pilot aeroplanes; or (iii) have at least 500 hours as pilot s in multi-pilot operations on multi-engine helicopters; and (3) have passed the ATPL(H) theoretical knowledge examinations. (b) Applicant s for the issue of the first type rating course for a multi-pilot helicopter type who are graduate s from an ATP(H)/IR, ATP(H), CPL(H)/IR or CPL(H) integrated course and who do not comply with the requirement in point (a)(1), shall have the type rating issued with the privileges limited to exercising functions as co-pilot s only. The limitation shall be removed once pilot s ha ve : (1) completed 70 hours as PIC or PIC US on helicopters; and (2) passed the multi-pilot skill test on the applicable helicopter type as PIC. (c) Single-pilot multi-engine helicopters Applicant s for the issue of a first type rating for a single-pilot multi-engine helicopter shall: (1) before starting flight training: (i) have passed the ATPL(H) theoretical knowledge examinations; or (ii) hold a certificate of completion of a pre-entry course conducted by an ATO. The course shall cover the following subjects of the ATPL(H) theoretical knowledge course: Aircraft g eneral k nowledge: airframe/systems/power plant and instrument/electronics ; Flight p erformance and p lanning: mass and balance, performance; and (2) in the case they have not completed an ATP(H)/IR, ATP(H) or CPL(H)/IR integrated training course, have completed at least 70 hours as PIC in helicopters. FCL.735.H Multi-crew cooperation training course — helicopters (a) The MCC training course shall comprise at least: (1) for MCC/IR: (i) 25 hours of theoretical knowledge instruction and exercises; and (ii) 20 hours of practical MCC training or 15 hours, in the case of student pilots attending an ATP(H)/IR integrated course. When the MCC training is combined with the initial type rating training for a multi-pilot helicopter, the practical MCC training may be reduced to not less than 10 hours if the same FSTD is used for both MCC and type rating; and (2) for MCC/VFR: (i) 25 hours of theoretical knowledge instruction and exercises; and (ii) 15 hours of practical MCC training or 10 hours, in the case of student pilots attending an ATP(H)/IR integrated course. When the MCC training is combined with the initial type rating training for a multi-pilot helicopter, the practical MCC training may be reduced to not less than 7 hours if the same FSTD is used for both MCC and type rating. (b) The MCC training course shall be completed within 6 months at an ATO. An FNPT II or III qualified for MCC, an FTD 2/3 (MCC) or an FFS shall be used. (c) Unless the MCC course has been combined with a multi-pilot type rating course, on completion of the MCC training course , applicant s shall be issued with a certificate of completion. (d) Applicant s having completed MCC training for any other category of aircraft shall be exempted from the requirement in point s (a)(1)(i) or (a)(2)(i), as applicable. (e) Applicant s for MCC/IR training who ha ve completed MCC/VFR training shall be exempted from the requirement in point (a)(1)(i) and shall complete 5 hours of practical MCC/IR training. FCL.740.H Revalidation of type ratings — helicopters (a) For the revalidation of type ratings for helicopters, applicant s shall: (1) pass a proficiency check in accordance with Appendix 9 to this Annex (Part-FCL) in the relevant type of helicopter or an FSTD representing that type within the 3 months immediately preceding the expiry date of the rating; and (2) complete at least 2 hours as pilot s of the relevant helicopter type within the validity period of the rating. The duration of the proficiency check may be counted towards the 2 hours. (b) When applicants hold more than one type rating for SEP helicopters, they may achieve revalidation of all the relevant type ratings by completing the proficiency check in only one of the relevant types held, provided that they have completed at least 2 hours of flight time as PIC in the other types during the validity period. The proficiency check shall be performed each time on a different type. ( c ) When applicants hold more than one type rating for single-engine turbine helicopters with a maximum certificated take-off mass up to 3 175 kg, they may achieve revalidation of all the relevant type ratings by passing the proficiency check in only one of the relevant types held, provided that they have completed: ( 1 ) 300 hours as PIC in helicopters; ( 2 ) 15 hours on each of the types held; and ( 3 ) at least 2 hours of PIC flight time on each of the other types during the validity period. The proficiency check shall be performed each time on a different type. ( d ) P ilot s who pass a skill test for the issue of an additional type rating shall achieve revalidation for the relevant type ratings in the common groups, in accordance with points ( b ) and ( c ). ( e ) The revalidation of an IR(H), if held, may be combined with a proficiency check for a type rating. ( f ) Applicant s who fail to achieve a pass in all sections of a proficiency check before the expiry date of a type rating shall not exercise the privileges of that rating until a pass in the proficiency check has been achieved. In the case s of points ( b ) and ( c ), applicant s shall not exercise their privileges in any of the types. SECTION 4 Specific requirements for the powered-lift aircraft category FCL.720.PL Experience requirements and prerequisites for the issue of type ratings — powered-lift aircraft Unless otherwise determined in the OSD , applicant s for the first issue of a powered-lift type rating shall comply with the following experience requirements and prerequisites: (a) for pilots of aeroplanes: (1) hold a CPL/IR(A) with ATPL theoretical knowledge or an ATPL(A); (2) hold a certificate of completion of an MCC course; (3) have completed more than 100 hours as pilot s o f multi-pilot aeroplanes; and (4) have completed 40 hours of flight instruction in helicopters; (b) for pilots of helicopters: (1) hold a CPL/IR(H) with ATPL theoretical knowledge or an ATPL/IR(H); (2) hold a certificate of completion of an MCC course; (3) have completed more than 100 hours as pilot s o f multi-pilot helicopters; and (4) have completed 40 hours of flight instruction in aeroplanes; and (c) for pilots qualified to fly both aeroplanes and helicopters: (1) hold at least a CPL(H); (2) hold an IR and ATPL theoretical knowledge or an ATPL in either aeroplanes or helicopters; (3) hold a certificate of completion of an MCC course in either helicopters or aeroplanes; (4) have completed at least 100 hours as pilot s o f multi-pilot helicopters or aeroplanes; and (5) have completed 40 hours of flight instruction in aeroplanes or helicopters, as applicable, if the y ha ve no experience as ATPL or on multi-pilot aircraft. FCL.725.PL Flight instruction for the issue of type ratings — powered-lift aircraft The flight instruction part of the training course for a powered-lift type rating shall be completed in both the aircraft and an FSTD representing the aircraft and adequately qualified for this purpose. FCL.740.PL Revalidation of type ratings — powered-lift aircraft (a) For the revalidation of powered-lift type ratings, applicant s shall: (1) pass a proficiency check in accordance with Appendix 9 to this Annex (Part-FCL) in the relevant type of powered-lift within the 3 months immediately preceding the expiry date of the rating; (2) complete during the period of validity of the rating, at least: (i) 10 route sectors as pilot s of the relevant type of powered-lift aircraft; or (ii) one route sector as pilot s of the relevant type of powered-lift aircraft or FFS, flown with an examiner. This route sector may be flown during the proficiency check. ( b ) P ilot s shall be exempted from complying with the requirement in point (a)(2) in case they: (1) are working for a commercial air transport operator approved in accordance with the applicable air operations requirements ; and (2) ha ve passed the operators proficiency check combined with the proficiency check for the revalidation of the type rating. ( c ) Applicant s who fail to achieve a pass in all sections of a proficiency check before the expiry date of a type rating shall not exercise the privileges of that rating until a pass in the proficiency check has been achieved. SECTION 5 Specific requirements for the airship category FCL.720.As Prerequisites for the issue of type ratings — airships Unless otherwise determined in the OSD , applicant s for the first issue of an airship type rating for multi-pilot airships shall comply with the following experience requirements and prerequisites: ( a ) have completed 70 hours of flight time as PIC in airships; and ( b ) hold a certificate of satisfactory completion of MCC on airships. Applicant s who do not comply with the requirement in point ( b ) shall have the type rating issued with the privileges limited to exercising functions as co-pilot s only. The limitation shall be removed once the y ha ve completed 100 hours of flight time as PIC or PIC US of airships. FCL.735.As Multi-crew cooperation training course — airships (a) The MCC training course shall comprise at least: (1) 12 hours of theoretical knowledge instruction and exercises; and (2) 5 hours of practical MCC training . An FNPT II or III qualified for MCC, an FTD 2/3 or an FFS shall be used. (b) The MCC training course shall be completed within 6 months at an ATO. (c) Unless the MCC course has been combined with a multi-pilot type rating course, on completion of the MCC training course applicant s shall be issued with a certificate of completion. (d) Applicant s having completed MCC training for any other category of aircraft shall be exempted from the requirements in point (a). FCL.740.As Revalidation of type ratings — airships (a) For the revalidation of type ratings for airships, applicant s shall: (1) pass a proficiency check in accordance with Appendix 9 to this Annex (Part-FCL) in the relevant type of airship within the 3 months immediately preceding the expiry date of the rating; and (2) complete at least 2 hours as pilot s of the relevant airship type within the validity period of the rating. The duration of the proficiency check may be counted towards the 2 hours. The revalidation of an IR(As) may be combined with a proficiency check for the revalidation of a type rating. (b) Applicant s who fail to achieve a pass in all sections of a proficiency check before the expiry date of a type rating shall not exercise the privileges of that rating until a pass in the proficiency check has been achieved. SUBPART I ADDITIONAL RATINGS FCL.800 Aerobatic rating (a) Holders of a pilot licence for aeroplanes, TMG s or sailplanes shall only undertake aerobatic flights when they hold an aerobatic rating. (b) Applicants for an aerobatic rating shall have completed: (1) after the issue of the licence at least 30 hours of flight time in the appropriate aircraft category, or in the case of sailplanes, 120 launches as PIC ; (2) a training course at an ATO, including: (i) theoretical knowledge instruction appropriate for the rating; and (ii) at least 5 hours or 20 flights of aerobatic instruction in the appropriate aircraft category. (c) The privileges of the aerobatic rating shall be limited to the aircraft category in which the flight instruction was completed. The privileges will be extended to another category of aircraft if pilot s hold a licence for that aircraft category and ha ve successfully completed at least three dual training flights covering the full aerobatic training syllabus in that category of aircraft. FCL.805 Sailplane towing and banner towing ratings (a) Holders of a pilot licence with privileges to fly aeroplanes or TMGs shall only tow sailplanes or banners when they hold the appropriate sailplane towing or banner towing rating. (b) Applicants for a sailplane towing rating shall have completed: (1) at least 30 hours of flight time as PIC and 60 take-offs and landings in aeroplanes, if the activity is to be carried out in aeroplanes or in TMGs, if the activity is to be carried out in TMGs, completed after the issue of the licence; and (2) a training course at an ATO including: (i) theoretical knowledge instruction i n towing operations and procedures; (ii) at least 10 training flights towing a sailplane, including at least 5 dual training flights ; and (iii) except for holders of an LAPL(S) or an SPL, five familiarisation flights in a sailplane which is launched by an aircraft. (c) Applicants for a banner towing rating shall have completed: (1) at least 100 hours of flight time and 200 take-offs and landings as PIC in aeroplanes or TMG s , after the issue of the licence. At least 30 of these hours shall be in aeroplanes, if the activity is to be carried out in aeroplanes, or in TMG s , if the activity is to be carried out in TMGs; and (2) a training course at an ATO including: (i) theoretical knowledge instruction i n towing operations and procedures; and (ii) at least 10 training flights towing a banner, including at least 5 dual training flights . (d) The privileges of the sailplane and banner towing ratings shall be limited to aeroplanes or TMG s , depending on which aircraft the flight instruction was completed . F or banner towing , the privileges shall be limited to the towing method used for flight instruction . The privileges will be extended if pilot s hold a licence for aeroplanes or TMG s and ha ve successfully completed at least three dual training flights covering the full towing training syllabus in either aircraft and towing method for banner towing , as relevant. (e) In order to exercise the privileges of the sailplane or banner towing ratings, holder s of the rating s shall have completed a minimum of five tows during the last 2 years . (f) When pilot s do not comply with the requirement in point (e), before resuming the exercise of their privileges, the y shall complete the missing tows with or under the supervision of an instructor. FCL.810 Night rating (a) Aeroplanes, TMGs, airships (1) If the privileges of an LAPL, an SPL or a PPL for aeroplanes, TMGs or airships are to be exercised in VFR conditions at night, applicants shall have completed a training course at an ATO. The course shall be comp l eted within 6 months and shall comprise : (i) theoretical knowledge instruction; and (ii) at least 5 hours of flight time in the appropriate aircraft category at night, including at least 3 hours of dual instruction, including at least : (A) 1 hour of cross-country navigation with at least one dual cross-country flight of at least 50 km (27 NM) ; (B) five solo take-offs ; and (C) five solo full-stop landings. (2) Before completing the training at night, LAPL holders shall have completed the basic instrument flight training required for the issue of a PPL. (3) When applicants hold privileges for both a SEP (land) and a TMG class rating, they may complete the requirements in point (1) in either a TMG or a SEP (land) or in both of them . (b) Helicopters If the privileges of a PPL for helicopters are to be exercised in VFR conditions at night, applicant s shall have completed : (1) at least 100 hours of flight time as pilot s of helicopters after the issue of the licence, including at least 60 hours as PIC in helicopters and 20 hours of cross-country flight; and (2) a training course at an ATO. The course shall be completed within 6 months and shall comprise: (i) theoretical knowledge instruction; (ii) 10 hours of helicopter dual instrument instruction time; and (iii) 5 hours of flight time at night, including at least 3 hours of dual instruction, including at least 1 hour of cross-country navigation and five solo night circuits. Each circuit shall include a take-off and a landing. (3) Applicant s who hold or ha ve held an IR in an aeroplane or TMG shall be credited with 5 hours towards the requirement in point (2)(ii) above. (c) Balloons If the privileges of an LAPL for balloons or a BPL are to be exercised in VFR conditions at night, applicants shall complete at least two dual training flights at night of at least 1 hour each. FCL.815 Mountain rating (a) Privileges The privileges of holder s of a mountain rating are to conduct flights with aeroplanes or TMG s to and from surfaces designated as requiring such a rating by the appropriate authorities designated by the Member States. The initial mountain rating may be obtained either on: (1) wheels, to grant the privilege to fly to and from such surfaces when they are not covered by snow; or (2) skis, to grant the privilege to fly to and from such surfaces when they are covered by snow. The privileges of the initial rating may be extended to either wheel or ski privileges when pilot s ha ve undertaken an appropriate additional training course, including theoretical knowledge instruction and flight training, with a mountain flight instructor. (b) Training course Applicants for a mountain rating shall have completed, within a period of 2 years , a course of theoretical knowledge instruction and flight training at an ATO. The content of the course shall be appropriate to the privileges granted . (c) Skill test After the completion of the training, applicant s shall pass a skill test with a flight examiner ( FE ) qualified for this purpose. The skill test shall contain: (1) a verbal examination of theoretical knowledge; and (2) six landings on at least two different surfaces designated as requiring a mountain rating other than the surface of departure. (d) Validity A mountain rating shall be valid for a period of 2 years . (e) Revalidation For the revalidation of a mountain rating, applicant s shall: (1) have completed at least six landings on a surface designated as requiring a mountain rating in the past 2 years ; or (2) pass a proficiency check. The proficiency check shall comply with the requirements in point (c). (f) Renewal If the rating has lapsed, applicant s shall comply with the requirement in point (e)(2). FCL.820 Flight test rating (a) Holders of a pilot licence for aeroplanes or helicopters shall only act as PIC in category 1 or 2 flight tests, as defined in Annex I (Part-21) to Regulation (EU) No 748 /2012 , when they hold a flight test rating. (b) The obligation to hold a flight test rating established in point (a) shall only apply to flight tests conducted on: (1) helicopters certificated or to be certificated in accordance with the standards of CS-27 or CS-29 or equivalent airworthiness codes; or (2) aeroplanes certificated or to be certificated in accordance with: (i) the standards of CS-25 or equivalent airworthiness codes; or (ii) the standards of CS-23 or equivalent airworthiness codes, except for aeroplanes with a maximum take-off mass of less than 2 000 kg. (c) The privileges of holder s of a flight test rating are to, within the relevant aircraft category: (1) in the case of a category 1 flight test rating, conduct all categories of flight tests, as defined in Annex I (Part-21) to Regulation (EU) No 748/2012 , either as PIC or co-pilot s ; (2) in the case of a category 2 flight test rating: (i) conduct category 1 flight tests, as defined in Annex I (Part-21) to Regulation (EU) No 748/2012 : as co-pilot s ; or as PIC, in the case of aeroplanes referred to in point (b)(2)(ii), except for those within the commuter category or having a design diving speed above 0,6 mach or a maximum ceiling above 25 000 ft (7 620 m ) ; (ii) conduct all other categories of flight tests, as defined in Annex I (Part-21) to Regulation (EU) No 748 /2012 , either as PIC or co-pilot s ; and (3) conduct flights without a type or class rating as defined in Subpart H, except that the flight test rating shall not be used for commercial air transport operations. (d) Applicants for the first issue of a flight test rating shall: (1) hold at least a CPL and an IR in the appropriate aircraft category; (2) have completed at least 1 000 hours of flight time in the appropriate aircraft category, of which at least 400 hours as PIC; and (3) have completed at an ATO a training course appropriate to the intended aircraft and category of flights. The training shall cover at least the following subjects: (i) p erformance ; (ii) s tability and control/ h andling qualities ; (iii) s ystems ; (iv) t est management ; and (v) r isk/ s afety management . (e) The privileges of holders of a flight test rating may be extended to another category of flight test and another category of aircraft when they have completed an additional course of training at an ATO. FCL.825 En route instrument rating (EIR) (a) Privileges and conditions (1) The privileges of holder s of an EIR are to conduct flights by day under IFR in the en route phase of flight, with an aeroplane for which a class or type rating is held. The privilege may be extended to conduct flights by night under IFR in the en route phase of flight if pilot s hold a night rating in accordance with FCL.810. (2) H older s of the EIR shall only commence or continue a flight on which they intend to exercise the privileges of their rating if the latest available meteorological information indicates that: (i) the weather conditions on departure are such as to enable the segment of the flight from take-off to a planned VFR-to-IFR transition to be conducted in compliance with VFR; and (ii) at the estimated time of arrival at the planned destination aerodrome, the weather conditions will be such as to enable the segment of the flight from an IFR-to-VFR transition to landing to be conducted in compliance with VFR. (b) Prerequisites Applicants for the EIR shall hold at least a PPL(A) and shall have completed at least 20 hours of cross-country flight time as PIC in aeroplanes. (c) Training course Applicants for an EIR shall have completed, within a period of 3 years at an ATO: (1) at least 80 hours of theoretical knowledge instruction in accordance with FCL.615; and (2) instrument flight instruction, during which: (i) the flying training for a single-engine EIR shall include at least 15 hours of instrument flight time under instruction; and (ii) the flying training for a multi-engine EIR shall include at least 16 hours of instrument flight time under instruction, of which at least 4 hours shall be in multi-engine aeroplanes. (d) Theoretical knowledge Prior to taking the skill test, applicant s shall demonstrate a level of theoretical knowledge appropriate to the privileges granted, in the subjects referred to in FCL.615(b). (e) Skill test After the completion of the training, applicant s shall pass a skill test in an aeroplane with an instrument rating examiner ( IRE ) . For a multi-engine EIR, the skill test shall be taken in a multi-engine aeroplane. For a single-engine EIR, the test shall be taken in a single-engine aeroplane. (f) By way of derogation from points (c) and (d), holder s of a single-engine EIR who also hold a multi-engine class or type rating wishing to obtain a multi-engine EIR for the first time, shall complete a course at an ATO comprising at least 2 hours of instrument flight time under instruction in the en route phase of flight in multi-engine aeroplanes and shall pass the skill test referred to in point (e). (g) Validity, revalidation and renewal (1) An EIR shall be valid for 1 year. (2) Applicants for the revalidation of an EIR shall: (i) pass a proficiency check in an aeroplane within the 3 months immediately preceding the expiry date of the rating; or (ii) within the 12 months immediately preceding the expiry date of the rating, complete 6 hours as PIC under IFR and a training flight of at least 1 hour with an instructor holding privileges to provide training for the IR(A) or EIR. (3) For each alternate subsequent revalidation, holder s of the EIR shall pass a proficiency check in accordance with point (g)(2)(i). (4) If an EIR has expired, in order to renew their privileges , applicants shall: (i) complete refresher training provided by an instructor holding privileges to provide training for the IR(A) or EIR to reach the level of proficiency needed; and (ii) pass a proficiency check. (5) If the EIR has not been revalidated or renewed within 7 years from the last validity date, holder s will also be required to pass again the EIR theoretical knowledge examinations in accordance with FCL.615(b). (6) For a multi-engine EIR, the proficiency check for the revalidation or renewal and the training flight required in point (g)(2)(ii) have to be completed in a multi-engine aeroplane. If pilot s also hold a single-engine EIR, this proficiency check shall also achieve revalidation or renewal of the single-engine EIR. The training flight completed in a multi-engine aeroplane shall also fulfil the training flight requirement for the single-engine EIR. (h) When applicant s for the EIR ha ve completed instrument flight time under instruction with an IRI for aeroplanes or an FI for aeroplanes holding the privilege to provide training for the IR or EIR, these hours may be credited towards the hours required in point (c)(2)(i) and (ii) up to a maximum of 5 or 6 hours respectively. The 4 hours of instrument flight instruction in multi-engine aeroplanes required in point (c)(2)(ii) shall not be subject to this credit. (1) To determine the number of hours to be credited and to establish the training needs, applicant s shall complete a pre-entry assessment at the ATO. (2) The completion of the instrument flight instruction provided by an IRI(A) or FI(A) shall be documented in a specific training record and signed by the instructor. (i) Applicants for the EIR, holding a Part-FCL PPL or CPL and a valid IR(A) issued in accordance with the requirements of Annex 1 to the Chicago Convention by a third country, may be credited in full towards the training course requirements mentioned in point (c). In order to be issued with the EIR, applicant s shall: (1) pass the skill test for the EIR; (2) by way of derogation from point (d), demonstrate during the skill test towards the examiner that they ha ve acquired an adequate level of theoretical knowledge of air law, meteorology and flight planning and performance (IR); and (3) have a minimum experience of at least 25 hours of flight time under IFR as PIC in aeroplanes. FCL.830 Sailplane c loud f lying r ating (a) Holders of a pilot licence with privileges to fly sailplanes shall only operate a sailplane or a powered sailplane, excluding TMG s , within cloud when they hold a sailplane cloud flying rating. (b) Applicants for a sailplane cloud flying rating shall have at least: (1) completed 30 hours as PIC in sailplanes or powered sailplanes after the issue of the licence; (2) completed a training course at an ATO including: (i) theoretical knowledge instruction; and (ii) at least 2 hours of dual flight instruction in sailplanes or powered sailplanes, controlling the sailplane solely by reference to instruments, of which a maximum of 1 hour may be completed i n TMGs; and (3) passed a skill test with an FE qualified for this purpose. (c) Holders of an EIR or an IR(A) shall be credited against the requirement in point (b)(2)(i). By way of derogation from point (b)(2)(ii), at least 1 hour of dual flight instruction in a sailplane or powered sailplane, excluding TMG s , controlling the sailplane solely by reference to instruments shall be completed. (d) Holders of a cloud flying rating shall only exercise their privileges when they have completed in the last two years at least 1 hour of flight time, or five flights as PIC exercising the privileges of the cloud flying rating, in sailplanes or powered sailplanes, excluding TMGs. (e) Holders of a cloud flying rating who do not comply with the requirements in point (d) shall, before they resume the exercise of their privileges: (1) pass a proficiency check with an FE qualified for this purpose; or (2) perform the additional flight time or flights required in point (d) with a qualified instructor. (f) Holders of a valid EIR or an IR(A) shall be credited in full against the requirements in point (d). SUBPART J INSTRUCTORS SECTION 1 Common requirements FCL.900 Instructor certificates (a) General Instructors shall only carry out: (1) flight instruction in aircraft when they hold: (i) a pilot licence issued or accepted in accordance with this Regulation; and (ii) an instructor certificate appropriate to the instruction given, issued in accordance with this Subpart; and (2) synthetic flight instruction or MCC instruction when they hold an instructor certificate appropriate to the instruction given, issued in accordance with this Subpart. (b) Special conditions (1) The competent authority may issue a specific certificate granting privileges for flight instruction when compliance with the requirements established in this Subpart is not possible in the case of the introduction of: (i) new aircraft in the Member States or in an operator’s fleet; or (ii) new training courses in this Annex (Part-FCL) . Such a certificate shall be limited to the training flights necessary for the introduction of the new type of aircraft or the new training course and its validity shall not, in any case, exceed 1 year. (2) Holders of a certificate issued in accordance with point (b)(1) who wish to apply for the issue of an instructor certificate shall comply with the prerequisites and revalidation requirements established for that category of instructor. Notwithstanding FCL.905.TRI(b), a TRI certificate issued in accordance with this point will include the privilege to instruct for the issue of a TRI or SFI certificate for the relevant type. (c) Instruction outside the territory of the Member States (1) Notwithstanding point (a), in the case of approved flight instruction provided in an ATO located outside the territory of the Member States, the competent authority that approved the training organisation may issue an instructor certificate to applicant s holding a pilot licence , which shall be in any case at least a CPL, and a rating or a certificate issued by a third country in accordance with Annex 1 to the Chicago Convention, for which they are authorised to instruct, provided that applicant s : (i) compl y with the requirements established in this Subpart for the issue of the relevant instructor certificate; and (ii) demonstrate to the competent authority an adequate level of knowledge of European aviation safety rules to be able to exercise instructional privileges in accordance with this Annex (Part-FCL) . (2) The certificate shall be limited to providing approved flight instruction: (i) in ATOs located outside the territory of the Member States; and (ii) to student pilots who have sufficient knowledge of the language in which flight instruction is given. (3) Notwithstanding paragraphs (a) to (c), in the case of approved flight instructions provided in an ATO having its principal place of business outside the territory for which a Member State is responsible under the Chicago Convention, applicants intending to provide flight instruction may not obtain and hold an instructor certificate. Instead, applicants complying with the conditions set out in paragraph (c)(1) may be authorized to instruct by the ATO for which the applicant is providing approved flight instruction. The authorization shall be limited to providing approved flight instruction solely in the authorizing ATO and to the conditions of (c)(2). FCL.915 General prerequisites and requirements for instructors (a) General Applicant s for the issue of an instructor certificate shall be at least 18 years of age. (b) Additional requirements for instructors providing flight instruction in aircraft Applicant s for the issue of or holder s of an instructor certificate with privileges to conduct flight instruction in an aircraft shall unless otherwise specified : (1) for licence training , hold at least the licence for which flight instruction is to be given; (2) for a rating training, hold the relevant rating for which flight instruction is to be given; (3) except in the case of flight test instructor s (FTIs) , have: (i) completed at least 15 hours of flight time as pilot s o f the class or type of aircraft on which flight instruction is to be given, of which a maximum of 7 hours may be in an FSTD representing the class or type of aircraft, if applicable; or (ii) passed an assessment of competence for the relevant category of instructor on that class or type of aircraft; and ( 4 ) be entitled to act as PIC in the aircraft during such flight instruction. (c) Credit towards further ratings and for the purpose of revalidation (1) Applicants for further instructor certificates may be credited with the teaching and learning skills already demonstrated for the instructor certificate held. (2) Hours flown as an examiner during skill tests or proficiency checks shall be credited in full towards revalidation requirements for all instructor certificates held. (d) Credit for extension to further types shall take into account the relevant elements as defined in the OSD . (e) Additional requirements for instructing in a training course in accordance with FCL.745.A: (1) In addition to (b), before acting as instructor s for a training course according to FCL.745.A, holder s of an instructor certificate shall: (i) have at least 500 hours of flight time as pilot s o f aeroplanes, including 200 hours of flight instruction; (ii) after complying with the experience requirements in point (e)(1)(i), have completed a UPRT instructor training course at an ATO, during which the competence of applicant s shall have been assessed continuously; and (iii) upon completion of the course, have been issued with a certificate of course completion by the ATO, whose Head of Training ( HT ) shall have entered the privileges specified in point (e)(1) in the logbook of the applicant s . (2) The privileges referred to in point (e)(1) shall only be exercised if instructor s ha ve , during the last year : (i) provided at least 1 hour of flight training as an instructor during a course in accordance with FCL.745.A; or (ii) completed refresher training at an ATO to the satisfaction of the HT. (3) I nstructor s holding the privileges specified in point (e)(1) may act as instructor s for a course as specified in point (e)(1)(ii), provided that the y : (i) ha ve 25 hours of flight instruction experience during training according to FCL745.A; (ii) ha ve completed an assessment of competence for this privilege; and (iii) compl y with the recency requirements in point (e)(2). (4) These privileges shall be entered in the logbook of the instructors and signed by the examiner. FCL.920 Instructor competencies and assessment All instructors shall be trained to achieve the following competences: p repare resources ; c reate a climate conducive to learning ; p resent knowledge ; i ntegrate t hreat and e rror m anagement (TEM) and crew resource management (CRM); m anage time to achieve training objectives ; f acilitate learning ; a ssess trainee performance ; m onitor and review progress ; e valuate training sessions ; and r eport outcome. FCL.925 Additional requirements for instructors for the MPL (a) Instructors conducting training for the MPL shall: (1) have successfully completed an MPL instructor training course at an ATO; and (2) additionally, for the basic, intermediate and advanced phases of the MPL integrated training course: (i) be experienced in multi-pilot operations; and (ii) have completed initial CRM training with a commercial air transport operator approved in accordance with the applicable air operations requirements. (b) MPL instructors training course (1) The MPL instructor training course shall comprise at least 14 hours of training. Upon completion of the training course, applicant s shall undertake an assessment of instructor competencies and of knowledge of the competency-based approach to training. (2) The assessment shall consist of a practical demonstration of flight instruction in the appropriate phase of the MPL training course. This assessment shall be conducted by an examiner qualified in accordance with Subpart K. (3) Upon successful completion of the MPL training course, the ATO shall issue an MPL instructor qualification certificate to applicant s . (c) In order to maintain the privileges, the instructor shall have, within the preceding 12 months, conducted within an MPL training course: (1) one simulator session of at least 3 hours; or (2) one air exercise of at least 1 hour comprising at least two take-offs and landings. (d) If instructor s ha ve not fulfilled the requirements in point (c), before exercising the privileges to conduct flight instruction for the MPL , they shall: (1) complete refresher training at an ATO to reach the level of competence necessary to pass the assessment of instructor competencies; and (2) pass the assessment of instructor competencies as set out in point (b)(2). FCL.930 Training course Applicants for an instructor certificate shall have completed a course of theoretical knowledge and flight instruction at an ATO. In addition to the specific elements prescribed in this Annex (Part-FCL) for each category of instructor, the course shall contain the elements required in FCL.920. FCL.935 Assessment of competence (a) Except for multi-crew cooperation instructor s (MCCI s ), synthetic training instructor s (STI s ), mountain rating instructor s (MI s ) and FTI s , applicant s for the issue of an instructor certificate shall pass an assessment of competence in the appropriate aircraft class, type or FSTD to demonstrate to an examiner qualified in accordance with Subpart K the ability to instruct student pilot s to the level required for the issue of the relevant licence, rating or certificate. (b) This assessment shall include: (1) the demonstration of the competencies described in FCL.920, during preflight, postflight and theoretical knowledge instruction; (2) oral theoretical examinations on the ground, preflight and postflight briefings and in-flight demonstrations in the appropriate aircraft class, type or FSTD; and (3) exercises adequate to evaluate the instructor’s competencies. (c) The assessment shall be performed on the same class or type of aircraft or FSTD used for the flight instruction. (d) When an assessment of competence is required for the revalidation of an instructor certificate, applicant s who fail to achieve a pass in the assessment before the expiry date of an instructor certificate shall not exercise the privileges of that certificate until the assessment has been successfully completed. FCL.940 Validity of instructor certificates With the exception of MI s , and without prejudice to FCL.900(b)(1) and FCL.915(e)(2) , instructor certificates shall be valid for a period of 3 years. FCL.945 Obligations for instructors Upon completion of the training flight for the revalidation of a SEP or TMG class rating in accordance with FCL.740.A (b)(1) and only in the event of fulfilment of all the other revalidation criteria required by FCL.740.A (b)(1) , the instructor shall endorse the applicant s ' licence with the new expiry date of the rating or certificate, if specifically authorised for that purpose by the competent authority responsible for the applicant s ' licence. SECTION 2 Specific requirements for the flight instructor — FI FCL.905.FI Privileges and conditions The privileges of FI s are to conduct flight instruction for the issue , revalidation or renewal of: (a) a PPL, an SPL, a BPL and an LAPL in the appropriate aircraft category; (b) class and type ratings for single-pilot, single-engine aircraft, except for single-pilot high - performance complex aeroplanes; class and group extensions for balloons and class extensions for sailplanes; (c) class and type ratings for single-pilot aeroplanes, except for single-pilot high - performance complex aeroplanes , in multi - pilot operations, provided that the y : (1) hold or ha ve held a TRI certificate for m ulti-pilot aeroplanes; or (2) ha ve at least 500 hours as pilot s in multi-pilot operations on aeroplanes; a nd (3) ha ve completed the training course for an MCCI in accordance with FCL.930.MCCI ; ( d ) type ratings for single or multi-pilot airship s ; ( e ) a CPL in the appropriate aircraft category, provided that the y ha ve completed at least 500 hours of flight time as pilot s i n that aircraft category, including at least 200 hours of flight instruction; ( f ) the night rating, provided that the y : (1) are qualified to fly at night in the appropriate aircraft category; (2) ha ve demonstrated the ability to instruct at night to an FI qualified in accordance with point ( j ) below; and (3) compl y with the night experience requirement in FCL.060(b)(2); ( g ) a towing, aerobatic or, in the case of FI s (S), a cloud flying rating, provided that such privileges are held and the FI s ha ve demonstrated the ability to instruct for that rating to an FI qualified in accordance with point ( j ); ( h ) an EIR or IR in the appropriate aircraft category, provided that the y ha ve : (1) at least 200 hours of flight time under IFR, of which up to 50 hours may be instrument ground time in an FFS, an FTD 2/3 or an FNPT II; (2) completed as student pilot s the IRI training course and ha ve passed an assessment of competence for the IRI certificate; and (3) in addition: (i) for multi-engine aeroplanes, met the prerequisites established in FCL.915.CRI(a) and the requirements established in FCL.930.CRI and FCL.935; and (ii) for multi-engine helicopters, met the requirements established in FCL.910.TRI(c)(1) and the prerequisites for the TRI(H) training course established in FCL.915.TRI(d)(2) ; ( i ) single-pilot multi-engine class or type ratings, except for single-pilot high - performance complex aeroplanes, provided that the y meet: (1) in the case of aeroplanes, the prerequisites for the CRI certificate established in FCL.915.CRI(a) and the requirements in FCL.930.CRI and FCL.935; and (2) in the case of helicopters, the requirements established in FCL.910.TRI(c)(1) and the prerequisites for the TRI(H) training course established in FCL.915.TRI(d)(2) ; ( j ) an FI, an IRI, a CRI, an STI or an MI certificate provided that the y ha ve : (1) completed at least: (i) in the case of FI(S), at least 50 hours or 150 launches of flight instruction i n sailplanes; (ii) in the case of FI(B), at least 50 hours or 50 take-offs of flight instruction i n balloons; (iii) in all other cases, 500 hours of flight instruction in the appropriate aircraft category; and (2) passed an assessment of competence in accordance with FCL.935 in the appropriate aircraft category to demonstrate to a f light i nstructor e xaminer (FIE) the ability to instruct for the relevant certificate; ( k ) an MPL, provided that the FI s : (1) for the core flying phase of the training, ha ve completed at least 500 hours of flight time as pilot s o f aeroplanes, including at least 200 hours of flight instruction; (2) for the basic phase of the training: (i) hold a multi-engine aeroplane IR and the privilege to instruct for an IR; and (ii) ha ve at least 1 500 hours of flight time in multi-crew operations; and (3) in the case of FI s already qualified to instruct on ATP(A) or CPL(A)/IR integrated courses, the requirement in point (2)(ii) may be replaced by the completion of a structured course of training consisting of: (i) MCC qualification; (ii) observ ation of five sessions of flight instruction in Phase 3 of an MPL course; (iii) observ ation of five sessions of flight instruction in Phase 4 of an MPL course; (iv) observ ation of five operator recurrent line - oriented flight training sessions; and (v) the content of the MCCI course. In this case, FI s shall conduct their first five instructor sessions under the supervision of a TRI(A), an MCCI(A) or an SFI(A) qualified for MPL flight instruction. FCL.910.FI Restricted privileges (a) FI s shall have their privileges limited to conducting flight instruction under the supervision of an FI for the same category of aircraft nominated by the ATO for this purpose, in the following cases: (1) for the issue of the PPL, SPL, BPL and LAPL; (2) in all integrated courses at PPL level, in the case of aeroplanes and helicopters; (3) for class and type ratings for single-pilot, single-engine aircraft, except for single-pilot high - performance complex aeroplanes, class and group extensions in the case of balloons and class extensions in the case of sailplanes ; and (4) for the night, towing or aerobatic ratings. (b) Whil st conducting training under supervision, in accordance with point (a), FI s shall not have the privilege to authorise student pilots to conduct first solo flights and first solo cross-country flights. (c) The limitations in point s (a) and (b) shall be removed from the FI certificate when FI s ha ve completed at least: (1) for the FI(A), 100 hours of flight instruction in aeroplanes or TMGs and, in addition , ha ve supervised at least 25 student solo flights; (2) for the FI(H) , 100 hours of flight instruction in helicopters and, in addition , ha ve supervised at least 25 student solo flight air exercises; and (3) for the FI(As), FI(S) and FI(B), 15 hours or 50 take-offs of flight instruction covering the full training syllabus for the issue of a PPL(As), an LAPL(S), an SPL , an LAPL(B) or a BPL in the appropriate aircraft category. FCL.915.FI Prerequisites (a) Applicant s for the issue of an FI (A) or an FI(H) certificate shall: (1) have received at least 10 hours of instrument flight instruction i n the appropriate aircraft category, of which not more than 5 hours may be instrument ground time in an FSTD; and (2) have completed 20 hours of VFR cross-country flight i n the appropriate aircraft category as PIC . (b) Applicants for the FI(A) certificate shall , in addition to the requirements in point (a) : (1) hold at least a CPL(A); or (2) hold at least a PPL(A) and shall have: (i) met the requirements for CPL theoretical knowledge in accordance with FCL.310 and FCL.315 , except for FI s (A) providing training for the LAPL(A) only; and (ii) completed at least 200 hours of flight time on aeroplanes or TMGs, of which 150 hours as PIC; (3) have completed at least 30 hours on single-engine piston - powered aeroplanes , of which at least 5 hours shall have been completed during the 6 months preceding the pre-entry flight test set out in FCL.930.FI(a); and (4) have completed one VFR cross-country flight as PIC, including a flight of at least 540 km (300 NM) , in the course of which full - stop landings at two aerodromes different from the aerodrome of departure shall be made . (c) Applicants for the FI(H) certificate shall , in addition to the requirements in point (a), have completed 250 hours total flight time as pilot s o f helicopters , of which at least : (1) 100 hours shall be as PIC if applicant s hold at least a CPL(H); or (2) 200 hours as PIC if applicant s hold at least a PPL(H) and ha ve met the requirements for CPL theoretical knowledge . (d) Applicants for the FI(As) certificate shall have completed 500 hours of flight time on airships as PIC, of which 400 hours shall be as PIC holding a CPL(As ). (e) Applicants for the FI(S) certificate shall have completed 100 hours of flight time and 200 launches as PIC in sailplanes. Additionally, where applicant s wish to give flight instruction in TMGs, they shall have completed 30 hours of flight time as PIC i n TMGs and an additional assessment of competence in a TMG in accordance with FCL.935 with an FI qualified in accordance with FCL.905.FI (j) ; (f) Applicants for the FI(B) certificate shall have completed 75 hours of balloon flight time as PIC, of which at least 15 hours have to be in the class for which flight instruction will be given. FCL.930.FI Training course (a) Applicants for the FI certificate shall have passed a specific pre-entry flight test with an FI qualified in accordance with FCL.905.FI(i) within the 6 months preceding the start of the course, to assess their ability to undertake the course. This pre-entry flight test shall be based on the proficiency check for class and type ratings in accordance with Appendix 9 to this Annex (Part-FCL) . (b) The FI training course shall include: (1) 25 hours of teaching and learning instruction ; (2) in the case of an FI(A), an FI(H) or an FI(As), at least 100 hours of theoretical knowledge instruction, including progress tests; (3) in the case of an FI(B) or an FI(S), at least 30 hours of theoretical knowledge instruction, including progress tests; ( 4 ) in the case of an FI(A) and an FI (H), at least 30 hours of flight instruction, of which 25 hours shall be dual flight instruction, of which 5 hours may be conducted in an FFS, an FNPT I or II or an FTD 2/3; ( 5 ) in the case of an FI(As), at least 20 hours of flight instruction, of which 15 hours shall be dual flight instruction; ( 6 ) in the case of an FI(S), at least 6 hours of flight instruction or 20 take-offs during flight instruction ; ( 7 ) in the case of an FI(S) providing training i n TMGs, at least 6 hours of dual flight instruction in TMGs; and ( 8 ) in the case of an FI(B), at least 3 hours of flight instruction including three take-offs. When applying for an FI certificate in another category of aircraft, pilots holding or having held an FI(A), an FI (H) or an FI (As) shall be credited with 55 hours towards the requirement in point (b)(2) or with 18 hours towards the requirement in point (b)( 3 ). (c) Applicants for an FI certificate who hold or have held any instructor certificate issued in accordance with this Annex (Part-FCL) shall be fully credited towards the requirements in point (b)(1). FCL.940.FI Revalidation and renewal (a) Revalidation (1) For the revalidation of an FI certificate, holder s shall fulfil two of the following three requirements: ( i ) C omplete: ( A ) in the case of an FI(A) and an FI (H), at least 50 hours of flight instruction in the appropriate aircraft category during the period of validity of the certificate as FI s , TRI s , CRI s , IRI s , MI s or examiner s . If the privileges to instruct for the IR are to be revalidated, 10 of these hours shall be flight instruction for an IR and shall have been completed within the last 12 months immediately preceding the expiry date of the FI certificate; ( B ) in the case of an FI(As), at least 20 hours of flight instruction in airships as FI s , IRI s or as examiner s during the period of validity of the certificate. If the privileges to instruct for the IR are to be revalidated, 10 of these hours shall be flight instruction for an IR and shall have been completed within the 12 months immediately preceding the expiry date of the FI certificate; ( C ) in the case of an FI(S), at least 30 hours or 60 take-offs of flight instruction in sailplanes, powered sailplanes or TMG as FI s or as examiner s during the period of validity of the certificate; and ( D ) in the case of an FI(B), at least 6 hours of flight instruction in balloons as FI s or as examiner s during the period of validity of the certificate . ( ii ) R eceive instructor refresher training as an FI at an ATO or a competent authority , within the validity period of the FI certificate . ( iii ) P ass an assessment of competence in accordance with FCL.935, within the 12 months immediately preceding the expiry date of the FI certificate. ( 2 ) For the at least each alternate subsequent revalidation in the case of FI(A) or FI(H), or each third revalidation, in the case of FI(As), FI (S) and FI (B), holder s shall have to pass an assessment of competence in accordance with FCL.935. ( b ) Renewal If the FI certificate has lapsed, applicant s shall, within a period of 12 months before renewal , receive instructor refresher training as an FI at an ATO or a competent authority and pass an assessment of competence in accordance with FCL.935. SECTION 3 Specific requirements for the type rating instructor — TRI FCL.905.TRI Privileges and conditions (a) The privileges of TRI s are to instruct for: ( 1 ) the revalidation and renewal of an EIR or an IR, provided the y hold a valid IR; and ( 2 ) the issue of a TRI or SFI certificate, provided that : ( i ) holder s ha ve at least 50 hours of instructional experience as TRI s or SFI s gained under this Regulation or Regulation (EU) No 965/2012 ; and ( ii ) they ha ve conducted the flight instruction syllabus of the relevant part of TRI training course according to FCL.930.TRI(a)(3) under the supervision and to the satisfaction of a qualified TRI nominated by the HT of an ATO. ( b ) The privileges of TRI s for single-pilot aeroplanes are to instruct for : (1) the issue , revalidation and renewal of type ratings for single-pilot high - performance complex aeroplanes when applicant s seek privileges to operate in single-pilot operations. The privileges of TRI s (SPA) may be extended to flight instruction for single-pilot high - performance complex aeroplanes type ratings in multi-pilot operations, provided that the y : (i) hold or have held a TRI certificate for multi-pilot aeroplanes; or (ii) have at least 500 hours on aeroplanes in multi-pilot operations; and (iii) have completed an MCCI training course in accordance with FCL.930.MCCI. (2) the MPL course on the basic phase, provided that they ha ve the privileges extended to multi-pilot operations and hold or ha ve held an FI(A) or an IRI(A) certificate . ( c ) The privileges of TRI s for multi-pilot aeroplanes are to instruct for : (1) the issue , revalidation and renewal of type ratings for: (i) multi-pilot aeroplanes; and (ii) single-pilot high - performance complex aeroplanes when applicant s seek privileges to operate in multi-pilot operations; (2) MCC training; and (3) the MPL course on the basic, intermediate and advanced phases, provided that, for the basic phase, they hold or have held an FI(A) or IRI(A) certificate . ( d ) The privileges of TRI s for helicopters are to instruct for : (1) the issue , revalidation and renewal of helicopter type ratings; (2) MCC training, provided they hold a multi-pilot helicopter type rating; and (3) the extension of the single-engine IR(H) to multi-engine IR(H ). ( e ) The privileges of TRI s for powered-lift aircraft are to instruct for : (1) the issue , revalidation and renewal of powered-lift type ratings; and (2) MCC training. FCL.910.TRI Restricted privileges (a) General If the TRI training is carried out in an FSTD only, the privileges of TRI s shall be restricted to training in the FSTD . The restriction shall be removed when TRI s ha ve completed the respective parts of the training programme as required by FCL.930.TRI(a) (4) . TRI s may conduct line flying under supervision or landing training , provided that the TRI training course has included additional training for this purpose. (b) TRI s for aeroplanes and for powered-lift aircraft — TRI(A) and TRI(PL) The privileges of TRI s are restricted to the type of aeroplane or powered-lift aircraft in which the training and the assessment of competence were conducted . Unless otherwise determined in the OSD , the privileges of TRI s shall be extended to further types when TRI s ha ve : (1) completed within the 12 months preceding the application, at least 15 route sectors, including take-offs and landings on the applicable aircraft type, of which 7 sectors may be completed in an FSTD ; (2) completed the relevant parts of the technical training and flight instruction parts of the applicable TRI course; (3) passed the relevant sections of the assessment of competence in accordance with FCL.935 in order to demonstrate to an FIE or a type rating examiner ( TRE ) qualified in accordance with Subpart K their ability to instruct a pilot to the level required for the issue of a type rating, including preflight, postflight and theoretical knowledge instruction. The privileges of TRI s shall be extended to further variants in accordance with the OSD when TRI s ha ve completed the relevant parts of the technical training and flight instruction parts of the applicable TRI course. (c) TRI s for helicopters — TRI(H) (1) The privileges of TRI s (H) are restricted to the type of helicopter in which the skill test for the issue of the TRI certificate was taken. Unless otherwise determined in the OSD , the privileges of the TRI s shall be extended to further types when the y ha ve : (i) completed the relevant parts of the technical training and flight instruction part s of the applicable TRI course; (ii) completed within the 12 months preceding the date of application, at least 10 h ours on the applicable helicopter type, of which no more than 5 h ours may be completed in an FFS or FTD 2/3 ; and (iii) passed the relevant sections of the assessment of competence in accordance with FCL.935 in order to demonstrate to an FIE or a TRE qualified in accordance with Subpart K their ability to instruct a pilot to the level required for the issue of a type rating, including preflight, postflight and theoretical knowledge instruction. The privileges of TRI s shall be extended to further variants in accordance with the OSD when the TRI s ha ve completed the relevant parts of the technical training and flight instruction parts of the applicable TRI course. (2) Before the privileges of TRI s (H) are extended from single-pilot to multi-pilot on the same type of helicopters, holder s shall have at least 100 hours in multi-pilot operations on this type. (d) Notwithstanding the points above, holders of a TRI certificate who have been issued with a type rating in accordance with FCL.725(e) shall be entitled to have their TRI privileges extended to that new type of aircraft. FCL.915.TRI Prerequisites (a) Applicant s for the issue of a TRI certificate shall hold a CPL, an MPL or an ATPL i n the applicable aircraft category; (b) A pplicants for the issue of a TRI(MPA) certificate shall , in addition to the requirements in point (a) : (1) have completed 1 500 hours of flight time as pilot s o f multi-pilot aeroplanes; and (2) have completed, within the 12 months preceding the date of application, 30 route sectors, including take-offs and landings, as PIC or co-pilot s o f the applicable aeroplane type, of which 15 sectors may be completed in an FFS representing that type; (c) Applicants for the issue of a TRI(SPA) certificate shall , in addition to the requirements in point (a) : (1) have completed, within the 12 months preceding the date of application, 30 route sectors, including take-offs and landings, as PIC in the applicable aeroplane type, of which 15 sectors may be completed in an FSTD representing that type; and (2) comply with one of the following requirements: (i) have comp l eted at least 500 hours of flight time as pilot s o f aeroplanes, including 30 hours as PIC in the applicable type of aeroplane; or (ii) hold or have held an FI certificate for multi-engine aeroplanes with IR(A) privileges . (d) Additionally to the requirement in point (a), applicants for the issue of a TRI(H) certificate for : (1) single-pilot single-engine helicopters, shall have completed 250 hours as pilot s o f helicopters; (2) single-pilot multi-engine helicopters, shall have completed 500 hours as pilot s of helicopters, including 100 hours as PIC in single-pilot multi-engine helicopters; and (3) multi-pilot helicopters, shall have completed 1 000 hours of flight time as pilot s o f helicopters, including: (i) 350 hours as pilot s o f multi-pilot helicopters; or (ii) for applicants already holding a TRI(H) certificate for single-pilot multi-engine helicopters, 100 hours as pilot s of that type in multi-pilot operations. Holders of an FI(H) certificate shall be fully credited towards the requirements in points (1) and (2) in the relevant single-pilot helicopter . (e) Applicants for the issue of a TRI(PL) certificate shall , in addition to the requirements in point (a), have completed : (1) 1 500 hours of flight time as pilot s o f multi-pilot aeroplanes, powered-lift or multi-pilot helicopters; and (2) within the 12 months preceding the application, 30 route sectors, including take-offs and landings, as PIC or co-pilot s o f the applicable powered-lift type, of which 15 sectors may be completed in an FFS representing that type. FCL.930.TRI Training course (a) The TRI training course shall include, at least: (1) 25 hours of teaching and learning instruction ; (2) 10 hours of technical training relevant to the appropriate aircraft , including revision of technical knowledge, the preparation of lesson plans and the development of classroom/simulator instructional skills; (3) 5 hours of flight instruction in the appropriate aircraft or an FSTD representing that aircraft for single-pilot aircraft and 10 hours for multi-pilot aircraft or an FSTD representing that aircraft ; and (4) the additional specific training before conducting LIFUS, landing training in normal or abnormal operations, or the training flight mentioned in FCL.060 (c)(2), if conducted in an aeroplane. (b) Applicants holding or having held an instructor certificate shall be fully credited towards the requirement in point (a)(1). (c) Applicant s for the issue of a TRI certificate who hold an SFI certificate for the relevant type shall be fully credited towards the requirements of this point for the issue of a TRI certificate restricted to flight instruction in simulators. FCL.935.TRI Assessment of competence The assessment of competence for a TRI for MPA and PL shall be conducted in an FFS. If no FFS is available or accessible , the a ircraft can be used . The assessment of competence for a TRI for single-pilot high-performance complex aeroplanes and helicopters shall be conducted in : an available and accessible FFS ; or a combination of FSTD(s) and the aircraft if an FFS is not available or accessible; or the aircraft if no FSTD is available or accessible . FCL.940.TRI Revalidation and renewal (a) Revalidation (1) Aeroplanes For the revalidation of a TRI(A) certificate, applicant s shall, within the 12 months immediately preceding the expiry date of the certificate, fulfil two of the following three requirements: (i) C onduct one of the following parts of a complete type rating or recurrent training course: simulator session of at least 3 hours or one air exercise of at least 1 hour comprising a minimum of two take-offs and landings; (ii) R eceive instructor refresher training as a TRI (A) at an ATO; and (iii) P ass the assessment of competence in accordance with FCL.935. (2) Helicopters and powered - lift For the revalidation of a TRI (H) or TRI(PL) certificate, applicant s shall, within the validity period of the TRI certificate, fulfil two of the following three requirements: (i) C omplete 50 hours of flight instruction in each of the types of aircraft for which instructional privileges are held or in an FSTD representing those types, of which at least 15 hours shall be within the 12 months immediately preceding the expiry date of the TRI certificate. In the case of TRI(PL), these hours of flight instruction shall be flown as a TRI or type rating examiner (TRE), or SFI or synthetic flight examiner (SFE). In the case of TRI(H), time flown as FI s , instrument rating instructor s (IRI s ), STI s or as any kind of examiner s shall also be relevant for this purpose . (ii) R eceive instructor refresher training as a TRI (H) or TRI(PL), as relevant, at an ATO . (iii) P ass the assessment of competence in accordance with FCL.935. (3) For at least each alternate revalidation of a TRI certificate, holder s shall have to pass the assessment of competence in accordance with FCL.935. (4) If TRIs hold a certificate i n more than one type of aircraft within the same category , and when recommended by the OSD , the assessment of competence taken on one of those types shall revalidate the TRI certificate for the other types held within the same category of aircraft. (5) Specific requirements for the revalidation of a TRI(H) certificate TRI s (H) holding an FI(H) certificate i n the relevant type shall have full credit towards the requirements in point (a). In this case, the TRI(H) certificate will be valid until the expiry date of the FI(H) certificate. (b) Renewal : If the TRI certificate has lapsed, applicants shall have passed the assessment of competence in accordance with FCL.935 for each of the types of aircraft for which renewal of the instructional privileges is sought , and shall have completed within the 12 months immediately preceding the date of application for : (1) a eroplanes (i) at least 30 route sectors, includ ing take-offs and landings on the applicable aeroplane type, of which not more than 15 sectors may be completed in a flight simulator; (ii) instructor refresher training as a TRI at an ATO which should cover the rele v ant elements of the TRI training course; and (iii) at least 3 hours of flight instruction in the applicable type of aeroplane under the supervision of a TRI(A) during type rating or recurrent training ; or for (2) h elicopters and powered - lift (i) completed at least 10 hours of flight time , includ ing take-offs and landings on the applicable aircraft type, of which not more than 5 hours may be completed in a n FFS, FTD 2 /3 ; (ii) receive d instructor refresher training as a TRI at an ATO, which should cover the relevant elements of the TRI training course; (ii i ) conducted at least 3 hours of flight instruction in the applicable type of helicopter under the supervision of a TRI(H) or a TRI(PL) as relevant during type rating or recurrent training . SECTION 4 Specific requirements for the class rating instructor — CRI FCL.905.CRI Privileges and conditions (a) The privileges of CRI s are to instruct for: (1) the issue , revalidation or renewal of a class or type rating for single-pilot aeroplanes, except for single-pilot high - performance complex aeroplanes, when the privileges sought by applicant s are to fly in single-pilot operations ; (2) a towing or aerobatic rating for the aeroplane category, provided the y hold the relevant rating and ha ve demonstrated the ability to instruct for that rating to an FI qualified in accordance with FCL.905.FI(i ); and (3) the extension of the LAPL(A) privileges to another class or variant of aeroplane. (b) The privileges of CRI s are restricted to the class or type of aeroplane in which the instructor assessment of competence was conducted . The privileges of CRI s shall be extended to further classes or types when they ha ve completed, within the last 12 months: (1) 15 hours of flight time as PIC in aeroplanes of the applicable class or type of aeroplane; and (2) one training flight from the right - hand seat under the supervision of another CRI or FI , qualified for that class or type , occupying the other pilot’s seat. (c) The privileges of CRIs are to instruct for class and type ratings for single-pilot aeroplanes, except for single-pilot high - performance complex aeroplanes , in multi - pilot operations, provided that CRIs : ( 1 ) hold or have held a TRI certificate for multi-pilot aeroplanes; or ( 2 ) have at least 500 hours on aeroplanes in multi-pilot operations; and ( 3 ) have completed an MCCI training course in accordance with FCL.930.MCCI. ( d ) Applicants for a CRI for multi-engine aeroplanes holding a CRI certificate for single-engine aeroplanes shall have fulfilled the prerequisites for a CRI established in FCL.915.CRI(a) and the requirements in FCL.930.CRI(a)(3) and FCL.935. FCL.915.CRI Prerequisites Applicant s for the issue of a CRI certificate shall have completed at least: (a) for multi-engine aeroplanes: (1) 500 hours of flight time as pilot s o f aeroplanes; and (2) 30 hours as PIC in the applicable class or type of aeroplane; and (b) for single-engine aeroplanes: (1) 300 hours of flight time as pilot s o f aeroplanes; and (2) 30 hours as PIC in the applicable class or type of aeroplane. FCL.930.CRI Training course (a) The training course for the CRI shall include, at least: (1) 25 hours of teaching and learning instruction; (2) 10 hours of technical training, including revision of technical knowledge, the preparation of lesson plans and the development of classroom/simulator instructional skills; and (3) 5 hours of flight instruction in multi-engine aeroplanes or FSTDs representing that aeroplane or 3 hours of flight instruction in single-engine aeroplanes, given by an FI(A) qualified in accordance with FCL.905.FI(i). (b) Applicants holding or having held an instructor certificate shall be fully credited towards the requirement in point (a)(1). FCL.940.CRI Revalidation and renewal (a) Revalidation For the revalidation of a CRI certificate , applicant s shall, within the validity period of the CRI certificate, fulfil two of the following three requirements: (1) C onduct at least 10 hours of flight instruction in the role of a CRI. If applicant s ha ve CRI privileges on both single-engine and multi-engine aeroplanes, the 10 hours of flight instruction shall be equally divided between single-engine and multi-engine aeroplanes; (2) R eceive refresher training as a CRI at an ATO or at a competent authority ; (3) P ass the assessment of competence in accordance with FCL.935 for multi-engine or single-engine aeroplanes, as relevant. (b) For at least each alternate revalidation of a CRI certificate, holder s shall have to comply with the requirement in point (a)(3). (c) Renewal If the CRI certificate has lapsed, applicant s shall, within a period of 1 year before renewal: (1) receive refresher training as a CRI at an ATO or at a competent authority ; and (2) pass the assessment of competence established in FCL.935. SECTION 5 Specific requirements for the instrument rating instructor — IRI FCL.905.IRI Privileges and conditions (a) The privileges of IRI s are to instruct for the issue , revalidation and renewal of an EIR or an IR i n the appropriate aircraft category. (b) To instruct for the basic phase of training on an MPL course, IRI s (A) shall: (1) hold an IR for multi-engine aeroplanes; and (2) have completed at least 1 500 hours of flight time in multi-crew operations. In the case of IRI s already qualified to instruct on ATP(A) or CPL(A)/IR integrated courses, the requirement in point (b)(2) may be replaced by the completion of the course provided for in point FCL.905.FI( k )(3). FCL.915.IRI Prerequisites (a) Applicant s for the issue of an IRI (A) certificate shall: (1) have completed at least 800 hours of flight time under IFR, of which at least 400 hours shall be in aeroplanes; and (2) in the case of an IRI(A) certificate for multi-engine aeroplanes, meet the requirements in point s FCL.915.CRI(a), FCL.930.CRI and FCL.935 . (b) Applicants for the issue of an IRI(H) certificate shall : (1) have completed at least 500 hours of flight time under IFR, of which at least 250 hours shall be instrument flight time in helicopters; and (2) in the case of an IR I (H) certificate for multi- engine helicopters, meet the requirements in FCL.905.FI( h )(3)(ii ). (c) Applicants for the issue of an IRI(As) certificate shall have completed at least 300 hours of flight time under IFR, of which at least 100 hours shall be instrument flight time in airships. FCL.930.IRI Training course (a) The IRI training course shall include, at least: (1) 25 hours of teaching and learning instruction; and (2) 10 hours of technical training, including revision of instrument theoretical knowledge, the preparation of lesson plans and the development of classroom instructional skills . ( b ) T he IRI(A) training course shall, in addition to the requirements in point (a), include at least 10 hours of flight instruction in an aeroplane, FFS, FTD 2/3 or FPNT II. In the case of applicants holding an FI(A) certificate, these hours are reduced to 5 . ( c ) T he IRI(H) training course shall , in addition to the requirements in point (a), include at least 10 hours of flight instruction in a helicopter, an FFS, an FTD 2/3 or an FNPT II/III ; . In the case of applicants holding an FI(H) certificate, these hours are reduced to 5 . ( d ) The IRI(As) training course shall, in addition to the requirements in point (a), include at least 10 hours of flight instruction in an airship, an FFS, an FTD 2/3 or an FNPT II. ( e ) Flight instruction shall be given by an FI qualified in accordance with FCL.905.FI(i). ( f ) Applicants holding or having held an instructor certificate shall be fully credited towards the requirement in point (a)(1). FCL.940.IRI Revalidation and renewal For the revalidation and renewal of an IRI certificate, holder s shall meet the requirements for the revalidation and renewal of an FI certificate, in accordance with FCL.940.FI. SECTION 6 Specific requirements for the synthetic flight instructor — SFI FCL.905.SFI Privileges and conditions The privileges of SFI s are to carry out synthetic flight instruction, within the relevant aircraft category, for: the revalidation and renewal of an IR, provided that the y hold or ha ve held an IR in the relevant aircraft category ; and t he issue of an IR, provided that the y hold or ha ve held an IR in the relevant aircraft category and ha ve comp l eted an IRI training course . ( c ) The privileges of SFIs for single-pilot aeroplanes are to carry out synthetic flight instruction for : (1) the issue , revalidation and renewal of type ratings for single-pilot high - performance complex aeroplanes, when applicant s seek privileges to operate in single-pilot operations. The privileges of SFI s (SPA) may be extended to flight instruction for single-pilot high - performance complex aeroplanes type ratings in multi-pilot operations, provided that they : (i) hold or have held a TRI certificate for multi-pilot aeroplanes; or (ii) have at least 500 hours on aeroplanes in multi-pilot operations; and (iii) have completed an MCCI training course in accordance with FCL.930.MCCI; (2) the MCC and the MPL training course s on the basic phase, provided that the privileges of SFI s (SPA) have been extended to multi-pilot operations in accordance with point (1) . ( d ) The privileges of SFIs for multi-pilot aeroplanes are to carry out synthetic flight instruction for : (1) the issue , revalidation and renewal of type ratings for: (i) multi-pilot aeroplanes; and (ii) single-pilot high - performance complex aeroplanes when applicant s seek privileges to operate in multi-pilot operations; (2) MCC training course ; and (3) the MPL course on the basic, intermediate and advanced phases, provided that, for the basic phase, they hold or ha ve held an FI(A) or an IRI(A) certificate . ( e ) The privileges of SFIs for helicopters are to carry out synthetic flight instruction for : (1) the issue , revalidation and renewal of helicopter type ratings; and (2) MCC training, when SFI s ha ve privileges to instruct for multi-pilot helicopters . FCL.910.SFI Restricted privileges The privileges of SFI s shall be restricted to the FTD 2/3 or FFS of the aircraft type in which the SFI training course was taken. The privileges may be extended to other FSTDs representing further types of the same category of aircraft when holder s ha ve satisfactorily completed : the simulator content of the relevant type rating course; the relevant parts of the technical training and FSTD content of the flight instruction syllabus of the applicable TRI course; and conducted on a complete type rating course at least 3 hours of flight instruction related to the duties of an SFI on the applicable type under the supervision and to the satisfaction of a TRE or an SFE qualified for this purpose. The privileges of the SFI shall be extended to further variants in accordance with the OSD when the SFI has completed the relevant parts of the technical training and FSTD content of the flight instruction syllabus of the applicable TRI course. FCL.915.SFI Prerequisites (a) Applicant s for the issue of an SFI certificate shall: ( 1 ) hold or have held a CPL, an MPL or an ATPL in the appropriate aircraft category; ( 2 ) have passed the skill test for the issue or, if applicable, the proficiency check for the revalidation or renewal of the specific aircraft type rating in an FFS representing the applicable type, within the 12 months immediately preceding the application . ( b ) Applicants for the issue of an SFI(A) certificate for multi-pilot aeroplanes or of an SFI(PL) certificate shall, in addition to the requirements in point (a), have: (1) at least 1 500 hours of flight time as pilot s o f multi-pilot aeroplanes or powered-lift, as applicable; (2) completed, as pilot s or as observer s , within the 12 months immediately preceding the application, at least: (i) three route sectors on the flight deck of the applicable aircraft type; or (ii) two line-oriented flight training-based simulator sessions conducted by qualified flight crew on the flight deck of the applicable type. These simulator sessions shall include two flights of at least 2 hours each between two different aerodromes, and the associated preflight planning and debriefing . ( c ) Applicants for the issue of an SFI(A) certificate for single-pilot high-performance complex aeroplanes shall, in addition to the requirements in point (a) : (1) have completed at least 500 hours of flight time as pilot s o f aeroplanes, of which at least 30 hours shall be as PIC in the applicable type ; (2) hold or have held a multi-engine IR(A) rating; and (3) have met the requirements in point ( b )(2); ( d ) Applicants for the issue of an SFI(H) certificate shall, in addition to the requirements in point (a), have: (1) completed, as pilot s or as observer s , at least 1 hour of flight time on the flight deck of the applicable type, within the 12 months immediately preceding the application; and (2) in the case of multi-pilot helicopters, at least 1 000 hours of flying experience as pilot s o f helicopters, including at least 350 hours as a pilot on multi-pilot helicopters; (3) in the case of single-pilot multi-engine helicopters, completed 500 hours as pilot s of helicopters, including 100 hours as PIC in single-pilot multi-engine helicopters; and (4) in the case of single-pilot single-engine helicopters, completed 250 hours as pilot s o f helicopters. FCL.930.SFI Training course (a) The training course for SFI s shall include: (1) the FSTD content of the applicable type rating course; and (2) the relevant parts of the technical training and the FSTD content of the flight instruction syllabus of the applicable TRI training course. (b) Applicant s for the issue of an SFI certificate who hold a TRI certificate for the relevant type shall be fully credited towards the requirements of this point . FCL.940.SFI Revalidation and renewal (a) Revalidation For the revalidation of an SFI certificate , applicant s shall, within the validity period of the SFI certificate, fulfil two of the following three requirements: (1) C omplete 50 hours as instructor s or examiner s in FSTDs, of which at least 15 hours shall be within the 12 months immediately preceding the expiry date of the SFI certificate . (2) R eceive instructor refresher training as an SFI at an ATO . (3) P ass the relevant sections of the assessment of competence in accordance with FCL.935 . (b) Additionally, applicant s shall have completed, on an FFS, the proficiency checks for the issue of the specific aircraft type ratings representing the types for which privileges are held. (c) For at least each alternate revalidation of an SFI certificate, holder s shall have to comply with the requirement in point (a)(3). (d) If SFIs hold a certificate i n more than one type of aircraft within the same category and if recommended in the OSD , the assessment of competence taken on one of those types shall revalidate the SFI certificate for the other types held within the same category of aircraft. ( e ) Renewal If the SFI certificate has lapsed, applicant s shall, within the 12 months immediately preceding the application: (1) receive instructor refresher training as an SFI at an ATO; ; (2) pass the assessment of competence in accordance with FCL.935 ; and (3) have completed, on an FSTD, the skill test for the issue of the specific aircraft type ratings representing the types for which privileges are to be renewed . SECTION 7 Specific requirements for the multi-crew cooperation instructor — MCCI FCL.905.MCCI Privileges and conditions The privileges of MCCI s are to carry out flight instruction during: ( a ) the practical part of MCC courses when not combined with type rating training; and ( b ) in the case of MCCI s (A), the basic phase of the MPL integrated training course, provided they hold or ha ve held an FI(A) or an IRI(A) certificate. FCL.910.MCCI Restricted privileges The privileges of holder s of an MCCI certificate shall be restricted to the FNPT II/III MCC, FTD 2/3 or FFS in which the MCCI training course was taken. The privileges may be extended to other FSTDs representing further types of aircraft when holder s ha ve completed the practical training of the MCCI course on that type of FNPT II/III MCC, FTD 2/3 or FFS. FCL.915.MCCI Prerequisites Applicant s for the issue of an MCCI certificate shall: (a) hold or have held a CPL, an MPL or an ATPL in the appropriate aircraft category; and (b) have at least: (1) in the case of aeroplanes, airships and powered-lift aircraft, 1 500 hours of flying experience as pilot s in multi-pilot operations; and (2) in the case of helicopters, 1 000 hours of flying experience as pilot s in multi-crew operations, of which at least 350 hours in multi-pilot helicopters. FCL.930.MCCI Training course (a) The training course for the MCCI shall include, at least: (1) 25 hours of teaching and learning instruction; (2) technical training related to the type of FSTD where applicant s wish to instruct; and (3) 3 hours of practical instruction, which may be flight instruction or MCC instruction i n the relevant FSTD , under the supervision of a TRI, an SFI or an MCCI nominated by the ATO for that purpose. These hours of flight instruction under supervision shall include the assessment of the applicant s ’ competence as described in FCL.920. (b) Applicants holding or having held an FI, a TRI, a CRI, an IRI or an SFI certificate shall be fully credited towards the requirement in point (a)(1). FCL.940.MCCI Revalidation and renewal (a) Revalidation For the revalidation of an MCCI certificate , applicant s shall have completed the requirements in FCL.930.MCCI(a)(3) on the relevant type of FSTD , within the last 12 months of the validity period of the MCCI certificate. (b) Renewal If the MCCI certificate has lapsed, applicant s shall complete the requirements in FCL.930.MCCI(a)(2) and (3) on the relevant type of FSTD . SECTION 8 Specific requirements for the synthetic training instructor — STI FCL.905.STI Privileges (a) The privileges of STI s are to carry out synthetic flight instruction in the appropriate aircraft category for: (1) the issue of a licence; and (2) the issue , revalidation or renewal of an IR and a class or type rating for single-pilot aircraft, except for single-pilot high - performance complex aeroplanes. (b) Additional privileges for STI s (A) The privileges of STI s (A) shall include synthetic flight instruction during the core flying skills training of the MPL integrated training course. FCL.910.STI Restricted privileges The privileges of STI s shall be restricted to the FSTD in which the STI training course was taken. The privileges may be extended to other FSTDs representing further types of aircraft when holder s ha ve within the year preceding the application : (a) completed the FSTD content of the TRI course on the applicable type or class of aircraft ; (b) passed in the FSTD on which flight instruction is to be conducted, the applicable section of the proficiency check in accordance with Appendix 9 to this Annex (Part-FCL) for the appropriate class or type of aircraft. For STI s (A) instructing on BITD only, the proficiency check shall include only the exercises appropriate for the skill test for the issue of a PPL(A); and (c) conducted, on a CPL, an IR, a PPL or a class or type rating course, at least 3 hours of flight instruction under the supervision of an FI, a CRI(A), an IRI or a TRI nominated by the ATO for this purpose. At least 1 hour of flight instruction shall be supervised by an FIE in the appropriate aircraft category . FCL.915.STI Prerequisites (a) Applicant s for the issue of an STI certificate shall: ( 1 ) hold, or have held within the 3 years prior to the application, a pilot licence and instructional privileges appropriate to the courses on which instruction is intended; and ( 2 ) have passed in an FSTD the relevant proficiency check for the class or type rating, within a period of 1 year preceding the application. Applicant s for the issue of an STI(A) wishing to instruct on BITDs only, shall complete only the exercises appropriate for a skill test for the issue of a PPL(A ). ( b ) A dditionally to the prerequisites in point (a) , applicants for the issue of an STI(H) certificate shall have completed at least 1 hour of flight time as an observer on the flight deck of the applicable type of helicopter, within the 12 months immediately preceding the application. FCL.930.STI Training course (a) The training course for STI s shall comprise at least 3 hours of flight instruction related to the duties of an STI in an FSTD , under the supervision of an FIE. These hours of flight instruction under supervision shall include the assessment of the applicant s ’ competence as described in FCL.920. Applicants for an STI(A) wishing to instruct on a BITD only, shall complete the flight instruction in a BITD. (b) For applicants for an STI(H) certificate , the course shall also include the FFS content of the applicable TRI course. FCL.940.STI Revalidation and renewal of the STI certificate (a) Revalidation For the revalidation of an STI certificate , applicant s shall have, within the last 12 months of the validity period of the STI certificate: (1) conducted at least 3 hours of flight instruction in an FSTD , as part of a complete CPL, IR, PPL or class or type rating course; and (2) passed in the FFS, the FTD 2/3 or the FNPT II/III on which flight instruction is conducted, the applicable sections of the proficiency check in accordance with Appendix 9 to this Annex ( Part-FCL) for the appropriate class or type of aircraft. For STI s (A) instructing on BITDs only, the proficiency check shall include only the exercises appropriate for a skill test for the issue of a PPL(A). (b) Renewal If the STI certificate has lapsed, applicant s shall: (1) receive refresher training as an STI at an ATO; and (2) pass in the FFS, the FTD 2/3 or the FNPT II/III on which flight instruction is routinely conducted, the applicable sections of the proficiency check in accordance with Appendix 9 to this Annex (Part-FCL) for the appropriate class or type of aircraft. For an STI(A) instructing on BITDs only, the proficiency check shall include only the exercises appropriate for a skill test for the issue of a PPL(A); and (3) conduct on a complete CPL, IR, PPL or class or type rating course, at least 3 hours of flight instruction under the supervision of an FI, a CRI(A), an IRI or a TRI(H) nominated by the ATO for this purpose. At least 1 hour of flight instruction shall be supervised by a flight instructor examiner for aeroplanes ( FIE(A) ) . SECTION 9 Mountain rating instructor — MI FCL.905.MI Privileges and conditions The privileges of MI s are to carry out flight instruction for the issue of a mountain rating. FCL.915.MI Prerequisites Applicant s for the issue of an MI certificate shall hold : (a) a n FI, a CRI or a TRI certificate, with privileges for single-pilot aeroplanes; and (b) a mountain rating. FCL.930.MI Training course (a) The training course for MI s shall include the assessment of the applicant s ’ competence as described in FCL.920. (b) Before attending the course, applicants shall have passed a pre-entry flight test with an MI holding an FI certificate to assess their experience and ability to undertake the training course. FCL.940.MI Validity of the MI certificate The MI certificate is valid as long as the FI, TRI or CRI certificate is valid. SECTION 10 Specific requirements for the flight test instructor — FTI FCL.905.FTI Privileges and conditions (a) The privileges of FTI s are to instruct, within the appropriate aircraft category, for the issue of : (1) category 1 or 2 flight test ratings, provided they hold the relevant category of flight test rating; and (2) an FTI certificate, within the relevant category of flight test rating, provided that the y ha ve at least 2 years of experience instructing for the issue of flight test ratings. (b) The privileges of FTI s holding a category 1 flight test rating include the provision of flight instruction also for category 2 flight test ratings. FCL.915.FTI Prerequisites Applicant s for the issue of an FTI certificate shall: (a) hold a flight test rating issued in accordance with FCL.820; and (b) have completed at least 200 hours of category 1 or 2 flight tests. FCL.930.FTI Training course (a) The training course for the FTI shall include, at least: (1) 25 hours of teaching and learning instruction ; (2) 10 hours of technical training, including revision of technical knowledge, the preparation of lesson plans and the development of classroom/simulator instructional skills; and (3) 5 hours of practical flight instruction under the supervision of an FTI qualified in accordance with FCL.905.FTI(b). These hours of flight instruction shall include the assessment of the applicant s ’ competence as described in FCL.920. (b) Crediting (1) Applicants holding or having held an instructor certificate shall be fully credited towards the requirement in point (a)(1). (2) In addition, applicants holding or having held an FI or TRI certificate in the relevant aircraft category shall be fully credited towards the requirement in point (a)(2). FCL.940.FTI Revalidation and renewal (a) Revalidation For the revalidation of an FTI certificate, applicant s shall, within the validity period of the FTI certificate, fulfil one of the following requirements: (1) complete at least: (i) 50 hours of flight tests, of which at least 15 hours shall be within the 12 months immediately preceding the expiry date of the FTI certificate; and (ii) 5 hours of flight test flight instruction within the 12 months immediately preceding the expiry date of the FTI certificate; or (2) receive refresher training as an FTI at an ATO. The refresher training shall be based on the practical flight instruction element of the FTI training course, in accordance with FCL.930.FTI(a)(3), and include at least one training flight under the supervision of an FTI qualified in accordance with FCL.905.FTI(b). (b) Renewal If the FTI certificate has lapsed, applicant s shall receive refresher training as an FTI at an ATO. The refresher training shall comply at least with the requirements in FCL.930.FTI(a)(3). SUBPART K EXAMINERS SECTION 1 Common requirements FCL.1000 Examiner certificates (a) General Holders of an examiner certificate shall: (1) hold , unless otherwise determined in this Annex (Part-FCL) , an equivalent licence, rating or certificate to the ones for which they are authorised to conduct skill tests, proficiency checks or assessments of competence and the privilege to instruct for them; and (2) be qualified to act as PIC in the aircraft during a skill test, proficiency check or assessment of competence when conducted on the aircraft. (b) Special conditions (1) The competent authority may issue a specific certificate granting privileges for the conduct of skill tests, proficiency checks and assessments of competence when compliance with the requirements established in this Subpart is not possible in the case of the introduction of : (i) new aircraft in the Member States or in an operator’s fleet; or (ii) new training courses in this Annex (Part-FCL) . Such a certificate shall be limited to the skill tests and proficiency checks necessary for the introduction of the new type of aircraft or the new training course and its validity shall not, in any case, exceed 1 year. Holders of a certificate issued in accordance with point (b)(1) who wish to apply for an examiner certificate shall comply with the prerequisites and revalidation requirements for that category of examiner. Where no qualified examiner is available, competent authorities may on a case-by-case basis authorise inspectors or examiners that do not meet the relevant i nstructor, type or class rating requirements as mentioned in (a) above , to perform skill tests, proficiency checks and assessments of competence . (c) Examination outside the territory of the Member States (1) Notwithstanding point (a), in the case of skill tests and proficiency checks performed outside the territory of the Member States provided at an ATO located outside the territory of the Member States , a the competent authority that authorised the ATO shall issue an examiner certificate to applicant s holding a pilot licence , a rating or a certificate issued by a third country in accordance with Annex 1 to the Chicago Convention , provided that applicant s : (i) hold at least an equivalent licence, rating or certificate to the one for which they are authorised to conduct skill tests, proficiency checks or assessments of competence, and in any case at least a CPL; (ii) compl y with the requirements established in this Subpart for the issue of the relevant examiner certificate; and (iii) demonstrate to the competent authority an adequate level of knowledge of European aviation safety rules to be able to exercise examiner privileges in accordance with this Annex (Part-FCL) . (2) The certificate referred to in point (1) shall be limited to performing skill tests and proficiency tests/checks: (i) outside the territory of the Member States; and (ii) to pilots who have sufficient knowledge of the language in which the test/check is given. Notwithstanding paragraphs (a) to (c), in the case of skill tests or proficiency checks provided in an ATO having its principal place of business outside the territory for which a Member State is responsible under the Chicago Convention, applicants intending to provide skill tests or proficiency checks may not obtain and hold an examiner certificate. Instead, applicants complying with the conditions set out in paragraph (c)(1) may be authorized to test or check by the ATO for which the applicant is providing skill tests or proficiency checks. The authorization shall be limited to providing skill tests or proficiency checks solely in the authorizing ATO and to the conditions of (c)(2). FCL.1005 Limitation of privileges in case of vested interests Examiners shall not conduct: (a) skill tests or assessments of competence of applicants for the issue of a licence, rating or certificate to whom they have provided more than 25 % of the required flight instruction for the licence, rating or certificate for which the skill test or assessment of competence is being taken; and (b) skill tests, proficiency checks or assessments of competence whenever they feel that their objectivity may be affected. FCL.1010 Prerequisites for examiners Applicants for an examiner certificate shall demonstrate: (a) relevant knowledge, background and appropriate experience related to the privileges of an examiner; and (b) that they have not been subject to any sanctions that lead to the suspension, limitation or revocation of any of their licences, ratings or certificates issued in accordance with this Annex ( Part -FCL) , for non-compliance with the Basic Regulation and its i mplementing r ules during the last 3 years. FCL.1015 Examiner standardisation (a) Applicants for an examiner certificate shall complete a standardisation course provided by the competent authority or by an ATO and approved by the competent authority. (b) The standardisation course shall consist of theoretical and practical instruction and shall include, at least: (1) the conduct of two skill tests, proficiency checks or assessments of competences for the licences, ratings or certificates for which applicant s seek the privilege to conduct skill tests , proficiency checks or assessments of competence ; (2) instruction i n the applicable requirements in this Annex (Part-FCL) and the applicable air operations requirements, the conduct of skill tests, proficiency checks and assessments of competence, and their documentation and reporting; (3) a briefing on the content of and the need to apply : (i) national administrative procedures; (ii) requirements for protection of personal data; (iii) examiner’s liability; (iv) examiner’s accident insurance; (v) national fees; and (vi) information on how to access the information contained in points (i)–(v) when conducting skill tests, proficiency checks or assessments of competence of an applicant for which the competent authority is not the same that issued the examine certificate (c) Holders of an examiner certificate shall not conduct skill tests, proficiency checks or assessments of competence of applicant s for whom the competent authority is not the same as the one that issued the examiner certificate, unless they have reviewed the latest available information containing the relevant national procedures of the applicant s ' competent authority . FCL.1020 Examiners assessment of competence Applicants for an examiner certificate shall demonstrate their competence to an inspector from the competent authority or a senior examiner specifically authorised to do so by the competent authority responsible for the examiner certificate through the conduct of a skill test, proficiency check or assessment of competence in the examiner role for which privileges are sought, including briefing, conduct of the skill test, proficiency check or assessment of competence, and assessment of the person to whom the test, check or assessment is given, debriefing and recording documentation. FCL.1025 Validity, revalidation and renewal of examiner certificates (a) Validity An examiner certificate shall be valid for 3 years. (b) Revalidation An examiner certificate shall be revalidated when: (1) holders have, during the validity period of the certificate, conducted at least two skill tests, proficiency checks or assessments of competence every year; (2) holders have, during the validity period of the certificate, attended an examiner refresher course provided by the competent authority or by an ATO and approved by the competent authority, during the last year of the validity period ; and (3) o ne of the skill tests , proficiency checks or assessments of competence conducted during the last year of the validity period in accordance with point (1) was assessed by an inspector from the competent authority or by a senior examiner specifically authorised to do so by the competent authority responsible for the examiner certificate or comply with the requirements in FCL.1020 . When applicant s for the revalidation hold privileges for more than one category of examiner, combined revalidation of all examiner privileges may be achieved when applicant s compl y with the requirements in points (b)(1) and (2) and in FCL.1020 for one of the categories of examiner certificate held, in agreement with the competent authority. (c) Renewal If the certificate has expired, applicants shall comply with the requirements in point (b)(2) and FCL.1020 within a period of 12 months before they can resume the exercise of the privileges. (d) An examiner certificate shall only be revalidated or renewed if applicant s demonstrate continued compliance with the requirements in FCL.1010 and FCL.1030. FCL.1030 Conduct of skill tests, proficiency checks and assessments of competence (a) When conducting skill tests, proficiency checks and assessments of competence, examiners shall: (1) ensure that communication with applicant s can be established without language barriers; (2) verify that applicant s compl y with all the qualification, training and experience requirements in this Annex (Part-FCL) for the issue , revalidation or renewal of the licence, rating or certificate for which the skill test, proficiency check or assessment of competence is taken; and (3) make applicant s aware of the consequences of providing incomplete, inaccurate or false information related to their training and flight experience. (b) After completion of the skill test , proficiency check or assessment of competence , examiner s shall: (1) inform applicant s of the result of the skill test , proficiency check or assessment of competence . In the event of a partial pass or fail, examiners shall inform applicant s that they may not exercise the privileges of the rating until a full pass has been achieved . E xaminer s shall detail any further training requirement and explain the applicant s ’ right of appeal; (2) in the event of a pass in a proficiency check or assessment of competence for the revalidation or renewal, endorse the applicant s ’ licence or certificate with the new expiry date of the rating or certificate, if specifically authorised for that purpose by the competent authority responsible for the applicant s ’ licence; and (3) provide applicant s with a signed report of the skill test , proficiency check or assessment of competence and submit without delay copies of the report to the competent authority responsible for the applicant s ’ licence, and to the competent authority that issued the examiner certificate. The report shall include: (i) a declaration that examiner s ha ve received information from applicant s regarding their experience and instruction, and found that experience and instruction complying with the applicable requirements in this Annex (Part-FCL) ; (ii) confirmation that all the required manoeuvres and exercises have been completed, as well as information on the verbal theoretical knowledge examination, when applicable. If an item has been failed, examiner s shall record the reasons for this assessment; (iii) the result of the skill test, proficiency ch eck or assessment of competence; (iv) a declaration that examiner s ha ve reviewed and applied the national procedures and requirements of the applicant s ’ competent authority if the competent authority responsible for the applicant s ’ licence is not the same as the one that issued the examiner certificate; and ( v) a copy of the examiner certificate containing the scope of their privileges as examiner s in the case of skill tests, proficiency checks or assessments of competence of applicant s for whom the competent authority is not the same as the one that issued the examiner certificate. (c) Examiners shall maintain records for 5 years with details of all skill tests, proficiency checks and assessments of competence performed and their results. (d) Upon request by the competent authority responsible for the examiner certificate, or the competent authority responsible for the applicant s ’ licence, examiners shall submit all records and reports, and any other information, as required for oversight activities. SECTION 2 Specific requirements for the flight examiner — FE FCL.1005.FE Privileges and conditions (a) Flight examiners for aeroplanes ( FE s (A) ) The privileges of F E s (A) are to conduct: (1) skill tests for the issue of the PPL(A) and skill tests and proficiency checks for associated single-pilot class and type ratings, except for single-pilot high - performance complex aeroplanes, provided that the y ha ve completed at least 1 000 hours of flight time as pilot s o f aeroplanes or TMGs, including at least 250 hours of flight instruction; (2) skill tests for the issue of the CPL(A) and skill tests and proficiency checks for the associated single-pilot class and type ratings, except for single-pilot high - performance complex aeroplanes, provided that the y ha ve completed at least 2 000 hours of flight time as pilot s o f aeroplanes or TMGs, including at least 250 hours of flight instruction; (3) skill tests and proficiency checks for the LAPL(A), provided that the y ha ve completed at least 500 hours of flight time as pilot s o f aeroplanes or TMGs, including at least 100 hours of flight instruction; (4) skill tests for the issue of a mountain rating, provided that the y ha ve completed at least 500 hours of flight time as pilot s o f aeroplanes or TMGs, including at least 500 take-offs and landings of flight instruction for the mountain rating ; and ( 5) proficiency checks for the revalidation and renewal of EIRs, provided that the y ha ve completed at least 1 500 hours as pilot s o f aeroplanes and compl y with the requirements in FCL.1010.IRE(a)(2). (b) Flight examiners for helicopters ( FE s (H) ) The privileges of F E s(H) are to conduct: (1) skill tests for the issue of the PPL(H) and skill tests and proficiency checks for single-pilot single-engine helicopter type ratings entered in a PPL(H), provided that the y ha ve completed 1 000 hours of flight time as pilot s o f helicopters, including at least 250 hours of flight instruction; (2) skill tests for the issue of the CPL(H) and skill tests and proficiency checks for single-pilot single-engine helicopter type ratings entered in a CPL(H), provided that the y ha ve completed 2 000 hours of flight time as pilot s o f helicopters, including at least 250 hours of flight instruction; (3) skill tests and proficiency checks for single-pilot multi-engine helicopter type ratings entered in a PPL(H) or a CPL(H), provided that the y ha ve completed the requirements in points (1) or (2), as applicable, and hold a CPL(H) or ATPL(H) and, when applicable, an IR(H); and (4) skill tests and proficiency checks for the LAPL(H), provided that the y ha ve completed at least 500 hours of flight time as pilot s o f helicopters, including at least 150 hours of flight instruction. (c) Flight examiners for airships ( FE s (As) ) The privileges of FEs (As) are to conduct skill tests for the issue of the PPL(As) and CPL(As) and skill tests and proficiency checks for the associated airship type ratings, provided that the y ha ve completed 500 hours of flight time as pilot s o f airships, including 100 hours of flight instruction. (d) Flight examiners for sailplanes ( FE s (S) ) The privileges of FEs (S) are to conduct: (1) skill tests and proficiency checks for the SPL and the LAPL(S), provided that the y ha ve completed 300 hours of flight time as pilot s o f sailplanes or powered sailplanes, including 150 hours or 300 launches of flight instruction; (2) proficiency checks for the extension of the SPL privileges to commercial operations, provided that the y ha ve completed 300 hours of flight time as pilot s o f sailplanes or powered sailplanes, including 90 hours of flight instruction; (3) skill tests for the extension of the SPL or LAPL(S) privileges to TMG, provided that the y ha ve completed 300 hours of flight time as pilot s o f sailplanes or powered sailplanes, including 50 hours of flight instruction in TMG; and (4) skill tests and proficiency checks for the cloud flying rating, provided that the y ha ve completed at least 200 hours of flight time as pilot s o f sailplanes or powered sailplanes, including at least 5 hours or 25 flights of flight instruction for the cloud flying rating or at least 10 hours of flight instruction for the EIR or IR(A). (e) Flight examiners for balloons ( FE s (B) ) The privileges of FEs (B) are to conduct: (1) skill tests for the issue of the BPL and the LAPL(B) and skill tests and proficiency checks for the extension of the privileges to another balloon class or group, provided that the y ha ve completed 250 hours of flight time as pilot s o f balloons, including 50 hours of flight instruction; and (2) proficiency checks for the extension of the BPL privileges to commercial operations, provided that the y ha ve completed 300 hours of flight time as pilot s o f balloons, of which 50 hours in the same group of balloons for which the extension is sought. The 300 hours of flight time shall include 50 hours of flight instruction. FCL.1010.FE Prerequisites Applicant s for the issue of an FE certificate shall hold an FI certificate in the appropriate aircraft category. SECTION 3 Specific requirements for the type rating examiner s — TRE FCL.1005.TRE TRE — p rivileges and conditions (a) Type rating examiners for aeroplanes ( TRE s (A) ) and type rating examiners for powered-lift aircraft ( TRE s (PL) ) The privileges of TRE s(A) and TREs(PL) are to conduct: (1) skill tests for the initial issue of type ratings for aeroplanes or powered-lift aircraft, as applicable; (2) proficiency checks for the revalidation or renewal of type ratings, EIRs and IRs; (3) skill tests for ATPL(A) issue ; (4) skill tests for MPL issue , provided that the y has comply with the requirements in FCL.925; and (5) assessments of competence for the issue , revalidation or renewal of a TRI or SFI certificate in the applicable aircraft category, provided that the y ha ve completed at least 3 years as a TRE and ha ve undergone specific training for the assessment of competence in accordance with FCL.1015(b) . (b) Type rating examiners for helicopters ( TRE s (H) ) The privileges of TRE s (H) are to conduct: (1) skill tests and proficiency checks for the issue , revalidation or renewal of helicopter type ratings; (2) proficiency checks for the revalidation or renewal of IRs, or for the extension of the IR(H) from single-engine helicopters to multi-engine helicopters, provided the y hold a valid IR(H); (3) skill tests for ATPL(H) issue ; and (4) assessments of competence for the issue , revalidation or renewal of a TRI(H) or SFI(H) certificate, provided that the y ha ve completed at least 3 years as a TRE. FCL.1010.TRE Prerequisites (a) TRE s (A) and TRE s (PL) Applicants for a TRE certificate for aeroplanes and powered-lift aircraft shall: (1) in the case of multi-pilot aeroplanes or powered-lift aircraft, have completed 1 500 hours of flight time as pilot s of multi-pilot aeroplanes or powered-lift aircraft, as applicable, of which at least 500 hours shall be as PIC; (2) in the case of single-pilot high - performance complex aeroplanes, have completed 500 hours of flight time as pilot s of single-pilot aeroplanes, of which at least 200 hours shall be as PIC; (3) hold a CPL or an ATPL and a TRI certificate for the applicable type; and (4) for the initial issue of a TRE certificate, have completed at least 50 hours of flight instruction as a TRI or an SFI in the applicable type or an FSTD representing that type and have undergone specific training for the assessment of competence in accordance with FCL.1015 (b) . (b) TRE s (H) Applicants for a TRE(H) certificate shall: (1) hold a TRI(H) certificate or, in the case of single-pilot single-engine helicopters, a valid FI(H) certificate, for the applicable type; (2) for the initial issue of a TRE certificate, have completed 50 hours of flight instruction as a TRI, an FI or an SFI in the applicable type or an FSTD representing that type; (3) in the case of multi-pilot helicopters, hold a CPL(H) or an ATPL(H) and have completed 1 500 hours of flight as pilot s o f multi-pilot helicopters, of which at least 500 hours shall be as PIC; (4) in the case of single-pilot multi-engine helicopters: (i) have completed 1 000 hours of flight as pilot s o f helicopters, of which at least 500 hours shall be as PIC; and (ii) hold a CPL(H) or an ATPL(H) and, when applicable, a valid IR(H ) ; and (5) in the case of single-pilot single-engine helicopters: (i) have completed 750 hours of flight as pilot s o f helicopters, of which at least 500 hours shall be as PIC; and (ii) hold a CPL(H) or ATPL(H) . Before the privileges of a TRE(H) are extended from single-pilot multi-engine to multi-pilot multi-engine privileges on the same type of helicopter, holder s shall have at least 100 hours in multi-pilot operations on this type. In the case of applicants for the first multi-pilot multi-engine TRE certificate, the 1 500 hours of flight experience on multi-pilot helicopters required in point (b)(3) may be considered to have been met if they have completed the 500 hours of flight time as PIC in a multi-pilot helicopter of the same type. SECTION 4 Specific requirements for the c lass r ating e xaminer — CRE FCL.1005.CRE Privileges The privileges of class rating examiner s ( CRE s ) are to conduct, for single-pilot aeroplanes, except for single-pilot high - performance complex aeroplanes: (a) skill tests for the issue of class and type ratings; (b) proficiency checks for: (1) revalidation or renewal of class and type ratings; (2) revalidation of IRs, provided that they have completed at least 1 500 hours as pilots of aeroplanes and have completed at least 450 hou rs of flight time under IFR; ( 3 ) renewal of IRs, provided that they comply with the requirements in FCL.1010.IRE(a); and ( 4 ) revalidation and renewal of EIRs, provided that the y ha ve completed at least 1 500 hours as pilot s o f aeroplanes and compl y with the requirements in FCL.1010.IRE(a)(2 ); and (c) skill tests for the extension of LAPL(A) privileges to another class or variant of aeroplane. FCL.1010.CRE Prerequisites Applicants for a CRE certificate shall: (a) hold a CPL(A), an MPL(A) or an ATPL(A) with single-pilot privileges or have held it and hold a PPL(A); (b) hold a CRI certificate or an FI certificate with the privilege to provide class or type rating instruction for the applicable class or type; and (c) have completed 500 hours of flight time as pilot s o f aeroplanes. SECTION 5 Specific requirements for the i nstrument r ating e xaminer — IRE FCL.1005.IRE Privileges The privileges of holder s of an instrument rating examiner ( IRE ) certificate are to conduct skill tests for the issue and proficiency checks for the revalidation or renewal of EIRs or IRs. FCL.1010.IRE Prerequisites (a) IRE for aeroplanes (IRE (A) ) Applicants for an IRE certificate for aeroplanes shall hold an IRI(A) or an FI(A) certificate with the privilege to instruct for the IR(A) and shall have completed: (1) 2 000 hours of flight time as pilot s of aeroplanes; and (2) 450 hours of flight time under IFR, of which 250 hours shall be as an instructor. (b) IRE for helicopters (IRE (H) ) Applicants for an IRE certificate for helicopters shall hold an IRI(H) or an FI(H) certificate with the privilege to instruct for the IR(H) and shall have completed: (1) 2 000 hours of flight time as pilot s o f helicopters; and (2) 300 hours of instrument flight time in helicopters, of which 200 hours shall be as an instructor. (c) IRE for airships (IR (As) ) Applicants for an IRE certificate for airships shall hold an IRI(As) or an FI(As) certificate with the privilege to instruct for the IR(As) and shall have completed: (1) 500 hours of flight time as pilot s o f airships; and (2) 100 hours of instrument flight time on airships, of which 50 hours shall be as an instructor. SECTION 6 Specific requirements for the s ynthetic f light e xaminer — SFE FCL.1005.SFE Privileges and conditions (a) SFE for aeroplanes (SFE (A) ) and SFE for powered-lift aircraft (SFE (PL) ) The privileges of SFE s for aeroplanes or powered-lift aircraft are to conduct in an FFS or for the assessments in point (5) on the applicable FSTD : (1) skill tests and proficiency checks for the issue , revalidation or renewal of type ratings for aeroplanes or powered-lift aircraft, as applicable; (2) proficiency checks for the revalidation or renewal of IRs when combined with the revalidation or renewal of a type rating , provided that they ha ve passed a proficiency check for the aircraft type including the instrument rating within the last year ; (3) skill tests for ATPL(A) issue ; (4) skill tests for MPL issue , provided that the y ha ve complied with the requirements in FCL.925; and (5) assessments of competence for the issue , revalidation or renewal of an SFI certificate in the relevant aircraft category, provided that the y ha ve completed at least 3 years as an SFE (A) and have undergone specific training for the assessment of competence in accordance with FCL.1015 (b) . (b) SFE for helicopters (SFE (H) ) The privileges of SFE s(H) are to conduct in an FFS or for the assessments in point (4) on the applicable FSTD : (1) skill tests and proficiency checks for the issue , revalidation and renewal of type ratings; (2) proficiency checks for the revalidation and renewal of IRs when those checks are combined with the revalidation or renewal of a type rating, provided that the SFIs have passed a proficiency check for the aircraft type including the instrument rating within the last year; (3) skill tests for ATPL(H) issue ; and (4) assessments of competence for the issue , revalidation or renewal of an SFI(H) certificate, provided that the y ha ve completed at least 3 years as an SFE (H) and have undergone specific training for the assessment of competence in accordance with FCL.1015 (b) . FCL.1010.SFE Prerequisites (a) SFE(A) Applicants for an SFE (A) certificate shall: (1) in the case of multi-pilot aeroplanes: (i) hold or have held an ATPL(A) and a type rating for the applicable type of aeroplane; (ii) an SFI(A) certificate for the applicable type of aeroplane; and ( 2 iii ) have at least 1 500 hours of flight time as pilot s o f multi-pilot aeroplanes; (2) in the case of single-pilot high - performance complex aeroplanes: (i) hold of have held a CPL(A) or an ATPL(A) and a rating for the applicable class or type of aeroplane; (ii) hold an SFI(A) certificate for the applicable class or type of aeroplane; and (iii) have at least 500 h ou rs of flight time as pilot s o f single-pilot aeroplanes; and (3) for the initial issue of an SFE certificate, have completed at least 50 hours of synthetic flight instruction as an SFI(A) on the applicable type. (b) SFE(H) Applicants for an SFE (H) certificate shall: (1) hold or have held an ATPL(H), and a type rating for the applicable type of helicopter; (2) hold an SFI(H) certificate for the applicable type of helicopter; ( 3 ) have at least 1 000 hours of flight time as pilot s o f multi-pilot helicopters; and ( 4 ) for the initial issue of an SFE certificate, have completed at least 50 hours of synthetic flight instruction as an SFI(H) on the applicable type. SECTION 7 Specific requirements for the flight instructor examiner — FIE FCL.1005.FIE Privileges and conditions (a) FIE(A) The privileges of FIE s(A) are to conduct assessments of competence for the issue , revalidation or renewal of certificates for FI(A), CRI(A), IRI(A) , STI(A) and TRI(A) on single-pilot aeroplanes. (b) Flight instructor examiner for helicopters ( FIE(H) ) The privileges of FIE s(H) are to conduct assessments of competence for the issue , revalidation or renewal of certificates for FI(H), IRI(H) , STI(H) and TRI(H) on single-pilot helicopters. (c) Flight instructor examiner for airships ( FIE(As) ) , for sailplanes or powered sailplanes (FIE (S) ) and for balloons (FIE (B) ) The privileges of FIE s(As), FIEs(S) and FIEs(B) are to conduct assessments of competence for the issue , revalidation or renewal of instructor certificates i n the applicable aircraft category. FCL.1010.FIE Prerequisites (a) FIE(A) Applicants for an FIE (A) certificate shall in case they wish to conduct assessments of competence: (1) hold the relevant instructor certificate, as applicable; (2) have completed 2 000 hours of flight time as pilot s o f aeroplanes or TMGs; and (3) have at least 100 hours of flight time instructing applicants for an instructor certificate. (b) FIE(H) Applicants for an FIE (H) certificate shall: (1) hold the relevant instructor certificate, as applicable; (2) have completed 2 000 hours of flight time as pilot s o f helicopters; and (3) have at least 100 hours of flight time instructing applicants for an instructor certificate. (c) FIE(As) Applicants for an FIE ( A s) certificate shall: (1) hold an FI(As) certificate; (2) have completed 500 hours of flight time as pilot s o f airships; and ( 3 ) have at least 20 hours of flight time instructing applicants for an FI(A s ) certificate . (d) FIE(S) Applicants for an FIE (S) certificate shall: (1) hold an FI(S) certificate; (2) have completed 500 hours of flight time as pilot s o f sailplanes or powered sailplanes; and (3) have completed: (i) in case they wish to conduct assessments of competence i n TMGs, 10 hours or 30 take-offs instructing applicants for an instructor certificate in TMGs; (ii) in all other cases, 10 hours or 30 launches instructing applicants for an instructor certificate. (e) FIE(B) Applicants for an FIE (B) certificate shall: (1) hold an FI(B) certificate; (2) have completed 350 hours of flight time as pilot s o f balloons; and (3) have completed 10 hours instructing applicants for an instructor certificate. SECTION 8 S pecific requirements for the senior examiner — SE Appendix 1 Crediting of theoretical knowledge CREDITING OF THEORETICAL KNOWLEDGE IN THE SAME OR ANOTHER CATEGORY OF AIRCRAFT — BRIDGE INSTRUCTION AND EXAMINATION REQUIREMENTS 1. LAPL, PPL, BPL and SPL 1.1. For the issue of an LAPL, holder s of an LAPL in another category of aircraft shall be fully credited with theoretical knowledge on the common subjects established in FCL.120(a). 1.2. Without prejudice to paragraph 1.1. , for the issue of an LAPL, a PPL, a BPL or an SPL, holder s of a licence in another category of aircraft shall receive theoretical knowledge instruction and pass theoretical knowledge examinations to the appropriate level in the following subjects: p rinciples of f light ; o perational p rocedures ; f light p erformance and p lanning ; a ircraft g eneral k nowledge ; and n avigation. 1.3. For the issue of a PPL, a BPL or an SPL, holder s of an LAPL in the same category of aircraft shall be credited in full towards the theoretical knowledge instruction and examination requirements. 1.4. Notwithstanding point 1.2, for the issue of an LAPL(A), holder s of an LAPL(S) with TMG extension shall demonstrate an adequate level of theoretical knowledge for the SEP (land) class in accordance with FCL.135.A(a)(2). 2. CPL 2.1. Applicant s for the issue of a CPL holding a CPL in another category of aircraft shall have received theoretical knowledge bridge instruction at an ATO on an approved course according to the differences identified between the CPL syllabi for different aircraft categories. 2.2. A pplicant s shall pass theoretical knowledge examinations as defined in this Annex (Part-FCL) for the following subjects in the appropriate aircraft category: 021 — Aircraft g eneral k nowledge: a irframe and s ystems, e lectrics, power plant and e mergency e quipment ; 022 — Aircraft g eneral k nowledge: i nstrumentation ; 032/034 — Performance a eroplanes or h elicopters, as applicable ; 070 — Operational p rocedures ; and 080 — Principles of f light. 2.3. Applicant s for the issue of a CPL having passed the relevant theoretical knowledge examinations for an IR in the same category of aircraft are credited towards the theoretical knowledge requirements in human performance and meteorology unless they have completed the IR training course in accordance with Appendix 6, Section Aa , to this Annex (Part-FCL). 2.4. Applicants for a CPL having passed the relevant theoretical knowledge examinations for an IR or EIR in the same category of aircraft are credited towards the theoretical knowledge requirements in the communications subject . 3. ATPL 3.1. Applicant s for the issue of an ATPL holding an ATPL in another category of aircraft shall have received theoretical knowledge bridge instruction at an ATO on an approved course according to the differences identified between the ATPL syllabi for different aircraft categories. 3.2. A pplicant s shall pass theoretical knowledge examinations as defined in this Annex (Part-FCL) for the following subjects in the appropriate aircraft category: 021 — Aircraft g eneral k nowledge: a irframe and s ystems, e lectrics, p ower plant and e mergency e quipment ; 022 — Aircraft g eneral k nowledge: i nstrumentation ; 032/034 — Performance a eroplanes or h elicopters, as applicable ; 070 — Operational p rocedures ; and 080 — Principles of f light 3.3. Applicant s for the issue of an ATPL(A) having passed the relevant theoretical examination for a CPL(A) are credited towards the theoretical knowledge requirements in the subject ‘c ommunications ’ . 3.4. Applicant s for the issue of an ATPL(H) having passed the relevant theoretical examinations for a CPL(H) are credited towards the theoretical knowledge requirements in the following subjects: a ir l aw ; p rinciples of f light ( h elicopter ); and c ommunications. 3.5. Applicant s for the issue of an ATPL(A) having passed the relevant theoretical examination for an IR(A) are credited towards the theoretical knowledge requirements in the subject ‘c ommunications ’ . 3.6. Applicant s for the issue of an ATPL(H) with an IR(H) having passed the relevant theoretical examinations for a CPL(H) are credited towards the theoretical knowledge requirements in the following subjects: p rinciples of f light ( h elicopter ); and c ommunications. 4. IR 4.1. Applicant s for the issue of an IR or an EIR having passed the relevant theoretical examinations for a CPL in the same aircraft category are credited towards the theoretical knowledge requirements in the following subjects: h uman p erformance ; and m eteorology. Communications 4.2. Applicant s for the issue of an IR(H) having passed the relevant theoretical examinations for an ATPL(H) VFR are required to pass the following examination subjects: a ir l aw ; f light p lanning and f light m onitoring ; and r adio n avigation . Appendix 2 Language p roficiency r ating s cale — e xpert, extended and operational level LEVEL PRONUNCIATION STRUCTURE VOCABULARY FLUENCY COMPREHENSION INTERACTIONS Expert (Level 6) Pronunciation, stress, rhythm and intonation, though possibly influenced by the first language or regional variation, almost never interfere with ease of understanding. Both basic and complex grammatical structures and sentence patterns are consistently well controlled. Vocabulary range and accuracy are sufficient to communicate effectively on a wide variety of familiar and unfamiliar topics. Vocabulary is idiomatic, nuanced and sensitive to register. Able to speak at length with a natural, effortless flow. Varies speech flow for stylistic effect, e.g. to emphasi s e a point. Uses appropriate discourse markers and connectors spontaneously. Comprehension is consistently accurate in nearly all contexts and includes comprehension of linguistic and cultural subtleties. Interacts with ease in nearly all situations. Is sensitive to verbal and non-verbal cues, and responds to them appropriately. Extended (Level 5) Pronunciation, stress, rhythm and intonation, though influenced by the first language or regional variation, rarely interfere with ease of understanding. Basic grammatical structures and sentence patterns are consistently well controlled. Complex structures are attempted but with errors which sometimes interfere with meaning. Vocabulary range and accuracy are sufficient to communicate effectively on common, concrete and work-related topics. Paraphrases consistently and successfully. Vocabulary is sometimes idiomatic. Able to speak at length with relative ease on familiar topics, but may not vary speech flow as a stylistic device. Can make use of appropriate discourse markers or connectors. Comprehension is accurate on common, concrete and work-related topics , and mostly accurate when the speaker is confronted with a linguistic or situational complication or an unexpected turn of events. Is able to comprehend a range of speech varieties (dialect and/or accent) or registers. Responses are immediate, appropriate and informative. Manages the speaker/listener relationship effectively. Operational (Level 4) Pronunciation, stress, rhythm and intonation are influenced by the first language or regional variation but only sometimes interfere with ease of understanding. Basic grammatical structures and sentence patterns are used creatively and are usually well controlled. Errors may occur, particularly in unusual or unexpected circumstances, but rarely interfere with meaning. Vocabulary range and accuracy are usually sufficient to communicate effectively on common, concrete and work-related topics. Can often paraphrase successfully when lacking vocabulary particularly in unusual or unexpected circumstances. Produces stretches of language at an appropriate tempo. There may be occasional loss of fluency on transition from rehearsed or formulaic speech to spontaneous interaction, but this does not prevent effective communication. Can make limited use of discourse markers and connectors. Fillers are not distracting. Comprehension is mostly accurate on common, concrete and work-related topics when the accent or variety used is sufficiently intelligible for an international community of users. When the speaker is confronted with a linguistic or situational complication or an unexpected turn of events, comprehension may be slower or require clarification strategies. Responses are usually immediate, appropriate and informative. Initiates and maintains exchanges even when dealing with an unexpected turn of events. Deals adequately with apparent misunderstandings by checking, confirming or clarifying. A ppendix 3 Training courses for the issue of a CPL and an ATPL 1. This A ppendix describes the requirements for the different types of training courses for the issue of a CPL and an ATPL, with and without an IR. 2. Applicant s wishing to transfer to another ATO during a training course shall apply to the competent authority for a formal assessment of the further hours of training required. A. ATP integrated course — a eroplanes GENERAL 1. The aim of the ATP(A) integrated course is to train pilots to the level of proficiency necessary to operate as co-pilot s o f multi-pilot multi-engine aeroplanes in commercial air transport and to obtain the CPL(A)/IR. 2. Applicant s wishing to undertake an ATP(A) integrated course shall complete all the instructional stages in one continuous course of training as arranged by an ATO. 3. Applicant s may be admitted to training either as ab initio entrant s or as holder s of a PPL(A) or a PPL(H) issued in accordance with Annex 1 to the Chicago Convention. In the case of PPL(A) or PPL(H) entrant s , 50 % of the hours flown prior to the course shall be credited, up to a maximum of 40 hours of flying experience, or 45 hours if an aeroplane night rating has been obtained, of which up to 20 hours may count towards the requirement for dual training flight time. 4. The course shall comprise: (a) theoretical knowledge instruction to the ATPL(A) knowledge level; (b) visual and instrument flying training; (c) training in MCC for the operation of multi-pilot aeroplanes ; and (d) UPRT in accordance with FCL.745.A unless applicant s ha ve already completed this training course before starting the ATP integrated course. 5. Applicant s failing or being unable to complete the entire ATP(A) course may apply to the competent authority for the theoretical knowledge examination and skill test for a licence with lower privileges and an IR if the applicable requirements are met. THEORETICAL KNOWLEDGE 6. An ATP(A) theoretical knowledge course shall comprise at least 750 hours of instruction. 7. 1. The MCC course shall comprise at least 25 hours of theoretical knowledge instruction and exercises. 7 .2 . The theoretical knowledge instruction in UPRT shall be conducted in accordance with FCL.745.A. THEORETICAL KNOWLEDGE EXAMINATION 8. Applicant s shall demonstrate the level of knowledge appropriate to the privileges granted to holder s of an ATPL(A). FLYING TRAINING 9. The flying training, not including type rating training, shall comprise a total of at least 195 hours, includ ing all progress tests, of which up to 55 hours for the entire course may be instrument ground time. Within the total of 195 hours, applicants shall complete at least: (a) 95 hours of dual instruction, of which up to 55 hours may be instrument ground time; (b) 70 hours as PIC including VFR flight , and instrument flight time as SPIC. The instrument flight time as SPIC shall only be counted as PIC flight time up to a maximum of 20 hours; (c) 50 hours of cross-country flight as PIC, including one VFR cross-country flight of at least 540 km ( 300 NM), in the course of which full - stop landings at two aerodromes different from the aerodrome of departure shall be made; and (d) 5 hours of flight time at night, comprising 3 hours of dual instruction, which shall include at least : (1) 1 hour of cross-country navigation ; (2) five solo take-offs ; and (3) five solo full - stop landings; (e) UPRT flight instruction in accordance with FCL.745.A; ( f ) 115 hours of instrument time comprising, at least: (1) 20 hours as SPIC; (2) 15 hours of MCC, for which an FFS or an FNPT II may be used; (3) 50 hours of instrument flight instruction, of which up to: (i) 25 hours may be instrument ground time in a n FNPT I ; or (ii) 40 hours may be instrument ground time in a n FNPT II, an FTD 2 or an FFS, of which up to 10 hours may be conducted in an FNPT I. Applicant s holding a module completion certificate for the Basic Instrument Flight Module shall be credited with up to 10 hours towards the required instrument instruction time. Hours done in a BITD shall not be credited ; and ( g ) 5 hours in an aeroplane which: (1) is certificated for the carriage of at least 4 persons ; and (2) has a variable pitch propeller and retractable landing gear. SKILL TEST Upon completion of the related flying training, applicant s shall take the CPL(A) skill test on either a single-engine or a multi-engine aeroplane and the IR skill test on a multi-engine aeroplane. B. ATP modular course — a eroplanes Applicants for an ATPL(A) who complete their theoretical knowledge instruction at a modular course shall: (a) hold at least a PPL(A) issued in accordance with Annex 1 to the Chicago Convention; and (b) complete at least the following hours of theoretical knowledge instruction: (1) for applicants holding a PPL(A): 650 hours; (2) for applicants holding a CPL(A): 400 hours; (3) for applicants holding an IR(A): 500 hours; and (4) for applicants holding a CPL(A) and an IR(A): 250 hours. The theoretical knowledge instruction shall be completed before the skill test for the ATPL(A) is taken. C. CPL/IR integrated course — a eroplanes GENERAL 1. The aim of the CPL(A) and IR(A) integrated course is to train pilots to the level of proficiency necessary to operate single-pilot single-engine or multi-engine aeroplanes in commercial air transport and to obtain the CPL(A)/IR. 2. Applicant s wishing to undertake a CPL(A)/IR integrated course shall complete all the instructional stages in one continuous course of training as arranged by an ATO. 3. Applicant s may be admitted to training either as ab initio entrant s or as holder s of a PPL(A) or a PPL(H) issued in accordance with Annex 1 to the Chicago Convention. In the case of PPL(A) or PPL(H) entrant s , 50 % of the hours flown prior to the course shall be credited, up to a maximum of 40 hours of flying experience, or 45 hours if an aeroplane night rating has been obtained, of which up to 20 hours may count towards the requirement for dual training flight time. 4. The course shall comprise: (a) theoretical knowledge instruction to CPL(A) and IR knowledge level; and (b) visual and instrument flying training. 5. Applicant s failing or being unable to complete the entire CPL/IR(A) course may apply to the competent authority for the theoretical knowledge examination and skill test for a licence with lower privileges and an IR if the applicable requirements are met. THEORETICAL KNOWLEDGE 6. A CPL(A)/IR theoretical knowledge course shall comprise at least 500 hours of instruction. THEORETICAL KNOWLEDGE EXAMINATION 7. Applicant s shall demonstrate a level of knowledge appropriate to the privileges granted to holder s of a CPL(A) and an IR. FLYING TRAINING 8. The flying training, not including type rating training, shall comprise a total of at least 180 hours, includ ing all progress tests, of which up to 40 hours for the entire course may be instrument ground time. Within the total of 180 hours, applicants shall complete at least: (a) 80 hours of dual instruction, of which up to 40 hours may be instrument ground time; (b) 70 hours as PIC including VFR flight , and instrument flight time which may be flown as SPIC. The instrument flight time as SPIC shall only be counted as PIC flight time up to a maximum of 20 hours; (c) 50 hours of cross-country flight as PIC, including one VFR cross-country flight of at least 540 km (300 NM), in the course of which full - stop landings at two aerodromes different from the aerodrome of departure shall be made; (d) 5 hours of flight time at night, comprising 3 hours of dual instruction, which shall include at least : (1) 1 hour of cross-country navigation ; (2) five solo take-offs ; and (3) five solo full - stop landings; (e) 100 hours of instrument time comprising, at least: (1) 20 hours as SPIC; and (2) 50 hours of instrument flight instruction, of which up to: (i) 25 hours may be instrument ground time in an FNPT I ; or (ii) 40 hours may be instrument ground time in an FNPT II, an FTD 2 or an FFS, of which up to 10 hours may be conducted in an FNPT I. Applicant s holding a module completion certificate for the Basic Instrument Flight Module shall be credited with up to 10 hours towards the required instrument instruction time. Hours done in a BITD shall not be credited ; and (f) 5 hours in an aeroplane which: (1) is certificated for the carriage of at least 4 persons ; and (2) has a variable pitch propeller and retractable landing gear. SKILL TESTS 10. Upon completion of the related flying training , applicant s shall take the CPL(A) skill test and the IR skill test on either a multi-engine aeroplane or a single-engine aeroplane. D. CPL integrated course — a eroplanes GENERAL 1. The aim of the CPL(A) integrated course is to train pilots to the level of proficiency necessary to obtain the CPL(A). 2. Applicant s wishing to undertake a CPL(A) integrated course shall complete all the instructional stages in one continuous course of training as arranged by an ATO. 3. Applicant s may be admitted to training either as ab initio entrant s or as holder s of a PPL(A) or a PPL(H) issued in accordance with Annex 1 to the Chicago Convention. In the case of PPL(A) or PPL(H) entrant s , 50 % of the hours flown prior to the course shall be credited, up to a maximum of 40 hours of flying experience, or 45 hours if an aeroplane night rating has been obtained, of which up to 20 hours may count towards the requirement for dual training flight time. 4. The course shall comprise: (a) theoretical knowledge instruction to CPL(A) knowledge level; and (b) visual and instrument flying training. 5. Applicant s failing or being unable to complete the entire CPL(A) course may apply to the competent authority for the theoretical knowledge examination and skill test for a licence with lower privileges if the applicable requirements are met. THEORETICAL KNOWLEDGE 6. A CPL(A) theoretical knowledge course shall comprise at least 350 hours of instruction. THEORETICAL KNOWLEGDE EXAMINATION 7. Applicant s shall demonstrate a level of knowledge appropriate to the privileges granted to holder s of a CPL(A). FLYING TRAINING 8. The flying training, not including type rating training, shall comprise a total of at least 150 hours, includ ing all progress tests, of which up to 5 hours for the entire course may be instrument ground time. Within the total of 150 hours, applicants shall complete at least: (a) 80 hours of dual instruction, of which up to 5 hours may be instrument ground time; (b) 70 hours as PIC; (c) 20 hours of cross-country flight as PIC, including one VFR cross-country flight of at least 540 km (300 NM), in the course of which full - stop landings at two aerodromes different from the aerodrome of departure shall be made; (d) 5 hours of flight time at night, comprising 3 hours of dual instruction, which shall include at least : (1) 1 hour of cross-country navigation ; (2) five solo take-offs ; and (3) five solo full - stop landings; (e) 10 hours of instrument flight instruction, of which up to 5 hours may be instrument ground time in an FNPT I, an FTD 2, an FNPT II or an FFS. Applicant s holding a module completion certificate for the Basic Instrument Flight Module shall be credited with up to 10 hours towards the required instrument instruction time. Hours done in a BITD shall not be credited; and (f) 5 hours in an aeroplane which: (1) is certificated for the carriage of at least four persons ; and (2) has a variable pitch propeller and retractable landing gear. SKILL TEST 9. Upon completion of the flying training , applicant s shall take the CPL(A) skill test on a single-engine or a multi-engine aeroplane. E. CPL modular course — a eroplanes GENERAL 1. The aim of the CPL(A) modular course is to train PPL(A) holders to the level of proficiency necessary to obtain the CPL(A). 2. Before commencing a CPL(A) modular course , applicant s shall be holder s of a PPL(A) issued in accordance with Annex 1 to the Chicago Convention. 3. Before commencing the flight training , applicant s shall: (a) have completed 150 hours of flight time; Except for the requirement of 50 hours as PIC in aeroplanes, hours as PIC in other categories of aircraft may count towards the 150 hours of aeroplane flight time in the following cases: (1) 20 hours in helicopters, if applicant s hold a PPL(H); or (2) 50 hours in helicopters, if applicant s hold a CPL(H); or (3) 10 hours in TMGs or sailplanes; or (4) 20 hours in airships, if applicant s hold a PPL(As); or (5) 50 hours in airships, if applicant s hold a CPL(As). (b) have complied with the prerequisites for the issue of a class or type rating for multi-engine aeroplanes in accordance with Subpart H, if a multi-engine aeroplane is to be used i n the skill test. 4. Applicant s wishing to undertake a modular CPL(A) course shall complete all the flight instructional stages in one continuous course of training as arranged by an ATO. The theoretical knowledge instruction may be given at an ATO conducting theoretical knowledge instruction only. 5. The course shall comprise: (a) theoretical knowledge instruction to CPL(A) knowledge level; and (b) visual and instrument flying training. THEORETICAL KNOWLEDGE 6. An approved CPL(A) theoretical knowledge course shall comprise at least 250 hours of instruction. THEORETICAL KNOWLEDGE EXAMINATION 7. Applicant s shall demonstrate a level of knowledge appropriate to the privileges granted to holder s of a CPL(A). FLYING TRAINING 8. Applicants without an IR shall be given at least 25 hours of dual flight instruction, including 10 hours of instrument instruction , of which up to 5 hours may be instrument ground time in a BITD, an FNPT I or II, an FTD 2 or an FFS. 9. Applicants holding a valid IR(A) shall be fully credited towards the dual instrument instruction time. Applicants holding a valid IR(H) shall be credited up to 5 hours of the dual instrument instruction time, in which case at least 5 hours of dual instrument instruction time shall be given in an aeroplane. Applicant s holding a module c ompletion c ertificate for the Basic Instrument Flight Module shall be credited with up to 10 hours towards the required instrument instruction time. 10. (a) Applicants with a valid IR shall be given at least 15 hours of dual visual flight instruction. (b) Applicants without a night rating aeroplane shall be given additionally at least 5 hours of night flight instruction, comprising 3 hours of dual instruction, which shall include at least : (1) 1 hour of cross-country navigation ; (2) five solo take-offs ; and (3) five solo full - stop landings. 11. At least 5 hours of the flight instruction shall be carried out in an aeroplane which: (a) is certificated for the carriage of at least 4 persons ; and (b) ha s a variable pitch propeller and retractable landing gear. EXPERIENCE 12 . 1. A pplicant s for a CPL(A) shall have completed at least 200 hours of flight time, including at least: (a ) 100 hours as PIC, of which 20 hours of cross-country flight as PIC, which shall include one VFR cross-country flight of at least 540 km (300 NM), in the course of which full - stop landings at two aerodromes different from the aerodrome of departure shall be made; (b) 5 hours of flight time at night, comprising 3 hours of dual instruction, which shall include at least : (1) 1 hour of cross-country navigation ; (2) five solo take-offs ; and (3) five solo full - stop landings; (c) 10 hours of instrument flight instruction, of which up to 5 hours may be instrument ground time in an FNPT I, an FNPT II or an FFS. Applicant s holding a module completion certificate for the Basic Instrument Flight Module shall be credited with up to 10 hours towards the required instrument instruction time. Hours done in a BITD shall not be credited; and (d) 6 hours of flight time in a multi-engine aeroplane, if a multi-engine aeroplane is used for the skill test. 12 .2 . Hours as PIC of other categories of aircraft may count towards the 200 hours of flight time, in the following cases: ( a ) 30 hours in helicopter if applicant s hold a PPL(H); or ( b ) 100 hours in helicopters if applicant s hold a CPL(H); or ( c ) 30 hours in TMGs or sailplanes; or ( d ) 30 hours in airships if applicant s hold a PPL(As); or ( e ) 60 hours in airships if applicant s hold a CPL(As). SKILL TEST 13. Upon completion of the flying training and relevant experience requirements , applicant s shall take the CPL(A) skill test on either a single-engine or a multi-engine aeroplane. F. ATP/IR integrated course — h elicopters GENERAL 1. The aim of the ATP(H)/IR integrated course is to train pilots to the level of proficiency necessary to operate as co-pilot s o f multi-pilot multi-engine helicopters in commercial air transport and to obtain the CPL(H)/IR. 2. Applicant s wishing to undertake an ATP(H)/IR integrated course shall complete all the instructional stages in one continuous course of training as arranged by an ATO. 3. Applicant s may be admitted to training either as ab initio entrant s or as holder s of a PPL(H) issued in accordance with Annex 1 to the Chicago Convention. In the case of PPL(H) entrant s , 50 % of the relevant experience shall be credited, up to a maximum of: (a) 40 hours, of which up to 20 hours may be dual instruction; or (b) 50 hours, of which up to 25 hours may be dual instruction, if a helicopter night rating has been obtained. 4. The course shall comprise: (a) theoretical knowledge instruction to the ATPL(H) and IR knowledge level; (b) visual and instrument flying training; and (c) training in MCC for the operation of multi-pilot helicopters. 5. Applicant s failing or being unable to complete the entire ATP(H) /IR course may apply to the competent authority for the theoretical knowledge examination and skill test for a licence with lower privileges and an IR if the applicable requirements are met. THEORETICAL KNOWLEDGE 6. An ATP(H)/IR theoretical knowledge course shall comprise at least 750 hours of instruction. 7. The MCC course shall comprise at least 25 hours of theoretical knowledge instruction exercises. THEORETICAL KNOWLEDGE EXAMINATION 8. Applicant s shall demonstrate the level of knowledge appropriate to the privileges granted to holder s of an ATPL(H) and an IR. FLYING TRAINING 9. The flying training shall comprise a total of at least 195 hours, includ ing all progress tests. Within the total of 195 hours, applicants shall complete at least: (a) 140 hours of dual instruction, of which: (1) 75 hours of visual instruction may include: (i) 30 hours in a helicopter FFS, level C/D ; or (ii) 25 hours in a n FTD 2 / 3 ; or (iii) 20 hours in a helicopter FNPT II/III ; or (iv) 20 hours in an aeroplane or TMG; (2) 50 hours of instrument instruction may include: (i) up to 20 hours in a helicopter FFS , FTD 2 / 3 or FNPT II/III ; or (ii) 10 hours in at least a helicopter FNPT 1 or an aeroplane; and (3 ) 15 hours of MCC, for which a helicopter FFS or a helicopter FTD 2 / 3(MCC) or FNPT II/III(MCC) may be used. If the helicopter used for the flying training is of a different type from the helicopter FFS used for the visual training, the maximum credit shall be limited to that allocated for the helicopter FNPT II/III ; (b) 55 hours as PIC, of which 40 hours may be as SPIC. At least 14 hours of solo flight time during day and 1 hour of solo night flight time during shall be made ; (c) 50 hours of cross-country flight, including at least 10 hours of cross-country flight as SPIC including one VFR cross-country flight of at least 185 km (100 NM) , in the course of which full-stop landings at two different aerodromes from the aerodrome of departure shall be made; (d) 5 hours of flight time in helicopters at night comprising 3 hours of dual instruction including at least 1 hour of cross-country navigation and five solo night circuits. Each circuit shall include a take-off and a landing; and (e) 50 hours of dual instrument time comprising: (i) 10 hours of basic instrument instruction time ; and (ii) 40 hours of IR t raining, which shall include at least 10 hours in a multi-engine IFR-certificated helicopter. SKILL TESTS 10. Upon completion of the related flying training, applicant s shall take the CPL(H) skill test on a multi-engine helicopter and the IR skill test on an IFR - certificated multi-engine helicopter and shall comply with the requirements for MCC training. G. ATP integrated course — h elicopters GENERAL 1. The aim of the ATP(H) integrated course is to train pilots to the level of proficiency necessary to operate as co-pilot s o f multi-pilot multi-engine helicopters limited to VFR privileges in commercial air transport and to obtain the CPL(H). 2. Applicant s wishing to undertake an ATP(H) integrated course shall complete all the instructional stages in one continuous course of training as arranged by an ATO. 3. Applicant s may be admitted to training either as ab initio entrant s or as holder s of a PPL(H) issued in accordance with Annex 1 to the Chicago Convention. In the case of PPL(H) entrant s , 50 % of the relevant experience shall be credited, up to a maximum of: (a) 40 hours, of which up to 20 hours may be dual instruction; or (b) 50 hours, of which up to 25 hours may be dual instruction, if a helicopter night rating has been obtained. 4. The course shall comprise: (a) theoretical knowledge instruction to the ATPL(H) knowledge level; (b) visual and basic instrument flying training; and (c) training in MCC for the operation of multi-pilot helicopters. 5. Applicant s failing or being unable to complete the entire ATP(H) course may apply to the competent authority for the theoretical knowledge examination and skill test for a licence with lower privileges if the applicable requirements are met. THEORETICAL KNOWLEDGE 6. An ATP(H) theoretical knowledge course shall comprise at least 650 hours of instruction. 7. The MCC course shall comprise at least 20 hours of theoretical knowledge instruction exercises. THEORETICAL KNOWLEDGE EXAMINATION 8. Applicant s shall demonstrate the level of knowledge appropriate to the privileges granted to holder s of an ATPL (H). FLYING TRAINING 9. The flying training shall comprise a total of at least 150 hours, includ ing all progress tests. Within the total of 150 hours, applicants shall complete at least: (a) 95 hours of dual instruction, of which: ( 1 ) 75 hours of visual instruction may include: ( i ) 30 hours in a helicopter FFS level C/D ; or ( ii ) 25 hours in a helicopter FTD 2 / 3 ; or ( iii ) 20 hours in a helicopter FNPT II/III ; or ( iv ) 20 hours in an aeroplane or TMG; ( 2 ) 10 hours of basic instrument instruction may include 5 hours in at least a helicopter FNPT I or an aeroplane; and ( 3 ) 10 hours of MCC, for which a helicopter , helicopter FFS , FTD 2 / 3(MCC) or FNPT II/III(MCC) may be used. If the helicopter used for the flying training is of a different type from the helicopter FFS used for the visual training, the maximum credit shall be limited to that allocated for the helicopter FNPT II/III ; (b) 55 hours as PIC, of which 40 hours may be as SPIC. At least 14 hours of solo fli ght time during day and 1 hour of solo flight time during night shall be made ; (c) 50 hours of cross-country flight, including at least 10 hours of cross-country flight as SPIC, including one VFR cross-country flight of at least 185 km (100 NM) , in the course of which full-stop landings at two different aerodromes from the aerodrome of departure shall be made; and (d) 5 hours of flight time in helicopters at night comprising 3 hours of dual instruction including at least 1 hour of cross-country navigation and five solo night circuits. Each circuit shall include a take-off and a landing. Skill tests 10. Upon completion of the related flying training , applicant s shall take the CPL(H) skill test on a multi-engine helicopter and comply with MCC requirements. H. ATP modular course — h elicopters 1. Applicants for an ATPL(H) who complete their theoretical knowledge instruction at a modular course shall hold at least a PPL(H) and complete at least the following hours of instruction within a period of 18 months: (a) for applicants holding a PPL(H) issued in accordance with Annex 1 to the Chicago Convention , 550 hours; and (b) for applicants holding a CPL(H ), 300 hours. 2. Applicants for an ATPL(H)/IR who complete their theoretical knowledge instruction at a modular course shall hold at least a PPL(H) and complete at least the following hours of instruction: (a) for applicants holding a PPL(H ), 650 hours; (b) for applicants holding a CPL(H ), 400 hours; (c) for applicants holding an IR(H ), 500 hours; and (d) for applicants holding a CPL(H) and an IR(H ), 250 hours. I. CPL/IR integrated course — h elicopters GENERAL 1. The aim of the CPL(H)/IR integrated course is to train pilots to the level of proficiency necessary to operate single-pilot multi-engine helicopters and to obtain the CPL(H)/IR multi-engine helicopter. 2. Applicant s wishing to undertake a CPL(H)/IR integrated course shall complete all the instructional stages in one continuous course of training as arranged by an ATO. 3. Applicant s may be admitted to training either as ab initio entrant s or as holder s of a PPL(H) issued in accordance with Annex 1 to the Chicago Convention. In the case of entrant s holding a PPL(H), 50% of the relevant experience shall be credited, up to a maximum of: (a) 40 hours, of which up to 20 hours may be dual instruction; or (b) 50 hours, of which up to 25 hours may be dual instruction, if a helicopter night rating has been obtained. 4. The course shall comprise: (a) theoretical knowledge instruction to CPL(H) and IR knowledge level, and the initial multi-engine helicopter type rating; and (b) visual and instrument flying training. 5. Applicant s failing or being unable to complete the entire CPL(H)/IR course may apply to the competent authority for the theoretical knowledge examination and skill test for a licence with lower privileges and an IR if the applicable requirements are met. THEORETICAL KNOWLEDGE 6. A CPL(H)/IR theoretical knowledge course shall comprise at least 500 hours of instruction. THEORETICAL KNOWLEDGE EXAMINATION 7. Applicant s shall demonstrate a level of knowledge appropriate to the privileges granted to holder s of a CPL(H) and an IR. FLYING TRAINING 8. The flying training shall comprise a total of at least 180 hours , including all progress tests. Within the 180 hours, applicants shall complete at least: (a) 125 hours of dual instruction, of which: ( 1 ) 75 hours of visual instruction which may include: ( i ) 30 hours in a helicopter FFS level C/D ; or ( ii ) 25 hours in a helicopter FTD 2 / 3 ; or ( iii ) 20 hours in a helicopter FNPT II/III ; or ( iv ) 20 hours in an aeroplane or TMG; and ( 2 ) 50 hours of instrument instruction which may include: ( i ) up to 20 hours in a helicopter FFS , FTD 2 / 3 or FNPT II,III ; or ( ii ) 10 hours in at least a helicopter FNPT I or an aeroplane. If the helicopter used for the flying training is of a different type from the FFS used for the visual training, the maximum credit shall be limited to that allocated for the FNPT II/III ; (b) 55 hours as PIC, of which 40 hours may be as SPIC. At least 14 hours of solo flight time during day and 1 hour of solo flight time during night shall be made; (c) 10 hours of dual cross-country flying; (d) 10 hours of cross-country flight as PIC, including one VFR cross-country flight of at least 185 km (100 NM) , in the course of which full - stop landings at two different aerodromes from the aerodrome of departure shall be made; (e) 5 hours of flight time in helicopters at night comprising 3 hours of dual instruction including at least 1 hour of cross-country navigation and five solo night circuits. Each circuit shall include a take-off and a landing; and (f) 50 hours of dual instrument time comprising: (i) 10 hours of basic instrument instruction time; and (ii) 40 hours of IR t raining, which shall include at least 10 hours in a multi-engine IFR-certificated helicopter. SKILL TEST 9. Upon completion of the related flying training, applicant s shall take the CPL(H) skill test on either a multi-engine or a single-engine helicopter and the IR skill test on an IFR-certificated multi-engine helicopter. J. CPL integrated course — h elicopters GENERAL 1. The aim of the CPL(H) integrated course is to train pilots to the level of proficiency necessary to obtain the CPL(H). 2. Applicant s wishing to undertake a CPL(H) integrated course shall complete all the instructional stages in one continuous course of training as arranged by an ATO. 3. Applicant s may be admitted to training either as ab initio entrant or as holder s of a PPL(H) issued in accordance with Annex 1 to the Chicago Convention. In the case of entrant s holding a PPL(H), 50 % of the relevant experience shall be credited, up to a maximum of: (a) 40 hours, of which up to 20 hours may be dual instruction; or (b) 50 hours, of which up to 25 hours may be dual instruction if a helicopter night rating has been obtained. 4. The course shall comprise: (a) theoretical knowledge instruction to CPL(H) knowledge level; and (b) visual and instrument flying training. 5. Applicant s failing or being unable to complete the entire CPL(H) course may apply to the competent authority for the theoretical knowledge examination and skill test for a licence with lower privileges if the applicable requirements are met. THEORETICAL KNOWLEDGE 6. An approved CPL(H) theoretical knowledge course shall comprise at least 350 hours of instruction or 200 hours if applicant s are holder s of a PPL. THEORETICAL KNOWLEDGE EXAMINATION 7. Applicant s shall demonstrate a level of knowledge appropriate to the privileges granted to holder s of a CPL(H). FLYING TRAINING 8. The flying training shall comprise a total of at least 135 hours, includ ing all progress tests, of which up to 5 hours may be instrument ground time. Within the total of 135 hours, applicants shall complete at least: (a) 85 hours of dual instruction, of which: ( 1 ) up to 75 hours may be visual instruction, and may include: ( i ) 30 hours in a helicopter FFS level C/D ; or ( ii ) 25 hours in a helicopter FTD 2 / 3 ; or ( iii ) 20 hours in a helicopter FNPT II/III ; or ( iv ) 20 hours in an aeroplane or TMG ; ( 2 ) up to 10 hours may be instrument instruction, and may include 5 hours in at least a helicopter FNPT I or an aeroplane. If the helicopter used for the flying training is of a different type from the FFS used for the visual training, the maximum credit shall be limited to that allocated for the FNPT II/III ; (b) 50 hours as PIC, of which 35 hours may be as SPIC. At least 14 hours of solo flight time during day and 1 hour of solo flight time during night shall be made; (c) 10 hours of dual cross-country flying; (d) 10 hours of cross-country flight as PIC, including one VFR cross-country flight of at least 185 km (100 NM) , in the course of which full - stop landings at two different aerodromes from the aerodrome of departure shall be made; (e) 5 hours of flight time in helicopters at night comprising 3 hours of dual instruction , including at least 1 hour of cross-country navigation and five solo night circuits. Each circuit shall include a take-off and a landing; and (f) 10 hours of instrument dual instruction time, including at least 5 hours in a helicopter. SKILL TEST 9. Upon completion of the related flying training, applicant s shall take the CPL(H) skill test. K. CPL modular course — h elicopters GENERAL 1. The aim of the CPL(H) modular course is to train PPL(H) holders to the level of proficiency necessary to obtain the CPL(H). 2. Before commencing a CPL(H) modular course , applicant s shall be holder s of a PPL(H) issued in accordance with Annex 1 to the Chicago Convention. 3. Before commencing the flight training , applicant s shall: (a) have completed 155 hours of flight time, including 50 hours as PIC in helicopters , of which 10 hours shall be cross-country. Except for the requirement of 50 hours as PIC in helicopters, hours as PIC in other categories of aircraft may count towards the 155 hours of helicopter flight time in the following cases: (1) 20 hours in aeroplanes if applicant s hold a PPL(A); or (2) 50 hours in aeroplanes if applicant s hold a CPL(A); or (3) 10 hours in TMGs or sailplanes; or (4) 20 hours in airships if applicant s hold a PPL(As); or (5) 50 hours in airships if applicant s hold a CPL(As ); and (b) have complied with FCL.725 and FCL.720.H if a multi-engine helicopter is to be used on the skill test. 4. Applicant s wishing to undertake a modular CPL(H) course shall complete all the flight instructional stages in one continuous course of training as arranged by an ATO. The theoretical knowledge instruction may be given at an ATO that conducts theoretical knowledge instruction only. 5. The course shall comprise: (a) theoretical knowledge instruction to CPL(H) knowledge level; and (b) visual and instrument flying training. THEORETICAL KNOWLEDGE 6. An approved CPL(H) theoretical knowledge course shall comprise at least 250 hours of instruction. THEORETICAL KNOWLEDGE EXAMINATION 7. Applicant s shall demonstrate a level of knowledge appropriate to the privileges granted to holder s of a CPL(H). FLYING TRAINING 8. Applicants without an IR shall be given at least 30 hours of dual flight instruction, of which: (a) 20 hours of visual instruction which may include 5 hours in a helicopter FFS , FTD 2 / 3 or FNPT II,III; and (b) 10 hours of instrument instruction which may include 5 hours in at least a helicopter FTD 1 or FNPT I or aeroplane. 9. Applicants holding a valid IR(H) shall be fully credited towards the dual instrument instruction time. Applicants holding a valid IR(A) shall complete at least 5 hours of the dual instrument instruction time in a helicopter. 10. Applicants without a night rating for helicopter s shall be given additionally at least 5 hours of night flight instruction comprising 3 hours of dual instruction , including at least 1 hour of cross-country navigation and five solo night circuits. Each circuit shall include a take-off and a landing. EXPERIENCE 11. A pplicant s for a CPL(H) shall have completed at least 185 hours of flight time, including 50 hours as PIC, of which 10 hours of cross-country flight as PIC, including one VFR cross-country flight of at least 185 km (100 NM), in the course of which full - stop landings at two aerodromes different from the aerodrome of departure shall be made. Hours as PIC of other categories of aircraft may count towards the 185 hours of flight time, in the following cases: (a) 20 hours in aeroplanes if applicant s hold a PPL(A); or (b) 50 hours in aeroplanes if applicant s hold a CPL(A); or (c) 10 hours in TMGs or sailplanes; or (d) 20 hours in airships if applicant s hold a PPL(As); or (e) 50 hours in airships if applicant s hold a CPL(As). SKILL TEST 12. Upon completion of the related flying training and relevant experience, applicant s shall take the CPL(H) skill test. L. CPL/IR integrated course — a irships GENERAL 1. The aim of the CPL(As)/IR integrated course is to train pilots to the level of proficiency necessary to operate airships and to obtain the CPL(As)/IR . 2. Applicant s wishing to undertake a CPL(As)/IR integrated course shall complete all the instructional stages in one continuous course of training as arranged by an ATO. 3. Applicant s may be admitted to training either as ab initio entrant s or as holder s of a PPL(As), a PPL(A) or a PPL(H) issued in accordance with Annex 1 to the Chicago Convention. In the case of entrant s holding a PPL(As), a PPL(A) or a PPL(H) shall be credited up to a maximum of: (a) 10 hours, of which up to 5 hours may be dual instruction; or (b) 15 hours, of which up to 7 hours may be dual instruction, if an airship night rating has been obtained. 4. The course shall comprise: (a) theoretical knowledge instruction to CPL(As) and IR knowledge level, and the initial airship type rating; and (b) visual and instrument flying training. 5. Applicant s failing or being unable to complete the entire CPL/IR(As) course may apply to the competent authority for the theoretical knowledge examination and skill test for a licence with lower privileges and an IR if the applicable requirements are met. THEORETICAL KNOWLEDGE 6. A CPL(As)/IR theoretical knowledge course shall comprise at least 500 hours of instruction. THEORETICAL KNOWLEDGE EXAMINATION 7. Applicant s shall demonstrate a level of knowledge appropriate to the privileges granted to holder s of a CPL(As) and an IR. FLYING TRAINING 8. The flying training shall comprise a total of at least 80 hours , including all progress tests. Within the total of 80 hours, applicants shall complete at least: (a) 60 hours of dual instruction, of which: ( 1 ) 30 hours of visual instruction which may include: ( i ) 12 hours in an airship FFS ; or ( ii ) 10 hours in an airship FTD ; or ( iii ) 8 hours in an airship FNPT II/III ; or ( iv ) 8 hours in an aeroplane, helicopter or TMG; and ( 2 ) 30 hours of instrument instruction which may include: ( i ) up to 12 hours in an airship FFS , FTD or FNPT II,III ; or ( ii ) 6 hours in at least a n airship FTD 1 or FNPT I or aeroplane. If the airship used for the flying training is of a different type from the FFS used for the visual training, the maximum credit shall be limited to 8 hours ; (b) 20 hours as PIC, of which 5 hours may be as SPIC. At least 14 hours of solo flight time during day and 1 hour of solo flight time during night shall be made; (c) 5 hours of cross-country flight as PIC, including o ne VFR cross-country flight of at least 90 km (50 NM) , in the course of which two full - stop landings at the destination aerodrome shall be made; (d) 5 hours of flight time in airships at night comprising 3 hours of dual instruction , including at least 1 hour of cross-country navigation and five solo night circuits. Each circuit shall include take-off and landing; and (e) 30 hours of dual instrument time comprising: ( 1 ) 10 hours of basic instrument instruction time; and ( 2 ) 20 hours of IR t raining, which shall include at least 10 hours in a multi-engine IFR-certificated airship. SKILL TEST 9. Upon completion of the related flying training, applicant s shall take the CPL(As) skill test on either a multi-engine or a single-engine airship , and the IR skill test on an IFR-certificated multi-engine airship. M. CPL integrated course — a irships GENERAL 1. The aim of the CPL(As) integrated course is to train pilots to the level of proficiency necessary to obtain the CPL(AS). 2. Applicant s wishing to undertake a CPL(As) integrated course shall complete all the instructional stages in one continuous course of training as arranged by an ATO. 3. Applicant s may be admitted to training either as ab initio entrant s or as holder s of a PPL(As), a PPL(A) or a PPL(H) issued in accordance with Annex 1 to the Chicago Convention. E ntrant s holding a PPL(As), a PPL(A) or a PPL(H) shall be credited up to a maximum of: (a) 10 hours, of which up to 5 hours may be dual instruction; or (b) 15 hours, of which up to 7 hours may be dual instruction if a n airship night rating has been obtained. 4. The course shall comprise: (a) theoretical knowledge instruction to CPL(As) knowledge level; and (b) visual and instrument flying training. 5. Applicant s failing or being unable to complete the entire CPL(As) course may apply to the competent authority for the theoretical knowledge examination and skill test for a licence with lower privileges if the applicable requirements are met. THEORETICAL KNOWLEDGE 6. An approved CPL(As) theoretical knowledge course shall comprise at least 350 hours of instruction or 200 hours if applicant s are PPL holder s . THEORETICAL KNOWLEDGE EXAMINATION 7. Applicant s shall demonstrate a level of knowledge appropriate to the privileges granted to holder s of a CPL(As). FLYING TRAINING 8. The flying training shall comprise a total of at least 50 hours, includ ing all progress tests, of which up to 5 hours may be instrument ground time. Within the total of 50 hours, applicants shall complete at least: (a) 30 hours of dual instruction, of which up to 5 hours may be instrument ground time; (b) 20 hours as PIC; (c) 5 hours of dual cross-country flying; (d) 5 hours of cross-country flight as PIC, including one VFR cross-country flight of at least 90 km (50 NM) , in the course of which two full - stop landings at the destination aerodrome shall be made; (e) 5 hours of flight time in airships at night comprising 3 hours of dual instruction including at least 1 hour of cross-country navigation and five solo night circuits. Each circuit shall include take-off and landing; and (f) 10 hours of instrument dual instruction time, including at least 5 hours in an airship. SKILL TEST 9. Upon completion of the related flying training, applicant s shall take the CPL(As) skill test. N. CPL modular course — a irships GENERAL 1. The aim of the CPL(As) modular course is to train PPL(As) holders to the level of proficiency necessary to obtain the CPL(As). 2. Before commencing a CPL(As) modular course , applicant s shall: (a) hold a PPL(As) issued in accordance with Annex 1 to the Chicago Convention; and (b) have completed 180 hours of flight time as pilot s o f airships, including 100 hours as PIC, of which 50 hours shall be cross-country. 3. Applicant s wishing to undertake a modular CPL(As) course shall complete all the flight instructional stages in one continuous course of training as arranged by an ATO. The theoretical knowledge instruction may be given at an ATO that conducts theoretical knowledge instruction only. 4. The course shall comprise: (a) theoretical knowledge instruction to CPL(As) knowledge level; and (b) visual and instrument flying training. THEORETICAL KNOWLEDGE 5. An approved CPL(As) theoretical knowledge course shall comprise at least 250 hours of instruction. THEORETICAL KNOWLEDGE EXAMINATION 6. Applicant s shall demonstrate a level of knowledge appropriate to the privileges granted to holder s of a CPL(As). FLYING TRAINING 7. Applicants without an IR shall be given at least 20 hours of dual flight instruction, of which: (a) 10 hours of visual instruction which may include 5 hours in an airship FFS , FTD 2 / 3 or FNPT II,III; and (b) 10 hours of instrument instruction which may include 5 hours in at least an airship FTD 1 or FNPT I or aeroplane. 8. Applicants holding a valid IR(As) shall be fully credited towards the dual instrument instruction time. Applicants holding a valid IR in another category of aircraft shall complete at least 5 hours of the dual instrument instruction time in an airship. 9. Applicants without a night rating airship shall be given additionally at least 5 hours of night flight instruction comprising 3 hours of dual instruction including at least 1 hour of cross-country navigation and five solo night circuits. Each circuit shall include a take-off and a landing. EXPERIENCE 10. A pplicant s for a CPL(As) shall have completed at least 200 hours of flight time in airships, including 125 hours as PIC, of which 50 hours of cross-country flight as PIC, including one VFR cross-country flight of at least 90 km (50 NM), in the course of which a full - stop landing at the destination aerodrome shall be made . Hours as PIC of other categories of aircraft may count towards the 180 hours of flight time, required in point (2)(b), in the following cases; (a) 30 hours in aeroplanes or helicopters if applicant s hold a PPL(A) or a PPL(H) respectively; or (b) 60 hours in aeroplanes or helicopters if applicant s hold a CPL(A) or a CPL(H) respectively; or (c) 10 hours in TMGs or sailplanes; or (d) 10 hours in balloons. SKILL TEST 11. Upon completion of the related flying training and acquisition of the relevant experience, applicant s shall take the CPL(A s) skill test. Appendix 4 Skill test for the issue of a CPL A. General 1. Applicant s for a skill test for the CPL shall have received instruction i n the same class or type of aircraft to be used in the test. 2. Applicant s shall pass all the relevant sections of the skill test. Failure in any item of a section will cause applicants to fail the entire section . If they fail only one section, they shall repeat only that section. Failure in more than one section will require applicant s to repeat the entire test. Failure in any section in the case of a retest, including those sections that have been passed on a previous attempt, will require applicant s to repeat the entire test again. All relevant sections of the skill test shall be completed within 6 months. Failure to achieve a pass in all relevant sections of the test in two attempts will require further training. 3. Further training may be required following any failed skill test. There is no limit to the number of skill tests that may be attempted. CONDUCT OF THE TEST 4. Should applicant s choose to terminate a skill test for reasons considered inadequate by the FE, the y shall retake the entire skill test. If the test is terminated for reasons considered adequate by the FE, only those sections not completed shall be tested in a further flight. 5. At the discretion of the FE, any manoeuvre or procedure of the test may be repeated once by the applicant s . The FE may stop the test at any stage if it is considered that the applicant s ’ demonstration of flying skills requires a complete retest. 6. Applicant s shall be required to fly the aircraft from a position where the PIC functions can be performed . The test shall be performed as if no other crew member was present . 7. Applicant s shall indicate to the FE the checks and duties carried out, including the identification of radio facilities. Checks shall be completed in accordance with the checklist for the aircraft on which the test is being taken. During preflight preparation for the test, applicant s are required to determine power settings and speeds. Performance data for take-off, approach and landing shall be calculated by applicant s in compliance with the operations manual or flight manual for the aircraft used. 8. The FE shall take no part in the operation of the aircraft except where intervention is necessary in the interests of safety or to avoid unacceptable delay to other traffic. B. Content of the skill test for the issue of a CPL — a eroplanes 1. The aeroplane used for the skill test shall : (a) meet the requirements for training aeroplanes ; (b) be certificated for the carriage of at least four persons ; and (c) have a variable pitch propeller and retractable landing gear. 2. The route to be flown shall be chosen by the FE and the destination shall be a controlled aerodrome. A pplicant s shall be responsible for the flight planning and shall ensure that all equipment and documentation for the execution of the flight are on board. The duration of the flight shall be at least 90 minutes. 3. A pplicant s shall demonstrate the ability to: (a) operate the aeroplane within its limitations ; (b) complete all manoeuvres with smoothness and accuracy ; (c) exercise good judgement and airmanship; (d) apply aeronautical knowledge; and (e) maintain control of the aeroplane at all times in such a manner that the successful outcome of a procedure or manoeuvre is never seriously in doubt. FLIGHT TEST TOLERANCES 4. The following limits shall apply, corrected to make allowance for turbulent conditions and the handling qualities and performance of the aeroplane used. Height normal flight ±100 ft with simulated engine failure ±150 ft Tracking on radio aids ±5° Heading normal flight ±10° with simulated engine failure ±15° Speed take-off and approach ±5 knots all other flight regimes ±10 knots CONTENT OF THE TEST 5. Items in S ection 2 (c) and (e)(iv), and the whole of S ections 5 and 6 may be performed in an FNPT II or an FFS. Use of the aeroplane checklists, airmanship, control of the aeroplane by external visual reference, anti-icing/de-icing procedures and principles of TEM apply to all sections. SECTION 1 — PREFLIGHT OPERATIONS AND DEPARTURE a Preflight, including: f light planning, d ocumentation, m ass and balance determination, w eather brief and notices to airmen ( NOTAM s) b Aeroplane inspection and servicing c Taxiing and take-off d Performance considerations and trim e Aerodrome and traffic pattern operations f Departure procedure, altimeter setting, collision avoidance (lookout) g ATC liaison — compliance, R/T procedures SECTION 2 — GENERAL AIRWORK a Control of the aeroplane by external visual reference, including straight and level, climb, descent, lookout b Flight at critically low airspeeds including recognition of and recovery from incipient and full stalls c Turns, including turns in landing configuration. Steep turns 45° d Flight at critically high airspeeds, including recognition of and recovery from spiral dives e Flight by reference solely to instruments, including: (i) level flight, cruise configuration, control of heading, altitude and airspeed (ii) climbing and descending turns with 10 °– 30° bank (iii) recoveries from unusual attitudes (iv) limited panel instruments f ATC liaison — compliance, R/T procedures SECTION 3 — EN ROUTE PROCEDURES a Control of aeroplane by external visual reference, including cruise configuration Range/ e ndurance considerations b Orientation, map reading c Altitude, speed, heading control, lookout d Altimeter setting. ATC liaison — compliance, R/T procedures e Monitoring of flight progress, flight log, fuel usage, assessment of track error and re-establishment of correct tracking f Observation of weather conditions, assessment of trends, diversion planning g Tracking, positioning ( non-directional beacon ( NDB ) or VHF omnidirectional radio range ( VOR ) ), identification of facilities (instrument flight). Implementation of diversion plan to alternate aerodrome (visual flight) SECTION 4 — APPROACH AND LANDING PROCEDURES a Arrival procedures, altimeter setting, checks, lookout b ATC liaison — compliance, R/T procedures c Go-around action from low height d Normal landing, crosswind landing (if suitable conditions) e Short field landing f Approach and landing with idle power (single-engine only) g Landing without use of flaps h Post flight actions SECTION 5 — ABNORMAL AND EMERGENCY PROCEDURES This section may be combined with S ections 1 through 4 . a Simulated engine failure after take-off (at a safe altitude), fire drill b Equipment malfunctions : including alternative landing gear extension, electrical and brake failure c Forced landing (simulated) d ATC liaison — compliance, R/T procedures e Oral questions SECTION 6 — SIMULATED ASYMMETRIC FLIGHT AND RELEVANT CLASS OR TYPE ITEMS This section may be combined with S ections 1 through 5 . a Simulated engine failure during take-off (at a safe altitude unless carried out in an FFS) b Asymmetric approach and go-around c Asymmetric approach and full - stop landing d Engine shutdown and restart e ATC liaison — compliance, R/T procedures, a irmanship f As determined by the FE — any relevant items of the class or type rating skill test to include, if applicable: (i) aeroplane systems including handling of autopilot (ii) operation of pressurisation system (iii) use of de-icing and anti-icing system g Oral questions C. Content of the skill test for the issue of the CPL — h elicopters 1. The helicopter used for the skill test shall meet the requirements for training helicopters. 2. The area and route to be flown shall be chosen by the FE and all low - level and hover work shall be at an approved aerodrome/site. Routes used for S ection 3 may end at the aerodrome of departure or at another aerodrome and one destination shall be a controlled aerodrome. The skill test may be conducted in two flights. The total duration of the flight(s) shall be at least 90 minutes. 3. A pplicant s shall demonstrate the ability to: (a) operate the helicopter within its limitations; (b) complete all manoeuvres with smoothness and accuracy; (c) exercise good judgement and airmanship; (d) apply aeronautical knowledge; and (e) maintain control of the helicopter at all times in such a manner that the successful outcome of a procedure or manoeuvre is never seriously in doubt. FLIGHT TEST TOLERANCES 4. The following limits shall apply, corrected to make allowance for turbulent conditions and the handling qualities and performance of the helicopter used. Height normal flight ±100 ft simulated major emergency ±150 ft Tracking on radio aids ±10° Heading normal flight ±10° simulated major emergency ±15° Speed take-off and approach multi-engine ±5 knots all other flight regimes ±10 knots Ground drift T.O. hover I.G.E. ±3 ft landing no sideways or backwards movement CONTENT OF THE TEST 5. Items in S ection 4 may be performed in a helicopter FNPT or a helicopter FFS. Use of helicopter checklists, airmanship, control of helicopter by external visual reference, anti-icing procedures, and principles of TEM apply to all sections. SECTION 1 0 0 0 0 — PREFLIGHT/POSTFLIGHT CHECKS AND PROCEDURES a Helicopter knowledge (e.g. technical log, fuel, mass and balance, performance), flight planning, documentation, NOTAM s , weather b Preflight inspection/action, location of parts and purpose c Cockpit inspection, starting procedure d Communication and navigation equipment checks, selecting and setting frequencies e Pre-take-off procedure, R/T procedures , ATC liaison — compliance f Parking, shutdown and post flight procedure SECTION 2 — HOVER MANOEUVRES, ADVANCED HANDLING AND CONFINED AREAS a Take-off and landing (lift-off and touchdown) b Taxi, hover taxi c Stationary hover with head/cross/tail wind d Stationary hover turns, 360° left and right (spot turns) e Forward, sideways and backwards hover manoeuvring f Simulated engine failure from the hover g Quick stops into and downwind h Sloping ground/unprepared sites landings and take-offs i Take-offs (various profiles) j Crosswind, downwind take-off (if practicable) k Take-off at maximum take-off mass (actual or simulated) l Approaches (various profiles) m Limited power take-off and landing n Auto rotations (FE to select two items from — b asic, range, low speed, and 360° turns) o Auto rotative landing p Practice forced landing with power recovery q Power checks, reconnaissance technique, approach and departure technique SECTION 3 — NAVIGATION — EN ROUTE PROCEDURES a Navigation and orientation at various altitudes/heights, map reading b Altitude/height, speed, heading control, observation of airspace, altimeter setting c Monitoring of flight progress, flight log, fuel usage, endurance, estimated time of arrival ( ETA ) , assessment of track error and re-establishment of correct track, instrument monitoring d Observation of weather conditions, diversion planning e Tracking, positioning (NDB and/or VOR), identification of facilities f ATC liaison and observance of regulations, etc. SECTION 4 — FLIGHT PROCEDURES AND MANOEUVRES BY SOLE REFERENCE TO INSTRUMENTS a Level flight, control of heading, altitude/height and speed b Rate 1 level turns onto specified headings, 180°to 360°left and right c Climbing and descending, including turns at rate 1 onto specified headings d Recovery from unusual attitudes e Turns with 30° bank, turning up to 90° left and right SECTION 5 — ABNORMAL AND EMERGENCY PROCEDURES (SIMULATED WHERE APPROPRIATE) Note 1: Where the test is conducted on a multi-engine helicopter , a simulated engine failure drill, including a single-engine approach and landing, shall be included in the test. Note 2: The FE shall select four items from the following: a Engine malfunctions, including governor failure, carburettor/engine icing, oil system, as appropriate b Fuel system malfunction c Electrical system malfunction d Hydraulic system malfunction, including approach and landing without hydraulics, as applicable e Main rotor and/or anti-torque system malfunction (FFS or discussion only) f Fire drills, including smoke control and removal, as applicable g Other abnormal and emergency procedures as outlined in the appropriate flight manual, including for multi-engine helicopters: (i) s imulated engine failure at take-off: rejected take-off at or before take-off decision point ( TDP ) or safe forced landing at or before defined point after take-off ( DPATO ) , shortly after TDP or DPATO. (ii ) Landing with simulated engine failure: landing or go-around following engine failure before landing decision point ( LDP ) or defined point before landing ( DPBL ) , following engine failure after LDP or safe forced landing after DPBL. D. Content of the skill test for the issue of a CPL — a irships 1. The airship used for the skill test shall meet the requirements for training airships. 2. The area and route to be flown shall be chosen by the FE. Routes used for S ection 3 may end at the aerodrome of departure or at another aerodrome and one destination shall be a controlled aerodrome. The skill test may be conducted in two flights. The total duration of the flight(s) shall be at least 60 minutes. 3. A pplicant s shall demonstrate the ability to: (a) operate the airship within its limitations; (b) complete all manoeuvres with smoothness and accuracy; (c) exercise good judgement and airmanship; (d) apply aeronautical knowledge; and (e) maintain control of the airship at all times in such a manner that the successful outcome of a procedure or manoeuvre is never seriously in doubt. FLIGHT TEST TOLERANCES 4. The following limits shall apply, corrected to make allowance for turbulent conditions and the handling qualities and performance of the airship used. Height normal flight ±100 ft simulated major emergency ±150 ft Tracking on radio aids ±10° Heading normal flight ±10° simulated major emergency ±15° CONTENT OF THE TEST 5. Items in S ections 5 and 6 may be performed in an a irship FNPT or an airship FFS. Use of airship checklists, airmanship, control of airship by external visual reference, anti-icing procedures, and principles of TEM apply to all sections. SECTION 1 — PREFLIGHT OPERATIONS AND DEPARTURE a Preflight, including: f light planning, d ocumentation, m ass and b alance determination, w eather brief, NOTAM s b Airship inspection and servicing c Off-mast procedure, ground manoeuvring and take-off d Performance considerations and trim e Aerodrome and traffic pattern operations f Departure procedure, altimeter setting, collision avoidance (lookout) g ATC liaison — compliance, R/T procedures SECTION 2 — GENERAL AIRWORK a Control of the airship by external visual reference, including straight and level, climb, descent, lookout b Flight at pressure height c Turns d Steep descents and climbs e Flight by reference solely to instruments, including: (i) level flight, control of heading, altitude and airspeed (ii) climbing and descending turns (iii) recoveries from unusual attitudes (iv) limited panel instruments f ATC liaison — compliance, R/T procedures SECTION 3 — EN ROUTE PROCEDURES a Control of airship by external visual reference, Range/ e ndurance considerations b Orientation, map reading c Altitude, speed, heading control, lookout d Altimeter setting, ATC liaison — compliance, R/T procedures e Monitoring of flight progress, flight log, fuel usage, assessment of track error and re-establishment of correct tracking f Observation of weather conditions, assessment of trends, diversion planning g Tracking, positioning (NDB or VOR), identification of facilities (instrument flight). Implementation of diversion plan to alternate aerodrome (visual flight) SECTION 4 — APPROACH AND LANDING PROCEDURES a Arrival procedures, altimeter setting, checks, lookout b ATC liaison — compliance, R/T procedures c Go-around action from low height d Normal landing e Short field landing f Approach and landing with idle power (single-engine only) g Landing without use of flaps h Postflight actions SECTION 5 — ABNORMAL AND EMERGENCY PROCEDURES This section may be combined with S ections 1 through 4 . a Simulated engine failure after take-off (at a safe altitude), fire drill b Equipment malfunctions c Forced landing (simulated) d ATC liaison — compliance, R/T procedures e Oral questions SECTION 6 — RELEVANT CLASS OR TYPE ITEMS This section may be combined with S ections 1 through 5 . a Simulated engine failure during take-off (at a safe altitude unless carried out in an FFS) b Approach and go-around with failed engine(s) c Approach and full - stop landing with failed engine(s) d Malfunctions in the envelope pressure system e ATC liaison — compliance, R/T procedures, a irmanship f As determined by the FE — any relevant items of the class or type rating skill test to include, if applicable: (i) airship systems (ii) operation of envelope pressure system g Oral questions Appendix 5 Integrated MPL training course GENERAL 1. The aim of the MPL integrated course is to train pilots to the level of proficiency necessary to operate as co-pilot s of a multi-engine multi-pilot turbine-powered air transport aeroplane under VFR and IFR and to obtain an MPL. 2. Approval for an MPL training course shall only be granted to an ATO that is part of a commercial air transport operator certificated in accordance with Annex III ( Part-ORO ) to Regulation (EU) No 965/2012 or having a specific arrangement with such an operator. 3. Applicant s wishing to undertake an MPL integrated course shall complete all the instructional stages in one continuous course of training as arranged by an ATO. The training shall be competency - based and conducted in a multi-crew operational environment. 4. Only ab initio applicants shall be admitted to the course. 5. The course shall comprise: (a) theoretical knowledge instruction to the ATPL(A) knowledge level; (b) visual and instrument flying training; (c) training in MCC for the operation of multi-pilot aeroplanes; (d) UPRT in accordance with FCL.745.A unless applicant s ha ve already completed this training course before starting the MPL course; and ( e ) type rating training. 6. Applicant s failing or being unable to complete the entire MPL course may apply to the competent authority for the theoretical knowledge examination and skill test for a licence with lower privileges and an IR if the applicable requirements are met. THEORETICAL KNOWLEDGE 7. An approved MPL theoretical knowledge course shall comprise at least 750 hours of instruction for the ATPL(A) knowledge level, as well as the hours required for : (a) theoretical knowledge instruction for the relevant type rating, in accordance with Subpart H . ; and (b) UPRT theoretical knowledge instruction in accordance with FCL.745.A. FLYING TRAINING 8. The flying training shall comprise a total of at least 240 hours, composed of hours as PF and PM , in actual and simulated flight, and covering the following four phases of training: (a) Phase 1 — Core flying skills Specific basic single-pilot training in an aeroplane. (b) Phase 2 — Basic Introduction of multi-crew operations and instrument flight. (c) Phase 3 — Intermediate Application of multi-crew operations to a multi-engine turbine aeroplane certified as a high - performance aeroplane in accordance with Annex I (Part-21) to Regulation (EU) No 748 /2012 . (d) Phase 4 — Advanced Type rating training within an airline oriented environment. Flight experience in actual flight shall include : all the experience requirements of Subpart H ; UPRT flight instruction in accordance with FCL.745.A; aeroplane UPRT exercises related to the specificities of the relevant type in accordance with FCL.725.A(c); night flying ; and flight solely by reference to instruments and the experience required to achieve the relevant airmanship. MCC requirements shall be incorporated into the relevant phases above. Training in asymmetric flight shall be given either in an aeroplane or an FFS. 9. Each phase of training in the flight instruction syllabus shall be composed of both instruction in the underpinning knowledge and in practical training segments. 10. The training course shall include a continuous evaluation process of the training syllabus and a continuous assessment of the students following the syllabus. The e valuation shall ensure that: (a) the competencies and related assessment are relevant to the task of co-pilot s of a multi-pilot aeroplane; and (b) the students acquire the necessary competencies in a progressive and satisfactory manner. 11. The training course shall include at least 12 take-offs and landings to ensure competency. These take-offs and landings shall be performed under the supervision of an instructor in an aeroplane for which the type rating shall be issued. ASSESSMENT LEVEL 12. A pplicant s for the MPL shall have demonstrated performance in all nine competency units specified in paragraph 13 below, at the advanced level of competency required to operate and interact as co-pilot s of a turbine-powered multi-pilot aeroplane, under visual and instrument conditions. The a ssessment shall confirm that control of the aeroplane or situation is maintained at all times, to ensure the successful outcome of a procedure or manoeuvre. A pplicant s shall consistently demonstrate the knowledge, skills and attitudes required for the safe operation of the applicable aeroplane type, in accordance with the MPL performance criteria. COMPETENCY UNITS 13. A pplicant s shall demonstrate competency in the following nine competency units: ( a ) apply human performance principles, including principles of TEM ; ( b ) perfor m aeroplane ground operations; ( c ) perform take-off; ( d ) perform climb; ( e ) perform cruise; ( f ) perform descent; ( g ) perform approach; ( h ) perform landing; and ( i ) perform after landing and aeroplane postflight operations. SIMULATED FLIGHT 14. Minimum requirements for FSTDs: (a) Phase 1 — Core flying skills E-training and part - tasking devices approved by the competent authority that have the following characteristics: involve accessories beyond those normally associated with desktop computers, such as functional replicas of a throttle quadrant, a side-stick controller or a flight management system ( FMS ) keypad; and involve psychomotor activity with appropriate application of force and timing of responses. (b) Phase 2 — Basic An FNPT II MCC that represents a generic multi-engine turbine-powered aeroplane. (c) Phase 3 — Intermediate An FSTD that represents a multi-engine turbine-powered aeroplane required to be operated with co-pilot s and qualified to an equivalent standard to level B, additionally including: a daylight/twilight/night visual system continuous cross-cockpit minimum collimated visual field of view providing each pilot with 180° horizontal and 40° vertical field of view ; and ATC environment simulation. (d) Phase 4 — Advanced An FFS which is fully equivalent to level D or level C with an enhanced daylight visual system, including ATC environment simulation. Appendix 6 Modular training courses for the IR A. IR(A) — m odular flying training course GENERAL 1. The aim of the IR(A) modular flying training course is to train pilots to the level of proficiency necessary to operate aeroplanes under IFR and in IMC. The course consists of two modules, which may be taken separately or combined: (a) Basic Instrument Flight Module This comprises 10 hours of instrument time under instruction, of which up to 5 hours can be instrument ground time in a BITD, FNPT I or II or an FFS. Upon completion of the Basic Instrument Flight Module, the candidate shall be issued with a module c ompletion c ertificate. (b) Procedural Instrument Flight Module This comprises the remainder of the training syllabus for the IR(A), 40 hours of single-engine or 45 hours of multi-engine instrument time under instruction, and the theoretical knowledge course for the IR(A). 2. Applicant s for a modular IR(A) course shall be holder s of a PPL(A) or a CPL(A). Applicant s for the Procedural Instrument Flight Module, who do not hold a CPL(A), shall be holder s of a module c ompletion c ertificate for the Basic Instrument Flight Module. The ATO shall ensure that applicant s for a multi-engine IR(A) course who ha ve not held a multi-engine aeroplane class or type rating ha ve received the multi-engine training specified in Subpart H prior to commencing the flight training for the IR(A) course. 3. Applicant s wishing to undertake the Procedural Instrument Flight Module of a modular IR(A) course shall complete all the instructional stages in one continuous approved course of training as arranged by an ATO . Prior to commencing the Procedural Instrument Flight Module, the ATO shall ensure the competence of the applicant s in basic instrument flying skills. Refresher training shall be given as required. 4. The course of theoretical instruction shall be completed within 18 months. The Procedural Instrument Flight Module and the skill test shall be completed within the period of validity of the pass in the theoretical knowledge examinations. 5. The course shall comprise: (a) theoretical knowledge instruction to the IR knowledge level; and (b) instrument flight instruction. THEORETICAL KNOWLEDGE 6. An approved modular IR(A) course shall comprise at least 150 hours of theoretical knowledge instruction. FLYING TRAINING 7. A single-engine IR(A) course shall comprise at least 50 hours of instrument time under instruction , of which up to 20 hours may be instrument ground time in an FNPT I or up to 35 hours in an FFS or an FNPT II. A maximum of 10 hours of FNPT II or FFS instrument ground time may be conducted in an FNPT I. 8. A multi-engine IR(A) course shall comprise at least 55 hours of instrument time under instruction, of which up to 25 hours may be instrument ground time in an FNPT I or up to 40 hours in an FFS or an FNPT II. A maximum of 10 hours of FNPT II or FFS instrument ground time may be conducted in an FNPT I. The remaining instrument flight instruction shall include at least 15 hours in multi-engine aeroplanes. 9. H older s of a single-engine IR(A) who also hold a multi-engine class or type rating , wishing to obtain a multi-engine IR(A) for the first time , shall complete a course at an ATO comprising at least 5 hours of instruction in instrument flying in multi-engine aeroplanes, of which 3 hours may be in an FFS or an FNPT II. 10.1 H older s of a CPL(A) or of a module c ompletion c ertificate for the Basic Instrument Flight Module may have the total amount of training required in paragraphs 7 or 8 above reduced by 10 hours. 10.2 H older s of an IR(H) may have the total amount of training required in paragraphs 7 or 8 above reduced to 10 hours. 10.3 The total instrument flight instruction in aeroplane shall comply with paragraph 7 or 8, as appropriate. 11. The flying exercises up to the IR(A) skill test shall comprise: (a) Basic Instrument Flight Module Procedure s and manoeuvre s for basic instrument flight covering at least: ( 1 ) basic instrument flight without external visual cues: (i) horizontal flight ; (ii) climbing ; (iii) descent ; and (iv) turns in level flight, climbing, descent; ( 2 ) instrument pattern; ( 3 ) steep turn; ( 4 ) radio navigation; ( 5 ) recovery from unusual attitudes; ( 6 ) limited panel; and ( 7 ) recognition and recovery from incipient and full stalls; and 800100 228600 0 0 (b) Procedural Instrument Flight Module ( 1 ) P reflight procedures for IFR flights, including the use of the flight manual and appropriate ATS documents in the preparation of an IFR flight plan; ( 2 ) P rocedure s and manoeuvres for IFR operation under normal, abnormal and emergency conditions covering at least: (i) transition from visual to instrument flight on take-off ; (i i ) standard instrument departures and arrivals ; (i ii ) en route IFR procedures ; (i v ) holding procedures ; ( v ) instrument approaches to specified minima ; ( v i) missed approach procedures ; and ( v i i ) landings from instrument approaches, including circling ; ( 3 ) in-flight manoeuvres and particular flight characteristics; and ( 4 ) if required, operation of a multi-engine aeroplane in the above exercises, including : (i) operation of the aeroplane solely by reference to instruments with one engine simulated inoperative ; and (i i ) engine shutdown and restart (to be carried out at a safe altitude unless carried out in an FFS or an FNPT II). Aa. IR(A) — c ompetency-based modular flying training course GENERAL 1. The aim of the competency-based modular flying training course is to train PPL or CPL holders for the instrument rating, taking into account prior instrument flight instruction and experience. It is designed to provide the level of proficiency needed to operate aeroplanes under IFR and in IMC. The course shall : (a) be taken within an ATO ; or (b) consist of a combination of instrument flight instruction provided by : (1 ) an IRI(A) ; or (2 ) an FI(A) holding the privilege to provide training for the IR and flight instruction within an ATO. 2. Applicant s for such a competency-based modular IR(A) shall be holder s of a PPL(A) or a CPL(A). 3. The course of theoretical instruction shall be completed within 18 months. The instrument flight instruction and the skill test shall be completed within the period of validity of the pass in the theoretical knowledge examinations. 4. The course shall comprise: (a) theoretical knowledge instruction to the IR(A) knowledge level; and (b) instrument flight instruction. THEORETICAL KNOWLEDGE 5. An approved competency-based modular IR(A) course shall comprise at least 80 hours of theoretical knowledge instruction. The theoretical knowledge course may contain computer-based training and e-learning elements. A minimum amount of classroom teaching as required by ORA.ATO.305 has to be provided. FLYING TRAINING 6. The method of ob taining an IR(A) following this modular course is competency - based. However, the minimum requirements below shall be met by the applicant s . Additional training may be required to reach required competencies. (a) A single-engine competency-based modular IR(A) course shall include at least 40 hours of instrument time under instruction, of which up to 10 hours may be instrument ground time in an FNPT I or up to 25 hours in an FFS or an FNPT II. A maximum of 5 hours of FNPT II or FFS instrument ground time may be conducted in an FNPT I. ( 1 ) When applicant s ha ve : ( i ) completed instrument flight instruction provided by an IRI(A) or an FI(A) holding the privilege to provide training for the IR; or ( ii ) prior experience of instrument flight time as PIC in aeroplanes, under a rating providing the privileges to fly under IFR and in IMC , these hours may be credited towards the requirement for 40 hours of instrument time under instruction mentioned above up to maximum of 30 hours . ( 2 ) When applicant s ha ve prior instrument flight time under instruction other than that specified in point (a)( 1 ), these hours may be credited towards the required 40 hours up to a maximum of 15 hours. ( 3 ) In any case, the flying training shall include at least 10 hours of instrument flight time under instruction in an aeroplane at an ATO. ( 4 ) The total amount of dual instrument instruction shall not be less than 25 hours. (b) A multi-engine competency-based modular IR(A) course shall include at least 45 hours of instrument time under instruction, of which up to 10 hours may be instrument ground time in an FNPT I or up to 30 hours in an FFS or an FNPT II. A maximum of 5 hours of FNPT II or FFS instrument ground time may be conducted in an FNPT I. ( 1 ) When applicant s ha ve : (A) completed instrument flight instruction provided by an IRI(A) or an FI(A) holding the privilege to provide training for the IR; or (B) prior experience of instrument flight time as PIC in aeroplanes, under a rating giving the privileges to fly under IFR and in IMC , these hours may be credited towards the 45 hours of instrument time under instruction mentioned above up to a maximum of 35 hours. ( 2 ) When applicant s ha ve prior instrument flight time under instruction other than that specified in point (b)( 1 ), these hours may be credited towards the required 45 hours up to a maximum of 15 hours. ( 3 ) In any case, the flying training shall include at least 10 hours of instrument flight time under instruction in a multi-engine aeroplane at an ATO. ( 4 ) The total amount of dual instrument instruction shall not be less than 25 hours, of which at least 15 hours shall be completed in a multi-engine aeroplane. (c) To determine the number of hours credited and to establish the training needs, applicant s shall complete a pre-entry assessment at an ATO. (d) The completion of the instrument flight instruction provided by an IRI(A) or FI(A) in accordance with point s (a)(i) or (b)(i) shall be documented in a specific training record and signed by the instructor. 7. The flight instruction for the competency-based modular IR(A) shall comprise: (a) procedures and manoeuvres for basic instrument flight covering at least: ( 1 ) basic instrument flight without external visual cues; ( 2 ) horizontal flight; ( 3 ) climbing; ( 4 ) descent; ( 5 ) turns in level flight, climbing and descent; ( 6 ) instrument pattern; ( 7 ) steep turn; ( 8 ) radio navigation; ( 9 ) recovery from unusual attitudes; ( 10 ) limited panel; and ( 11 ) recognition and recovery from incipient and full stall; (b) preflight procedures for IFR flights, including the use of the flight manual and appropriate ATS documents in the preparation of an IFR flight plan; (c) procedure s and manoeuvres for IFR operation under normal, abnormal, and emergency conditions covering at least: ( 1 ) transition from visual to instrument flight on take-off; ( 2 ) standard instrument departures and arrivals; ( 3 ) en route IFR procedures; ( 4 ) holding procedures; ( 5 ) instrument approaches to specified minima; ( 6 ) missed approach procedures; and ( 7 ) landings from instrument approaches, including circling; (d) in-flight manoeuvres and particular flight characteristics; and (e) if required, operation of a multi-engine aeroplane in the above exercises, including: ( 1 ) operation of the aeroplane solely by reference to instruments with one engine simulated inoperative; and ( 2 ) engine shutdown and restart (to be carried out at a safe altitude unless carried out in an FFS or an FNPT II). 8. Applicants for the competency-based modular IR(A) holding a Part-FCL PPL or a Part-FCL CPL and a valid IR(A) issued in compliance with the requirements of Annex 1 to the Chicago Convention by a third country may be credited in full towards the training course mentioned in paragraph 4. In order to be issued with the IR(A), applicant s shall: (a) pass the skill test for the IR(A) in accordance with Appendix 7; (b) demonstrate to the examiner during the skill test that they ha ve acquired an adequate level of theoretical knowledge of air law, meteorology and flight planning and performance (IR); and (c) have a minimum experience of at least 50 hours of flight time under IFR as PIC in aeroplanes. PRE-ENTRY ASSESSMENT 9. The content and duration of the pre-entry assessment shall be determined by the ATO based on the prior instrument experience of the applicant s . MULTI-ENGINE 10. H older s of a single-engine IR(A) who also hold a multi-engine class or type rating , wishing to obtain a multi-engine IR(A) for the first time , shall complete a course at an ATO comprising at least 5 hours of instrument time under instruction in multi-engine aeroplanes, of which 3 hours may be in an FFS or an FNPT II and shall pass a skill test. B. IR(H) — m odular flying training course 1. The aim of the IR(H) modular flying training course is to train pilots to the level of proficiency necessary to operate helicopters under IFR and in IMC. 2. Applicant s for a modular IR(H) course shall be holder s of a PPL(H), or a CPL(H) or an ATPL(H). Prior to commencing the aircraft instruction phase of the IR(H) course, applicant s shall either be holder s of the helicopter type rating used for the IR(H) skill test or have completed approved type rating training i n that type. A pplicant s shall hold a certificate of satisfactory completion of MCC if the skill test is to be conducted in multi - p ilot conditions. 3. Applicant s wishing to undertake a modular IR(H) course shall complete all the instructional stages in one continuous course of training as arranged by an ATO . 4. The course of theoretical instruction shall be completed within 18 months. The flight instruction and the skill test shall be completed within the period of validity of the pass in the theoretical knowledge examinations. 5. The course shall comprise: (a) theoretical knowledge instruction to the IR knowledge level; and (b) instrument flight instruction. THEORETICAL KNOWLEDGE 6. An approved modular IR(H) course shall comprise at least 150 hours of instruction. FLYING TRAINING 7. A single-engine IR(H) course shall comprise at least 50 hours of instrument time under instruction, of which: (a) up to 20 hours may be instrument ground time in an FNPT I (H) or an FNPT I (A). These 20 hours of instruction time in an FNPT I (H) or an FNPT I (A) may be substituted by 20 hours of instruction time for IR(H) in an aeroplane, approved for this course; or (b) up to 35 hours may be instrument ground time in a helicopter FTD 2/3, FNPT II/III or FFS. The instrument flight instruction shall include at least 10 hours in an IFR-certificated helicopter. 8. A multi-engine IR(H) course shall comprise at least 55 hours of instrument time under instruction , of which : (a) up to 20 hours may be instrument ground time in an FNPT I (H) or an FNPT I (A). These 20 hours of instruction time in an FNPT I (H) or an FNPT I (A) may be substituted by 20 hours of instruction time for IR(H) in an aeroplane, approved for this course ; or (b) up to 40 hours may be instrument ground time in a helicopter FTD 2/3, FNPT II/III or FFS. The instrument flight instruction shall include at least 10 hours in an IFR-certificated multi-engine helicopter. 9.1 . Holders of an ATPL(H) shall have the theoretical knowledge instruction hours reduced by 50 hours. 9.2 . H older s of an IR(A) may have the amount of training required reduced to 10 hours . 9.3. H older s of a PPL(H) with a helicopter night rating or a CPL(H) may have the total amount of instrument time under instruction required reduced by 5 hours. 10. The flying exercises up to the IR(H) skill test shall comprise: (a) preflight procedures for IFR flights, including the use of the flight manual and appropriate ATS documents in the preparation of an IFR flight plan; (b) procedure s and manoeuvres for IFR operation under normal, abnormal and emergency conditions covering at least: transition from visual to instrument flight on take - off ; standard instrument departures and arrivals ; en route IFR procedures ; holding procedures ; instrument approaches to specified minima ; missed approach procedures ; and landings from instrument approaches, including circling; (c) in-flight manoeuvres and particular flight characteristics; and (d) if required, operation of a multi-engine helicopter in the above exercises, including : operation of the helicopter solely by reference to instruments with one engine simulated inoperative ; and engine shutdown and restart (to be carried out in an FFS , an FNPT II or an FTD 2/3). C. IR(As) — m odular flying training course GENERAL 1. The aim of the IR(As) modular flying training course is to train pilots to the level of proficiency necessary to operate airships under IFR and in IMC. The course consists of two modules, which may be taken separately or combined: (a) Basic Instrument Flight Module This module comprises 10 hours of instrument time under instruction, of which up to 5 hours can be instrument ground time in a BITD, an FNPT I or II or an FFS. Upon completion of the Basic Instrument Flight Module, the candidate shall be issued with a module c ompletion c ertificate. (b) Procedural Instrument Flight Module This module comprises the remainder of the training syllabus for the IR(As), 25 hours of instrument time under instruction, and the theoretical knowledge course for the IR(As). 2. Applicant s for a modular IR(As) course shall be holder s of a PPL(As) including the privileges to fly at night or a CPL(As). Applicant s for the Procedural Instrument Flight Module who do not hold a CPL(As) shall be holder s of a module c ompletion c ertificate for the Basic Instrument Flight Module. 3. Applicant s wishing to undertake the Procedural Instrument Flight Module of a modular IR(As) course shall complete all the instructional stages in one continuous approved course of training as arranged by an ATO . Prior to commencing the Procedural Instrument Flight Module, the ATO shall ensure the competence of the applicant s in basic instrument flying skills. Refresher training shall be given as required. 4. The course of theoretical instruction shall be completed within 18 months. The Procedural Instrument Flight Module and the skill test shall be completed within the period of validity of the pass in the theoretical knowledge examinations. 5. The course shall comprise: (a) theoretical knowledge instruction to the IR knowledge level; and (b) instrument flight instruction. THEORETICAL KNOWLEDGE 6. An approved modular IR(As) course shall comprise at least 150 hours of theoretical knowledge instruction. FLYING TRAINING 7. An IR(As) course shall comprise at least 35 hours of instrument time under instruction , of which up to 15 hours may be instrument ground time in an FNPT I or up to 20 hours in an FFS or an FNPT II. A maximum of 5 hours of FNPT II or FFS instrument ground time may be conducted in an FNPT I. 8. H older s of a CPL(As) or of a module c ompletion c ertificate for the Basic Instrument Flight Module may have the total amount of training required in paragraph 7 reduced by 10 hours. The total instrument flight instruction in airship shall comply with paragraph 7. 9. If applicant s are holder s of an IR in another category of aircraft , the total amount of flight instruction required may be reduced to 10 hours on airships. 10. The flying exercises up to the IR(As) skill test shall comprise: (a) Basic Instrument Flight Module Procedure s and manoeuvre s for basic instrument flight covering at least: basic instrument flight without external visual cues: (i) horizontal flight ; (ii) climbing ; (iii) descent ; and (iv) turns in level flight, climbing and descent ; instrument pattern; radio navigation; recovery from unusual attitudes; and limited panel; 800100 228600 0 0 (b) Procedural Instrument Flight Module ( 1 ) P reflight procedures for IFR flights, including the use of the flight manual and appropriate ATS documents in the preparation of an IFR flight plan; ( 2 ) P rocedure s and manoeuvres for IFR operation under normal, abnormal and emergency conditions covering at least: (i) transition from visual to instrument flight on take-off ; (ii) standard instrument departures and arrivals ; (iii) en route IFR procedures ; (iv) holding procedures ; (v) instrument approaches to specified minima ; (vi) missed approach procedures ; and (vii) landings from instrument approaches, including circling; ( 3 ) inflight manoeuvres and particular flight characteristics : and ( 4 ) operation of airship in the above exercises, including : (i) operation of the airship solely by reference to instruments with one engine simulated inoperative ; and (i) engine shutdown and restart (to be carried out at a safe altitude unless carried out in an FFS or an FNPT II). Appendix 7 IR skill test 1. Applicant s for the issue of an IR shall have received instruction i n the same class or type of aircraft to be used in the test which shall be appropriately equipped for the training and testing purposes. 2. Applicant s shall pass all the relevant sections of the skill test. Failure in any item of a section will cause applicants to fail the entire section . If they fail only one section, they shall repeat only that section. Failure in more than one section will require applicant s to repeat the entire test. Failure in any section in the case of a retest, including those sections that have been passed on a previous attempt, will require the applicant s to repeat the entire test again. All relevant sections of the skill test shall be completed within 6 months. Failure to achieve a pass in all relevant sections of the test in two attempts will require further training. 3. Further training may be required following a failed skill test. There is no limit to the number of skill tests that may be attempted. CONDUCT OF THE TEST 4. The test is intended to simulate a real flight. The route to be flown shall be chosen by the examiner. An essential element is the ability of the applicant s to plan and conduct the flight from routine briefing material. A pplicant s shall undertake the flight planning and shall ensure that all equipment and documentation for the execution of the flight are on board. The duration of the flight shall be at least 1 hour. 5. Should the applicant s choose to terminate a skill test for reasons considered inadequate by the examiner, the y shall retake the entire skill test. If the test is terminated for reasons considered adequate by the examiner, only those sections not completed shall be tested in a further flight. 6. At the discretion of the examiner, any manoeuvre or procedure of the test may be repeated once by the applicant s . The examiner may stop the test at any stage if it is considered that the applicant s ’ demonstration of flying skill requires a complete retest. 7. Applicant s shall fly the aircraft from a position where the PIC functions can be performed . The test shall be performed as if there is was no other crew member present . The examiner shall take no part in the operation of the aircraft, except when intervention is necessary in the interests of safety or to avoid unacceptable delay to other traffic. 8. Decision heights/altitude s , minimum descent heights/altitudes and missed approach point shall be determined by the applicant s and agreed by the examiner. 9. Applicant s for the issue of an IR shall indicate to the examiner the checks and duties carried out, including the identification of radio facilities. Checks shall be completed in accordance with the authorised checklist for the aircraft on which the test is being taken. During preflight preparation for the test , the applicant s are required to determine power settings and speeds. Performance data for take-off, approach and landing shall be calculated by the applicant s in compliance with the operations manual or flight manual for the aircraft used. FLIGHT TEST TOLERANCES 10. A pplicant s shall demonstrate the ability to: operate the aircraft within its limitations; complete all manoeuvres with smoothness and accuracy; exercise good judg e ment and airmanship; apply aeronautical knowledge; and maintain control of the aircraft at all times in such a manner that the successful outcome of a procedure or manoeuvre is never seriously in doubt. 11. The following limits shall apply, corrected to make allowance for turbulent conditions and the handling qualities and performance of the aircraft used. Height Generally ±100 ft Starting a go-around at decision height/altitude +50 ft /–0 ft Minimum descent height/ missed approach point ( MAP t ) /altitude +50 ft /–0 ft Tracking O n radio aids ±5° For angular deviations Half - scale deflection, azimuth and glide path (e.g. LPV, instrument landing system ( ILS ) , microwave landing system ( MLS ) , GBAS landing system ( GLS ) ) 2D (LNAV) and 3D (LNAV/VNAV) ‘ linear ’ lateral deviations cross-track error/deviation shall normally be limited to ±½ of the RNP value associated with the procedure. Brief deviations from this standard up to a maximum of one time the RNP value are allowable. 3D linear vertical deviations (e.g. RNP APCH (LNAV/VNAV) using BaroVNAV) not more than –75 ft below the vertical profile at any time, and not more than +75 ft above the vertical profile at or below 1 000 ft above aerodrome level. Heading all engines operating ±5° with simulated engine failure ±10° Speed all engines operating ±5 knots with simulated engine failure +10 knots/–5 knots CONTENT OF THE TEST Aeroplanes SECTION 1 — PREFLIGHT OPERATIONS AND DEPARTURE Use of checklist, airmanship, anti-icing/de-icing procedures, etc. apply in to all sections a Use of flight manual (or equivalent) especially aircraft performance calculation, mass and balance b Use of ATS document, weather document c Preparation of ATC flight plan, IFR flight plan/log d Identification of the required navigational aids for departure, arrival and approach procedures e Preflight inspection f Weather m inima g Taxiing h PBN departure (if applicable): — Check that the correct procedure has been loaded in the navigation system; and — Cross-check between the navigation system display and the departure chart. i Pre-take-off briefing, t ake-off J ( ° ) Transition to instrument flight k ( ° ) Instrument departure procedures, including PBN departures, and altimeter setting l ( ° ) ATC liaison — compliance, R/T procedures SECTION 2 — GENERAL HANDLING ( ° ) a Control of the aeroplane by reference solely to instruments, including: level flight at various speeds, trim b Climbing and descending turns with sustained r ate 1 turn c Recoveries from unusual attitudes, including sustained 45° bank turns and steep descending turns d (*) Recovery from approach to stall in level flight, climbing/descending turns and in landing configuration e Limited panel: stabilised climb or descent, level turns at r ate 1 onto given headings, recovery from unusual attitudes SECT ION 3 — EN ROUTE IFR PROCEDURES ( ° ) a Tracking, including interception, e. g. NDB, VOR or track between waypoints b Use of navigation system and radio aids c Level flight, control of heading, altitude and airspeed, power setting, trim technique d Altimeter settings e Timing and revision of ETAs (en route hold, if required) f Monitoring of flight progress, flight log, fuel usage, systems’ management g Ice protection procedures, simulated if necessary h ATC liaison — compliance, R/T procedures SECTION 3a — ARRIVAL PROCEDURES a Setting and checking of navigational aids, and identification of facilities, if applicable b Arrival procedures, altimeter checks c Altitude and speed constraints, if applicable d PBN arrival (if applicable): — Check that the correct procedure has been loaded in the navigation system; and — Cross-check between the navigation system display and the arrival chart. SECTION 4 ( ° ) — 3D Operations ( ++ ) a Setting and checking of navigational aids Check v ertical p ath angle For RNP APCH: — Check that the correct procedure has been loaded in the navigation system; and — Cross-check between the navigation system display and the approach chart. b Approach and landing briefing, including descent/approach/landing checks, including identification of facilities c ( + ) Holding procedure d Compliance with published approach procedure e Approach timing f Altitude, speed heading control (stabilised approach) g (+) Go-around action h (+) Missed approach procedure/landing i ATC liaison — compliance, R/T procedures SECTION 5 (°) — 2D OPERATIONS (++) a Setting and checking of navigational aids For RNP APCH: — Check that the correct procedure has been loaded in the navigation system; and — Cross-check between the navigation system display and the approach chart. b Approach and landing briefing, including descent/approach/landing checks, including identification of facilities c (+) Holding procedure d Compliance with published approach procedure e Approach timing f Altitude/ d istance to MAPt , speed, heading control (stabilised approach), s t e p d own f ixes (SDF(s)), if applicable g (+) Go-around action h (+) Missed approach procedure/landing i ATC liaison — compliance, R/T procedures SECTION 6 — FLIGHT WITH ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE (multi-engine aeroplanes only) (°) a Simulated engine failure after take-off or on go-around b Approach, go-around and procedural missed approach with one engine inoperative c Approach and landing with one engine inoperative d ATC liaison — compliance, R/T procedures (°) Must be performed by sole reference to instruments. (*) May be performed in an FFS, an FTD 2/3 or an FNPT II. (+) May be performed in either Section 4 or Section 5 . (++) To establish or maintain PBN privileges , one approach in either Section 4 or Section 5 shall be an RNP APCH. Where an RNP APCH is not practicable, it shall be performed in an appropriately equipped FSTD. Helicopters SECTION 1 — DEPARTURE Use of checklist, airmanship, anti-icing/de-icing procedures, etc., apply to all sections a Use of flight manual (or equivalent) especially aircraft performance calculation; mass and balance b Use of ATS document, weather document c Preparation of ATC flight plan, IFR flight plan/log d Identification of the required nav igational aids for departure, arrival and approach procedures e Preflight inspection f Weather minima g Taxiing/Air tax i in compliance with ATC or instructions of instructor h PBN departure (if applicable): — Check that the correct procedure has been loaded in the navigation system; and — Cross-check between the navigation system display and the departure chart. j Pre-take-off briefing, procedures and checks k Transition to instrument flight l Instrument departure procedures , including PBN procedures SECTION 2 — GENERAL HANDLING a Control of the helicopter by reference solely to instruments, including: b Climbing and descending turns with sustained r ate 1 turn c Recoveries from unusual attitudes, including sustained 30 bank turns and steep descending turns SECTION 3 — EN ROUTE IFR PROCEDURES a Tracking, including interception, e.g. NDB, VOR, RNAV b Use of radio aids c Level flight, control of heading, altitude and airspeed, power setting d Altimeter settings e Timing and revision of ETAs f Monitoring of flight progress, flight log, fuel usage, systems management g Ice protection procedures, simulated if necessary and if applicable h ATC liaison — compliance, R/T procedures SECTION 3a — ARRIVAL PROCEDURES a Setting and checking of navigational aids, if applicable b Arrival procedures, altimeter checks c Altitude and speed constraints, if applicable d PBN arrival (if applicable) — Check that the correct procedure has been loaded in the navigation system; and — Cross-check between the navigation system display and the arrival chart. SECTION 4 — 3D OPERATIONS (+) a Setting and checking of navigational aids Check v ertical p ath angle For RNP APCH: — Check that the correct procedure has been loaded in the navigation system; and — Cross-check between the navigation system display and the approach chart. b Approach and landing briefing, including descent/approach/landing checks c (*) Holding procedure d Compliance with published approach procedure e Approach timing f Altitude, speed, heading control (stabilised approach) g (*) Go-around action h (*) Missed approach procedure/landing i ATC liaison — compliance, R/T procedures SECTION 5 — 2D OPERATIONS (+) a Setting and checking of navigational aids For RNP APCH: — Check that the correct procedure has been loaded in the navigation system; and — Cross-check between the navigation system display and the approach chart. b Approach and landing briefing, including descent/approach/landing checks and identification of facilities c (*) Holding procedure d Compliance with published approach procedure e Approach timing f Altitude, speed, heading control (stabilised ap p roach) g (*) Go-around action h (*) Missed approach procedure (*) /landing i ATC liaison — compliance, R/T procedures SECTION 6 — ABNORMAL AND EMERGENCY PROCEDURES This section may be combined with S ections 1 through 5. The test shall have regard to control of the helicopter, identification of the failed engine, immediate actions (touch drills), follow-up actions and checks and flying accuracy, in the following situations: a Simulated engine failure after take-off and on/duri ng approach (**) (at a safe altitude unless carried out in an FFS , an FNPT II/III or an FTD 2 / 3) b Failure of stability augmentation devices/hydraulic system , if applicable c Limited panel d Autorotation and recovery to a pre-set altitude e 3D operations manually without flight director (***) 3D operations manually with flight director (***) (+) To establish or maintain PBN privileges , one approach in either Section 4 or Section 5 shall be an RNP APCH. Where an RNP APCH is not practicable, it shall be performed in an appropriately equipped FSTD . (*) To be performed in Section 4 or Section 5. (**) Multi-engine helicopter only. (***) Only one item to be tested Airships SECTION 1 — PREFLIGHT OPERATIONS AND DEPARTURE Use of checklist, airmanship, ATC liaison — compliance, R/T procedures, apply to all sections a Use of flight manual (or equivalent) especially aircraft performance calculation, mass and balance b Use of ATS document, weather document c Preparation of ATC flight plan, IFR flight plan/log d Preflight inspection e Weather minima f Pre-take-off briefing, off - mast procedure, manoeuvring on ground g Take-off h Transition to instrument flight i Instrument departure procedures, altimeter setting j ATC liaison — compliance, R/T procedures SECTION 2 — GENERAL HANDLING a Control of the airship by reference solely to instruments b Climbing and descending turns with sustained rate of turn c Recoveries from unusual attitudes d Limited panel SECTION 3 — EN ROUTE IFR PROCEDURES a Tracking, including interception, e.g. NDB, VOR, RNAV b Use of radio aids c Level flight, control of heading, altitude and airspeed, power setting, trim technique d Altimeter settings e Timing and revision of ETAs f Monitoring of flight progress, flight log, fuel usage, systems’ management g ATC liaison — compliance, R/T procedures SECTION 4 — PRECISION APPROACH PROCEDURES a Setting and checking of navigational aids, identification of facilities b Arrival procedures, altimeter checks c Approach and landing briefing, including descent/approach/landing checks d (+) Holding procedure e Compliance with published approach procedure f Approach timing g Stabilised approach (altitude, speed and heading control) h (+) Go-around action i (+) Missed approach procedure/landing j ATC liaison — compliance, R/T procedures SECTION 5 — NON-PRECISION APPROACH PROCEDURES a Setting and checking of navigational aids, identification of facilities b Arrival procedures, altimeter settings c Approach and landing briefing, including descent/approach/landing checks d (+) Holding procedure e Compliance with published approach procedure f Approach timing g Stabilised approach (altitude, speed and heading control) h (+) Go-around action i (+) Missed approach procedure/landing j ATC liaison — compliance, R/T procedures SECTION 6 — FLIGHT WITH ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE This section may be combined with S ections 1 through 5. The test shall have regard to control of the airship, identification of the failed engine, immediate actions, follow-up actions, checks and flying accuracy in the following situations: a Simulated engine failure after take-off or on go-around b Approach and procedural go-around with one engine inoperative c Approach and landing, missed approach procedure, with one engine inoperative d ATC liaison — compliance, R/T procedures (+) May be performed in either S ection 4 or S ection 5. A ppendix 8 Cross - crediting of the IR part of a class or type rating proficiency check A. Aeroplanes Credits shall be granted only when holder s are revalidating IR privileges for single-pilot single-engine and single-pilot multi-engine aeroplanes, as appropriate. When a skill test or a proficiency check including IR is performed, and holder s ha ve a valid: Credit is valid towards the IR part in a proficiency check for: — MP A type rating; — Single-pilot h igh - performance complex aeroplane type rating SE class rating *, and SE type rating *, and SP ME class or type rating except for high - performance complex type ratings, only credits for S ection 3B of the proficiency check in point B.5 of Appendix 9 SP ME aeroplane class or type rating except for high - performance complex aeroplane type ratings, operated as single-pilot SE class rating, and SE type rating, and SP ME class or type rating except for high - performance complex aeroplane type ratings SP ME aeroplane class or type rating except for high - performance complex aeroplane type ratings, restricted to MP operation SE class rating *, and SE type rating *, and SP ME class or type rating except for high - performance complex aeroplane type ratings** SP SE aeroplane class or type rating SE class rating, and SE type rating * Provided that within the preceding 12 months the applicant s ha ve flown at least three IFR departures and approaches exercising PBN privileges, including one RNP APCH approach on an SP class or type of aeroplane in SP operations, or, for multi-engine, other than high-performance complex aeroplanes, the applicant s ha ve passed S ection 6 of the skill test for SP, other than HP complex aeroplanes flown solely by reference to instruments in SP operations. B. Helicopters Credits shall be granted only when holder s are revalidating IR privileges for single-engine and single-pilot multi-engine helicopters as appropriate. When a skill test or a proficiency check, including IR, is performed and holder s ha ve a valid: Credit is valid towards the IR part in a proficiency check for: Multi-pilot helicopter ( MPH ) type rating SE type rating *; and SP ME type rating * . SP ME type rating, operated as single-pilot SE type rating *; SP ME type rating*. SP ME type rating, restricted to multi-pilot operation SE type rating *; SP ME type rating * . SP SE type rating, operated as single-pilot SP SE type rating, operated as single-pilot * Provided that within the preceding 12 months at least three IFR departures and approaches exercising PBN privileges, including one RNP APCH approach (could be a Point in Space (PinS) approach), have been performed on a SP type of helicopter in SP operations. A ppendix 9 Training , skill test and proficiency check for MPL, ATPL, type and class ratings, and proficiency check for IRs A. General 1. Applicant s for a skill test shall have received instruction i n the same class or type of aircraft to be used in the test. T he training for MPA and PL type ratings shall be conducted in an FFS or in a combination of FSTD(s) and FFS . The skill test or proficiency check for MPA and PL type ratings and the issue of an ATPL and an MPL, shall be conducted in an FFS, if available. The training, skill t est or proficiency check for type ratings for SPA and helicopters shall be conducted in : (a) an available and accessible FFS, or (b) a combination of FSTD(s) and the a ircraft if an FFS is not available or accessible; or (c) the aircraft if no FSTD is available or accessible . T he training, skill test or proficiency check for class ratings for SPA are allowed to be conducted in the aeroplane or in a combination of FSTD(s) and the aeroplane. If FSTDs are used during training, testing or checking, the suitability of the FSTD s used shall be verified against the applicable ‘ Table of functions and subjective tests ’ and the applicable ‘ Table of FSTD v alidation t ests ’ contained in the primary reference document applicable for the device used. All restrictions and l imitations indicated on the devi ce’s qualification certificate shall be considered . 2. Failure to achieve a pass in all sections of the test in two attempts will require further training. 3. There is no limit to the number of skill tests that may be attempted. CONTENT OF THE TRAINING / SKILL TEST/PROFICIENCY CHECK 4. Unless otherwise determined in the OSD , the syllabus of flight instruction, the skill test and the proficiency check shall comply with this Appendix. The syllabus, skill test and proficiency check may be reduced to give credit for previous experience on similar aircraft types, as determined in the OSD . 5. Except in the case of skill tests for the issue of an ATPL, when so defined in the OSD for the specific aircraft, credit may be given for skill test items common to other types or variants where the pilot s are qualified. CONDUCT OF THE TEST/CHECK 6. The examiner may choose between different skill test or proficiency check scenarios containing simulated relevant operations. Full - flight simulators and other training devices shall be used, as established in this Annex (Part-FCL) . 7. During the proficiency check, the examiner shall verify that holder s of the class or type rating maintain an adequate level of theoretical knowledge. 8. Should applicant s choose to terminate a skill test for reasons considered inadequate by the examiner, the y shall retake the entire skill test. If the test is terminated for reasons considered adequate by the examiner, only those sections not completed shall be tested in a further flight. 9. At the discretion of the examiner, any manoeuvre or procedure of the test may be repeated once by the applicant s . The examiner may stop the test at any stage if it is considered that the applicant s ’ demonstration of flying skill requires a complete retest. 10. Applicant s shall be required to fly the aircraft from a position where the PIC or co-pilot functions, as relevant , can be performed . Under single-pilot conditions , the test shall be performed as if there is was no other crew member present . 11. During preflight preparation for the test , applicant s are required to determine power settings and speeds. A pplicant s shall indicate to the examiner the checks and duties carried out, including the identification of radio facilities. Checks shall be completed in accordance with the checklist for the aircraft on which the test is being taken and, if applicable, with the MCC concept. Performance data for take-off, approach and landing shall be calculated by applicant s in compliance with the operations manual or flight manual for the aircraft used. Decision heights/altitude s , minimum descent heights/altitudes and missed approach point shall be agreed upon with the examiner. 12. The examiner shall take no part in the operation of the aircraft except where intervention is necessary in the interests of safety or to avoid unacceptable delay to other traffic. SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS FOR THE SKILL TEST/PROFICIENCY CHECK FOR MULTI-PILOT AIRCRAFT TYPE RATINGS, FOR single-pilot aeroplane type ratings wheN operated in multi-pilot operations, FOR MPL AND ATPL 13. The skill test for a multi-pilot aircraft or a single-pilot aeroplane when operated in multi-pilot operations shall be performed in a multi-crew environment. Another applicant or another type rated qualified pilot may function as the second pilot. If an aircraft is used, the second pilot shall be the examiner or an instructor. 14. A pplicant s shall operate as PF during all sections of the skill test, except for abnormal and emergency procedures, which may be conducted as PF or PM in accordance with MCC. A pplicant s for the initial issue of a multi-pilot aircraft type rating or ATPL shall also demonstrate the ability to act as PM . A pplicant s may choose either the left - hand or the right - hand seat for the skill test if all items can be executed from the selected seat. 15. The following matters shall be specifically checked by the examiner for applicants for the ATPL or a type rating for multi-pilot aircraft or for multi-pilot operations in a single-pilot aeroplane extending to the duties of a PIC, irrespective of whether the applicant s act as PF or PM : (a) manag ing crew cooperation; (b) maintaining a general survey of the aircraft operation by appropriate supervision; and (c) setting priorities and making decisions in accordance with safety aspects and relevant rules and regulations appropriate to the operational situation, including emergencies. 16. The test or check should be accomplished under IFR, if the IR rating is included, and as far as possible be accomplished in a simulated commercial air transport environment. An essential element to be checked is the ability to plan and conduct the flight from routine briefing material. 17. When the type rating course has included less than 2 hours of flight training i n the aircraft, the skill test may be conducted in an FFS and may be completed before the flight training i n the aircraft. The approved flight training shall be performed by a qualified instructor under the responsibility of : (a) an ATO ; or (b) an organisation holding an AOC issued in accordance with Annex III (Part-ORO) to Regulation (EU) No 965/2012 and specifically approved for such training ; or (c) the instructor, i n cases where no aircraft flight training for SP aircraft at an ATO or AOC holder is approved, and the aircraft flight training was approved by the applicant s ’ competent authority . A certificate of completion of the type rating course including the flight training i n the aircraft shall be forwarded to the competent authority before the new type rating is entered in the applicant s ’ licence. 18. For the upset recovery training , ‘ s tall event ’ means either an approach-to-stall or a stall. An FFS can be used by the ATO to either train recovery from a stall or demonstrate the type-specific characteristics of a stall, or both, provided that : the FFS has been qualified in accordance with the special evaluation requirements in CS-FSTD(A); and the ATO has successfully demonstrated to the competent authority that any negative transfer of training is mitigated. B . Specific requirements for the aeroplane category PASS MARKS 1. In the case of single-pilot aeroplanes, with the exception of single-pilot high - performance complex aeroplanes, applicant s shall pass all sections of the skill test or proficiency check. Failure in any item of a section will cause applicants to fail the entire section . If they fail only one section, they shall repeat only that section. Failure in more than one section will require applicant s to repeat the entire test or check. Failure in any section in the case of a retest or recheck , including those sections that have been passed on a previous attempt , will require applicant s to repeat the entire test or check again. For single-pilot multi-engine aeroplanes, S ection 6 of the relevant test or check, addressing asymmetric flight, shall be passed. 2. In the case of multi-pilot and single-pilot high - performance complex aeroplanes, applicant s shall pass all sections of the skill test or proficiency check. Failure in more than five items will require applicant s to take the entire test or check again. Applicant s failing 5 or fewer items shall take the failed items again. Failure in any item on the retest or recheck , including those items that have been passed on a previous attempt , will require applicant s to repeat the entire check or test again. Section 6 is not part of the ATPL or MPL skill test. If applicant s only fail or do not take S ection 6, the type rating will be issued without CAT II or CAT III privileges. To extend the type rating privileges to CAT II or CAT III, applicant s shall pass the S ection 6 on the appropriate type of aircraft. FLIGHT TEST TOLERANCE 3. A pplicant s shall demonstrate the ability to: (a) operate the aeroplane within its limitations; (b) complete all manoeuvres with smoothness and accuracy; (c) exercise good judgement and airmanship; (d) apply aeronautical knowledge; (e) maintain control of the aeroplane at all times in such a manner that the successful outcome of a procedure or manoeuvre is never in doubt ; (f) understand and apply crew coordination and incapacitation procedures, if applicable; and (g) communicate effectively with the other crew members, if applicable. 4. The following limits shall apply, corrected to make allowance for turbulent conditions and the handling qualities and performance of the aeroplane used: Height Generally ±100 ft Starting a go-around at decision height/altitude +50 ft /–0 ft Minimum descent height/MAP t /altitude +50 ft /–0 ft Tracking On radio aids ±5° For ‘ angular ’ deviations Half - scale deflection, azimuth and glide path (e.g. LPV, ILS, MLS, GLS) 2D (LNAV) and 3D (LNAV/VNAV) ‘ linear ’ lateral deviations cross-track error/deviation shall normally be limited to ±½ of the RNP value associated with the procedure. Brief deviations from this standard up to a maximum of one time the RNP value are allowable. 3D linear vertical deviations (e.g. RNP APCH (LNAV/VNAV) using BaroVNAV) not more than –75 ft below the vertical profile at any time, and not more than +75 ft above the vertical profile at or below 1 000 ft above aerodrome level. Heading all engines operating ±5° with simulated engine failure ±10° Speed all engines operating ±5 knots with simulated engine failure +10 knots/–5 knots CONTENT OF THE TRAINING/SKILL TEST/PROFICIENCY CHECK 5. Single-pilot aeroplanes, except for high - performance complex aeroplanes (a) The following symbols mean: P = Trained as PIC or co-pilot and as PF and PM OTD = Other training devices may be used for this exercise X = An FFS shall be used for this exercise; otherwise , an aeroplane shall be used if appropriate for the manoeuvre or procedure P# = The training shall be complemented by supervised aeroplane inspection (b) The practical training shall be conducted at least at the training equipment level shown as (P), or may be conducted on any higher level of equipment shown by the arrow (---->) . The following abbreviations are used to indicate the training equipment used: A = aeroplane FFS = full-flight simulator FSTD = flight simulation training device (c) The starred (*) items of S ection 3B and, for multi-engine, S ection 6, shall be flown solely by reference to instruments if revalidation/renewal of an IR is included in the skill test or proficiency check. If the starred (*) items are not flown solely by reference to instruments during the skill test or proficiency check, and when there is no crediting of IR privileges, the class or type rating will be restricted to VFR only. (d) Section 3A shall be completed to revalidate a type or multi-engine class rating, VFR only, where the required experience of 10 route sectors within the previous 12 months has not been completed. Section 3A is not required if S ection 3B is completed. (e) Where the letter ‘M’ appears in the skill test or proficiency check column , this will indicate a mandatory exercise or a choice where more than one exercise appears. (f) An FSTD shall be used for practical training for type or ME class ratings if they form part of an approved class or type rating course. The following considerations will apply to the approval of the course: (i) the qualification of the FSTD as set out in the relevant requirements of Annex VI ( Part-ARA ) and Annex VII ( Part-ORA ) ; (ii) the qualifications of the instructors; (iii) the amount of FSTD training provided on the course; and (iv) the qualifications and previous experience on similar types of the pilot s under training. If privileges for multi-pilot operation are sought for the first time on the applicable type , pilot s holding privileges for single-pilot operation s shall: complete a bridg e course containing manoeuvres and procedures including MCC as well as the exercises of Section 7 using team resource management ( TRM ) , CRM and human factors at an ATO or an AOC holder specifically authorised for such training by the competent authority ; and pass a proficiency check in multi-pilot operations. The multi-pilot form of operation shall be entered in the licence of the pilots. Extension to single-pilot operations If privileges for single-pilot operation s are sought for the first time on the applicable type , pilot s holding privileges for multi-pilot operation s shall be trained at an ATO or an AOC holder specifically authorised for such training by the competent authority . The bridge course shall include single-pilot resource management (SRM). The pilot shall be checked for the following additional manoeuvres and procedures in single - pilot operation s : for SE aeroplanes , 1.6, 4.5, 4.6, 5.2 and , if applicable , one approach from Section 3.B;and for ME aeroplanes , 1.6, Section 6 and , if applicable , one approach from Section 3.B. The single-pil ot form of operation shall be entered in the licence of the pilots. P ilot s holding privileges for both single-pilot and multi-pilot operation s in accordance with points (g) and (h) may revalidate privileges for both types of operation s by completing a proficiency check in multi-pilot operations in addition to the exercises referred to in point s (h)( 1 ) or (h) ( 2 ), as applicable, in single-pilot operation s . If a skill test of a proficiency check is completed in multi-pilot operations only, the type rating shall be restricted to multi-pilot operations. The restriction shall be removed when pilot s compl y with point (h). The training, testing and checking shall follow the table mentioned below. Training at an ATO, testing and checking requirements for single-pilot privileges Training at an ATO, testing and checking requirements for multi-pilot privileges Training at an ATO, testing and checking requirements for pilots holding single-pilot privileges seeking multi-pilot privileges for the first time (bridg e course ) Training at an ATO, testing and checking requirements for pilots holding multi-pilot privileges seeking single-pilot privileges for the first time (bridg e course ) Training at an ATO and checking requirements for combined revalidation and renewal of single and multi-pilot privileges ( 1 ) ( 2 ) ( 3 ) ( 4 ) ( 5 ) Type of operation SP MP SP MP (initial) MP SP (initial) SP + MP Training Test ing / check ing Training Testing/ checking Training Testing/checking Training, testing and checking (SE aeroplanes) Training, testing and checking (ME aeroplanes) SE aeroplanes ME aeroplanes Initial issue Sections 1 - 6 Sections 1 - 6 Sections 1 - 7 Sections 1 - 7 App 9, B, (5)(h) Sections 1 - 7 App9, B, (5)(g)(1) 1.6, 4.5, 4.6, 5.2 and , if applicable , one approach from Section 3.B App9, B, (5)(g)(1) 1.6, Section 6 and, if applicable, one approach from Section 3.B Revalidation n/a Sections 1 – 6 n/a Sections 1 – 7 n/a n/a n/a n/a MPO: Sections 1 - 7 SPO: 1.6, 4.5, 4.6, 5.2 and , if applicable , one approach from Section 3.B MPO: Sections 1 - 7 SPO: 1.6, Section 6 and, if applicable, one approach from Section 3.B Renewal FCL.740 (b) Sections 1 - 6 FCL.740 (b) Sections 1 - 7 n/a n/a n/a n/a Training: FCL.740 (b) Check: as for the revalidation Training: FCL.740 (b) Check: as for the revalidation To establish or maintain PBN privileges , one approach shall be an RNP APCH. Where an RNP APCH is not practicable, it shall be performed in an appropriately equipped FSTD. TMGs AND SINGLE-PILOT AEROPLANES, EXCEPT FOR HIGH - PERFORMANCE COMPLEX AEROPLANES PRACTICAL TRAINING CLASS OR TYPE RATING SKILL TEST OR PROFICIENCY CHECK Manoeuvres/procedures FSTD A Instructor initials when training completed Tested or checked in FSTD or A Examiner initials when test or check completed SECTION 1 1 1.1 Departure Preflight including: d ocumentation ; m ass and b alance ; w eather briefing ; and NOTAM . OTD 1.2 Pre-start checks 1.2.1 External OTD P# P M 1.2.2 Internal OTD P# P M 1.3 Engine starting: n ormal m alfunctions . P----> ----> M 1.4 Taxiing P----> ----> M 1.5 Pre-departure checks: e ngine run-up (if applicable) P----> ----> M 1.6 Take-off procedure: n ormal with f light m anual flap settings ; and c rosswind (if conditions are available) . P----> ----> M 1.7 Climbing: Vx/Vy ; t urns onto headings ; and l evel off . P----> ----> M 1.8 ATC liaison — c ompliance, R/T procedures P----> M SECTION 2 2 2.1 Airwork ( visual meteorological conditions ( VMC ) ) Straight and level flight at various airspeeds including flight at critically low airspeed with and without flaps (including approach to V V mc a when applicable) P----> ----> 2.2 Steep turns (360° left and right at 45° bank) P----> ----> M 2.3 Stalls and recovery: (i) c lean stall ; (ii) a pproach to stall in descending turn with bank with approach configuration and power ; (iii) a pproach to stall in landing configuration and power ; and (iv) a pproach to stall, climbing turn with take-off flap and climb power (single - engine aeroplane s only) P----> ----> M 2.4 Handling using autopilot and flight director (may be conducted in S ection 3) , if applicable P----> ----> M 2.5 ATC liaison — c ompliance, R/T procedures P----> ----> M SECTION 3A 3A 3A.1 En route procedures VFR (see B.5 (c) and (d)) Flight plan, dead reckoning and map reading P----> ----> 3A.2 Maintenance of altitude, heading and speed P----> ----> 3A.3 Orientation, timing and revision of ETAs P----> ----> 3A.4 Use of radio navigation aids (if applicable) P----> ----> 3A.5 Flight management (flight log, routine checks including fuel, systems and icing) P----> ----> 3A.6 ATC liaison — c ompliance, R/T procedures P----> ----> SECTION 3B 3B 3B.1* Instrument flight Departure IFR P----> ----> M 3B.2* En route IFR P----> ----> M 3B.3* Holding procedures P----> ----> M 3B.4* 3D operations to decision height/altitude ( DH/A ) of 200 ft (60 m) or to higher minima if required by the approach procedure (autopilot may be used to the final approach segment vertical path intercept) P----> ----> M 3B.5* 2D operations to minimum descent height/altitude ( MDH/A ) P----> ----> M 3B.6* Flight exercises including simulated failure of the compass and attitude indicator: rate 1 turns ; and recoveries from unusual attitudes . P----> ----> M 3B.7* Failure of localiser or glideslope P----> ----> 3B.8* ATC liaison — c ompliance, R/T procedures P----> ----> M Intentionally left blank SECTION 4 4 4.1 Arrival and landings Aerodrome arrival procedure P----> ----> M 4.2 Normal landing P----> ----> M 4.3 Flapless landing P----> ----> M 4.4 Crosswind landing (if suitable conditions) P----> ----> 4.5 Approach and landing with idle power from up to 2 000 ft above the runway (single-engine aeroplane s only) P----> ----> 4.6 Go-around from minimum height P----> ----> M 4.7 Night go-around and landing (if applicable) P----> ----> 4.8 ATC liaison — c ompliance, R/T procedures P----> ----> M SECTION 5 5 Abnormal and emergency procedures (This section may be combined with S ections 1 through 4 . ) 5.1 Rejected take-off at a reasonable speed P----> ----> M 5.2 Simulated engine failure after take-off (single-engine aeroplanes only) P M 5.3 Simulated forced landing without power (single-engine aeroplanes only) P M 5.4 Simulated emergencies: (i) fire or smoke in flight ; and (ii) systems’ malfunctions as appropriate P----> ----> 5.5 ME aeroplanes and TMG training only: engine shutdown and restart (at a safe altitude if performed in the aircraft) P----> ----> 5.6 ATC liaison — c ompliance, R/T procedure s SECTION 6 6 6.1* Simulated asymmetric flight (This section may be combined with S ections 1 through 5 . ) Simulated engine failure during take-off (at a safe altitude unless carried out in an FFS or an FNPT II) P----> --->X M 6.2* Asymmetric approach and go-around P----> ----> M 6.3* Asymmetric approach and full - stop landing P----> ----> M 6.4 ATC liaison — c ompliance, R/T procedures P----> ----> M S ECTION 7 7 UPRT 7.1 Flight manoeuvres and procedures 7.1.1 Manual flight with and without flight directors (no autopilot, no autothrust/autothrottle, and at different control laws, where applicable P-----> ----> 7.1.1.1 At different speeds (including slow flight) and altitudes within the FSTD-validated training envelope. P-----> ----> 7.1.1.2 3.1.2 Steep turns using 45° bank, 180° to 360° left and right P-----> ----> 7.1.1.3 Turns with and without spoilers P-----> ----> 7.1.1.4 Procedural instrument flying and manoeuvring including instrument departure and arrival, and visual approach P-----> ----> 7.2 7.2.1 Upset recovery training Recovery from stall events in: take-off configuration; clean configuration at low altitude; clean configuration near maximum operating altitude; and landing configuration P-----> ----> 7.2.2 The following upset exercises: recovery from nose-high at various bank angles; and recovery from nose-low at various bank angles . P FFS qualified for the training task only X An aeroplane shall not be used for this exercise FFS only 7.3 Go-around with all engines operating* from various stages during an instrument approach P---> -----> 7.4 Rejected landing with all engines operating: from various heights below DH/MDH 15 m (50 ft) above the runway threshold after touchdown (ba u lked landing) In aeroplanes which are not certificated as transport category aeroplanes (JAR/FAR 25) or as commuter category aeroplanes (SFAR 23), the rejected landing with all engines operating shall be initiated below MDH/A or after touchdown. P-----> -----> 6. Multi-pilot aeroplanes and single-pilot high - performance complex aeroplanes (a) The following symbols mean: P = Trained as PIC or c o-pilot and as PF and PM for the issue of a type rating as applicable. OTD = Other training devices may be used for this exercise X = An FFS shall be used for this exercise; otherwise an aeroplane shall be used if appropriate for the manoeuvre or procedure P# = The training shall be complemented by supervised aeroplane inspection (b) The practical training shall be conducted at least at the training equipment level shown as (P), or may be conducted up to any higher equipment level shown by the arrow (----->). The following abbreviations are used to indicate the training equipment used: A = aeroplane FFS = full-flight simulator FSTD = flight simulation training device (c) The starred items (*) shall be flown solely by reference to instruments. (d) Where the letter ‘M’ appears in the skill test or proficiency check column , this will indicate a mandatory exercise. (e) An FFS shall be used for practical training and testing if the FFS forms part of an approved type rating course. The following considerations will apply to the approval of the course: (i) the qualifications of the instructors; (ii) the qualif ication and the amount of training provided on the course in an FSTD; and (iii) the qualifications and previous experience on similar types of the pilot s under training. (f) Manoeuvres and procedures shall include MCC for multi-pilot aeroplane and for single-pilot high - performance complex aeroplanes in multi-pilot operations. (g) Manoeuvres and procedures shall be conducted in single-pilot role for single-pilot high - performance complex aeroplanes in single-pilot operations. (h) In the case of single-pilot high - performance complex aeroplanes, when a skill test or proficiency check is performed in multi-pilot operations, the type rating shall be restricted to multi-pilot operations. If privileges of single-pilot are sought, the manoeuvres/procedures in 2.5, 3. 8 .3.4, 4. 4 , 5.5 and at least one manoeuvre/procedure from S ection 3.4 have to be completed in addition as single-pilot. (i ) In the case of a restricted type rating issued in accordance with FCL.720.A( f ), applicants shall fulfil the same requirements as other applicants for the type rating except for the practical exercises relating to the take- off and landing phases. (j) To establish or maintain PBN privileges , one approach shall be an RNP APCH. Where an RNP APCH is not practicable, it shall be performed in an appropriately equipped FSTD. MULTI-PILOT AEROPLANES AND SINGLE-PILOT HIGH-PERFORMANCE COMPLEX AEROPLANES PRACTICAL TRAINING ATPL/MPL/TYPE RATING SKILL TEST OR PROF. CHECK Manoeuvres/procedures FSTD A Instructor initials when training completed Tested or checked in FSTD or A Examiner initials when test or check completed SECTION 1 1 Flight preparation 1.1 Performance calculation OTD P 1.2 Aeroplane external visual inspection; location of each item and purpose of inspection OTD P# P 1.3 Cockpit inspection P-----> -----> 1.4 Use of checklist prior to starting engines, starting procedures, radio and navigation equipment check, selection and setting of navigation and communication frequencies P-----> -----> M 1.5 Taxiing in compliance with ATC instructions or instructions of instructor P-----> -----> 1.6 Before take-off checks P-----> -----> M SECTION 2 2 Take-offs 2.1 Normal take-offs with different flap settings, including expedited take-off P-----> -----> 2.2* Instrument take-off; transition to instrument flight is required during rotation or immediately after becoming airborne P-----> -----> 2.3 Crosswind take-off P-----> -----> 2.4 Take-off at maximum take-off mass (actual or simulated maximum take-off mass) P-----> -----> 2.5 Take-offs with simulated engine failure: 2.5.1* shortly after reaching V2 P-----> -----> (In aeroplanes which are not certificated as transport category or commuter category aeroplanes, the engine failure shall not be simulated until reaching a minimum height of 500 ft above the runway end. In aeroplanes having the same performance as a transport category aeroplane regarding take-off mass and density altitude, the instructor may simulate the engine failure shortly after reaching V2) 2.5.2* between V1 and V2 P X M FFS o nly 2.6 Rejected take-off at a reasonable speed before reaching V1 P-----> ---->X M SECTION 3 3 Flight manoeuvres and procedures 3.1 Manual flight with and without flight directors (no autopilot, no autothrust/autothrottle, and at different control laws, where applicable ) P-----> ----> 3.1.1 At different speeds (including slow flight) and altitudes within the FSTD-validated training envelope P-----> ----> 3.1.2 Steep turns using 45° bank, 180° to 360° left and right P-----> ----> 3.1.3 Turns with and without spoilers P-----> ----> 3.1.4 Procedural instrument flying and manoeuvring including instrument departure and arrival, and visual approach P-----> ----> 3.2 Tuck under and Mach buffets (if applicable), and other specific flight characteristics of the aeroplane (e.g. Dutch Roll) P-----> ---->X An aeroplane shall not be used for this exercise FFS only 3.3 Normal operation of systems and controls engineer’s panel (if applicable) OTD P-----> -----> 3.4 Normal and abnormal operations of following systems: M A mandatory minimum of 3 abnormal items shall be selected from 3.4.0 to 3.4.14 inclusive 3.4.0 Engine (if necessary propeller) OTD P-----> -----> 3.4.1 Pressurisation and air conditioning OTD P-----> -----> 3.4.2 Pitot/static system OTD P-----> -----> 3.4.3 Fuel system OTD P-----> -----> 3.4.4 Electrical system OTD P-----> -----> 3.4.5 Hydraulic system OTD P-----> -----> 3.4.6 Flight control and trim system OTD P-----> -----> 3.4.7 Anti-icing/de-icing system, glare shield heating OTD P-----> -----> 3.4.8 Autopilot/flight director OTD P-----> -----> M (single pilot only) 3.4.9 Stall warning devices or stall avoidance devices, and stability augmentation devices OTD P-----> -----> 3.4.10 Ground proximity warning system, weather radar, radio altimeter, transponder P-----> -----> 3.4.11 Radios, navigation equipment, instruments, FMS OTD P-----> -----> 3.4.12 Landing gear and brake OTD P-----> -----> 3.4.13 Slat and flap system OTD -----> 3.4.14 Auxiliary power unit (APU) OTD P-----> -----> Intentionally left blank 3.6 Abnormal and emergency procedures: M A mandatory minimum of 3 items shall be selected from 3.6.1 to 3.6.9 inclusive 3.6.1 Fire drills, e.g. engine, APU, cabin, cargo compartment, flight deck, wing and electrical fires including evacuation P-----> -----> 3.6.2 Smoke control and removal P-----> -----> 3.6.3 Engine failures, shutdown and restart at a safe height P-----> -----> 3.6.4 Fuel dumping (simulated) P-----> -----> 3.6.5 Wind shear at take-off/landing P X FFS only 3.6.6 Simulated cabin pressure failure/emergency descent P-----> -----> 3.6.7 Incapacitation of flight crew member P-----> -----> 3.6.8 Other emergency procedures as outlined in the appropriate a eroplane f light m anual (AFM) P-----> -----> 3.6.9 TCAS event OTD P-----> An a eroplane shall not be used FFS only 3.7 Upset recovery training 3.7.1 Recovery from stall events in: take-off configuration; clean configuration at low altitude; clean configuration near maximum operating altitude; and landing configuration . P-----> -----> 3.7.2 The following upset exercises: recovery from nose-high at various bank angles; and recovery from nose-low at various bank angles P FFS qualified for the training task only X An aeroplane shall not be used for this exercise FFS only 3.8 Instrument flight procedures 3.8.1 * Adherence to departure and arrival routes and ATC instructions P-----> -----> M 3.8.2* Holding procedures P-----> -----> 3.8.3* 3D operations to DH/A of 200 ft (60 m) or to higher minima if required by the approach procedure Note: According to the AFM, RNP APCH procedures may require the use of autopilot or f light director. The procedure to be flown manually shall be chosen taking into account such limitations (for example, choose an ILS for 3.9.3.1 in the case of such AFM limitation). 3.8.3. *Manually, without flight director P-----> -----> M (skill test only) 3.8.3.2 *Manually, with flight director P-----> -----> 3.83.3 *With autopilot P-----> -----> 3.8.3.4 * Manually, with one engine simulated inoperative; engine failure has to be simulated during final approach before passing 1 000 ft above aerodrome level until touchdown or through the complete missed approach procedure . In aeroplanes which are not certificated as transport category aeroplanes (JAR/ FAR 25) or as commuter category aeroplanes (SFAR 23), the approach with simulated engine failure and the ensuing go-around shall be initiated in conjunction with the non-precision approach as described in 3.8.4. The go-around shall be initiated when reaching the published obstacle clearance height /altitude (OCH/A ); however , not later than reaching a n MDH/A of 500 ft above the runway threshold elevation. In aeroplanes having the same performance as a transport category aeroplane regarding take-off mass and density altitude, the instructor may simulate the engine failure in accordance with 3.8.3.4. P-----> -----> M 3.8.3.5 *Manually, with one engine simulated inoperative; engine failure has to be simulated during final approach after passing the o uter m arker (OM) within a distance of not more than 4 NM until touchdown or through the complete missed approach procedure In aeroplanes which are not certificated as transport category aeroplanes (JAR/FAR 25) or as commuter category aeroplanes (SFAR 23), the approach with simulated engine failure and the ensuing go-around shall be initiated in conjunction with the non-precision approach as described in 3.8.4. The go-around shall be initiated when reaching the published OCH/A; however, not later than reaching a n MDH/A of 500 ft above the runway threshold elevation. In aeroplanes having the same performance as a transport category aeroplane regarding take-off mass and density altitude, the instructor may simulate the engine failure in accordance with 3.8.3.4. P-----> -----> M 3.8.4* 2D operations down to the MDH/A P*---> -----> M 3.8.5 Circling approach under the following conditions: (a)* approach to the authorised minimum circling approach altitude at the aerodrome in question in accordance with the local instrument approach facilities in simulated instrument flight conditions; followed by: (b) circling approach to another runway at least 90° off centreline from the final approach used in item (a), at the authorised minimum circling approach altitude. Remark: I f (a) and (b) are not possible due to ATC reasons, a simulated low visibility pattern may be performed. P*---> -----> 3.8.6 Visual approaches P----> -----> SECTION 4 4 Missed approach procedures 4.1 Go-around with all engines operating* during a 3D operation on reaching decision height P*---> -----> 4.2 Go-around with all engines operating* from various stages during an instrument approach P*---> -----> 4.3 Other missed approach procedures P*---> -----> 4.4* Manual go-around with the critical engine simulated inoperative after an instrument approach on reaching DH, MDH or MAPt P*-----> -----> M 4.5 Rejected landing with all engines operating: from various heights below DH/MDH ; after touchdown (ba u lked landing) In aeroplanes which are not certificated as transport category aeroplanes (JAR/FAR 25) or as commuter category aeroplanes (SFAR 23), the rejected landing with all engines operating shall be initiated below MDH/A or after touchdown. P-----> -----> SECTION 5 5 Landings 5.1 Normal landings* with visual reference established when reaching DA/H following an instrument approach operation P 5.2 Landing with simulated jammed horizontal stabiliser in any out-of-trim position P-----> An aeroplane shall not be used for this exercise FFS only 5.3 Crosswind landings ( aircraft , if practicable) P-----> -----> 5.4 Traffic pattern and landing without extended or with partly extended flaps and slats P-----> -----> 5.5 Landing with critical engine simulated inoperative P-----> -----> M 5.6 Landing with two engines inoperative: aeroplanes with three engines: the centre engine and one outboard engine as far as practicable according to data of the AFM; and aeroplanes with four engines: two engines at one side P X M FFS only (skill test only) General remarks: Special requirements for the extension of a type rating for instrument approaches down to a decision height of less than 200 ft (60 m), i.e. CAT II/III operations. SECTION 6 Additional authorisation on a type rating for instrument approaches down to a DH of less than 60 m (200 ft) (CAT II/III) The following manoeuvres and procedures are the minimum training requirements to permit instrument approaches down to a DH of less than 60 m (200 ft). During the following instrument approaches and missed approach procedures , all aeroplane equipment required for type certification of instrument approaches down to a DH of less than 60 m (200 ft) shall be used. 6.1* Rejected take-off at minimum authorised runway visual range ( RVR ) P*-----> ---->X An a eroplane shall not be used for this exercise M* 6.2* CAT II/III approaches: in simulated instrument flight conditions down to the applicable DH , using flight guidance system. Standard procedures of crew coordination (task sharing, call-out procedures, mutual surveillance, information exchange and support) shall be observed . P-----> -----> M 6.3* Go-around: after approaches as indicated in 6.2 on reaching DH. The training shall also include a go-around due to (simulated) insufficient RVR, wind shear, aeroplane deviation in excess of approach limits for a successful approach, ground/airborne equipment failure prior to reaching DH, and go-around with simulated airborne equipment failure . P-----> -----> M* 6.4* Landing(s): with visual reference established at DH following an instrument approach. Depending on the specific flight guidance system, an automatic landing shall be performed . P-----> -----> M NOTE: CAT II/III operations shall be performed in accordance with the applicable air operations requirements. 7. Class ratings — sea Section 6 shall be completed to revalidate a multi-engine class rating sea, VFR only, where the required experience of 10 route sectors within the previous 12 months has not been completed. CLASS RATING SEA PRACTICAL TRAINING CLASS RATING SKILL TEST OR PROF ICIENCY CHECK Manoeuvres/ p rocedures Instructor’s initials when training completed Examiner’s initials when test completed SECTION 1 1 Departure 1.1 Preflight including: d ocumentation ; m ass and b alance ; w eather briefing ; and NOTAM . 1.2 Pre-start checks External/internal 1.3 Engine start-up and shutdown Normal malfunctions 1.4 Taxiing 1.5 Step taxiing 1.6 Mooring: Beach Jetty pier Buoy 1.7 Engine-off sailing 1.8 Pre-departure checks: Engine run-up (if applicable) 1.9 Take-off procedure: n ormal with f light m anual flap settings ; and c rosswind (if conditions are available) . 1.10 Climbing : t urns onto headings l evel off 1.11 ATC liaison — c ompliance, R/T procedures SECTION 2 2 Airwork (VFR) 2.1 Straight and level flight at various airspeeds including flight at critically low airspeed with and without flaps (including approach to VMCA when applicable) 2.2 Steep turns (360° left and right at 45° bank) 2.3 Stalls and recovery: (i) clean stall; (ii) approach to stall in descending turn with bank with approach configuration and power; (iii) approach to stall in landing configuration and power; and (iv) approach to stall, climbing turn with take-off flap and climb power (single-engine aeroplane s only) . 2.4 ATC liaison — c ompliance, R/T procedures SECTION 3 3 En route procedures VFR 3.1 Flight plan, dead reckoning and map reading 3.2 Maintenance of altitude, heading and speed 3.3 Orientation, timing and revision of ETAs 3.4 Use of radio navigation aids (if applicable) 3.5 Flight management (flight log, routine checks including fuel, systems and icing) 3.6 ATC liaison — c ompliance, R/T procedures SECTION 4 4 Arrivals and landings 4.1 Aerodrome arrival procedure (amphibians only) 4.2 Normal landing 4.3 Flapless landing 4.4 Crosswind landing (if suitable conditions) 4.5 Approach and landing with idle power from up to 2 000´ above the water (single-engine aeroplane s only) 4.6 Go-around from minimum height 4.7 Glassy water landing Rough water landing 4.8 ATC liaison — c ompliance, R/T procedures SECTION 5 5 Abnormal and emergency procedures (This section may be combined with S ections 1 through 4 . ) 5.1 Rejected take-off at a reasonable speed 5.2 Simulated engine failure after take-off (single-engine aeroplane s only) 5.3 Simulated forced landing without power (single-engine aeroplane s only) 5.4 Simulated emergencies: (i) fire or smoke in flight ; and (ii) systems’ malfunctions as appropriate . 5.5 ATC liaison — c ompliance, R/T procedures SECTION 6 6 Simulated asymmetric flight (This section may be combined with S ections 1 through 5 . ) 6.1 Simulated engine failure during take-off (at a safe altitude unless carried out in an FFS and an FNPT II) 6.2 Engine shutdown and restart (ME skill test only) 6.3 Asymmetric approach and go-around 6.4 Asymmetric approach and full - stop landing 6.5 ATC liaison — c ompliance, R/T procedures C. Specific requirements for the helicopter category 1. In the case of skill test or proficiency check for type ratings and the ATPL , applicant s shall pass S ections 1 to 4 and 6 (as applicable) of the skill test or proficiency check. Failure in more than five items will require applicant s to repeat the entire test or check. Applicant s failing not more than five items shall repeat the failed items. Failure in any item in the case of a retest or a recheck or failure in any other items already passed will require the applicant s to repeat the entire test or check again. All sections of the skill test or proficiency check shall be completed within 6 months. 2. In the case of proficiency check for an IR , applicant s shall pass S ection 5 of the proficiency check. Failure in more than 3 items will require applicant s to repeat the entire S ection 5. Applicant s failing not more than 3 items shall repeat the failed items. Failure in any item in the case of a recheck or failure in any other items of S ection 5 already passed will require applicant s to repeat the entire check. FLIGHT TEST TOLERANCE 3. A pplicant s shall demonstrate the ability to: (a) operate the helicopter within its limitations; (b) complete all manoeuvres with smoothness and accuracy; (c) exercise good judgement and airmanship; (d) apply aeronautical knowledge; (e) maintain control of the helicopter at all times in such a manner that the successful outcome of a procedure or manoeuvre is never in doubt; (f) understand and apply crew coordination and incapacitation procedures, if applicable; and (g) communicate effectively with the other crew members, if applicable. 4. The following limits shall apply, corrected to make allowance for turbulent conditions and the handling qualities and performance of the helicopter used. (a) IFR flight limits Height Generally ±100 ft Starting a go-around at decision height/altitude +50 ft /–0 ft Minimum descent height/MAP t /altitude +50 ft /–0 ft Tracking On radio aids ±5° For ‘ angular ’ deviations Half - scale deflection, azimuth and glide path (e.g. LPV, ILS, MLS, GLS) 2D (LNAV) and 3D (LNAV/VNAV) ‘ linear ’ lateral deviations cross-track error/deviation shall normally be limited to ±½ of the RNP value associated with the procedure. Brief deviations from this standard up to a maximum of one time the RNP value are allowable. 3D linear vertical deviations (e.g. RNP APCH (LNAV/VNAV) using BaroVNAV) not more than –75 ft below the vertical profile at a ny time, and not more than +75 ft above the vertical profile at or be low 1 000 ft above aerodrome level. Heading all engines operating ±5° with simulated engine failure ±10° Speed all engines operating ±5 knots with simulated engine failure +10 knots/–5 knots (b) VFR flight limits Height Generally ±100 ft Heading Normal operations ±5° Abnormal operations/emergencies ±10° Speed Generally ±10 knots With simulated engine failure +10 knots/-5 knots Ground drift T.O. hover I.G.E. ±3 ft Landing ±2 ft (with 0 ft rearward or lateral flight) CONTENT OF THE TRAINING/SKILL TEST/PROFICIENCY CHECK GENERAL 5. The following symbol mean s : P= Trained as PIC for the issue of a type rating for sing le- pilot helicopters ( SPH ) or trained as PIC or c o-pilot and as PF and PM for the issue of a type rating for multi pilot helicopters ( MPH ) . 6. The practical training shall be conducted at least at the training equipment level shown as (P), or may be conducted up to any higher equipment level shown by the arrow (---->). The following abbreviations are used to indicate the training equipment used: FFS = full-flight simulator FTD = flight training device H = helicopter 7. The starred items (*) shall be flown in actual or simulated IMC, only by applicants wishing to renew or revalidate an IR(H) or extend the privileges of that rating to another type. 8. Instrument flight procedures ( S ection 5) shall be performed only by applicants wishing to renew or revalidate an IR(H) or extend the privileges of that rating to another type. An FFS or an FTD 2/3 may be used for this purpose. 9. Where the letter ‘M’ appears in the skill test or proficiency check column , this will indicate a mandatory exercise. 10. An FSTD shall be used for practical training and testing if the FSTD forms part of a type rating course. The following considerations will apply to the course: the qualification of the FSTD as set out in the relevant requirements of Annex VI ( Part-ARA ) and Annex VII ( Part-ORA ) ; the qualifications of the instructor and examiner; the amount of FSTD training provided on the course; the qualifications and previous experience in similar types of the pilot s under training; and the amount of supervised flying experience provided after the issue of the new type rating. MULTI-PILOT HELICOPTERS 11. Applicants for the skill test for the issue of the multi-pilot helicopter type rating and ATPL(H) shall pass only S ections 1 to 4 and, if applicable, S ection 6. 12. Applicants for the revalidation or renewal of the multi-pilot helicopter type rating proficiency check shall pass only S ections 1 to 4 and, if applicable, S ection 6. SINGLE/MULTI-PILOT HELICOPTERS PRACTICAL TRAINING SKILL TEST OR PROFICIENCY CHECK Manoeuvres/ p rocedures FSTD H Instructor initials when training completed Checked in FSTD or H Examiner initials when test completed SECTION 1 — Preflight preparations and checks 1.1 Helicopter exterior visual inspection; location of each item and purpose of inspection P M (if performed in the helicopter) 1.2 Cockpit inspection P ---- M 1.3 Starting procedures, radio and navigation equipment check, selection and setting of navigation and communication frequencies P ---- M 1.4 Taxiing/air taxiing in compliance with ATC instructions or with instructions of an instructor P ---- M 1.5 Pre-take-off procedures and checks P ---- M SECTION 2 — Flight manoeuvres and procedures 2.1 Take-offs (various profiles) P ---- M 2.2 Sloping ground or crosswind take-offs & landings P ---- 2.3 Take-off at maximum take-off mass (actual or simulated maximum take-off mass) P ---- 2.4 Take-off with simulated engine failure shortly before reaching TDP or DPATO P ---- M 2.4.1 Take-off with simulated engine failure shortly after reaching TDP or DPATO P ---- M 2.5 Climbing and descending turns to specified headings P ---- M 2.5.1 Turns with 30° bank, 180°to 360° left and right, by sole reference to instruments P ---- M 2.6 Autorotative descent P ---- M 2.6.1 For single-engine helicopters ( SEH ) autorotative landing or for multi-engine helicopters ( MEH ) power recovery P ---- M 2.7 Landings, various profiles P ---- M 2.7.1 Go-around or landing following simulated engine failure before LDP or DPBL P ---- M 2.7.2 Landing following simulated engine failure after LDP or DPBL P ---- M SECTION 3 — Normal and abnormal operations of the following systems and procedures 3 Normal and abnormal operations of the following systems and procedures: M A mandatory minimum of 3 items shall be selected from this section 3.1 Engine P ---- 3.2 Air conditioning (heating, ventilation) P ---- 3.3 Pitot/static system P ---- 3.4 Fuel s ystem P ---- 3.5 Electrical system P ---- 3.6 Hydraulic system P ---- 3.7 Flight control and t rim system P ---- 3.8 Anti-icing and de-icing system P ---- 3.9 Autopilot/ f light director P --- 3.10 Stability augmentation devices P ---- 3.11 Weather radar, radio altimeter, transponder P ---- 3.12 Area n avigation s ystem P ---- 3.13 Landing gear system P ----- 3.14 APU P ---- 3.15 Radio, navigation equipment, instruments and FMS P ---- SECTION 4 — Abnormal and emergency procedures 4 Abnormal and emergency procedures M A mandatory minimum of 3 items shall be selected from this section 4.1 Fire drills (including evacuation if applicable) P ---- 4.2 Smoke control and removal P ---- 4.3 Engine failures, shutdown and restart at a safe height P ---- 4.4 Fuel dumping (simulated) P ---- 4.5 Tail rotor control failure (if applicable) P ---- 4.5.1 Tail rotor loss (if applicable) P A h elicopter shall not be used for this exercise 4.6 Incapacitation of crew member — MPH only P ---- 4.7 Transmission malfunctions P ---- 4.8 Other emergency procedures as outlined in the appropriate f light m anual P ---- SECTION 5 — Instrument f light p rocedures (to be performed in IMC or simulated IMC) 5.1 Instrument take-off: transition to instrument flight is required as soon as possible after becoming airborne P* ---- * 5.1.1 Simulated engine failure during departure P* ---- * M* 5.2 Adherence to departure and arrival routes and ATC instructions P* ---- * M* 5.3 Holding procedures P* ---- * 5.4 3D operations to DH/A of 200 ft (60 m) or to higher minima if required by the approach procedure P* ---- * 5.4.1 Manually, without flight director. Note: According to the AFM, RNP APCH procedures may require the use of autopilot or f light d irector. The procedure to be flown manually shall be chosen taken into account such limitations ( for example , choose an ILS for 5.4.1 in the case of such AFM limitation). P* ---- * M* 5.4.2 Manually, with f light d irector P* ---- * M* 5.4.3 With coupled autopilot P* ---- * 5.4.4 Manually, with one engine simulated inoperative; engine failure has to be simulated during final approach before passing 1 000 ft above aerodrome level until touchdown or until completion of the missed approach procedure P* ---- * M* 5.5 2D operations down to the MDA/H P* ---- * M* 5.6 Go-around with all engines operating on reaching DA/H or MDA/MDH P* ---- * 5.6.1 Other missed approach procedures P* ---- * 5.6.2 Go-around with one engine simulated inoperative on reaching DA/H or MDA/MDH P* ---- * M* 5.7 IMC autorotation with power recovery P* ---- * M* 5.8 Recovery from unusual attitudes P* ---- * M* SECTION 6 — Use of o ptional e quipment 6 Use of optional equipment P ---- D. Specific requirements for the powered-lift aircraft category 1. In the case of skill tests or proficiency checks for powered-lift aircraft type ratings, applicant s shall pass S ections 1 to 5 and 6 (as applicable) of the skill test or proficiency check. Failure in more than five items will require applicant s to repeat the entire test or check. Applicant s failing not more than five items shall repeat the failed items. Failure in any item in the case of a retest or a recheck or failure in any other items already passed will require applicant s to repeat the entire test or check. All sections of the skill test or proficiency check shall be completed within 6 months. FLIGHT TEST TOLERANCE 2. A pplicant s shall demonstrate the ability to: (a) operate the powered-lift aircraft within its limitations; (b) complete all manoeuvres with smoothness and accuracy; (c) exercise good judgement and airmanship; (d) apply aeronautical knowledge; (e) maintain control of the powered-lift aircraft at all times in such a manner that the successful outcome of a procedure or manoeuvre is never in doubt; (f) understand and apply crew coordination and incapacitation procedures; and (g) communicate effectively with the other crew members. 3. The following limits shall apply, corrected to make allowance for turbulent conditions and the handling qualities and performance of the powered-lift aircraft used. (a) IFR flight limits Height Generally ±100 ft Starting a go-around at decision height/altitude +50 ft/-0 ft Minimum descent height/altitude +50 ft/-0 ft Tracking On radio aids ±5° Precision approach half - scale deflection, azimuth and glide path Heading Normal operations ±5° Abnormal operations/emergencies ±10° Speed Generally ±10 knots With simulated engine failure +10 knots/-5 knots (b) VFR flight limits: Height Generally ±100 ft Heading Normal operations ±5° Abnormal operations/emergencies ±10° Speed Generally ±10 knots With simulated engine failure +10 knots/-5 knots Ground drift T.O. hover I.G.E. ±3 ft Landing ±2 ft (with 0 ft rearward or lateral flight) CONTENT OF THE TRAINING/SKILL TEST/PROFICIENCY CHECK 4. The following symbol mean s : P= Trained as PIC or c o-pilot and as PF and PM for the issue of a type rating as applicable 5. The practical training shall be conducted at least at the training equipment level shown as (P), or may be conducted up to any higher equipment level shown by the arrow (---->). 6. The following abbreviations are used to indicate the training equipment used: FFS = full-flight simulator FTD = flight training device OTD = other training device PL = powered-lift aircraft (a) Applicants for the skill test for the issue of the powered-lift aircraft type rating shall pass S ections 1 to 5 and, if applicable, S ection 6. (b) Applicants for the revalidation or renewal of the powered-lift aircraft type rating proficiency check shall pass S ections 1 to 5 and, if applicable , S ection 6 and/or Section 7. (c) The starred items (*) shall be flown solely by reference to instruments. If this condition is not met during the skill test or proficiency check, the type rating will be restricted to VFR only. 7. Where the letter ‘M’ appears in the skill test or proficiency check column , this will indicate a mandatory exercise. 8. F STDs shall be used for practical training and testing if they form part of an approved type rating course. The following considerations will apply to the approval of the course: (a) the qualification of the FSTDs as set out in the relevant requirements of Annex VI ( Part-ARA ) and Annex VII ( Part-ORA ) ; and (b) the qualifications of the instructor. POWERED-LIFT AIRCRAFT CATEGORY PRACTICAL TRAINING SKILL TEST OR PROFICIENCY CHECK Manoeuvres/procedures Instructor’s initials when training completed Checked in FFS PL Examiner’s initials when test completed OTD FTD FFS PL SECTION 1 — Preflight preparations and checks 1.1 Powered-lift aircraft exterior visual inspection; location of each item and purpose of inspection P 1.2 Cockpit inspection P ---- ---- ---- 1.3 Starting procedures, radio and navigation equipment check, selection and setting of navigation and communication frequencies P ---- ---- ---- M 1.4 Taxiing in compliance with ATC instructions or with instructions of an instructor P ---- ---- 1.5 Pre-take-off procedures and checks including p ower c heck P ---- ---- ---- M SECTION 2 — Flight manoeuvres and procedures 2.1 Normal VFR take-off profiles: Runway operations (short take-off and landing (STOL) and vertical take-off and landing ( VTOL)) including crosswind Elevated heliports Ground level heliports P ---- ---- M 2.2 Take-off at maximum take-off mass (actual or simulated maximum take-off mass) P ---- 2.3.1 Rejected take-off: during runway operations; during elevated heliport operations; and during ground level operations. P ---- M 2.3.2 Take-off with simulated engine failure after passing decision point: during runway operations; during elevated heliport operations; and during ground level operations. P ---- M 2.4 Autorotative descent in helicopter mode to ground (an aircraft shall not be used for this exercise) P ---- ---- M FFS only 2.4.1 Windmill descent in aeroplane mode (an aircraft shall not be used for this exercise) P ---- M FFS only 2.5 Normal VFR landing profiles: runway operations (STOL and VTOL) elevated heliports ground level heliports P ---- ---- M 2.5.1 Landing with simulated engine failure after reaching decision point: during runway operations; during elevated heliport operations; and during ground level operations. 2.6 Go-around or landing following simulated engine failure before decision point P ---- M SECTION 3 — Normal and abnormal operations of the following systems and procedures: 3 Normal and abnormal operations of the following systems and procedures (may be completed in an FSTD if qualified for the exercise): M A mandatory minimum of 3 items shall be selected from this section 3.1 Engine P ---- ---- 3.2 Pressurisation and air conditioning (heating, ventilation) P ---- ---- 3.3 Pitot/static system P ---- ---- 3.4 Fuel system P ---- ---- 3.5 Electrical system P ---- ---- 3.6 Hydraulic system P ---- ---- 3.7 Flight control and trim system P ---- ---- 3.8 Anti-icing and de-icing system, glare shield heating (if fitted) P ---- ---- 3.9 Autopilot/flight director P --- --- 3.10 Stall warning devices or stall avoidance devices and stability augmentation devices P ---- ---- 3.11 Weather radar, radio altimeter, transponder, ground proximity warning system (if fitted) P ---- ---- 3.12 Landing gear system P ----- ----- 3.13 APU P ---- ---- 3.14 Radio, navigation equipment, instruments and FMS P ---- ---- 3.15 Flap system P ---- ---- SECTION 4 — Abnormal and emergency procedures 4 Abnormal and emergency procedures (may be completed in an FSTD if qualified for the exercise) M A mandatory minimum of 3 items shall be selected from this section 4.1 Fire drills, engine, APU, cargo compartment, flight deck and electrical fires including evacuation if applicable P ---- ---- 4.2 Smoke control and removal P ---- ---- 4.3 Engine failures, shutdown and restart (an aircraft shall not be used for this exercise) including one engine inoperative conversion from helicopter to aeroplane modes and vice versa P ---- ---- FFS only 4.4 Fuel dumping (simulated, if fitted) P ---- ---- 4.5 Wind shear at take-off and landing (an aircraft shall not be used for this exercise) P FFS only 4.6 Simulated cabin pressure failure/emergency descent (an aircraft shall not be used for this exercise) P ---- ---- FFS only 4.7 ACAS event (an aircraft shall not be used for this exercise) P ---- ---- FFS only 4.8 Incapacitation of crew member P ---- ---- 4.9 Transmission malfunctions P ---- ---- FFS only 4.10 Recovery from a full stall (power on and off) or after activation of stall warning devices in climb, cruise and approach configurations (an aircraft shall not be used for this exercise) P ---- ---- FFS only 4.11 Other emergency procedures as detailed in the appropriate flight manual P ---- ---- SECTION 5 — Instrument flight procedures (to be performed in IMC or simulated IMC) 5.1 Instrument take-off: transition to instrument flight is required as soon as possible after becoming airborne P* ---- * ---- * 5.1.1 Simulated engine failure during departure after decision point P* ---- * ---- * M* 5.2 Adherence to departure and arrival routes and ATC instructions P* ---- * ---- * M* 5.3 Holding procedures P* ---- * ---- * 5.4 Precision approach down to a decision height not less than 60 m (200 ft) P* ---- * ---- * 5.4.1 Manually, without flight director P* ---- * ---- * M* (Skill test only) 5.4.2 Manually, with flight director P* ---- * ---- * 5.4.3 With use of autopilot P* ---- * ---- * 5.4.4 Manually, with one engine simulated inoperative; engine failure has to be simulated during final approach before passing the OM and continued either to touchdown or until completion of the missed approach procedure P* ---- * ---- * M* 5.5 Non-precision approach down to the MDA/H P* ---- * ---- * M* 5.6 Go-around with all engines operating on reaching DA/H or MDA/MDH P* ---- * ---- * 5.6.1 Other missed approach procedures P* ---- * ---- * 5.6.2 Go-around with one engine simulated inoperative on reaching DA/H or MDA/MDH P* M* 5.7 IMC autorotation with power recovery to land on runway in helicopter mode only (an aircraft shall not be used for this exercise) P* ---- * ---- * M* FFS only 5.8 Recovery from unusual attitudes (this one depends on the quality of the FFS) P* ---- * ---- * M* SECTION 6 — Additional authorisation on a type rating for instrument approaches down to a decision height of less than 60 m (200 ft) (CAT II/III) 6 Additional authorisation on a type rating for instrument approaches down to a decision height of less than 60 m (CAT II/III). The following manoeuvres and procedures are the minimum training requirements to permit instrument approaches down to a DH of less than 60 m (200 ft). During the following instrument approaches and missed approach procedures, all powered-lift aircraft equipment required for the type certification of instrument approaches down to a DH of less than 60 m (200 ft) shall be used. 6.1 Rejected take-off at minimum authorised RVR P ---- M* 6.2 ILS approaches: in simulated instrument flight conditions down to the applicable DH, using flight guidance system. Standard operating procedures (SOPs) of crew coordination shall be observed. P ---- ---- M* 6.3 Go-around: after approaches as indicated in 6.2 on reaching DH. The training shall also include a go-around due to (simulated) insufficient RVR, wind shear, aircraft deviation in excess of approach limits for a successful approach, ground/airborne equipment failure prior to reaching DH, and go-around with simulated airborne equipment failure. P ---- ---- M* 6.4 Landing(s): with visual reference established at DH following an instrument approach. Depending on the specific flight guidance system, an automatic landing shall be performed. P ---- M* Section 7 — Optional equipment 7 Use of optional equipment P ---- ---- E. Specific requirements for the airship category 1. In the case of skill tests or proficiency checks for airship type ratings , applicant s shall pass S ections 1 to 5 and 6 (as applicable) of the skill test or proficiency check. Failure in more than five items will require applicant s to repeat the entire test or check. Applicant s failing not more than five items shall take the failed items again. Failure in any item in the case of a retest or a recheck , or failure in any other items already passed will require applicant s to repeat the entire test or check again. All sections of the skill test or proficiency check shall be completed within 6 months. FLIGHT TEST TOLERANCE 2. A pplicant s shall demonstrate the ability to: operate the airship within its limitations; complete all manoeuvres with smoothness and accuracy; exercise good judgement and airmanship; apply aeronautical knowledge; maintain control of the airship at all times in such a manner that the successful outcome of a procedure or manoeuvre is never in doubt; understand and apply crew coordination and incapacitation procedures; and communicate effectively with the other crew members. 3. The following limits shall apply, corrected to make allowance for turbulent conditions and the handling qualities and performance of the airship used. (a) IFR flight limits: Height Generally ±100 ft Starting a go-around at decision height/altitude +50 ft/-0 ft Minimum descent height/altitude +50 ft/-0 ft Tracking On radio aids ±5° Precision approach half - scale deflection, azimuth and glide path Heading Normal operations ±5° Abnormal operations/emergencies ±10° (b) VFR flight limits: Height Generally ±100 ft Heading Normal operations ±5° Abnormal operations/emergencies ±10° CONTENT OF THE TRAINING/SKILL TEST/PROFICIENCY CHECK 4. The following symbol mean s : P= Trained as PIC or c o-pilot and as PF and PM for the issue of a type rating as applicable. 5. The practical training shall be conducted at least at the training equipment level shown as (P), or may be conducted up to any higher equipment level shown by the arrow (---->). 6 The following abbreviations are used to indicate the training equipment used: FFS = full-flight simulator FTD = flight training device OTD = other training device As = airship (a) Applicants for the skill test for the issue of the airship shall pass S ections 1 to 5 and, if applicable, S ection 6. (b) Applicants for the revalidation or renewal of the airship type rating proficiency check shall pass S ections 1 to 5 and, if applicable S ection 6. (c) The starred items (*) shall be flown solely by reference to instruments. If this condition is not met during the skill test or proficiency check, the type rating will be restricted to VFR only. 7. Where the letter ‘M’ appears in the skill test or proficiency check column , this will indicate a mandatory exercise. 8. FSTD s shall be used for practical training and testing if they form part of a type rating course. The following considerations will apply to the course: (a) the qualification of the FSTD s as set out in the relevant requirements of Annex VI ( Part-ARA ) and Annex VII ( Part-ORA ) ; and (b) the qualifications of the instructor. AIRSHIP CATEGORY PRACTICAL TRAINING SKILL TEST OR PROFICIENCY CHECK Manoeuvres/ p rocedures Instructor’s initials when training completed Ch ec k e d in Examiner’s initials when test completed OTD FTD FFS As FFS As SECTION 1 — Preflight preparations and checks 1.1 Preflight inspection P 1.2 Cockpit inspection P ---- ---- ---- 1.3 Starting procedures, radio and navigation equipment check, selection and setting of navigation and communication frequencies P ---- ---- M 1.4 Off -m ast procedure and g round m anoeuvring P ---- M 1.5 Pre-take-off procedures and checks P ---- ---- ---- M SECTION 2 — Flight manoeuvres and procedures 2.1 Normal VFR take-off profile P ---- M 2.2 Take-off with simulated engine failure P ---- M 2.3 Take-off with heaviness > 0 (Heavy T/O) P ---- 2.4 Take-off with heaviness < 0 (Light/TO) P ---- 2.5 Normal climb procedure P ---- 2.6 Climb to p ressure h eight P ---- 2.7 Recognising of p ressure h eight P ---- 2.8 Flight at or close to p ressure h eight P ---- M 2.9 Normal descent and approach P ---- 2.10 Normal VFR landing profile P ---- M 2.11 Landing with heaviness > 0 (Heavy Ldg.) P ---- M 2.12 Landing with heaviness < 0 (Light Ldg.) P ---- M Intentionally left blank SECTION 3 — Normal and abnormal operations of the following systems and procedures 3 Normal and abnormal operations of the following systems and procedures (may be completed in an FSTD if qualified for the exercise): M A mandatory minimum of 3 items shall be selected from this section 3.1 Engine P ---- ---- ---- 3.2 Envelope p ressurisation P ---- ---- ---- 3.3 Pitot/static system P ---- ---- ---- 3.4 Fuel system P ---- ---- ---- 3.5 Electrical system P ---- ---- ---- 3.6 Hydraulic system P ---- ---- ---- 3.7 Flight control and t rim system P ---- ---- ---- 3.8 Ballonet system P ---- ---- ---- 3.9 Autopilot/ f light director P --- --- ---- 3.10 Stability augmentation devices P ---- ---- ---- 3.11 Weather radar, radio altimeter, transponder, ground proximity warning system (if fitted) P ---- ---- ---- 3.12 Landing gear system P ----- ----- ---- 3.13 APU P ---- ---- ---- 3.14 Radio, navigation equipment, instruments and FMS P ---- ---- ---- Intentionally left blank SECTION 4 — Abnormal and emergency procedures 4 Abnormal and emergency procedures (may be completed in an FSTD if qualified for the exercise) M A mandatory minimum of three items shall be selected from this section 4.1 Fire drills, engine, APU, cargo compartment, flight deck and electrical fires , including evacuation if applicable P ---- ---- ---- 4.2 Smoke control and removal P ---- ---- ---- 4.3 Engine failures, shutdown and restart : i n particular phases of flight, inclusive multiple engine failure P ---- ---- ---- 4.4 Incapacitation of crew member P ---- ---- ---- 4.5 Transmission/ g earbox malfunctions P ---- ---- ---- FFS only 4.6 Other emergency procedures as outlined in the appropriate f light m anual P ---- ---- ---- SECTION 5 — Instrument Flight Procedures (to be performed in IMC or simulated IMC) 5.1 Instrument take-off: transition to instrument flight is required as soon as possible after becoming airborne P* ---- * ---- * ---- * 5.1.1 Simulated engine failure during departure P* ---- * ---- * ---- * M* 5.2 Adherence to departure and arrival routes and ATC instructions P* ---- * ---- * ---- * M* 5.3 Holding procedures P* ---- * ---- * ---- * 5.4 Precision approach down to a decision height not less than 60 m (200 ft) P* ---- * ---- * ---- * 5.4.1 Manually, without flight director P* ---- * ---- * ---- * M* (Skill test only) 5.4.2 Manually, with flight director P* ---- * ---- * ---- * 5.4.3 With use of autopilot P* ---- * ---- * ---- * 5.4.4 Manually, with one engine simulated inoperative; engine failure has to be simulated during final approach before passing the OM and continued to touchdown or until completion of the missed approach procedure P* ---- * ---- * ---- * M* 5.5 Non-precision approach down to the MDA/H P* ---- * ---- * ---- * M* 5.6 Go-around with all engines operating on reaching DA/H or MDA/MDH P* ---- * ---- * ---- * 5.6.1 Other missed approach procedures P* ---- * ---- * ---- * 5.6.2 Go-around with one engine simulated inoperative on reaching DA/H or MDA/MDH P* M* 5.7 Recovery from unusual attitudes (this one depends on the quality of the FFS) P* ---- * ---- * ---- * M* SECTION 6 — Additional authorisation on a type rating for instrument approaches down to a decision height of less than 60 m (200 ft) (CAT II/III) 6 Additional authorisation on a type rating for instrument approaches down to a decision height of less than 60 m (200 ft) (CAT II/III). The following manoeuvres and procedures are the minimum training requirements to permit instrument approaches down to a DH of less than 60 m (200 ft). During the following instrument approaches and missed approach procedures, all airship equipment required for the type certification of instrument approaches down to a DH of less than 60 m (200 ft) shall be used. 6.1 Rejected take-off at minimum authorised RVR P ---- M* 6.2 ILS approaches: in simulated instrument flight conditions down to the applicable DH, using flight guidance system. SOPs of crew coordination shall be observed. P ---- M* 6.3 Go-around After approaches as indicated in 6.2 on reaching DH. The training shall also include a go-around due to (simulated) insufficient RVR, wind shear, aircraft deviation in excess of approach limits for a successful approach, ground/airborne equipment failure prior to reaching DH and, go-around with simulated airborne equipment failure. P ---- M* 6.4 Landing(s): with visual reference established at DH following an instrument approach. Depending on the specific flight guidance system, an automatic landing shall be performed P ---- M* SECTION 7 — Optional equipment 7 Use of optional equipment P ---- ANNEX II CONDITIONS FOR THE CONVERSION OF EXISTING NATIONAL LICENCES AND RATINGS FOR AEROPLANES AND HELICOPTERS A. AEROPLANES 1. Pilot licences P ilot licence s issued by a Member State in accordance with the national requirements shall be converted into Part-FCL licence s , provided that applicant s compl y with the following requirements: (a) for ATPL(A) and CPL(A), pass as a proficiency check the revalidation requirements of Part-FCL for type/class and instrument rating, relevant to the privileges of the licence held; (b) demonstrate knowledge of the relevant parts of the operational requirements and Part-FCL ; (c) demonstrate language proficiency in accordance with FCL.055; and (d) comply with the requirements set out in the following table: National licence held Total flying hours experience Any further requirements Part-FCL licence and conditions (where applicable) Removal of conditions (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) ATPL(A) > 1 500 as PIC in multi-pilot aeroplanes None ATPL(A) Not applicable (a) ATPL(A) > 1 500 on multi-pilot aeroplanes None as in (c)(4) as in (c)(5) (b) ATPL(A) > 500 on multi-pilot aeroplanes Demonstrate knowledge of flight planning and performance as required by FCL.515 ATPL(A), with type rating restricted to co-pilot Demonstrate the ability to act as PIC as required by Appendix 9 to Part-FCL (c) CPL/IR(A) and passed an ICAO ATPL theory test in the Member State that issued the licence (i) demonstrate knowledge of flight planning and performance as required by FCL.310 and FCL.615(b) (ii) meet remaining requirements in FCL.720.A(c) . CPL/IR(A) with ATPL theory credit Not applicable (d) CPL/IR(A) > 500 on multi-pilot aeroplanes or in multi-pilot operations on single-pilot aeroplanes CS-23 commuter category or equivalent in accordance with the relevant requirements of Part-CAT and Part-ORO for commercial air transport (i) pass an examination for ATPL(A) knowledge in the Member State that issued the licence ( 1 ) (ii) meet remaining requirements in FCL.720.A(c) CPL/IR(A) with ATPL theory credit Not applicable (e) CPL/IR(A) > 500 as PIC in single-pilot aeroplanes None CPL/IR(A) with class ratings and type ratings restricted to single-pilot aeroplanes Obtain multi-pilot type rating in accordance with Part-FCL (f) CPL/IR(A) < 500 as PIC in single-pilot aeroplanes Demonstrate knowledge of flight planning and flight performance for CPL/IR level As (4)(f) As (5)(f) (g) CPL(A) > 500 as PIC in single-pilot aeroplanes Night rating, if applicable CPL(A), with type/class ratings restricted to single-pilot aeroplanes (h) CPL(A) < 500 as PIC in single-pilot aeroplanes (i) Night rating, if applicable; (ii) demonstrate knowledge of flight performance and planning as required by FCL.310 . as (4)(h) (i) PPL/IR(A) ≥ 75 in accordance with IFR PPL/IR(A) (the IR restricted to PPL) Demonstrate knowledge of flight performance and planning as required by FCL.615(b) (j) PPL(A) ≥ 70 on aeroplanes Demonstrate the use of radio navigation aids PPL(A) (k) ( 1 ) CPL holders already holding a type rating for a multi-pilot aeroplane are not required to have passed an examination for ATPL(A) theoretical knowledge whilst they continue to operate that same aeroplane type, but will not be given ATPL(A) theory credit for a Part-FCL licence. If they require another type rating for a different multi-pilot aeroplane, they must comply with column (3), row (e)(i) of the table above. 2. Instructor certificates An instructor certificate issued by a Member State in accordance with the national requirements shall be converted into a Part-FCL certificate , provided that applicant s compl y with the following requirements: National certificate or privileges held Experience Any further requirements Part-FCL certificate (1) (2) (3) (4) FI(A)/IRI(A)/TRI(A)/CRI(A) as required under Part-FCL for the relevant certificate N/A FI(A)/IRI(A)/TRI(A)/CRI(A) 3. SFI certificate A n SFI certificate issued by a Member State in accordance with the national requirements shall be converted into a Part-FCL certificate , provided that applicants compl y with the following requirements: National certificate held Experience Any further requirements Part-FCL certificate (1) (2) (3) (4) SFI(A) >1 500 hours as pilot of MPA (i) hold or have held a CPL, an MPL or an ATPL for aeroplanes issued by a Member State; (ii) have completed the flight simulator content of the applicable type rating course including MCC. SFI(A) SFI(A) 3 years of recent experience as a n SFI have completed the flight simulator content of the applicable type rating course including MCC SFI(A) The conversion shall be valid for a maximum period of 3 years. Revalidation shall be subject to the completion of the relevant requirements set out in Part-FCL. 4. STI certificate An STI certificate issued by a Member State in accordance with the national requirements of that State may be converted into a Part-FCL certificate , provided that applicants compl y with the following requirements: National certificate held Experience Any further requirements Replacement certificate (1) (2) (3) (4) STI(A) > 500 hours as pilot on SPA (i) hold or have held a pilot licence issued by a Member State; (ii) have passed a proficiency check in accordance with Appendix 9 to Part-FCL in an FSTD appropriate to the instruction intended STI(A) STI(A) 3 years recent experience as a n STI have passed a proficiency check in accordance with Appendix 9 to Part-FCL in an FSTD appropriate to the instruction intended STI(A) Revalidation of the certificate shall be subject to the completion of the relevant requirements set out in Part-FCL. B. HELICOPTERS 1. Pilot licences P ilot licence s issued by a Member State in accordance with the national requirements shall be converted into Part-FCL licence s , provided that applicant s compl y with the following requirements: (a) complete as a proficiency check the revalidation requirements of Part-FCL for type and instrument rating, relevant to the privileges of the licence held; (b) demonstrate knowledge of the relevant parts of the operational requirements and Part-FCL ; (c) demonstrate language proficiency in accordance with FCL.055; and (d) comply with the require ments set out in the following table : National licence held Total flying hours experience Any further requirements Replacement Part-FCL licence and conditions (where applicable) Removal of conditions (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) ATPL(H) valid IR(H) >1 000 as PIC in multi-pilot helicopters none ATPL(H) and IR Not applicable (a) ATPL(H) no IR(H) privileges >1 000 as PIC in multi-pilot helicopters none ATPL(H) (b) ATPL(H) valid IR(H) >1 000 on multi-pilot helicopters None ATPL(H), and IR with type rating restricted to co-pilot D emonstrate the ability to act as PIC as required by Appendix 9 to Part-FCL (c) ATPL(H) no IR(H) privileges >1 000 on multi-pilot helicopters None ATPL(H) type rating restricted to co-pilot D emonstrate the ability to act as PIC as required by Appendix 9 to Part-FCL (d) ATPL(H) valid IR(H) >500 on multi-pilot helicopters demonstrate knowledge of flight planning and flight performance as required by FCL.515 and FCL.615(b) as (4)(c) as (5)(c) (e) ATPL(H) no IR(H) privileges >500 on multi-pilot helicopters as (3)(e) as (4)(d) as (5)(d) (f) CPL/IR(H) and passed an ICAO ATPL(H) theory test in the Member State that issued the licence (i) demonstrate knowledge of flight planning and flight performance as required by FCL.310 and FCL.615(b); and (ii) meet remaining requirements in FCL.720.H(b) . CPL/IR(H) with ATPL(H) theory credit, provided that the ICAO ATPL(H) theory test is assessed as being at Part-FCL ATPL level Not applicable (g) CPL/IR(H) >500 on multi-pilot helicopters (i) to pass an examination for Part-FCL ATPL(H) theoretical knowledge in the Member State that issued the licence * ; and (ii) to meet remaining requirements in FCL.720.H (b) . CPL/IR(H) with Part-FCL ATPL(H) theory credit Not applicable (h) CPL/IR(H) >500 as PIC in single-pilot helicopters None CPL/IR(H) with type ratings restricted to single-pilot helicopters obtain multi-pilot type rating as required by Part-FCL (i) CPL/IR(H) <500 as PIC in single-pilot helicopters demonstrate knowledge of flight planning and flight performance as required by FCL.310 and FCL.615(b) as (4)(i) (j) CPL(H) >500 as PIC in single-pilot helicopters night rating CPL(H), with type ratings restricted to single-pilot helicopters (k) CPL(H) <500 as PIC in single-pilot helicopters night rating demonstrate knowledge of flight performance and planning as required by FCL.310 as (4) (k) (l) CPL(H) Without night rating >500 as PIC in single-pilot helicopters As (4)(k) and restricted to day VFR operations Obtain multi-pilot type rating as required by Part-FCL and a night rating. (m) CPL(H) Without night rating <500 as PIC in single-pilot helicopters demonstrate knowledge of flight planning and flight performance as required by FCL.310 As (4)(k) and restricted to day VFR operations (n) PPL/IR(H) 75 in accordance with IFR PPL/IR(H) (the IR restricted to PPL) demonstrate knowledge of flight performance and planning as required by FCL.615(b) (o) PPL(H) 75 on helicopters demonstrate the use of radio navigation aids PPL (H) (p) * CPL holders already holding a type rating for a multi-pilot helicopter are not required to have passed an examination for ATPL(H) theoretical knowledge whilst they continue to operate that same helicopter type, but will not be given ATPL(H) theory credit for a Part-FCL licence. If they require another type rating for a different multi-pilot helicopter, they must comply with column (3), row (h)(i) of the table . 2. Instructor certificates An instructor certificate issued by a Member State in accordance with the national requirements shall be converted into a Part-FCL certificate , provided that applicant s compl y with the following requirements: National certificate or privileges held Experience Any further requirements Replacement certificate (1) (2) (3) (4) FI(H)/IRI(H)/TRI(H) as required under Part-FCL for the relevant certificate FI(H)/IRI(H)/TRI(H)* Revalidation of the certificate shall be subject to the completion of the relevant requirements set out in Part-FCL. 3. SFI certificate An SFI certificate issued by a Member State in accordance with the national requirements shall be converted into a Part-FCL certificate , provided that applicants compl y with the following requirements: National certificate held Experience Any further requirements Replacement certificate (1) (2) (3) (4) SFI(H) >1 000 hours as pilot of MPH (i) hold or have held a CPL, MPL or ATPL issued by a Member State; (ii) have completed the flight simulator content of the applicable type rating course including MCC SFI(H) SFI(H) 3 years recent experience as an SFI have completed the simulator content of the applicable type rating course including MCC SFI(H) Revalidation of the certificate shall be subject to the completion of the relevant requirements set out in Part-FCL. 4. STI certificate An STI certificate issued by a Member State in accordance with the national requirements of that State may be converted into a Part-FCL certificate , provided that applicants compl y with the requirements set out in the table below: National certificate held Experience Any further requirements Replacement certificate (1) (2) (3) (4) STI(H) > 500 hours as pilot on SPH (i) hold or have held a pilot licence issued by a Member State; and (ii) have passed a proficiency check in accordance with Appendix 9 to Part-FCL in an FSTD appropriate to the instruction intended . STI(H) STI(H) 3 years recent experience as an STI have passed a proficiency check in accordance with Appendix 9 to Part-FCL in an FSTD appropriate to the instruction intended STI(H) Revalidation of the certificate shall be subject to the completion of the relevant requirements set out in Part-FCL. ANNEX III CONDITIONS FOR THE ACCEPTANCE OF LICENCES ISSUED BY OR ON BEHALF OF THIRD COUNTRIES A. VALIDATION OF LICENCES General 1 . P ilot licence s issued in compliance with the requirements of Annex 1 to the Chicago Convention by a third country may be validated by the competent authority of a Member State. Pilots shall apply to the competent authority of the Member State where they reside or are established. If they are not residing in the territory of a Member State, pilots shall apply to the competent authority of the Member State where the operator for which they are flying or intend to fly has its principal place of business, or where the aircraft on which they are flying or intend to fly is registered. 2. The period of validation of a licence shall not exceed 1 year, provided that the basic licence remains valid. This period may only be extended once by the competent authority that issued the validation when, during the validation period, pilot s ha ve applied, or are undergoing training, for the issue of a licence in accordance with Part-FCL. This extension shall cover the period of time necessary for the licence to be issued in accordance with Part-FCL and shall not exceed one year . H olders of a licence accepted by a Member State shall exercise their privileges in accordance with the requirements stated in Part-FCL. Pilot licences for commercial air transport and other commercial activities 3. In the case of pilot licences for commercial air transport and other commercial activities, holder s shall comply with the following requirements: (a) complete, as a skill test, the type or class rating revalidation requirements of Part-FCL relevant to the privileges of the licence held; (b) demonstrate that they ha ve acquired knowledge of the relevant parts of the operational requirements and Part-FCL; (c) demonstrate that they ha ve acquired language proficiency in accordance with FCL.055; and (d) hold a valid Class 1 medical certificate, issued in accordance with Part-M ED. In addition to the requirements in points (a) to (d) , i n the case of aeroplanes, applicants shall comply with the experience requirements set out in the following table: Licence held Total flying hours experience Privileges (1) (2) (3) ATPL(A) >1 500 hours as PIC in multi-pilot aeroplanes Commercial air transport in multi-pilot aeroplanes as PIC (a) ATPL(A) or CPL(A)/IR* >1 500 hours as PIC or co-pilot on multi-pilot aeroplanes according to operational requirements Commercial air transport in multi-pilot aeroplanes as co-pilot (b) CPL(A)/IR >1 000 hours as PIC in commercial air transport since obtaining an IR Commercial air transport in single-pilot aeroplanes as PIC (c) CPL(A)/IR >1 000 hours as PIC or as co-pilot in single-pilot aeroplanes according to operational requirements Commercial air transport in single-pilot aeroplanes as co-pilot according to operational requirements (d) ATPL(A), CPLA(A)/IR, CPL(A) >700 hours in aeroplanes other than TMGs, including 200 hours in the activity role for which acceptance is sought, and 50 hours in that role in the last 12 months Exercise of privileges in aeroplanes in operations other than commercial air transport (e) CPL(A) >1 500 hours as PIC in commercial air transport including 500 hours on seaplane operations Commercial air transport in single-pilot aeroplanes as PIC (f) * CPL(A)/IR holders on multi-pilot aeroplanes shall have demonstrated ICAO ATPL(A) level knowledge before acceptance. In addition to the requirements in points (a) to (d), in the case of helicopters, applicants shall comply with the experience requirements set out in the following table: Licence held Total flying hours experience Privileges (1) (2) (3) ATPL(H) valid IR > 1 000 hours as PIC in multi-pilot helicopters Commercial air transport in multi-pilot helicopters as PIC in VFR and IFR operations (a) ATPL(H) no IR privileges > 1 000 hours as PIC in multi-pilot helicopters Commercial air transport in multi-pilot helicopters as PIC in VFR operations (b) ATPL(H) valid IR > 1 000 hours as pilot on multi-pilot helicopters Commercial air transport in multi-pilot helicopters as co-pilot in VFR and IFR operations (c) ATPL(H) no IR privileges > 1 000 hours as pilot on multi-pilot helicopters Commercial air transport in multi-pilot helicopters as co-pilot in VFR operations (d) CPL(H)/IR * > 1 000 hours as pilot on multi-pilot helicopters Commercial air transport in multi-pilot helicopters as co-pilot (e) CPL(H)/IR > 1 000 hours as PIC in commercial air transport since gaining an IR Commercial air transport in single-pilot helicopters as PIC (f) ATPL(H) with or without IR privileges, CPL(H)/IR, CPL(H) > 700 hours in helicopters other than those certificated under CS-27/29 or equivalent, including 200 hours in the activity role for which acceptance is sought, and 50 hours in that role in the last 12 months. Exercise of privileges in helicopters in operations other than commercial air transport (g) * CPL(H)/IR holders on multi-pilot helicopters shall have demonstrated ICAO ATPL level knowledge before acceptance. Pilot licences for non-commercial activities with an instrument rating 4. In the case of a PPL with an IR , or a CPL and an ATPL with an IR where pilot s intend only to exercise private pilot privileges, holder s shall comply with the following requirements: (a) pass the skill test for instrument rating and the type or class ratings relevant to the privileges of the licence held and including the IR exercises , in accordance with Appendix 7 and Appendix 9 to Part-FCL; (b) demonstrate that they have acquired knowledge of a ir l aw, a eronautical w eather c odes, f light p lanning and p erformance (IR), and h uman p erformance; (c) demonstra te that they have acquired language proficiency in accordance with FCL.055; (d) hold at least a valid Class 2 medical certificate issued in accordance with Annex 1 to the Chicago Convention; and (e) have a minimum experience of at least 100 hours of instrument flight time as PIC in the relevant category of aircraft. Pilot licences for non-commercial activities without an instrument rating 5. In the case of a PPL or a CPL and an ATPL without an IR where pilot s intend only to exercise private pilot privileges, holder s shall comply with the following requirements: (a) demonstrate that they ha ve acquired knowledge of a ir l aw and h uman p erformance; (b) pass the PPL skill test as set out in Part-FCL; (c) fulfil the relevant requirements of Part-FCL for the issue of a type or class rating as relevant to the privileges of the licence held; (d) hold at least a Class 2 medical certificate issued in accordance with Annex 1 to the Chicago Convention; (e) demonstrate that they have acquired language proficiency in accordance with FCL.055; and (f) have a minimum experience of at least 100 hours as pilot in the relevant category of aircraft. Validation of pilot licences for specific tasks of limited duration 6. Notwithstanding the provisions of the paragraphs above, in the case of manufacturer flights, Member States may accept a licence issued in accordance with Annex 1 to the Chicago Convention by a third country for a maximum of 1 year for specific tasks of limited duration, such as training flights for initial entry into service, demonstration, ferry or test flights, provided that applicant s compl y with the following requirements: (a) hold an appropriate licence and medical certificate and associated ratings or qualifications issued in accordance with Annex 1 to the Chicago Convention; and (b) are employed, directly or indirectly, by an aircraft manufacturer or by an aviation authority. In this case, the privileges of holder s shall be limited to performing flight instruction and testing for the initial issue of type ratings, the supervision of initial line flying by the operators’ pilots, delivery or ferry flights, initial line flying, flight demonstrations or test flights. 7. Notwithstanding the provisions of the paragraphs above, Member States may, for, competition flights or display flights of limited duration, accept a licence issued by a third country allowing holder s to exercise the privileges of a PPL, an SPL or a BPL provided that : (a) prior to the event, the organiser of the competition or display flights provides the competent authority with adequate evidence on how it will ensure that pilot s will be familiarised with the relevant safety information and manage any risk associated with the flights; and (b) applicant s hold an appropriate licence and medical certificate and associated ratings or qualifications issued in accordance with Annex 1 to the Chicago Convention. 8. Notwithstanding the provisions of the paragraphs above, Member States may accept a PPL, an SPL or a BPL issued in compliance with the requirements of Annex 1 to the Chicago Convention by a third country for a maximum of 28 days per calendar year for specific non-commercial tasks provided that applicant s : (a) hold an appropriate licence and medical certificate and associated ratings or qualifications issued in accordance with Annex 1 to the Chicago Convention; and (b) ha ve completed at least one acclimatisation flight with a qualified instructor prior to carrying out the specific tasks of limited duration. B. CONVERSION OF LICENCES 1. A PPL , a BPL , an SPL, a CPL or an ATPL issued in compliance with Annex 1 to the Chicago Convention by a third country may be converted into a Part-FCL PPL , BPL or SPL with a single-pilot class or type rating by the competent authority of a Member State. 2. H older s of the licence shall comply with the following minimum requirements, for the relevant aircraft category: (a) pass a written examination in a ir l aw and h uman p erformance; (b) pass the PPL, BPL or SPL skill test, as relevant, in accordance with Part-FCL; (c) fulfil the requirements for the issue of the relevant class or type rating, in accordance with Subpart H; (d) hold at least a Class 2 medical certificate, issued in accordance with Part-M ED ; (e) demonstrate that they have acquired language proficiency in accordance with FCL.055; and (f) have completed at least 100 hours of flight time as a pilot. C. ACCEPTANCE OF CLASS AND TYPE RATINGS 1. A valid class or type rating contained in a licence issued by a third country may be inserted in a Part-FCL licence , provided that applicant s : (a) compl y with the experience requirements and the prerequisites for the issue of the applicable type or class rating in accordance with Part-FCL; (b) pass the relevant skill test for the issue of the applicable type or class rating in accordance with Part-FCL; (c ) are in current flying practice; and (d ) ha ve no less than: ( 1 ) for aeroplane class ratings, 100 hours of flight experience as a pilot in that class; ( 2 ) for aeroplane type ratings, 500 hours of flight experience as a pilot in that type; ( 3 ) for single-engine helicopters with a maximum certificated take-off mass of up to 3 175 kg, 100 hours of flight experience as a pilot in that type; and ( 4 ) for all other helicopters, 350 hours of flight experience as a pilot on that type. ANNEX I I to draft Commission Regulation (EU) …/… of XXX amending Commission Regulation (EU) No 1178/2011 as regards a revision of the Annexes I, II and III as well as the introduction of loss of control prevention and recovery training 1. Annex V I to Commission Regulation (EU) No 1178/2011 is amended as follows: In point (b)(2) of ARA.FCL.300, the term ‘multiple choice’ is deleted. ‘(2) Questions for an examination shall be selected by the competent authority, according to a common method which allows coverage of the entire syllabus in each subject, from the European Central Question Bank (ECQB). The ECQB is a database of multiple choice questions held by the Agency. ’ After point (a)(8) of ARA.GEN.220 a new point (9) is inserted: ‘(9) the evaluation and approval process of aircraft mentioned in ORA.ATO.135 (a)( ii );’ The following points in (a) are to be renumbered. Annex VII to Commission Regulation (EU) No 1178/2011 is amended as follows: After point (d) of ORA.ATO.110 a new point (e) is inserted : ‘(e) Flight instructors and flight simulation training instructors as well as examiners of an ATO having its principal place of business in a third country shall comply with the relevant requirements of Part-FCL. An authorisation with the appropriate limitations shall be issued for them by the ATO for which they provide training, skill tests or proficiency checks. Point (a) of ORA.ATO.135 is replaced with : ‘ (a) The ATO shall use an adequate fleet of training aircraft or FSTDs appropriately equipped for the training courses provided. The fleet of aircraft shall be composed of a ircraft that comply with all requirements as defined in Regulation (EC) No 216/2008 . Aircraft that only comply with the essential requirements as defined in Annex I to Regulation (EC) No 216/2008 can be used, after prior approval by the competent authority. After point (c) of ORA.ATO.120 a new point (d) is inserted : ‘(d) for ATOs having their principal place of business in a third country detailed records of the instructor and examiner authorisations they have issued.
EASA Opinions: 05 & 06 /2017 (June 2017) Content: amending the Aircrew Regulation to include requirements for training on loss of control prevention and recovery and other general updates. The Opinion s were generally well received by the Member States . Following a technical meeting held in Cologne in Septe mber 2017, 95% of the points raised by MS have been addressed and agreed . Furthermore, since the last meeting, Member States indicated a few changes that are more of an editorial nature, which EASA addressed with the latest resulting text. As a result, two items remain open and may raise further discussions at the Committee . The two items are explained below. 1. Use of Basic Regulation Annex II aircraft in training Similarly as some of the other Member States, DGAC France would like to allow Annex II aircraft to be used by training organisations. The EASA legal service did not support this. However, EASA continued to receive requests from both MSs and industry to find a solution. Subsequently, EASA , on request of the Commission, provides a draft text that is still under legal scrutiny and should be considered as a proposal only for further discussion . 2. (a) Pilot Instruction outside the territories of the European Union Some Member States have recently indicated that they were in non-compliance with the Aircrew Regulation concerning the qualification of instructors at some ATOs with their principal place of business within a Member State, but having (multiple) training sites that are outside the territories of the EASA Member States. The respective provisions that are in force now providing alleviations to instructors are intended to be used only by ATOs under the oversight of the Agency. It should be highlighted that a regular follow up of this non-compliance would have significant consequences. EASA highlights the following concerns in this context: • Significant adverse impact of corrective actions required by standardisation enforcement • Wide scope of non-compliance, as many licence are likely affected • Administrative burden for several European competent authorities Some Member States have requested EASA to support them to address this non-compliance through an additional rule change together with the Opinion 05/2017 text that is currently with the Commission. Subsequently, EASA , on request of the Commission, provides a draft text that is still under EASA legal scrutiny and should be considered as a proposal only. (b) ATOs under the oversight of the Agency to issue authorisations to instructors or examiners – This issue is linked to the issue 2(a) above. Over the past years it has become apparent that the o versight of instructors and examiners working exclusively in ATOs under the oversight of the Agency is challenging . Currently, Member States are required to issue instructor and/or examiner certificates and perform oversight , whereas the Agency looks after the ATO approval. For most MS oversight of these certificates is too burdensome in terms of resources. To reduce this burden and to simplify the oversight , also from the affected stakeholder perspective , EASA, in consultation with the Commission, propose to allow ATOs under the oversight of the Agency to issue authorisations to instructors or examiners working for them. To a certain extent, a similar approach as with Part-147 organisation approvals outside the territory of the European Union . Expectation The latest resulting text includes both proposals in tracked changes. The EASA committee is asked to consider whether the intent of the proposals developed by the Agency, on request of and in consultation with the Commission, are acceptable for inclusion in the latest resulting text of Opinion 5/2017 and 6/2017. E ASA re-iterates that the 2 proposals are currently under EASA legal scrutiny , but may serve as a basis for discussion during the February EASA committee meeting.
European Aviation Safety Agency
Opinion No 05/2017
Amendments to Commission Regulation (EU) No 1178/2011
RELATED NPA/CRD 2014-29(A) — RMT.0188 (FCL.002(A))
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
The objective of this Opinion is to address a safety and regulatory coordination issue related to flight crew licensing
(FCL).
The main objective of this Opinion is to resolve any inconsistencies identified after the adoption of the FCL implementing
rules. This is necessary to ensure that the European aviation regulatory system reflects the state of the art, and
specifically the best practices developed in the Member States, in the field of pilot training, testing and checking. The
specific objective of this Opinion is to maintain a high level of safety, to ensure harmonised implementation of
Commission Regulation (EU) No 1178/2011 (hereinafter referred to as the ‘Aircrew Regulation’), and to consider at all
levels the importance of General Aviation (GA) issues.
This Opinion proposes changes to the rule text of ‘Annex I — Part-FCL’, ‘Annex II — Conditions for the conversion of
existing national licences and ratings for aeroplanes and helicopters’, and ‘Annex III — Conditions for the acceptance of
licences issued by or on behalf of third countries’.
The proposed changes are expected to increase safety, reduce regulatory burden on Member States, improve
harmonisation within the EASA Member States, ensure compliance with the International Civil Aviation Organization
(ICAO) requirements, and improve proportionality of the rules for GA by applying the principles of the ‘General Aviation
Road Map’.
Action area: Human factors and competence of personnel
Affected rules: Regulation (EU) No 1178/2011 (Aircrew Regulation)
Affected stakeholders: Examiners, instructors, pilots, approved training organisations (ATOs) and national aviation authorities
(NAAs)
Driver: Safety Rulemaking group: Yes
Impact assessment: No Rulemaking Procedure Standard
21.07.2011 17.12.2014 29.6.2017 2018/Q1 2018/Q2
TE.RPRO.00036-005 © European Aviation Safety Agency. All rights reserved. ISO 9001 certified.
Proprietary document. Copies are not controlled. Confirm revision status through the EASA intranet/internet. Page 1 of 26
An agency of the European Union
European Aviation Safety Agency Opinion No 05/2017
Table of contents
Table of contents
1. About this Opinion............................................................................................................................... 3
1.1. How this Opinion was developed ............................................................................................................................ 3
1.2. The next steps ......................................................................................................................................................... 3
2. In summary — why and what ............................................................................................................... 5
2.1. Why we need to change the rules — issue/rationale ............................................................................................. 5
2.2. What we want to achieve — objectives .................................................................................................................. 8
2.3. How we want to achieve it — overview of the proposals....................................................................................... 9
2.3.1. Cover regulation ............................................................................................................................................. 9
2.3.2. Annex I — Part-FCL ......................................................................................................................................... 9
2.3.3. Annex II — Conditions for the conversion of existing national licences and ratings for aeroplanes and
helicopters ..................................................................................................................................................................... 23
2.3.4. Annex III — Conditions for the acceptance of licences issued by or on behalf of third countries ............... 23
2.4. What are the stakeholders’ views — outcome of the consultation...................................................................... 23
2.5. What are the expected benefits and drawbacks of the proposals ....................................................................... 24
2.6. How do we monitor and evaluate the rules .......................................................................................................... 24
3. References ........................................................................................................................................ 25
3.1. Affected regulations .............................................................................................................................................. 25
3.2. Related decisions................................................................................................................................................... 25
3.3. Other reference documents .................................................................................................................................. 25
4. Appendix ........................................................................................................................................... 26
CRD 2014-29(A) [Separate document] ................................................................................................................................ 26
TE.RPRO.00036-005 © European Aviation Safety Agency. All rights reserved. ISO 9001 certified.
Proprietary document. Copies are not controlled. Confirm revision status through the EASA intranet/internet. Page 2 of 26
An agency of the European Union
European Aviation Safety Agency Opinion No 05/2017
1. About this Opinion
1. About this Opinion
1.1. How this Opinion was developed
The European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) developed this Opinion in line with Regulation (EC)
No 216/20081 (hereinafter referred to as the ‘Basic Regulation’) and the Rulemaking Procedure2.
This rulemaking activity is included in the EASA 5-year Rulemaking Programme3 under RMT.0188
(FCL.002(A)). The scope and timescales of the task were defined in the related ToR4.
The draft text of this Opinion has been developed by EASA based on the input of Rulemaking Group
(RMG) RMT.0188 (FCL.002). All interested parties were consulted through NPA 2014-29(A)5. In total,
807 comments were received from interested parties, including industry and NAAs. In addition, the
issues were presented at the Aircrew Technical Body (TeB) on 5 December 2016.
EASA has addressed and responded to the comments received on the NPA. The comments received
and the EASA responses thereto are presented in Comment-Response Document (CRD) 2014-29(A)6.
The final text of this Opinion and the draft regulation have been developed by EASA based on the input
of RMG RMT.0188 (FCL.002) and several focused consultations and in coordination with RMT.0581,
RMT.0196 and RMT.0596. The draft rule text proposed by EASA is published on the EASA website7.
The major milestones of this rulemaking activity are presented on the title page.
1.2. The next steps
This Opinion contains the proposed amendments to the Aircrew Regulation and their potential
impacts. It is submitted to the European Commission to be used as a technical basis in order to prepare
an EU regulation.
The decision containing the related acceptable means of compliance (AMC) and guidance material
(GM) will be published by EASA when the related regulation is adopted by the European Commission.
EASA consulted the draft text for the related EASA decision containing acceptable means of compliance
(AMC) and guidance material (GM) with NPA 2014-29. The AMC and GM pertaining to the learning
objectives (LOs) for the airline transport pilot licence (ATPL), the commercial pilot licence (CPL) and for
the instrument rating (IR) were published with Annex II to ED Decision 2016/008/R of 2 May 2016. The
final decision amending the AMC/GM concerning the proposed changes to the already adopted AMC
1
Regulation (EC) No 216/2008 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 20 February 2008 on common rules in the field of
civil aviation and establishing a European Aviation Safety Agency, and repealing Council Directive 91/670/EEC, Regulation
(EC) No 1592/2002 and Directive 2004/36/EC (OJ L 79, 19.3.2008, p. 1) (http://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-
content/EN/TXT/?qid=1467719701894&uri=CELEX:32008R0216).
2
EASA is bound to follow a structured rulemaking process as required by Article 52(1) of Regulation (EC) No 216/2008. Such a
process has been adopted by the EASA Management Board (MB) and is referred to as the ‘Rulemaking Procedure’. See MB Decision
No 18-2015 of 15 December 2015 replacing Decision 01/2012 concerning the procedure to be applied by EASA for the issuing of
opinions, certification specifications and guidance material (http://www.easa.europa.eu/the-agency/management-
board/decisions/easa-mb-decision-18-2015-rulemaking-procedure).
3
http://easa.europa.eu/rulemaking/annual-programme-and-planning.php
4
https://www.easa.europa.eu/system/files/dfu/EASA-ToR-FCL.002-00-21072011.pdf
5
In accordance with Article 52 of Regulation (EC) No 216/2008 and Articles 6(3) and 7 of the Rulemaking Procedure.
6
http://easa.europa.eu/document-library/comment-response-documents
7
http://easa.europa.eu/document-library/opinions
TE.RPRO.00036-005 © European Aviation Safety Agency. All rights reserved. ISO 9001 certified.
Proprietary document. Copies are not controlled. Confirm revision status through the EASA intranet/internet. Page 3 of 26
An agency of the European Union
European Aviation Safety Agency Opinion No 05/2017
1. About this Opinion
and GM and the examiner’s manual will be published by EASA when the related regulation is adopted
by the European Commission.
TE.RPRO.00036-005 © European Aviation Safety Agency. All rights reserved. ISO 9001 certified.
Proprietary document. Copies are not controlled. Confirm revision status through the EASA intranet/internet. Page 4 of 26
An agency of the European Union
European Aviation Safety Agency Opinion No 05/2017
2. In summary — why and what
2. In summary — why and what
2.1. Why we need to change the rules — issue/rationale
During the work performed on rulemaking task FCL.001, it became clear that it was not feasible to
finalise some issues due to the fact that part of the documents, that were taken over from the JAA
material, contained references to JAR-OPS which were not yet transposed to European Union rules.
Furthermore, it was clear from the beginning that with an entirely new set of requirements
implementation problems would have to be taken care of. For any kind of editorial and formatting
errors, solutions had to be found.
The following safety recommendations (SRs) addressed to EASA were considered in the context of the
amendment of the affected rules, as follows:
AUST-2012-006 The standardized skill test or proficiency check for single-pilot helicopters should be
expanded in a suitable theoretical scope (possibly simulator training) within the
procedure for the type rating skill test (in accordance with Appendix 3 to JAR-FCL
2.240) and for the proficiency check (according to JAR-FCL 2.245 (b) (1)) under item 4
‘Abnormal and emergency procedures’ by adding the information on the behaviour
and procedures in case of LTE. The phenomenon LTE is not described or covered in
many Aircraft Flight Manuals of the different helicopter manufacturer and should
therefore be an integral part of the proficiency checks.
Reference: Untersuchungsbericht Flugunfall mit dem Hubschrauber der Type Bell
206BII (Reg. OM-XRA) am 23. Mai 2009 um ca. 08:02 Uhr UTC im Gemeindegebiet
von Ungenach /Oberösterreich GZ. BMVIT-85.153/ 0003 -IV/BAV/UUB/LF/2013.
Published on 07.11.2013
Outcome of the The SR has been evaluated and it has been found out that the relevant requirements
EASA safety are included in Appendix 9 to Part-FCL, C. Specific requirements for the helicopter
assessment category under procedures 4.5 and 4.5.1.
BELG-2010-010 The BCAA/EASA to revise the biannual skill test program for general/recreational
aviation pilots to include topics such as:
- Decision making when encountering adverse meteorological condition
- Unintentional IMC condition
- Navigation flight capabilities.
Reference: Final Report on the accident to Cessna F 172 P, registered OO-TRB at Ebul
- Ursel Airport in Ursel, Belgium, on 02 January 2010, issued by the Federal Public
Service Mobility and Transport, Air Accident Investigation Unit - (Belgium) on 23
December 2010 (Ref. AAIU-2010-01).
Outcome of the The SR has been evaluated and is addressed through the following AMC as proposed
EASA safety with NPA 2014-29:
assessment
— AMC2 FCL.140.A; FCL.140.H; FCL.140.S; FCL.140.B Recency requirements; and
TE.RPRO.00036-005 © European Aviation Safety Agency. All rights reserved. ISO 9001 certified.
Proprietary document. Copies are not controlled. Confirm revision status through the EASA intranet/internet. Page 5 of 26
An agency of the European Union
European Aviation Safety Agency Opinion No 05/2017
2. In summary — why and what
— AMC1 FCL.740.A(b)(1)(ii) Revalidation of class and type ratings.
UNKG-2006-130 The Joint Aviation Authorities should review the training requirements for flights
crews operating aircraft required to be equipped with a predictive terrain hazard
warning function, with a view to ensuring that such crews are adequately trained in
its use, interpretation and response.
Reference: AAIB Bulletin 3/200: Incident involving Dornier 328-100, registered TF-
CSB, on 11 June 2006, near Sumburgh Airport, Shetland. Ref EW/C2006/06/07.
Outcome of the The SR has been evaluated and is addressed through the new AMC containing the
EASA safety LOs. The LO 071 01 02 06 containing requirements for flight crew training on terrain
assessment awareness warning systems (TAWS) includes now the scope of this
recommendation.
SWED-2010-008 It is recommended that EASA should work towards that training of emergency
procedures for aircraft with retractable landing gear is introduced at Proficiency
Checks regarding private aviation.
Reference: Report RL 2010:06e on the accident to aircraft SE-GBL (PA 34-200 Piper
Seneca) at Gothenburg City Airport (Säve), Västra Götaland County, Sweden, on 6
July 2009, published by the Swedish Accident Investigation Board on 20 May 2010
(Case L-09/09).
Outcome of the The SR has been forwarded to RMT.0678.
EASA safety
assessment
SWED-2012-006 EASA is recommended to ensure that initial and recurrent pilot training includes
mandatory rejected take-off exercises that cover events of a sudden loss of engine
thrust below VMCG. (RL 2012: 21 R6).
Reference: Final report RL 2012:21e on the serious incident on 16 of January 2010 to
aircraft EP-IBB (Airbus A300) at Stockholm/Arlanda, Airport, Stockholm county,
Sweden, published by the Swedish Accident Investigation Board on 28 December
2012 (Ref. no. L-02/10).
Outcome of the The SR has been evaluated and is addressed through the new AMC containing the
EASA safety LOs. LO 081 08 02 10 requires to describe how velocity, minimum control (ground)
assessment (VMCG) is determined and to explain the influence of the centre of gravity location.
LO 081 08 02 11 requires to describe the influence of density and to explain why
velocity, minimum control (air) (VMCA), velocity, minimum control (landing) (VMCL)
and VMCG reduce with an increase in altitude and temperature.
FRAN-2013-033 The BEA recommends that EASA, in cooperation with the national civil aviation
authorities and major non-European aviation authorities, ensure that the risks
associated with dispersion and/or channelized attention during the go-around, to the
detriment of the primary flight parameters, be taught to crews.
TE.RPRO.00036-005 © European Aviation Safety Agency. All rights reserved. ISO 9001 certified.
Proprietary document. Copies are not controlled. Confirm revision status through the EASA intranet/internet. Page 6 of 26
An agency of the European Union
European Aviation Safety Agency Opinion No 05/2017
2. In summary — why and what
Reference: Study on Aeroplane State Awareness during Go-Around, published by the
BEA in August 2013.
Outcome of the The SR has been evaluated and is addressed through the new LOs. LO 040 03 03 01
EASA safety will require the explanation of the risks associated with dispersion and/or
assessment channelised attention during the aforementioned high-workload procedures by the
pilot.
FRAN-2013-035 The BEA recommends that EASA, in coordination with manufacturers, operators and
major non-European aviation authorities, study whether to extend these measures to
other procedures requiring a high workload in a short time frame.
Reference: Study on Aeroplane State Awareness during Go-Around, published by the
BEA in August 2013.
Outcome of the The SR has been evaluated and is addressed through the new LOs. LO 033 06 01 03
EASA safety will require the knowledge of the methodology for monitoring primary-flight
assessment parameters during the application of procedures requiring a high flight crew
workload within a short time frame (e.g. during the go-around procedures).
FRAN-2013-017 The BEA recommends that EASA in coordination with manufacturers, operators and
major non-European aviation authorities ensure that go-around training integrates
instruction explaining the methodology for monitoring primary flight parameters, in
particular pitch, thrust then speed.
Reference: Study on Aeroplane State Awareness during Go-Around, published by the
BEA in August 2013.
Outcome of the The SR has been evaluated and is addressed through the new LOs. LO 033 06 01 03
EASA safety will require knowledge of the methodology for monitoring primary-flight parameters
assessment during the application of procedures requiring a high flight-crew workload within a
short time frame (e.g. during the go-around procedures).
FRAN-2013-018 FRAN-2013-018 (BEA):
The BEA recommends that EASA, in cooperation with the national civil aviation
authorities and major non-European aviation authorities, ensure that during
recurrent and periodic training, training organizations and operators give greater
importance to the assessment and maintenance of the monitoring capabilities of
public transport pilots.
Reference: Study on Aeroplane State Awareness during Go-Around, published by the
BEA in August 2013.
Outcome of the The SR has been evaluated and is addressed through the new LOs. LO 033 06 01 will
EASA safety require knowledge and consequently the assessment and maintenance of the
assessment monitoring skills of pilots.
TE.RPRO.00036-005 © European Aviation Safety Agency. All rights reserved. ISO 9001 certified.
Proprietary document. Copies are not controlled. Confirm revision status through the EASA intranet/internet. Page 7 of 26
An agency of the European Union
European Aviation Safety Agency Opinion No 05/2017
2. In summary — why and what
FRAN-2013-022 EASA to ensure that go-arounds with all engines operating are performed sufficiently
frequently during training.
Reference: Study on Aeroplane State Awareness during Go-Around, published by the
BEA in August 2013.
Outcome of of the The task was included in the RMG discussions and the decision taken was that the SR
EASA safety has to be evaluated within the scope of another RMT.
assessment
CYPR-2015-001 EASA to re-examine the required minimum hours of night flying training.
Reference: Final Report on the accident involving a Diamond DA42 aircraft
(registration 5B-CLI), 47nm south east of Larnaca, on 22 October 2014, published by
the Aircraft Accident and Incident Investigation Board Cyprus, on 19 November 2015
(File no.: 16.15.01.16/14).
Outcome of the The task was not included in the RMG discussions and the expert discussions inside
EASA safety the Agency resulted in the proposal that the SR has to be evaluated within the scope
assessment of another RMT.
2.2. What we want to achieve — objectives
The overall objectives of the EASA system are defined in Article 2 of the Basic Regulation. This proposal
will contribute to the achievement of the overall objectives by addressing the issues outlined in
Chapter 2.
The specific objective of this proposal is to amend the IRs as regards:
— the LOs for the theoretical knowledge training for aeroplane and helicopter pilots;
— the validity period of theoretical knowledge examinations for the instrument rating (IR);
— the theoretical knowledge syllabus for the ATPL, the CPL and IR;
— the review of the prerequisites for the airline transport pilot licence for helicopters (ATPL(H));
— the harmonisation of the night rating requirements for aeroplanes and helicopters;
— the definition of the content of the training flight for the revalidation of the class ratings;
— the review of the tables containing the requirements for skill tests and proficiency checks;
— the IR instructor for helicopters syllabus to be harmonised with the syllabus for the aeroplane
and airship category;
— the class and type rating and licence endorsement list;
— the review of Appendix III to Part-FCL;
— editorial and clarification changes; and
TE.RPRO.00036-005 © European Aviation Safety Agency. All rights reserved. ISO 9001 certified.
Proprietary document. Copies are not controlled. Confirm revision status through the EASA intranet/internet. Page 8 of 26
An agency of the European Union
European Aviation Safety Agency Opinion No 05/2017
2. In summary — why and what
— the resolution of problems regarding the implementation and transition period.
2.3. How we want to achieve it — overview of the proposals
Due to the important number of changes proposed with the NPA and subsequently caused by the
comments received to this NPA, EASA proposes to publish a re-issue of Annexes I–III to the Aircrew
Regulation and to consider also a recast of the cover regulation. All comments that were accepted are
described in CRD 2014-29(A) in full reasoning with the exception of comments related to Subparts J
and K of Part-FCL. These Subparts are dealt with in the context of the activities of RMT.0596 ‘Review of
provisions for examiners and instructors (Subparts J & K of Part-FCL)’. The changes contained in this
Opinion will only refer to the comment number if a comment was accepted or partially accepted. The
result of the work on the CRD and its amended text was subject to a focused consultation with
stakeholder groups and NAA representatives. This focused consultation led to further amendments
which are described below.
It should be noted that some of the amendments stem from the opinion developed in the context of
the activities of RMT.0581 ‘Loss of control prevention and recovery training’. These amendments are
further explained in the said opinion.
2.3.1. Cover regulation
The cover regulation requires fundamental changes as it currently contains many requirements that
are simply outdated. By the time the regulation that will be based on the present Opinion is adopted,
all opt-out periods will be over, and the huge number of past amendments have created in Article 12 a
rather confusing situation as regards the applicability of the requirements. The proposed text covers
these constraints but should be understood as a proposal only which will be subject to change by the
Commission.
2.3.2. Annex I — Part-FCL
The changes made to all subparts can be grouped in: mere editorial changes including text
standardisation changes, changes due to inconsistencies with ICAO Annex 1 (FCL.010), words omitted
at the first issue (FCL.015), errors in numbering (FCL.020), grammatical errors (FCL.030), safety-related
changes considered necessary by the working group (Appendix 9, (17)), or implementation problems
(FCL.055). The changes falling under the categories ‘editorial changes’, ‘errors in numbering’,
‘grammatical errors’ and ‘omitted letters or words’ will not be further explained. From all necessary
editorial changes that the RMG detected, 53 were already included in Regulation (EU) No 245/2014
and will not be further explained here. Comment No 87 requested to standardise the way how periods
of time were referred to and this was accepted and the whole document was amended accordingly.
With Commission Decision of 6 February 2014 (notified under document C(2014) 559), the United
Kingdom (UK) was granted five derogations from Part-FCL. Annex I to this decision confirmed a
derogation from FCL.905.SFI(a), Annex II to this decision confirmed a derogation from
FCL.1005.SFE(a)(2), Annex III to this decision confirmed a derogation from FCL.910.SFI(b), and Annex V
to this Decision confirmed a derogation from FCL.625(c) and (d). The content of these four derogations
is reflected in this opinion. Finally, Annex IV to this Decision confirmed a derogation from FCL.905.SFI,
and the content will be dealt with through a separate RMT.
TE.RPRO.00036-005 © European Aviation Safety Agency. All rights reserved. ISO 9001 certified.
Proprietary document. Copies are not controlled. Confirm revision status through the EASA intranet/internet. Page 9 of 26
An agency of the European Union
European Aviation Safety Agency Opinion No 05/2017
2. In summary — why and what
With Commission Decision of 1 July 2014 (notified under document C(2014) 4344), Slovakia (SK) was
granted one derogation and the United Kingdom was granted three derogations from Part-FCL. Annex I
(SK) to this Decision confirmed a derogation from FCL.625(c) and (d), Annex II (UK) to this Decision
confirmed a derogation from FCL.740, Annex III (UK) to this Decision confirmed a derogation from
FCL.740.A(b)(1), and Annex IV (UK) to this Decision confirmed a derogation from FCL.1010.SFE. The
content of said derogations is reflected in this opinion.
2.3.2.1. Subpart A — General requirements
FCL.010 Definitions
Some new definitions are inserted to ensure that the terms used are implemented by all Member
States in a harmonised manner. The definition for ‘assessment of competence’ is amended following
the acceptance of comment No 11. During the focused consultation, it turned out that the definition
provided by the NPA for ‘available’ did not cater for all necessary scenarios and therefore was
complemented by a separate definition for single-pilot high-performance complex aeroplanes. The
definition for ‘flown solely by reference to instruments’ is amended in accordance with comment
No 641 because the text is only used with the wording as it is used now. The definition of ‘other
training devices’ is amended due to the changes in Appendix 9 to Part-FCL. The definition of
‘proficiency check’ is amended after the acceptance of comment No 34 to include besides ratings also
the privileges which are part of the light aircraft pilot licence (LAPL). New definitions for flight
simulation training device (FSTD) availability and accessibility are added to clarify when an FSTD, and in
particular a full-flight simulator (FFS) must be used, especially in the context of single-pilot high-
performance complex aeroplanes. Both definitions are to be used in conjunction with the changes
made to the assessment of competence in FCL.935 and type rating training, testing and checking in
Appendix 9. With reference to the explanatory note in the opinion stemming from RMT.0581, the
definition for ‘aerobatic flight’ is amended by adding the word ‘certificates’ and a new definition for
‘aeroplane upset prevention and recovery training (UPRT)’ is added.
FCL.015 Application for the issue, revalidation and renewal of pilot licences, ratings and certificates
The title is amended to be consistent with the rest of the text.
FCL.025 Theoretical knowledge examinations for the issue of licences and ratings
In (a)(1), the ‘Member State’ is replaced with ‘of the same Member State’s competent authority’ to
accept comment No 110 because there are Member States having more than one competent authority
and candidates should not be encouraged to move from one authority to another. In (b), changes are
made to accept comment No 36 and to make sure that the requirements for GA are kept at a
proportionate level.
FCL.035 Crediting of flight time and theoretical knowledge
In (a)(2), a new paragraph was added to allow credit for flight hours on aircraft listed in (a), (b), (c) or
(d) of Annex II to the Basic Regulation. After consultation with EASA and Member States experts, the
decision taken was to remove this paragraph as it represented an amendment of the requirements of
the Basic Regulation. This should be done in the Basic Regulation and cannot be done via an
amendment to an implementing rule. In (b)(4), it was decided to add the possibility to obtain credit for
the theoretical-knowledge training and examination for licences not only in another category of
aircraft but also in the same category of aircraft.
TE.RPRO.00036-005 © European Aviation Safety Agency. All rights reserved. ISO 9001 certified.
Proprietary document. Copies are not controlled. Confirm revision status through the EASA intranet/internet. Page 10 of 26
An agency of the European Union
European Aviation Safety Agency Opinion No 05/2017
2. In summary — why and what
FCL.040 Exercise of the privileges of licences
This point was amended to make sure that the medical certificate held only has to comply with the
privileges exercised and not with the licence held. This has become necessary because the private pilot
licence (PPL) now also includes the privileges for the LAPL.
FCL.055 Language proficiency
The changes made in (a) will enable competent authorities to allow those specifically authorised
examiners, who are also language-proficiency assessors, to endorse the licence of a pilot with a
language proficiency endorsement. The changes in (b) will enable competent authorities to credit
language proficiency endorsements from air traffic controllers for their pilot licences, and finally the
change in (e) will provide for the recognition of language proficiency assessments performed in
accordance with the method of assessment established by Member States other than the one that is
responsible for the issue of the pilot licence. This is necessary in order to resolve implementation
problems for GA pilots and to ensure the free movement of goods, services, capital and persons.
Comment No 585 proposed to require a ‘certified’ assessor and this was accepted.
FCL.060 Recent experience
The changes made in (c)(2) clarify the content of the training flight and confirm with reference to the
essential requirements defined in Annex III to the Basic Regulation that the training has to be
performed with a qualified instructor.
2.3.2.2. Subpart B — Light aircraft pilot licence — LAPL
FCL.115 LAPL — training course
FCL.115 includes now provisions for the content of training for the issue of an LAPL(A) sea privilege.
FCL.120 LAPL — theoretical knowledge examination
This point is amended by adding ‘and ATC procedures’ to the subject title ‘air law’ to accept comment
No 420 and to align the title with the theoretical knowledge syllabus.
FCL.105.A LAPL(A) — privileges and conditions
Point (a) is amended to accept comment No 164 and the privileges were extended to single-engine
piston aeroplanes (sea). A new point (b)(2) was added to accept comment No 421 to allow credit for
the requirement to carry passengers only once the pilot has completed 10 hours of flight time as PIC
when a higher licence is held.
FCL.135.A LAPL(A) — extension of privileges to another class or variant of aeroplane
The amendment to (b), where the wording concerning the differences in training was changed, was
considered to be important in order to avoid unnecessary burden on GA. The text, if left unchanged,
might be interpreted with reference to the essential requirements in the Basic Regulation in a way that
familiarisation was considered to be a training to be performed with a qualified instructor.
Furthermore, FCL.135.A is amended to accept comments Nos 39 and 8 where better English and the
correction of a formatting error were proposed.
FCL.140.A LAPL(A) — recency requirements,
TE.RPRO.00036-005 © European Aviation Safety Agency. All rights reserved. ISO 9001 certified.
Proprietary document. Copies are not controlled. Confirm revision status through the EASA intranet/internet. Page 11 of 26
An agency of the European Union
European Aviation Safety Agency Opinion No 05/2017
2. In summary — why and what
The recency requirements are extended to further possibilities to maintain current flying practice by
including dual training flights solo or under the supervision of an instructor with the aim of making it
easier for GA pilots to keep their licences valid. Furthermore, a new point (b) was inserted to cater for
a text standardisation with FCL.140.H, following the acceptance of comment No 650. The new point
that was inserted provides now recency requirements for the new SEP(sea) privilege after the
acceptance of comment No 164.
Changes made to the helicopter, sailplane and balloon sections
The changes made to the helicopter, sailplane and balloon sections introduce the same wording for the
training flight with an instructor for text standardisation.
FCL.140.H LAPL(H) — recency requirements
FCL.140.H is amended after acceptance of comment No 650.
FCL.105.S LAPL(S) — Privileges and conditions
FCL.105.S is amended by adding a new point (b)(2) to accept comment No 396 to allow credit for the
requirement to carry passengers only once the pilot has completed 10 hours of flight time as PIC when
a sailplane pilot licence (SPL) is held. The difference from the requirement in FCL.105.A is that for this
category of aircraft the only higher licence is the SPL.
FCL.140.S LAPL(S) — recency requirements
FCL.140.S is amended to accept comment No 653 for clarity and the requirement was put in line with
that in FCL.140.A.
2.3.2.3. Subpart C — Private pilot licence — (PPL), sailplane pilot licence (SPL) and balloon pilot licence (BPL)
FCL.205.A PPL(A) — privileges
In (a), the exercise of all the privileges of the holder of an LAPL(A) is included in the privileges for the
holder of a PPL(A) to avoid unnecessary administrative burden on GA pilots when they do no longer
fulfil the conditions for a Class 2 medical certificate, but those for an LAPL medical certificate. With this
amendment, GA pilots do not need to have an LAPL(A) issued but may use their PPL(A) as an LAPL(A).
FCL.215 PPL, SPL, BPL — theoretical knowledge examination
FCL.215 is amended to accept comment No 150. The subject ‘navigation’ is now part of the common
subjects because the subject contains the same objectives for the aeroplane and helicopter category
and does not require any additional training during a bridge course.
FCL.205.A PPL(A) — privileges
The text proposed through the NPA is amended to accept comment No 40. The condition ‘provided
they fulfil the requirements of FCL.140.A’ is taken out. The example was taken from the CPL privileges
where no condition is mentioned and a pilot who wants to exercise the privileges has to comply with
the conditions anyway.
FCL.210.A PPL(A) — experience requirements and crediting
FCL.210.A is amended following the acceptance of comment No 458 for clarity reasons.
FCL.205.H PPL(H) — privileges
TE.RPRO.00036-005 © European Aviation Safety Agency. All rights reserved. ISO 9001 certified.
Proprietary document. Copies are not controlled. Confirm revision status through the EASA intranet/internet. Page 12 of 26
An agency of the European Union
European Aviation Safety Agency Opinion No 05/2017
2. In summary — why and what
FCL.205.H is amended in (a) following the acceptance of comment No 178 asking to align the
requirement for the helicopter category with that in FCL.205.PPL(A).
FCL.205.S SPL — privileges and conditions
FCL.205.S is amended in (a) following the acceptance of comments Nos 29 and 178 as what is already
possible for aeroplanes should also be possible for sailplanes. A phrase was added to (b)(1) to exempt
holders of a LAPL(S) already holding the privilege to carry passengers from the requirement to
complete, after the issue of the licence, at least 10 hours of flight time or 30 launches as PIC in
sailplanes or powered sailplanes, thereby partially accepting comment 459.
FCL.205.B BPL — privileges and conditions
FCL.205.B is amended in (a) following the acceptance of comment No 178 as what is already possible
for aeroplanes should also be possible for balloons.
2.3.2.4. Subpart D — Commercial pilot licence — CPL
FCL.310 CPL — theoretical knowledge examinations
FCL.310 is amended by deleting ‘VFR’ from the subject ‘communications’.
FCL.315.A CPL — training course
FCL.315.A is deleted. Please refer to the opinion stemming from RMT.0581 for the explanatory note.
2.3.2.5. Subpart E — Multi-crew pilot licence — MPL
FCL.410.A MPL — training course and theoretical knowledge examinations
In point (a), the reference to UPRT is deleted. Please refer to the opinion stemming from RMT.0581 for
the explanatory note.
2.3.2.6. Subpart F — Airline transport pilot licence — ATPL
FCL.515 ATPL — training course and theoretical knowledge examinations
In (b), the subjects ‘VFR’ and ‘IFR communications’ were merged. Please refer to the opinion stemming
from RMT.0581 for the explanatory note.
FCL.510.A ATPL(A) — prerequisites, experience and crediting
In (b)(5), ‘and’ is replaced with ‘or’ when defining the amount of hours that may have been completed
in an FSTD. During the development of this Opinion on the draft regulation amending the Aircrew
Regulation, it was decided (following the applicable English style guide) to replace all ‘and/or’ with
‘and’ or ‘or’, as applicable. It turned out that some of those replacements were not appropriate and
had to be corrected now.
FCL.510.H ATPL(H) — prerequisites, experience and crediting
The term ‘FSTD’ is replaced with ‘FFS or FNPT’ in (b)(5) to ensure consistency with ICAO and the
aeroplane category, thereby partially accepting comment No 756.
2.3.2.7. Subpart G — Instrument rating — IR
FCL.610 IR — prerequisites and crediting
TE.RPRO.00036-005 © European Aviation Safety Agency. All rights reserved. ISO 9001 certified.
Proprietary document. Copies are not controlled. Confirm revision status through the EASA intranet/internet. Page 13 of 26
An agency of the European Union
European Aviation Safety Agency Opinion No 05/2017
2. In summary — why and what
The text is amended for clarification as the existing text is ambiguous.
FCL.615 IR — theoretical knowledge and flight instruction
FCL.615 IR is amended in (b), where for text standardisation the different subjects were numbered.
The subject number (3) ‘Flight performance and monitoring’ is amended and it now reads ‘flight
planning and monitoring’. This amendment was necessary to clarify that only the sub-subject ‘flight
planning and monitoring’ was required for IR since the subject ‘flight performance and monitoring’
contains also several other sub-subjects. In (b), the reference to IFR for the subject ‘communications’
was deleted. Please refer to the opinion stemming from RMT.0581 for the explanatory note.
FCL.625 IR — validity, revalidation and renewal
A new point (b)(2) is inserted to allow early revalidation accepting comment No 816 and for
consistency with FCL.740. In addition, (c)(1) was amended to ensure consistency with FCL.740(b).
Furthermore, the new point (c)(3) was added to provide more clarity, thereby accepting comment
No 439. Finally, point (d) is amended and new points are added for clarity.
FCL.625.A IR(A) — revalidation
The text is amended in (a) where the requirement ‘hold the relevant valid class or type rating.’ was
added to solve an implementation problem to avoid that an ‘empty’ IR would be entered in a pilot
licence. Point (a)(2)(i) was amended to ensure both (i) and (ii) would be completed for the revalidation
of a multi-engine (ME) IR, following acceptance of comments Nos 503 and 657. Point (a)(2) was
amended for clarity reasons, thereby accepting comment No 657. Point (a)(3) was amended due to the
amendments in (a)(2).
FCL.625.H IR(H) — revalidation
Similar amendments to those for aeroplanes are made to (a) to ensure consistency but some
differences were kept.
2.3.2.8. Subpart H — Class and type ratings
FCL.710 Class and type ratings — variants
In point (a), the word ‘training’ is moved from the end of the sentence to the place right after
‘differences’. This change is necessary to lift unnecessary burden from GA pilots. The essential
requirements (ERs) defined in Annex III to the Basic Regulation stipulate that all training must be given
through a training course for which a syllabus must be prepared, which has to contain theoretical and
practical training elements. Furthermore, ERs require that all training must be given by suitably
qualified instructors. EASA and the RMG members considered this not necessary for a familiarisation
with a new variant within the same subgroup of a class or type rating and, therefore, decided to clarify
the issue by differentiating ‘difference training’ from ‘familiarisation’.
A new point (b) is added specifying that differences training for type ratings and and single-engine
turbine class ratings must be completed at an ATO, thereby accepting comment No 167. This change
only confirms a general practice applied in most of the Member States already.
FCL.725 Requirements for the issue of a class and type ratings
A new point (b)(5) catering for single-pilot single-engine and single-pilot multi-engine aeroplanes (sea)
is added, thereby accepting comment No 659. Point (d) is amended to require additional flight training
TE.RPRO.00036-005 © European Aviation Safety Agency. All rights reserved. ISO 9001 certified.
Proprietary document. Copies are not controlled. Confirm revision status through the EASA intranet/internet. Page 14 of 26
An agency of the European Union
European Aviation Safety Agency Opinion No 05/2017
2. In summary — why and what
(bridge course) when privileges in the other form of operation (single-pilot or multi-pilot operations)
are sought based on comments received during the Aircrew TeB meeting with the Member States
NAAs on 5 December 2016.
FCL.740 Validity and renewal of class and type ratings
Point (a) is amended by adding a sentence to allow pilots to fulfil the revalidation requirements for
their class or type ratings earlier than the time indicated in the aircraft specific revalidation rules. This
change was requested by comment No 761. During the focused consultation, Member States and
industry requested to create provisions to allow for a flexible crew planning and to allow GA pilots to
align the validity periods of their ratings with seasonal flying conditions. In point (b)(1), the text is
amended to align its wording with FCL.625 and by adding an exception to the need for refresher
training if the pilot holds a valid rating issued by a third country in accordance with Annex 1 to the
Chicago Convention.
FCL.740 is further amended by adding a new paragraph after (b)(2), because in FCL.725(e) initially only
the requirements for the issue of a type rating to pilots holding a flight-test rating who were involved
in the development of the aircraft were covered. Having in mind that also after the introduction of a
new type further test flights will be necessary, it was considered adequate that pilots involved in the
test flights after the certification process has finished would be entitled to get credit for the
revalidation or renewal of the type rating concerned.
FCL.720.A Experience requirements and prerequisites for the issue of class or type ratings —
aeroplanes
A new point (b) is added and the current (b)(3) is deleted to clarify and specify that if multi-pilot
privileges are sought, a multi-crew cooperation (MCC) course — thereby also accepting comment
No 565 —, and with reference to the opinion stemming from RMT.0581, the advanced UPRT course in
the new FCL.745.A needs to be completed first. Point (c) is amended to clarify the intention of the text,
and to align the text with FCL.720.A(e) (formerly (d) for MPA), thereby accepting comment No 661.
This has become necessary as the existing wording has led to discussions on how it should be
understood. To ensure a harmonised implementation in all Member States, the new text is included.
The amendment to FCL.720.A(e)(2) represents an alleviation of the existing requirement. So far, it was
required that before starting the training course for the first MPA type rating, a pilot had either to be a
student of an MPL course or hold amongst others a multi-engine IR(A). To this text, the wording ‘or
have held’ was added. The considerations behind this addition were that an MPA skill test includes
always an ME IR test and thus it is not necessary to actually hold the IR when the course starts.
FCL.730.A Specific requirements for pilots undertaking a zero flight time type rating (ZFTT) course —
aeroplanes
The text is amended to indicate what the abbreviations for ‘CG’ and ‘DG’ for FFSs stand for. The term
‘grandfathered’ stems from CS-FSTD.
FCL.735.A Multi-crew cooperation training course — aeroplanes
In (a)(2), the name of the training device to be used for the training for MCC is changed from ‘FNPT II’
to ‘FNPT II MCC’ because, for technical reasons, an FNPT II cannot be used for this kind of training.
FCL.740.A Revalidation of class and type ratings — aeroplanes
TE.RPRO.00036-005 © European Aviation Safety Agency. All rights reserved. ISO 9001 certified.
Proprietary document. Copies are not controlled. Confirm revision status through the EASA intranet/internet. Page 15 of 26
An agency of the European Union
European Aviation Safety Agency Opinion No 05/2017
2. In summary — why and what
FCL.740.A is amended in (b)(1)(ii)(C). It was considered to be safe and proportionate to remove
unnecessary burden from GA to include in the list also an ‘instructor assessment of competence’
thereby accepting comment No 662.
FCL.745.A Advanced UPRT course — aeroplanes
The new FCL.745.A is added. Please refer to the opinion stemming from RMT.0581 for the explanatory
note.
FCL.735.H Multi-crew cooperation training course — helicopters
In point (b), the name of the FSTD to be used for the training needs to be ‘FTD 2/3(MCC)’ as the current
text requires an ‘FTD 2/3’ that cannot be used for MCC training for technical reasons.
2.3.2.9. Subpart I — Additional ratings
FCL.800 Aerobatic rating
FCL.800 is amended by clearly specifying ‘aerobatic rating’ instead of ‘appropriate rating’, thereby
accepting comment No 588.
FCL.805 Sailplane towing and banner towing ratings
FCL.805 is amended in (c)(2)(ii) by replacing ‘dual flights’ with ‘dual training flights’. This change is
considered necessary in order to align the text with the definition for ‘dual instruction time’ used in
FCL.010. In point (d), it was clarified that banner towing privileges need to be limited to the towing
method used for the flight instruction, thereby accepting item 16 in comment No 497.
FCL.810 Night rating
In (a)(1) and (b)(2), the text is amended to ensure that the requirements for the aeroplane and the
helicopter category are drafted in a consistent way, which was not the case before. The amendments
to FCL.810(a)(3) are made to avoid any misunderstanding in the application of this requirement. Such
misunderstandings were experienced by several competent authorities when approving night rating
training courses. The amendment to (b)(2)(i), where the requirement for ‘5 hours of theoretical
knowledge instruction’ is changed to ‘theoretical knowledge instruction’, is considered to be safe and
necessary in order to align the text with the requirements of (a)(1)(i). It was decided to amend the text
in this way after considering that it is more important to make sure that the content of the theoretical
knowledge course is taught rather than to bind it to a certain number of hours and to lift unnecessary
burden from GA pilots. In (c), the specification ‘dual’ is introduced for the required two instruction
flights to make sure that those training flights cannot be performed only under the supervision of a
flight instructor.
FCL.815 Mountain rating
In (e)(1), the term ‘mountain landings’ is replaced with ‘landings on a surface designated as requiring a
mountain rating’ to emphasise that not all airfields in the mountains require such a rating since, during
implementation, many pilots had doubts about their privileges to land on a mountainous area.
TE.RPRO.00036-005 © European Aviation Safety Agency. All rights reserved. ISO 9001 certified.
Proprietary document. Copies are not controlled. Confirm revision status through the EASA intranet/internet. Page 16 of 26
An agency of the European Union
European Aviation Safety Agency Opinion No 05/2017
2. In summary — why and what
2.3.2.10. Subpart J — Instructors
Although EASA has initiated a separate RMT (RMT.0596) to amend this Subpart, it was agreed with
Member States and industry to only amend the text of this Subpart for the most urgent issues.
Therefore, some significant changes have been introduced.
FCL.900 Instructor certificates
In (b), the text was reworded for clarity purposes, and to include the possibility to issue such certificate
in the case of the introduction of new training courses in Part-FCL. In (c)(1), the content of point
(c)(1)(i) is included in the introductory text, and the text is redrafted to avoid ambiguity and
misunderstanding. Please refer also to the opinion stemming from RMT.0581 for the explanatory note.
FCL.915 General prerequisites and requirements for instructors
The text in (b) is amended to clarify it and make it better understandable. The separation of licence and
class or type rating training is considered necessary to allow also holders of a PPL to train holders of a
CPL or an ATPL for class or type ratings they are qualified for. The text is amended to lift unnecessary
burden from GA pilots and to achieve harmonised implementation in all Member States. In point
(b)(2), the text is changed from ‘class rating’ to simply ‘rating’ to ensure also other ratings are included,
thereby accepting comment No 30. Finally, a new point (e) is added. Please refer to the opinion
stemming from RMT.0581 for the explanatory note.
FCL.935 Assessment of competence
The text is amended from ‘aircraft category’ to ‘aircraft class, type or FSTD’ to make sure that all
instructor privileges are covered.
FCL.940 Validity of instructor certificates
The text is amended to include a reference to FCL.915(e)(2). Please refer to the opinion stemming from
RMT.0581 for the explanatory note.
FCL.905 FI —privileges and conditions
A new point (c) is added to allow a flight instructor to also provide training towards class and type
ratings for single-pilot, single-engine aeroplanes, except for single-pilot high-performance complex
aeroplanes in multi-pilot operations as agreed during the Aircrew TeB meeting on 5 December 2016.
Points (h)(3)(i) and (ii) were amended following some implementation problems that were
encountered during the initial implementation phase by several competent authorities. The new text
does not change the content of the requirement but intends to ensure a harmonised implementation
without any ambiguities in the text. The amendment to (i)(1), where ‘training course’ was replaced
with ‘certificate’, was necessary since in the referenced FCL.915.CRI(a) the rule text refers to a
certificate.
FCL.910.FI Restricted privileges
Point (c)(3) is amended by including LAPL(S) and LAPL(B), thereby accepting comment No 376.
FCL.915.FI Prerequisites
The text is amended in (b)(2)(i) to make it better understandable. The initial wording led in some
Member States to discussions about the interpretation of the requirements. The RMG agreed that this
new wording is appropriate for a harmonised implementation.
TE.RPRO.00036-005 © European Aviation Safety Agency. All rights reserved. ISO 9001 certified.
Proprietary document. Copies are not controlled. Confirm revision status through the EASA intranet/internet. Page 17 of 26
An agency of the European Union
European Aviation Safety Agency Opinion No 05/2017
2. In summary — why and what
FCL.930.FI Training course
A new point (c) is added to allow applicants for a flight instructor certificate to be credited with the
requirement of 25 hours of teaching and learning training if they hold any other instructor rating. In
fact, this is done to make this instructor rating easier accessible, thus lifting unnecessary burden from
GA pilots.
FCL.940.FI Revalidation and renewal
The requirement in (a)(1)(ii) is amended to align the text with all other instructor ratings by replacing
‘refresher seminar’ with ‘refresher training’. To avoid too many changes in the training programmes,
the AMC text to this requirement is amended with a wording that indicates that the refresher training
for the revalidation and renewal of the FI certificate should be held as a seminar. Regarding ‘renewal’
in (b), the requirement is aligned with the other instructor certificates for text-standardisation reasons.
To date, the requirements for the renewal provide regulations for a renewal after any lapsed period of
time. These requirements were taken over from JAR-FCL 1 where licences had a validity period of five
years. This is no longer the case. Therefore, it seems to be appropriate that in the case the instructor
rating has lapsed for more than 3 years, the instructor has to receive instructor refresher training as a
flight instructor in an ATO following a training syllabus established by the ATO and pass an assessment
of competence. The details to be considered by the ATO are detailed in the amended AMC1 FCL.940.FI
and FCL.940.IRI, and were aligned with the AMC for other instructor ratings. The significant difference
from other instructor certificates to require more training for the renewal only after the rating has
lapsed for more than 3 years was specifically introduced to avoid unnecessary burden on GA. The
period of 3 years was chosen because an instructor rating is valid for 3 years.
FCL.905.TRI Privileges and conditions
The existing text in (b) is amended as it turned out to be an unnecessary burden on industry to require
3 years of experience as a type rating instructor (TRI) for the privilege to instruct for the issue of a TRI
or synthetic flight instructor (SFI) certificate, mainly because the 3 years of experience did not give a
realistic indication of the experience the TRI had gained during this time. The proposed text is
considered more appropriate to address the concerns and industry needs. The text has undergone
some renumbering.
FCL.910.TRI Restricted privileges
The amendments were made to resolve inconsistencies that posed severe implementation problems in
the Member States. The rule is complemented with a requirement, which was missing before, on how
to remove a restriction. A specification for the qualification to provide line flying under supervision is
included and the extension to further types is clarified in connection with the operational suitability
data established in accordance with Annex I (Part-21) to Regulation (EU) No 748/2012 (OSD). Following
the public consultation, the wording was further refined by accepting item 10 of comment 497. A
further amendment was made by deleting the wording ‘on the aeroplane’ (proposed through NPA
2014-29) based on comments received during the focused consultation with the EASA Advisory Bodies
on 10 and 11 October 2016. It was deemed unsafe to perform the training on the aeroplane if a
simulator was available.
Point (b)(2) was amended to clarify that in the case of an extension of the TRI to further types, only the
relevant parts of the technical training and flight instruction need to be completed in order to avoid
TE.RPRO.00036-005 © European Aviation Safety Agency. All rights reserved. ISO 9001 certified.
Proprietary document. Copies are not controlled. Confirm revision status through the EASA intranet/internet. Page 18 of 26
An agency of the European Union
European Aviation Safety Agency Opinion No 05/2017
2. In summary — why and what
unnecessary duplications in training. A new paragraph was added at the end to specify TRI privilege
extensions in the case of variants within a type.
FCL.930.TRI Training course
The text is amended in (a)(2) to specify that the technical training has to be related to the appropriate
aircraft. This amendment is necessary in order to solve implementation problems.
FCL.935.TRI Assessment of competence
FCL.935.TRI is amended to solve an implementation problem. The text is changed to clarify that the
assessment of competence must be performed in an FFS, if available, in the case of multi-pilot
aeroplanes and powered-lift aircraft. Only for TRIs for single-pilot aeroplanes the assessment may be
performed on other FSTDs in combination with the aircraft, or solely on the aircraft if it can be
demonstrated that the FFS is not available and accessible as per the newly introduced definitions in
FCL.010.
FCL.940.TRI Revalidation and renewal
The amendment in (a)(1), where in (i) the recurrent training course was added, are made to solve an
implementation issue. It has turned out that it was very difficult for certain types to find complete type
rating courses to train future TRIs. All other changes to FCL.940.TRI are made for text standardisation
and correction of grammatical errors.
FCL.905.CRI Privileges and conditions
FCL.905.CRI is amended for text consistency by adding a new point (c) to align the privileges of the
class rating instructor with those of the flight instructor and the type rating instructor for single-pilot
aeroplanes, following also the agreement during the Aircrew TeB meeting on 5 December 2016.
FCL.940.CRI Revalidation and renewal
FCL.940.CRI is amended in (a) to align the text with the rest of the point by including the header
‘Revalidation’ as for ‘Renewal’ and highlighting that the pilot has to fulfil two of the three
requirements.
FCL.930.IRI Training course
FCL.930.IRI is amended in (c) to align the text for the helicopter category with the requirement for the
aeroplane category in (b).
FCL.905.SFI Privileges and conditions
FCL.905.SFI is amended to solve implementation problems. The text is complemented by adding a new
point (b), and clarity is promoted through some editorial changes.
FCL.910.SFI Restricted privileges
FCL.910.SFI is amended by adding a new point (b) to align the requirement for the SFI with the TRI
requirements. In order to solve an implementation problem and to satisfy strong industry needs, it was
considered appropriate to add in the new point (c) the possibility that in addition to the existing TRE
also an SFE may supervise the 3 hours of flight instruction required for the extension of the SFI
privileges to another FSTD.
FCL.915.SFI Prerequisites
TE.RPRO.00036-005 © European Aviation Safety Agency. All rights reserved. ISO 9001 certified.
Proprietary document. Copies are not controlled. Confirm revision status through the EASA intranet/internet. Page 19 of 26
An agency of the European Union
European Aviation Safety Agency Opinion No 05/2017
2. In summary — why and what
The text is amended in the current (b) to clarify common practice and to reflect all possible scenarios
for SFIs holding a valid licence and rating and for those SFIs who have held such a licence. Point (b) is
further amended by adding ‘or renewal’, thereby partially accepting item 11 of comment 497. The
changes in the current (d)(1) became necessary as the existing text was too restrictive and without an
added value for safety whilst the introduction of the requirement of 500 hours on aeroplanes and 30
hours as PIC on the applicable type were considered safe and more appropriate for the intended result.
FCL.930.SFI Training course
The text is amended in (a)(2) for text-standardisation reasons by adding ‘FSTD’.
FCL.940.SFI Revalidation and renewal
A new point (d) is inserted to implement the requirements of the OSD. The changes to (e)(1) and (2) —
currently (d)(1) and (d)(2) — were necessary to clarify the requirement.
FCL.930.MCCI Training course
The specific requirements for the MCCI were amended in order to make the text better
understandable by replacing ‘FNPT II/III, FTD 2/3 or FFS’ with ‘FSTD’.
FCL.940.MCCI Revalidation and renewal
The specific requirements for the MCCI were amended in order to make the text better
understandable by replacing ‘FNPT II/III, FTD 2/3 or FFS’ with ‘FSTD’.
FCL.910.STI Restricted privileges
The RMG decided to amend FCL.910.STI in order to align the text with all other restricted instructor
certificates and to solve implementation problems. The alignment with other instructor certificates and
clarity issues led to further amendments.
2.3.2.11. Subpart K — Examiners
Despite the fact that EASA has initiated a separate rulemaking task to amend Part-FCL Subpart
K,RMT.0596, the RMG considered it necessary to amend the text for the most urgent issues. Therefore,
several (sometimes significant) changes have been introduced.
FCL.1000 Examiner certificates
The text in (a)(1) is amended by adding to the requirement that an examiner has to have instructor
privileges the sentence ‘unless otherwise determined in this Part’ because the SFI does not have the
privilege to instruct for SFI certificates. The amendments to (c)(1) became necessary to clarify the text
which posed implementation problems due to an incorrect wording. It was decided to delete part of
the current (b)(1) as it repeated the requirements from (a). The text was reworded to be aligned with
FCL.900 (b) and (c) for consistency purposes.
FCL.1005 Limitation of privileges in case of vested interests
Point (a)(2) is deleted. The RMG considered the content of this point not decisive for safety and
decided to delete it in order to lift unnecessary burden from GA. A similar change was also included in
the latest amendment package to the Aircrew Regulation which will enter into force in 2015.
FCL.1015 Examiner standardisation
TE.RPRO.00036-005 © European Aviation Safety Agency. All rights reserved. ISO 9001 certified.
Proprietary document. Copies are not controlled. Confirm revision status through the EASA intranet/internet. Page 20 of 26
An agency of the European Union
European Aviation Safety Agency Opinion No 05/2017
2. In summary — why and what
Point (b)(1) was clarified by adding a numbering list and several editorial errors were corrected. The
term ‘assessment of competence’ is added as this was clearly an omission.
FCL.1025 Validity, revalidation and renewal of examiner certificates
The text in (b)(3) is amended by adding the possibility to replace the supervised test or check by an
assessment of competence in accordance with FCL.1020. During the implementation, it became clear
that some examiners working for GA were not able to fulfil the requirement and it was decided to
support GA and alleviate the requirement.
FCL.1005.TRE Privileges and conditions
The amendment was triggered by the changes to FCL.1015 which were made for text standardisation.
FCL.1010.TRE Prerequisites
In point (a)(4), the reference to the FI was deleted as it was considered that the flight instructor could
not have relevant experience to fulfil the duties of a TRE.
FCL.1010.CRE Prerequisites
FCL.1010.CRE is amended by adding to the requirement to hold a CRI certificate the possibility to hold
‘an FI certificate with the privilege to provide class or type rating instruction’ to support GA by easing
the access of GA instructors to examiner privileges.
FCL.1010.IRE Prerequisites
FCL.1010.IRE is amended as above to include also qualified FIs in the target group for potential IREs;
this is also done to promote easy access for GA instructors.
FCL.1005.SFE Privileges and conditions
The amendments were triggered by the text changes made to Subpart J ‘Instructors’.
FCL.1010.SFE Prerequisites
The amendments are linked to:
— implementation problems that had to be solved;
— text changes due to amendments made in Subpart J; and
— a missing word in (a)(1)(ii) and (b)(2) where the verb ‘hold’ is inserted.
FCL.1005.FIE Privileges and conditions
The text is amended by adding ‘STI(A)’ and ‘STI(H)’ to the list of instructors that may be assessed by the
FIE, as STIs were omitted in the current text.
Section 8
A new Section 8 is inserted to cover the specific requirements for senior examiners (SEs). As those
examiners play a key role in the qualification of new examiners, there was a strong demand from
industry and Member States to define the privileges and conditions for SEs. Therefore, a new
FCL.1035.SE ‘Privileges and conditions’ is introduced.
TE.RPRO.00036-005 © European Aviation Safety Agency. All rights reserved. ISO 9001 certified.
Proprietary document. Copies are not controlled. Confirm revision status through the EASA intranet/internet. Page 21 of 26
An agency of the European Union
European Aviation Safety Agency Opinion No 05/2017
2. In summary — why and what
2.3.2.12. Part-FCL Appendices
Appendix 1 — Crediting of theoretical knowledge
The changes to Appendix 1 are contained in 2.1. where the requirement for the theoretical knowledge
bridge instruction to be performed in an ATO is added. This change is made for consistency as an
approved course can only be performed in an ATO. A complementary change was made in 3.1. The
reference to VFR and IFR for the subject communications was deleted to allow for the amendment of
the AMC pertaining to the LOs. Further details are provided in the opinion stemming from RMT.0581.
Appendix 2 — Language proficiency rating scale — expert, extended and operational level
Only editorial corrections have been made.
Appendix 3 — Training courses for the issue of a CPL and an ATPL
In ‘A. ATP integrated course – aeroplanes’, the new sub-paragraph 4(d) is added to include the new
FCL.745.A training content to the ATP course. The new sub-paragraphs 7.2 and 9(e) are added to
introduce UPRT into the ATP course. Please refer to the opinion stemming from RMT.0581 for an
explanatory note.
In ‘E. CPL modular course — Aeroplanes’, possible credits from other categories of aircraft are
introduced in order to make the access to professional licences easier for GA pilots when they have
already experience in other aircraft categories. Similar changes are made for the helicopter category.
In ‘N. CPL modular course — Airships’, the text on the experience requirement is amended to be in line
with the requirements of ICAO Annex 1.
Appendices 4, 5, 6 and 7
Appendices 4, 5, 6 and 7 are only amended in order to correct formatting and grammatical errors.
Appendix 8 — Cross-crediting of the IR part of a class or type rating proficiency check
This appendix has posed huge implementation problems to competent authorities and industry as the
way it was drafted allowed for several, different interpretations. Therefore, the RMG entirely redrafted
the aeroplane section and corrected the helicopter part, where necessary.
Appendix 9 — Training, skill test and proficiency check for MPL, ATPL, type and class ratings and
proficiency check for IRs
This appendix is amended in paragraph 10. The wording ‘may be performed’ is added, thereby partially
accepting comment No 484. Paragraph 17 is amended to satisfy strong industry needs. There are large
ATOs that do not own any aircraft but use only FFS for the type rating training. It has become difficult
for pilots to perform the aircraft training and, therefore, it was necessary to make the access to the
aircraft training easier. The RMG specifically wanted the training to be kept within an ATO with the
only exception that aircraft operator certificate (AOC) holders may also perform it as they are also
subject to organisation approval and oversight. After further internal review and discussions at EASA, it
was decided to allow the aircraft training outside an ATO for single-pilot type ratings. This decision is
based on the fact that for this segment in aviation, it is inherently challenging to find even an AOC with
such aircraft available for the aircraft training. To mitigate possible risks, the proposed requirement
stipulates prior approval from the competent authority of the applicant. EASA intends to draft
AMC/GM to provide the criteria for such an approval.
TE.RPRO.00036-005 © European Aviation Safety Agency. All rights reserved. ISO 9001 certified.
Proprietary document. Copies are not controlled. Confirm revision status through the EASA intranet/internet. Page 22 of 26
An agency of the European Union
European Aviation Safety Agency Opinion No 05/2017
2. In summary — why and what
In paragraph (a) of Section 5 ‘Single-pilot aeroplanes, except for high-performance complex
aeroplanes’, a reference to other training devices (OTDs) is added, and paragraphs (b), (f)(i), (f)(ii) were
amended to refer to ‘FSTD’. Both changes were made following an agreement during the Aircrew TeB
meeting on 5 December 2016. Paragraph (g) was replaced, and (h), (i), (j) and (k), including a new table,
are added to specify the bridge course from single-pilot to multi-pilot operations and the requirement
to pass a proficiency check in multi-pilot operations in line with the changes to FCL.725, and to require
the new items added to the table in Section 6 stemming from RMT.0581. Please refer to the opinion
stemming from RMT.0581 for an explanatory note. Furthermore, the tables containing the training
syllabus and the test and check items were revised to specify that the training devices shall be only
FSTD or aircraft for training, testing and checking. Finally, and the relevant table now includes a
reference to TMGs.
In Section 6 ‘Multi-pilot aeroplanes and single-pilot high-performance complex aeroplanes’ the text is
amended in (a) adding OTDs as per Section 5, and clarifying the use of an ‘FFS’ instead of ‘simulator’.
Paragraph (c) is amended by deleting the sentence that allowed for a restriction to VFR only. The RMG
amended it as it seems unrealistic to fly an MPA VFR only. In paragraph (e), the existing text is
complemented to create also for those aeroplanes for which no simulator exists the possibility to use
other FSTDs.
Comments received for the use of a specific FSTD (FNPT II, MCC, FTD2) have resulted in an intensive
review of the training, testing and checking programme for class and type ratings contained in
Appendix 9. As a result of this review, Appendix 9 is amended. These amendments were consulted with
the members of the TeB during the meeting on 5 December 2016.
The table of Section 6 was revised as per Section 5. Some of the training items in the table are
amended as a result of the opinion stemming from RMT.0581. Please refer to the respective
explanatory note.
Furthermore, the text was amended to clarify the different training, testing and checking possibilities
for single-pilot aeroplanes when operated in multi-pilot operations.
2.3.3. Annex II — Conditions for the conversion of existing national licences and ratings for aeroplanes and
helicopters
The amendments of Annex II are purely editorial.
2.3.4. Annex III — Conditions for the acceptance of licences issued by or on behalf of third countries
Annex II is amended for clarity and language errors.
2.4. What are the stakeholders’ views — outcome of the consultation
The outcome of the consultation for all subparts except Subpart J and K is presented in CRD 2014-29(A)
which is published as an Appendix to this Opinion. Many comments relating to the Subparts A to I, the
appendices and to Annex II and III were accepted. Some comments that were not accepted pertained
to proposed changes in the NPA that in the meantime had been dealt with through other amendments
to the Aircrew Regulation.
Of the comments received with regard to the instructor and examiner section of Part-FCL, only a few
were taken into consideration. EASA has started a separate rulemaking task (RMT.0596) to amend
TE.RPRO.00036-005 © European Aviation Safety Agency. All rights reserved. ISO 9001 certified.
Proprietary document. Copies are not controlled. Confirm revision status through the EASA intranet/internet. Page 23 of 26
An agency of the European Union
European Aviation Safety Agency Opinion No 05/2017
2. In summary — why and what
Subparts J and K to Part-FCL. During the work on this task, all comments that were not taken into
consideration for this Opinion will be evaluated separately.
At the meeting of the Aircrew Technical Body (TeB) on 5 December 2016 the draft CRD and the draft
ruletext were presented to stakeholders from Member States and industry and have received a very
positive feedback from them.
2.5. What are the expected benefits and drawbacks of the proposals
The proposed changes do not require a regulatory impact assessment (RIA), as they address
predominantly inconsistencies, editorial mistakes, and update of outdated requirements. In this case,
no RIA is necessary to be prepared. No RIA was conducted in the context of the development of NPA
2014-29(A) as well.
Therefore, the current proposal does not include assessment of the expected benefits and costs in the
implementation of the updated Aircrew Regulation.
2.6. How do we monitor and evaluate the rules
Continuous feedback through standardisation inspections, discussions with the EASA Advisory Bodies
and via questions and requests for clarifications, will ensure that EASA can effectively monitor the
application of the updated Aircrew Regulation.
The updated Air Crew Regulation might be subject to evaluation which will judge how well the adopted
rules have performed (or are working). The decision whether an evaluation will be necessary will be
taken based also on the monitoring results.
Cologne, 29 June 2017
[signed by]
Patrick KY
Executive Director
TE.RPRO.00036-005 © European Aviation Safety Agency. All rights reserved. ISO 9001 certified.
Proprietary document. Copies are not controlled. Confirm revision status through the EASA intranet/internet. Page 24 of 26
An agency of the European Union
European Aviation Safety Agency Opinion No 05/2017
3. References
3. References
3.1. Affected regulations
Commission Regulation (EU) No 1178/2011 of 3 November 2011 laying down technical requirements
and administrative procedures related to civil aviation aircrew pursuant to Regulation (EC)
No 216/2008 of the European Parliament and of the Council (OJ L 311, 25.11.2011, p. 1)
3.2. Related decisions
— Decision No 2011/016/R of the Executive Director of the European Aviation Safety Agency of 15
December 2011 on Acceptable Means of Compliance and Guidance Material to Commission
Regulation (EU) No 1178/2011 of 3 November 2011 laying down technical requirements and
administrative procedures related to civil aviation aircrew pursuant to Regulation (EC)
No 216/2008 of the European Parliament and of the Council ‘Acceptable Means of Compliance
and Guidance Material to Part-FCL’
3.3. Other reference documents
— Decision No 2012/010/R of the Executive Director of the European Aviation Safety Agency of 4th
July 2012 on the Certification Specifications for Aeroplane Flight Simulation Training Devices
— Decision No 2012/011/R of the Executive Director of the European Aviation Safety Agency of
26th June 2012 on the Certification Specifications for Helicopter Flight Simulation Training
Devices
TE.RPRO.00036-005 © European Aviation Safety Agency. All rights reserved. ISO 9001 certified.
Proprietary document. Copies are not controlled. Confirm revision status through the EASA intranet/internet. Page 25 of 26
An agency of the European Union
European Aviation Safety Agency Opinion No 05/2017
4. Appendix
4. Appendix
CRD 2014-29(A) [separate document]
TE.RPRO.00036-005 © European Aviation Safety Agency. All rights reserved. ISO 9001 certified.
Proprietary document. Copies are not controlled. Confirm revision status through the EASA intranet/internet. Page 26 of 26
An agency of the European Union